openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

September 2016

12 participants
475 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96755 - trunk/yast/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia＠svn2.opensuse.org 11 Sep '16

11 Sep '16

Author: andriykopanytsia Date: 2016-09-11 10:03:17 +0200 (Sun, 11 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96755 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/docker.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po Log: Updated Ukrainian translation Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -7,28 +7,30 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. # Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>, 2011. -# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2015. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-01 20:58+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 09:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. progress step title #. progress step title #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Виконання скриптів автоматичного встановлення в середовищі встановлення..." +msgstr "" +"Виконання скриптів автоматичного встановлення в середовищі встановлення..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -127,7 +129,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Клієнт для створення профілю AutoYaST основаного на запущеній системі" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 @@ -156,7 +159,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified" +" location." msgstr "" "За допомогою цього вікна, скопіюйте вміст файла і вкажіть остаточний\n" "шлях на встановленій системі. YaST скопіює цей файл до вказаної адреси." @@ -165,13 +169,18 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a" +" symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit" +" pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Для захисту скопійованих файлів, вкажіть власника і права доступу до цих файлів.\n" -"Вкажіть власника за допомогою синтаксису userid:groupid. Права доступу можуть\n" -"бути символічними репрезентаціями змін або вісімкове число шаблона бітів для нових\n" +"Для захисту скопійованих файлів, вкажіть власника і права доступу до цих" +" файлів.\n" +"Вкажіть власника за допомогою синтаксису userid:groupid. Права" +" доступу можуть\n" +"бути символічними репрезентаціями змін або вісімкове число шаблона бітів для" +" нових\n" "прав доступу." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -245,8 +254,10 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location" +" in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web" +" server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Для багатьох програм та служб, ви, можливо, підготували конфігураційний\n" @@ -283,20 +294,21 @@ #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" #| "\n" #| "%s\n" #| "\n" #| "Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." -msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: <br" +">%s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all" +" the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" -"Ці розділи профілю AutoYaST не можуть бути опрацьовані на цій системі:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Можливо вони неправильно введені або ваш профіль не містить усіх потрібних пакунків YaST у розділі <software/>." +"Ці розділи профілю AutoYaST не можуть бути опрацьовані на цій системі: <br" +">%s " +"Можливо вони неправильно введені або ваш профіль не містить усіх потрібних" +" пакунків YaST у розділі <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -450,20 +462,20 @@ #. list of unsupported sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" #| "\n" #| "%s\n" #| "\n" #| "Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s <" +"br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the" +" configuration." msgstr "" -"Ці розділи профілю AutoYaST більше ніким не підтримуються:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Будь ласка, вживайте, наприклад, <scripts/> або <files/> для змінити конфігурації." +"Ці розділи профілю AutoYaST більше ніким не підтримуються: %s " +"Будь ласка, вживайте, наприклад, <scripts/> або <files/> для" +" зміни конфігурації." #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 @@ -512,7 +524,8 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки йде підготовка системи до автовстановлення." +msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, зачекайте поки йде підготовка системи до автовстановлення." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -552,13 +565,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Імпорт ключів/налаштувань SSH" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Drives" msgid "Confirm License" -msgstr "Налаштувати приводи" +msgstr "Підтвердити ліцензію" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." @@ -597,16 +609,14 @@ msgstr "Імпортується налаштування користувачів та груп…" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." -msgstr "Імпортування файла Kickstart..." +msgstr "Імпортуються ключі/налаштування SSH..." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuring language..." msgid "Confirming License..." -msgstr "Налаштування мови..." +msgstr "Підтверджується ліцензія..." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" @@ -702,7 +712,8 @@ "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашої досвідченості, повідомлення при встановленні можна пропускати,\n" +"Залежно від вашої досвідченості, повідомлення при встановленні можна" +" пропускати,\n" "записувати в журнал та показувати (з тайм-аутом). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -726,12 +737,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed" +" to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Виберіть один із наступних варіантів основи і натисніть Детально, щоб додати\n" +"Виберіть один із наступних варіантів основи і натисніть Детально<i" +">, щоб додати\n" "додаткові програми та пакунки.\n" "\n" @@ -743,8 +756,11 @@ msgstr "Адреса установчого джерела (на кшталт http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "Установче джерело цієї системи (ви не можете створювати образи, якщо вибрали цей пункт)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"Установче джерело цієї системи (ви не можете створювати образи, якщо вибрали" +" цей пункт)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -759,15 +775,20 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system" +" to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems" +" can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not" +" possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Монтувати в /etc/fstab за:\n" "\tЗазвичай, файлову систему для монтування визначають у /etc/fstab за назвою\n" -"\tпристрою. Цю ідентифікацію можна змінити так, щоб файлова система для монтування\n" -"\tзнаходилася за пошуком UUID або мітки тому. Не всі файлові системи можна монтувати\n" +"\tпристрою. Цю ідентифікацію можна змінити так, щоб файлова система для" +" монтування\n" +"\tзнаходилася за пошуком UUID або мітки тому. Не всі файлові системи можна" +" монтувати\n" "\tза UUID або міткою тому. Якщо параметр вимкнено, ця дія неможлива.\n" "\t" @@ -775,13 +796,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually" +" makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Мітка тому:\n" -"\t Назва, вказана у цьому полі, використовується в як мітка тому. Зазвичай, це має сенс\n" +"\t Назва, вказана у цьому полі, використовується в як мітка тому. Зазвичай," +" це має сенс\n" "\t лише у випадку, якщо ви активували параметр монтування за міткою тому.\n" "\t Мітка тому не повинна містити символу / або пробілів.\n" "\t " @@ -951,8 +974,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "Розмір «авто» чинний тільки тоді, коли вибрано точку монтування «/boot» або «swap»." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"Розмір «авто» чинний тільки тоді, коли вибрано точку монтування «/boot» або" +" «swap»." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1006,6 +1032,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." msgstr "" +"Запущений визначений користувачем сценарій. Це може зайняти деякий час." #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value @@ -1026,7 +1053,8 @@ "і спробуйте знов. Через цю помилку, ви тепер можете ввести\n" "адресу URL тільки до профілю, а не до каталогу. Якщо ви використовуєте\n" "правила або файли контролю на базовані на назвах вузлів, то перезапустіть\n" -"процес встановлення і переконайтесь, що можливий доступ до файлів контролю.\n" +"процес встановлення і переконайтесь, що можливий доступ до файлів контролю.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1135,7 +1163,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Використовуйте цей інтерфейс для визначення класів файлів контролю. \n" +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте цей інтерфейс для визначення класів файлів контролю. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1427,7 +1456,9 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current" +" system?" msgstr "Дійсно застосувати параметри модуля «%1» до вашої системи?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1442,7 +1473,9 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current" +" system?" msgstr "Дійсно застосувати параметри профілю до вашої системи?" #. EXIT @@ -1479,7 +1512,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Введіть каталог, де мають зберігатись всі файли контролю в поле Сховище." +"Введіть каталог, де мають зберігатись всі файли контролю в поле <b" +">Сховище." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -1580,7 +1614,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and" +" partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Файл Kickstart було імпортовано.\n" @@ -1714,25 +1749,29 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without" +" interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Параметр підтвердження встановлення увімкнено типово\n" "для запобігання небажаного встановлення. Він зупиняє систему\n" "під час встановлення і показує підсумок необхідних дій у\n" -"звичайному вікні пропозицій. Вимкніть цей параметр, щоб автоматичне встановлення не переривалось.\n" +"звичайному вікні пропозицій. Вимкніть цей параметр, щоб автоматичне" +" встановлення не переривалось.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in" +" manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Якщо ви вимкнете другий етап AutoYaST, то встановлення продовжується в ручному режимі\n" +"Якщо ви вимкнете другий етап AutoYaST, то встановлення продовжується в" +" ручному режимі\n" "після першого перезавантаження системи (після встановлення пакунків).\n" "\n" @@ -1877,11 +1916,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD" +" and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Цей засіб використовує xmllint для перевірки профілю супроти DTD і\n" +"Цей засіб використовує xmllint для перевірки профілю супроти DTD" +" і\n" "перевіряє дані, яких не вистачає. Деякі відсутні дані і помилки про це\n" "можна ігнорувати. Наприклад, при створенні класів.\n" @@ -1911,11 +1952,13 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package" +" selections.\n" msgstr "" "Цей засіб створює еталонний профіль із прочитаної\n" "з системи інформації. Виберіть ресурси для зчитування з цієї\n" -"системи на додачу до типових ресурсів, такі як розбивка на розділи та вибір пакунків.\n" +"системи на додачу до типових ресурсів, такі як розбивка на розділи та вибір" +" пакунків.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1923,10 +1966,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target" +" system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Таблиця праворуч показує розділи, які будуть створені у встановленій системі.\n" +"Таблиця праворуч показує розділи, які будуть створені у встановленій" +" системі.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1964,7 +2009,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions" +" are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Якщо не визначено розділів і на вказаному приводі\n" @@ -1984,8 +2030,17 @@ msgstr "Додаткові параметри" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "Типово, AutoYaST створить розширений розділ і додасть всі нові розділи як логічні пристрої. Однак, можна вказати, щоб AutoYaST створював певний розділ як головний розділ або розширений розділ. Також, можна вказати розмір розділу за допомогою кількості секторів замість мегабайтів." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new" +" partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST" +" to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended" +" partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition" +" using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"Типово, AutoYaST створить розширений розділ і додасть всі нові розділи як" +" логічні пристрої. Однак, можна вказати, щоб AutoYaST створював певний розділ" +" як головний розділ або розширений розділ. Також, можна вказати розмір" +" розділу за допомогою кількості секторів замість мегабайтів." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -1999,12 +2054,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID" +" partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Для встановлення LVM та RAID, перегляньте документацію і додайте конфігурацію\n" +"Для встановлення LVM та RAID, перегляньте документацію і додайте" +" конфігурацію\n" "до існуючого файла контролю. Ви можете створювати неформатовані\n" "розділи LVM та RAID у якості підготовки.\n" "\n" @@ -2061,7 +2118,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed" +" \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2071,7 +2129,8 @@ "виберіть параметри скрипти chroot. Ці скрипти виконуються\n" "перед першим перезавантаженням системи. Типово, скрипти chroot \n" "виконуються у системі встановлення. Для доступу до файлів у встановленій\n" -"системі, завжди використовуйте для ваших скриптів точку підключення \"/mnt\".\n" +"системі, завжди використовуйте для ваших скриптів точку підключення" +" \"/mnt\".\n" "\n" #. help 4/6 @@ -2079,13 +2138,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag" +" \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Скрипти chroot можна виконувати на пізнішій стадії після\n" -"того як завантажувач було налаштовано із спеціальною булевою міткою \"chrooted\".\n" +"того як завантажувач було налаштовано із спеціальною булевою міткою" +" \"chrooted\".\n" "Цим виконуються скрипти у встановленій системі. \n" "\n" @@ -2105,7 +2166,8 @@ "<H3>Скрипти Init</H3>\n" "Ці скрипти виконуються під час початкового процесу завантаження після\n" "того, як YaST закінчив налаштування системи. Остаточні скрипти виконуються \n" -"за допомогою спеціального скрипту rc, який виконується тільки один раз. \n" +"за допомогою спеціального скрипту rc, який виконується тільки один" +" раз. \n" "Остаточні скрипти виконуються наприкінці процесу завантаження після\n" "того, як мережа вже запущена.\n" "\n" @@ -2115,13 +2177,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl" +" or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Інтерпретатор:</H3>\n" -"Тільки скрипти оболонки можна використовувати перед встановленням. Не використовуйте\n" +"Тільки скрипти оболонки можна використовувати перед встановленням. Не" +" використовуйте\n" "Perl або Python для скриптів перед встановленням.\n" "\n" @@ -2131,9 +2195,12 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts," +" which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an" +" installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript," +" too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2141,22 +2208,28 @@ "При виконанні скриптів після встановлення, мережа вимкнена\n" "і для увімкнення доступу необхідне започаткування в скриптах.\n" "Альтернативою для скриптів з мережею після встановлення є скрипти init,\n" -"які гарантують, що під час виконання скриптів, систему вже повністю налаштовано.\n" -"Якщо ви встановлювали систему через мережу, то також можете вживати параметр \"Мережа\" для скрипту після встановлення.\n" +"які гарантують, що під час виконання скриптів, систему вже повністю" +" налаштовано.\n" +"Якщо ви встановлювали систему через мережу, то також можете вживати параметр" +" \"Мережа\" для скрипту після встановлення.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box" +" as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that" +" might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Зворотний зв'язок і зневадження:</H3>\n" -"Всі скрипти, крім скриптів започаткування можуть показувати STDOUT+STDERR як зворотній зв'язок у вигулькному вікні.\n" -"Якщо увімкнути зневадження, то у вікні зворотнього зв'язку буде показано більше інформації,\n" +"Всі скрипти, крім скриптів започаткування можуть показувати STDOUT+STDERR" +" як зворотній зв'язок у вигулькному вікні.\n" +"Якщо увімкнути зневадження, то у вікні зворотнього зв'язку буде показано" +" більше інформації,\n" "яка може знадобитись для зневадження вашого скрипту.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2244,7 +2317,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation" +" for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2276,8 +2350,12 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "Під час аналізу XML трапилась помилка, коли проводився розбір профілю autoyast. Повідомлення помилки:\n" +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The" +" error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"Під час аналізу XML трапилась помилка, коли проводився розбір профілю" +" autoyast. Повідомлення помилки:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 @@ -2356,14 +2434,18 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to" +" those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the" +" data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Більшість модулів задіяних для створення налаштування не відрізняються від\n" -"наявних через Центр керування YaST. Замість налаштування цієї системи, введені\n" +"Більшість модулів задіяних для створення налаштування не відрізняються" +" від\n" +"наявних через Центр керування YaST. Замість налаштування цієї системи," +" введені\n" "дані збираються і експортуються у файл контролю, який можна використовувати\n" "для встановлення іншої системи за допомогою AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2371,7 +2453,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations," +" including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Додатково до існуючих і відомих модулів, було створено нові\n" @@ -2500,7 +2583,8 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "Група томів «%1» мусить мати хоча б один фізичний том. Надайте якийсь один." +msgstr "" +"Група томів «%1» мусить мати хоча б один фізичний том. Надайте якийсь один." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2590,16 +2674,24 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення шаблону. Будь ласка, перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check" +" /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення шаблону. Будь ласка," +" перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Створення образу — встановлення пакунків" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення пакунка. Будь ласка, перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check" +" /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення пакунка. Будь ласка," +" перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 @@ -2611,7 +2703,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed" +" anymore." msgstr "" "Можете тепер робити зміни образу в %1/\n" "Якщо ви натиснете «Гаразд», образ буде стиснуто й буде неможливо редагувати. " @@ -2659,10 +2752,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different" +" AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Можна тепер робити зміни в ISO у %1, на кшталт додавати цілком інакший файл AutoYaST XML.\n" +"Можна тепер робити зміни в ISO у %1, на кшталт додавати цілком інакший файл" +" AutoYaST XML.\n" "Якщо натиснути на кнопку «Гаразд», буде створено образ." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2704,13 +2799,21 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Будь ласка, перевірте розділ програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі autoyast." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the" +" autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Будь ласка, перевірте" +" розділ програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "План розподілу налаштований у вашому профілі XML не поміщається на жорсткий диск. Не вистачає %1МБ." +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard" +" disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"План розподілу налаштований у вашому профілі XML не поміщається на жорсткий" +" диск. Не вистачає %1МБ." #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -13,14 +13,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: base.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 11:38+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 09:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question @@ -93,7 +94,8 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих команд." +msgstr "" +"Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих команд." #. translators: error message in command line interface #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 @@ -133,13 +135,16 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "Скористайтесь \"%1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих параметрів." +msgstr "" +"Скористайтесь \"%1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих параметрів." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих параметрів." +msgstr "" +"Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих" +" параметрів." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 @@ -236,17 +241,27 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "Виконайте \"yast2 %1 <command> help\" для отримання списку можливих параметрів." +msgstr "" +"Виконайте \"yast2 %1 <command> help\" для отримання списку можливих" +" параметрів." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Немає назви файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file>" +" command line option." +msgstr "" +"Немає назви файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр" +" командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Порожня назва файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file>" +" command line option." +msgstr "" +"Порожня назва файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр" +" командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 @@ -1009,8 +1024,16 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." -msgstr "Навігація по дереву також здійснюється клавішами зі стрілками. Щоб згорнути або розгорнути гілку, використовуйте пробіл. Для модулів, що показують дерево (може виглядати як список) пунктів налаштування зліва натисніть Enter для висновку відповідного діалогу праворуч." +msgid "" +"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use" +" [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of" +" configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog" +" on the right." +msgstr "" +"Навігація по дереву також здійснюється клавішами зі стрілками. Щоб" +" згорнути або розгорнути гілку, використовуйте пробіл. Для модулів, що" +" показують дерево (може виглядати як список) пунктів налаштування зліва" +" натисніть Enter для висновку відповідного діалогу праворуч." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 @@ -1060,11 +1083,13 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings" +" for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Клавіші функцій \n" "F-клавіші дають швидкий доступ до головних функцій.\n" -"Прив'язки функційних клавіш для поточного діалогу показані в нижньому рядку." +"Прив'язки функційних клавіш для поточного діалогу показані в нижньому рядку.<" +"/p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 @@ -1136,18 +1161,30 @@ #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same" +" after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service" +" during boot'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running" +" service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the" +" dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable" +" the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the" +" already running system.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Поточний стан</big> \n" -"Відображає поточний стан служби. Цей стан залишається незмінним після збереження параметрів, незалежно від значення 'запускати службу під час завантаження'.\n" +"Відображає поточний стан служби. Цей стан залишається незмінним після" +" збереження параметрів, незалежно від значення 'запускати службу під час" +" завантаження'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Застосовно лише у випадку, коли служба працює. Переконайтеся, що запущена служба перезапускає нову конфігурацію після її збереження (через кнопки 'гаразд' або 'зберегти').\n" +"Застосовно лише у випадку, коли служба працює. Переконайтеся, що запущена" +" служба перезапускає нову конфігурацію після її збереження (через кнопки" +" 'гаразд' або 'зберегти').\n" "<big>Запустити під час завантаження системи</big> \n" -"Позначте це поле для увімкнення служби під час завантаження системи. Зняття галочки вимкне цю службу. Це не спричиняє жодних змін поточного стану служби у вже запущеній системі.\n" +"Позначте це поле для увімкнення служби під час завантаження системи. Зняття" +" галочки вимкне цю службу. Це не спричиняє жодних змін поточного стану" +" служби у вже запущеній системі.\n" #. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 @@ -1922,12 +1959,14 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more" +" information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Створити новий ключ GPG</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> запущено, див. підручник <tt>gpg</tt> для докладнішої інформації.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> запущено, див. підручник <tt>gpg</tt> для докладнішої" +" інформації.\n" "Щоб скасувати, натисніть Ctrl+C.\n" "" @@ -1990,7 +2029,8 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Щоб опрацювати додаткові дії або зберегти журнал у файл, клацніть на %1\n" +"Щоб опрацювати додаткові дії або зберегти журнал у файл, клацніть на %1</b" +">\n" "і виберіть дію для опрацювання." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2247,29 +2287,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зона блокування" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зона вкидання" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 msgid "Home Zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Домашня зона" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgid "Public Zone" -msgstr "Відкриті ключі GPG" +msgstr "Публічна зона" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Надійна зона" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Робоча зона" #. A good default description for all services. We will use that to #. determine if the service has been populated or not. @@ -2278,7 +2317,7 @@ #. @return [String] Default description for service #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Служба %{service_name}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 @@ -2337,7 +2376,8 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Неможливо скасувати вибір цих мережних інтерфейсів, які приписано до внутрішньої мережі:\n" +"Неможливо скасувати вибір цих мережних інтерфейсів, які приписано до" +" внутрішньої мережі:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2471,10 +2511,9 @@ msgstr "&Подробиці про фаєрвол..." #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Settings" msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" -msgstr "Параметри фаєрволу" +msgstr "Параметри фаєрволу для %{firewall}" #. label text #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 @@ -2956,19 +2995,24 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Назви портів можуть складатись з символів \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"0-9\" та \"*+._-\".\n" +"Назви портів можуть складатись з символів \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"0-9\" та" +" \"*+._-\".\n" "Номер порту -- це число між 0 і 65535 (включно).\n" "Пропуски не дозволені.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як внутрішній інтерфейс" +msgstr "" +"Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як внутрішній" +" інтерфейс" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як зовнішній інтерфейс" +msgstr "" +"Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як зовнішній" +" інтерфейс" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 @@ -2978,58 +3022,87 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Фаєрвол увімкнений (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">вимкнути</a>)" +msgid "" +"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\"" +">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Фаєрвол увімкнений (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\"" +">вимкнути</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Фаєрвол вимкнений (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">увімкнути</a>)" +msgid "" +"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\"" +">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Фаєрвол вимкнений (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\"" +">увімкнути</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)," +" but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a>), але\n" +"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a" +">), але\n" " ще нема налаштованих мережних інтерфейсів" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "Ви встановлюєте систему через SSH, але ви не відкрили порт SSH у фаєрвол." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on" +" the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Ви встановлюєте систему через SSH, але ви не відкрили порт SSH у фаєрвол." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) відкриті (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a" +" href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) відкриті (<a" +" href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) закриті (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a" +" href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) закриті (<a" +" href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "Ви встановлюєте систему за допомогою віддаленого адміністрування (VNC), але не відкрили в фаєрволі порти VNC." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have" +" not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Ви встановлюєте систему за допомогою віддаленого адміністрування (VNC), але" +" не відкрили в фаєрволі порти VNC." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 @@ -3043,8 +3116,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "Ви встановлюєте систему через ціль iSCSI, але вами не відкрито потрібні порти у мережному екрані." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the" +" needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Ви встановлюєте систему через ціль iSCSI, але вами не відкрито потрібні порти" +" у мережному екрані." #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text @@ -3208,7 +3285,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has" +" changed. To \n" "continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3607,7 +3685,8 @@ "Ask PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "" "PackageKit блокує керування програмами.\n" -"Таке трапляється, коли запущено аплет оновлень або якесь інше керування програмами.\n" +"Таке трапляється, коли запущено аплет оновлень або якесь інше керування" +" програмами.\n" "\n" "Спробувати вийти з PackageKit?" @@ -3729,13 +3808,16 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software" +" to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in" +" the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Це вікно дає можливість визначити системні завдання і яке ПЗ треба встановити.\n" +"\t\t Це вікно дає можливість визначити системні завдання і яке ПЗ треба" +" встановити.\n" "\t\t Доступні завдання і ПЗ для цієї системи показані за категоріями в\n" "\t\t стовпчику ліворуч. Щоб побачити опис елемента, виберіть його у списку.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3769,7 +3851,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining" +" disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3780,7 +3863,8 @@ "\t\t В лівому нижньому кутку є використання простору на диску, яке показує\n" "\t\t скільки залишиться місця після виконання всіх запланованих змін.\n" "\t\t Заповнені або майже повні розділи жорсткого диску можуть негативно\n" -"\t\t впливати на швидкодію системи, або, навіть, завдавати серйозні проблеми.\n" +"\t\t впливати на швидкодію системи, або, навіть, завдавати серйозні" +" проблеми.\n" "\t\t Для правильної роботи система потребує трохи вільного місця на диску.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3879,8 +3963,12 @@ msgstr "Продовжити засобі керування пакунками" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." -msgstr "<BIG>Звіт встановлення</BIG> Підсумок встановлених або вилучених пакунків" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or" +" removed packages." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Звіт встановлення</BIG> Підсумок встановлених або вилучених" +" пакунків" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -3991,7 +4079,8 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file." +" Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4074,7 +4163,8 @@ msgstr "" "Пакунок %1 зі сховища %2\n" "%3\n" -"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась невдачею: %4\n" +"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась" +" невдачею: %4\n" "\n" "Це означає, що пакунок було змінено випадково або змінено\n" "зловмисником, бо творець сховища підписав його. Встановлення\n" @@ -4097,7 +4187,8 @@ msgstr "" "Файл %1 зі сховища %2\n" "%3\n" -"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась невдачею: %4\n" +"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась" +" невдачею: %4\n" "\n" "Це означає, що файл було випадково змінено або змінено\n" "зловмисником, бо творець сховища підписав його. Вживання\n" @@ -4234,7 +4325,8 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be" +" used." msgstr "" "Вікно попередження відкривається для кожного пакунка,\n" "який не підписано (імпортовано) ключем з довірою. Якщо\n" @@ -4300,7 +4392,8 @@ "\n" "Це означає, що файл було випадково або навмисно змінено\n" "з часу підписування його розробником сховища. Вживання\n" -"цього файла може становити велику небезпеку для цілісності і безпечності у використанні вашої системи.\n" +"цього файла може становити велику небезпеку для цілісності і безпечності у" +" використанні вашої системи.\n" "\n" "Використовувати його попри все?\n" @@ -4317,7 +4410,8 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at" +" risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4376,8 +4470,16 @@ msgstr "Зачекайте поки встановлюються пакунки." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." -msgstr "Переривання встановленняВстановлення пакунків можна припинити за допомогою кнопки Перервати. Однак, після цього система може бути в нестійкому чи непридатному для користування стані, або може і взагалі не завантажитись, якщо не було встановлено основний компонент системи." +msgid "" +"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the" +" Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or" +" unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Переривання встановленняВстановлення пакунків можна припинити за" +" допомогою кнопки Перервати. Однак, після цього система може бути в" +" нестійкому чи непридатному для користування стані, або може і взагалі не" +" завантажитись, якщо не було встановлено основний компонент системи." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 @@ -5052,7 +5154,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or #. a comma separated list of file names. #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %s has been created manually.\n" #| "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5064,13 +5165,13 @@ "YaST might lose these files." msgstr[0] "" "Файл %s було змінено вручну.\n" -"YaST може втратити частину змін." +"YaST може втратити цей файл." msgstr[1] "" -"Файл %s було змінено вручну.\n" -"YaST може втратити частину змін." +"Файли %s були змінені вручну.\n" +"YaST може втратити ці файли." msgstr[2] "" -"Файл %s було змінено вручну.\n" -"YaST може втратити частину змін." +"Файли %s були змінені вручну.\n" +"YaST може втратити ці файли." #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 @@ -5169,7 +5270,8 @@ "Приклади:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 або 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/Маска мережі: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 або 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/Біти_маски_мережі: 192.168.0.0/24 або 192.168.0.1/32 або 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/Біти_маски_мережі: 192.168.0.0/24 або 192.168.0.1/32 або" +" 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 @@ -5942,11 +6044,13 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address" +" '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Реверсивну IPv4 адресу %1 задано некоректно.\n" "\n" -"Коректна реверсивна IPv4 адреса складається з чотирьох цілих чисел з діапазону 0-255,\n" +"Коректна реверсивна IPv4 адреса складається з чотирьох цілих чисел з" +" діапазону 0-255,\n" "які розділено крапками, з завершальним рядком \".in-addr.arpa.\".\n" "Наприклад, \"1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.\" для IPv4 адреси \"192.168.32.1\".\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -13,14 +13,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 11:42+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 09:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module @@ -33,7 +34,8 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "Розділ завантаження належить до типу NFS. Завантажувач неможливо встановити." +msgstr "" +"Розділ завантаження належить до типу NFS. Завантажувач неможливо встановити." #. F#300779: end #: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 @@ -61,10 +63,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "Вибраний нетиповий завантажувальний розділ %s більше недоступний." +msgstr "Вибраний завантажувальний розділ %s більше недоступний." #. Finish client for bootloader configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 @@ -100,22 +101,21 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GRUB2" #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GRUB2 для EFI" #. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не керується" #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 -#, fuzzy #| msgid " (default)" msgid "Default" -msgstr " (типовий)" +msgstr "Усталений" #. popup - Continue/Cancel #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 @@ -151,20 +151,18 @@ msgstr "Тип завантажувача: %1" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "Увімкнути безпечне завантаження: %1" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Yes" msgid "yes" -msgstr "Так" +msgstr "так" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ні" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" @@ -187,34 +185,60 @@ msgstr " (MBR)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Встановити код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">не встановлювати</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Встановити код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">не" +" встановлювати</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Не встановлювати код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">встановити</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Не встановлювати код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\"" +">встановити</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Встановити код завантаження у розділ /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">не встановлювати</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not" +" install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Встановити код завантаження у розділ /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">не" +" встановлювати</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">встановити</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\"" +">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу /boot (<a" +" href=\"enable_boot_boot\">встановити</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Встановити код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">не встановлювати</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not" +" install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Встановити код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">не" +" встановлювати</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">встановити</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\"" +">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a" +" href=\"disable_boot_root\">встановити</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "УВАГА: Не вибрано розташування для стадії 1 завантажувача. Якщо ви не знаєте, що робите, то виберіть розташування вище." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you" +" are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"УВАГА: Не вибрано розташування для стадії 1 завантажувача. Якщо ви не знаєте," +" що робите, то виберіть розташування вище." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 @@ -229,10 +253,12 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is" +" loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Тайм-аут в секундах \n" -"Вказує скільки часу завантажувач чекатиме перед завантаженням типового ядра.\n" +"Вказує скільки часу завантажувач чекатиме перед завантаженням типового ядра.<" +"/p>\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 @@ -242,13 +268,16 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR" +" code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active" +" even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Активувати розділ диска завантажувача \n" "Щоб активувати розділ диска, на якому міститься завантажувач,\n" -"увімкніть Активувати розділ диска завантажувача. Загальний код MBR завантажить\n" +"увімкніть Активувати розділ диска завантажувача. Загальний код MBR" +" завантажить\n" "активний розділ диска. Старші BIOS-и вимагали, щоб один розділ\n" "був активним, навіть, якщо завантажувач встановлено в MBR." @@ -259,11 +288,13 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of" +" your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" "Записати в MBR загальний код\n" -"Замінити головний запис завантаження вашого диска загальним кодом (який завантажує активний розділ)." +"Замінити головний запис завантаження вашого диска загальним кодом (який" +" завантажує активний розділ)." #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 @@ -272,18 +303,23 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Якщо увімкнути параметр При завантаженні ховати меню, то меню завантаження не буде показано." +msgstr "" +"Якщо увімкнути параметр При завантаженні ховати меню, то меню" +" завантаження не буде показано." #. Represents if os prober should be run #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" -msgstr "Знаходити інші ОС" +msgstr "Зна&ходити інші ОС" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Визначайте інші ОС за допомогою os-prober для забезпечення мультизавантаження з іншими дистрибутивами." +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other" +" foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Визначайте інші ОС за допомогою os-prober для забезпечення" +" мультизавантаження з іншими дистрибутивами." #. represents kernel command line #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 @@ -291,19 +327,28 @@ msgstr "&Необов'язкові параметри командного рядка для ядра" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Необов'язкові параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам вказати додаткові параметри для ядра." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional" +" parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Необов'язкові параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам" +" вказати додаткові параметри для ядра." #. Represents Protective MBR action #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgid "&Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "Захисний прапор MBR" +msgstr "&Захисний прапор MBR" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Захисний прапор MBR - це налаштування лише для експертів, необхідне тільки для екзотичного устаткування. Детальніше див. «Захист MBR у дисках GPT». Не чіпайте, якщо не впевнені." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on" +" exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch" +" if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Захисний прапор MBR - це налаштування лише для експертів, необхідне" +" тільки для екзотичного устаткування. Детальніше див. «Захист MBR у дисках" +" GPT». Не чіпайте, якщо не впевнені." #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 @@ -330,22 +375,23 @@ msgstr "Увімкнути підтримку &безпечного завантаження" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" -msgstr "Увімкнути безпечне завантаження: %1" +msgstr "Відмітьте, щоб увімкнути безпечне завантаження UEFI\n" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Увімкнути підтримку &безпечного завантаження" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" msgstr "" +"Безпечне завантаження встановить TrustedGRUB2 замість звичайного" +" GRUB2.\n" #. Represents grub password protection widget #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 @@ -360,7 +406,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Пароль для користувача GRUB2 'root'" #. text entry #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 @@ -383,8 +429,23 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password." +" If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry" +" is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the" +" way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it" +" in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root'" +" which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not" +" supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" +"Захистити завантажувач паролем \n" +"Під час завантаження для зміни або навіть запуску будь-якого пункту буде" +" вимагатися пароль. Якщо позначено пункт Захистити тільки від зміни" +" пунктів, запуск будь-якого пункту не обмежений, але для зміни пунктів" +" потрібен пароль (аналогічне до поведінки GRUB1). YaST прийме пароль," +" тільки якщо ви повторите його в полі Повторіть пароль. Пароль" +" стосується користувача 'root' у GRUB2, який не є користувачем 'root' в" +" Linux. Наразі YaST не підтримує інших користувачів GRUB2. Якщо вони вам" +" потрібні, то використовуйте окремий сценарій GRUB2." #. there's mode specified, use it #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 @@ -444,16 +505,16 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" +"Якщо пункт позначений, то необхідно вказати свій завантажувальний пристрій" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Завантажити з заванта&жувального розділу" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" -msgstr "Завантажити з кореневого розділу" +msgstr "Завантажити з &кореневого розділу" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" @@ -469,10 +530,9 @@ #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Order" msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" -msgstr "Порядок дисків" +msgstr "Змінити &порядок завантаження дисків" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 msgid "" @@ -490,24 +550,21 @@ #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgid "&Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "Параметри ядра" +msgstr "Параметри &ядра" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Code Options" msgid "Boot Co&de Options" -msgstr "Параметри коду завантаження" +msgstr "Параметри &коду завантаження" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bootloader Options" msgid "Boot&loader Options" -msgstr "Параметри завантажувача" +msgstr "Параметри заванта&жувача" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" @@ -516,8 +573,11 @@ #. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report #: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити завантажувач." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити" +" завантажувач." #. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself #: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 @@ -536,16 +596,22 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Не вибрано завантажувач для встановлення. Вашу систему буде неможливо завантажити." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be" +" bootable." +msgstr "" +"Не вибрано завантажувач для встановлення. Вашу систему буде неможливо" +" завантажити." #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити завантажувач" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити" +" завантажувач" #. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read #: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" #| "Change the settings of your boot loader." @@ -554,7 +620,7 @@ "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" "<BIG>Засіб налаштування завантажувача</BIG> \n" -"Редагує параметри вашого завантажувача. " +"Читаються поточні параметри..." #. Write settings dialog #. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise @@ -569,23 +635,37 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Це поєднання платформи обладнання %1 і завантажувача %2 не підтримується" +msgstr "" +"Це поєднання платформи обладнання %1 і завантажувача %2 не підтримується" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Завантаження з MBR не працює з файловою системою btrfs і таблицею розділів GPT без розділу bios_grub. Щоб виправити проблему, створіть розділ bios_grub або використовуйте для завантажувального розділу будь-яку файлову систему ext чи не встановлюйте стадію 1 у MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label" +" without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or" +" use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Завантаження з MBR не працює з файловою системою btrfs і таблицею розділів" +" GPT без розділу bios_grub. Щоб виправити проблему, створіть розділ bios_grub" +" або використовуйте для завантажувального розділу будь-яку файлову систему" +" ext чи не встановлюйте стадію 1 у MBR." #. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Завантажувальний пристрій знаходиться на типі raid: %1. Систему не вдасться завантажити." +msgstr "" +"Завантажувальний пристрій знаходиться на типі raid: %1. Систему не вдасться" +" завантажити." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Пристрій завантаження знаходиться на програмному RAID1. Виберіть іншу адресу завантажувача, наприклад, головного запису завантаження (MBR)" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g." +" Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Пристрій завантаження знаходиться на програмному RAID1. Виберіть іншу адресу" +" завантажувача, наприклад, головного запису завантаження (MBR)" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 @@ -594,14 +674,21 @@ #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "Прапорець „активувати“ не задано через установник. Якщо він не заданий взагалі ніде, то деякі BIOS можуть відмовитися завантажуватися." +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes" +" could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" +"Прапорець „активувати“ не задано через установник. Якщо він не заданий" +" взагалі ніде, то деякі BIOS можуть відмовитися завантажуватися." #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "Установник не буде змінювати MBR на диску. Хіба що він вже містить завантажувальний код, тоді BIOS не зуміє завантажитися з диску." +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains" +" boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "" +"Установник не буде змінювати MBR на диску. Хіба що він вже містить" +" завантажувальний код, тоді BIOS не зуміє завантажитися з диску." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 @@ -645,10 +732,9 @@ #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgid "Save boot loader configuration" -msgstr "Зберегти конфіг. файли завантажувача" +msgstr "Зберегти параметри завантажувача" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 @@ -657,10 +743,9 @@ #. progress step, text in dialog (short) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." -msgstr "Збереження конфігурації завантажувача..." +msgstr "Збереження налаштувань завантажувача..." #. progress line #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -13,14 +13,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: control.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 11:43+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 @@ -199,10 +200,9 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Online Update" msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "Оновлення через мережу" +msgstr "Оновлення установника" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 @@ -332,10 +332,9 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation" msgid "Installer Cleanup" -msgstr "Встановлення" +msgstr "Очищення установника" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 @@ -460,7 +459,6 @@ msgstr "Налаштування системи" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" @@ -488,7 +486,7 @@ "\n" "Встановлення завершилося успішно.\n" "Ваша система готова до використання.\n" -"Натисніть \"Закінчити\", щоб увійти в систему.\n" +"Натисніть \"Завершити\", щоб увійти в систему.\n" "\n" "\n" "Будь ласка, відвідайте нас на http://www.suse.com/.\n" @@ -497,10 +495,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "System for Update" msgid "System Role" -msgstr "Система для оновлення" +msgstr "Системна роль" #. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 @@ -508,6 +505,8 @@ "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." msgstr "" +"Системні ролі відповідають стандартним схемам використання системи\n" +"для обраних сценаріїв." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 @@ -517,41 +516,50 @@ "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." msgstr "" +"Параметри системних ролей можуть варіюватися від вибору пакугків до \n" +"розмітки диска. При виборі системної ролі система налаштовується \n" +"згідно зі схемою її використання. Параметри, визначені роллю,\n" +"можна за необхідності змінити на наступних етапах." #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Усталена система" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" "• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" "• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" msgstr "" +"• Середовище GNOME з кореневим розділом Btrfs (/)\n" +"• Окремий розділ /home (XFS) для дисків розміром понад 20 ГБ" #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вузол віртуалізації KVM" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" msgstr "" +"• Засоби та гіпервізор на основі ядра\n" +"• Без окремого розділу /home" #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialization..." msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" -msgstr "Започаткування..." +msgstr "Вузол віртуалізації Xen" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" "• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" msgstr "" +"• Гіпервізор та інструменти на обладнанні без ПЗ\n" +"• Без окремого розділу /home" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Network Services Configuration" @@ -560,7 +568,6 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Завантажити конфігурацію мережі linuxrc" @@ -588,7 +595,6 @@ " " #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" #| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -615,38 +621,35 @@ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." msgstr "" "Стільничне середовище вашого комп’ютера надає графічний\n" -"інтерфейс для комп’ютера, а також і набір програм для ел. пошти,\n" -"навігації Інтернету, офісних справ, ігор і засобів для\n" +"інтерфейс користувача для комп’ютера, а також набір програм для ел. пошти,\n" +"навігації по інтернету, офісних справ, ігор і засобів для\n" "керування комп’ютером\n" "\n" "openSUSE пропонує вибір стільничних середовищ. Стільничні\n" -"середовища, які здобули найширшого вжитку — це KDE та GNOME, і\n" -"обоє підтримуються в openSUSE. Обидва середовища дуже зручні,\n" +"середовища, які здобули найбільше поширення — це KDE Плазма та GNOME, і\n" +"обоє підтримуються в openSUSE. Обидва середовища вельми зручні\n" "в користуванні, добре інтегровані і мають привабливий вигляд. Кожне\n" -"стільничне середовище має свій особливий стиль, отже ваш особистий\n" -"смак підкаже яка стільниця вам більше до вподоби." +"стільничне середовище має свій особливий стиль, тому ваш особистий\n" +"смак підкаже, яка стільниця вам більше до вподоби." #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "Стільниця GNOME" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "KDE Desktop" msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" -msgstr "Стільниця KDE" +msgstr "Стільниця KDE Плазма" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" msgid "Server (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Вибір мінімального сервера (текстовий режим)" +msgstr "Сервер (текстовий режим)" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "XFCE Desktop" msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Стільниця XFCE" +msgstr "Стільниця Xfce" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "LXDE Desktop" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -7,21 +7,22 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. # Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>, 2011. -# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2015. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:31+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 @@ -56,8 +57,11 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "Розкладка клавіатури «%1» - нечинна. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити всі можливі значення." +msgid "" +"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"Розкладка клавіатури «%1» - нечинна. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб" +" побачити всі можливі значення." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -90,8 +94,13 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "Ці параметри стосуються тільки клавіатури в консолі. Для графічного інтерфейсу користувача налаштуйте клавіатуру за допомогою іншого засобу.\n" +msgid "" +"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the" +" keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ці параметри стосуються тільки клавіатури в консолі. Для графічного" +" інтерфейсу користувача налаштуйте клавіатуру за допомогою іншого засобу.</p" +">\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -172,14 +181,16 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert" +" Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виберіть розкладку клавіатури для використання\n" "під час встановлення та у встановленій системі. \n" "Перевірте розкладку в Тест.\n" -"Для додаткових параметрів, таких як частота повторення і затримка, виберіть Параметри для експерта.\n" +"Для додаткових параметрів, таких як частота повторення і затримка, виберіть <" +"b>Параметри для експерта.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -198,13 +209,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert" +" Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of" +" your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виберіть розкладку клавіатури для системи.\n" -"Для таких додаткових параметрів, як частота повторення і затримання, виберіть Параметри для експерта.\n" -"Більше параметрів і розкладок шукайте в засобах налаштування вашого стільничного середовища.\n" +"Для таких додаткових параметрів, як частота повторення і затримання, виберіть" +" Параметри для експерта.\n" +"Більше параметрів і розкладок шукайте в засобах налаштування вашого" +" стільничного середовища.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -345,8 +360,11 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "%1 - це нечинна мова. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити можливі значення." +msgid "" +"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"%1 - це нечинна мова. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити можливі" +" значення." #. label text #. heading text @@ -392,11 +410,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary" +" languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Буде встановлено додаткові пакунки для підтримки вибраних головної та другорядних мов. Непотрібні пакунки буде вилучено.\n" +"Буде встановлено додаткові пакунки для підтримки вибраних головної та" +" другорядних мов. Непотрібні пакунки буде вилучено.\n" "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -476,13 +496,20 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the" +" primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the" +" primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to" +" the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати розкладку клавіатури, щоб змінити розкладку клавіатури відповідно до головної мови.\n" -"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати часовий пояс, щоб змінити поточний часовий пояс відповідно до головної мови. Якщо розкладка клавіатури чи часовий пояс вже пристосовано до типової мови, то відповідний параметр буде недоступний.\n" +"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати розкладку клавіатури, щоб змінити" +" розкладку клавіатури відповідно до головної мови.\n" +"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати часовий пояс, щоб змінити поточний" +" часовий пояс відповідно до головної мови. Якщо розкладка клавіатури чи" +" часовий пояс вже пристосовано до типової мови, то відповідний параметр буде" +" недоступний.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -495,7 +522,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Другорядні мови \n" -"В ділянці вибору вкажіть додаткові мови, які ви хочете використовувати у вашій системі.\n" +"В ділянці вибору вкажіть додаткові мови, які ви хочете використовувати у" +" вашій системі.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -541,13 +569,15 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other" +" values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Тільки ctype: root має такий самий LC_CTYPE як звичайний користувач.\n" +"Тільки ctype: root має такий самий LC_CTYPE як звичайний" +" користувач.\n" "Інші значення не встановлюються. \n" "Так: root має такі самі параметри локалі як звичайний користувач. \n" "Ні: всі змінні локалі для root не встановлено.\n" @@ -555,8 +585,14 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "Скористайтесь Детальні параметри локалі, щоб встановити локаль для головної мови, яка не пропонується у списку в головному вікні. Перекладу для вибраної локалі може не бути." +msgid "" +"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary" +" language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may" +" not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "" +"Скористайтесь Детальні параметри локалі, щоб встановити локаль для" +" головної мови, яка не пропонується у списку в головному вікні. Перекладу для" +" вибраної локалі може не бути." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -624,7 +660,8 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the" +" appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "Для вибраної мови на носії включено тільки мінімальну підтримку.\n" @@ -667,10 +704,11 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "New value for hardware clock" msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "Нове значення для годинника обладнання" +msgstr "" +"Нове значення для апаратного годинника. Можливі значення 'local', 'utc' чи" +" 'UTC'." #. summary label #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 @@ -725,17 +763,20 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock" +" Set To.\n" "Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard" +" time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Вкажіть чи ваш комп'ютер налаштовано вживати місцевий час чи UTC в Годинник обладнання встановлено на.\n" +"Вкажіть чи ваш комп'ютер налаштовано вживати місцевий час чи UTC в <b" +">Годинник обладнання встановлено на.\n" "Більшість ПК, які мають в собі декілька операційних систем, у тому числі\n" "Microsoft Windows, вживають місцевий час.\n" "Комп'ютери, у яких встановлено тільки Linux, зазвичай,\n" @@ -755,21 +796,26 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Примітка: внутрішній системний годинник, використовуваний ядром Linux, завжди повинен\n" +"Примітка: внутрішній системний годинник, використовуваний ядром Linux, завжди" +" повинен\n" "бути в UTC, бо є опорним значенням для коригування місцевого\n" "часу простору користувача. Якщо ж ви виберете локальний час для\n" -"годин CMOS, вивчіть посібник користувача на тему побічних ефектів цього вибору.\n" +"годин CMOS, вивчіть посібник користувача на тему побічних ефектів цього" +" вибору.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your" +" system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the" +" year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock," +" backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -778,11 +824,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ви вибрали місцевий час, однак, схоже, що у вас встановлений тільки Linux.\n" -"У цьому випадку наполегливо рекомендуємо використовувати UTC (і натиснути Скасування).\n" +"У цьому випадку наполегливо рекомендуємо використовувати UTC (і натиснути" +" Скасування).\n" "\n" -"Якщо ви хочете залишити місцевий час, то вам доведеться підлаштовувати годинник CMOS двічі на рік\n" -"у зв'язку з переходом на зимовий/літній час. Якщо ви не будете цього робити, можуть з'явитися\n" -"збої при резервному копіюванні, поштова програма може видаляти повідомлення і т.д.\n" +"Якщо ви хочете залишити місцевий час, то вам доведеться підлаштовувати" +" годинник CMOS двічі на рік\n" +"у зв'язку з переходом на зимовий/літній час. Якщо ви не будете цього робити," +" можуть з'явитися\n" +"збої при резервному копіюванні, поштова програма може видаляти повідомлення і" +" т.д.\n" "\n" "Якщо ви використовуєте UTC, Linux підлаштує час автоматично.\n" "\n" @@ -790,8 +840,13 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "Показано поточний час та дату системи. У разі потреби змініть їх вручну на правильні значення або скористайтеся мережним протоколом часу NTP (Network Time Protocol )." +msgid "" +"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them" +" to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "" +"Показано поточний час та дату системи. У разі потреби змініть їх вручну на" +" правильні значення або скористайтеся мережним протоколом часу NTP (Network" +" Time Protocol )." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -910,7 +965,8 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</b" +">.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" @@ -929,7 +985,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Якщо поточний час не правильний, скористайтесь Змінити, щоб його скоригувати.\n" +"Якщо поточний час не правильний, скористайтесь Змінити, щоб його" +" скоригувати.\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen @@ -1026,10 +1083,9 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" -msgstr "Іспанська (Латинська Америка)" +msgstr "Іспанська (астурійський варіант)" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/docker.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/docker.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/docker.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # -# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2015. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 07:42+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -31,14 +32,13 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Kill Container" msgid "Changes in Container" -msgstr "&Вбити контейнер" +msgstr "Зміни у контейнері" #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шлях" #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" @@ -63,10 +63,9 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Stop Container" msgid "Commit Container" -msgstr "&Зупинити контейнер" +msgstr "Зафіксувати контейнер" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" @@ -74,7 +73,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ім'я" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" @@ -82,23 +81,23 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автор" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повідомлення" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Гаразд" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Скасувати" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -114,27 +113,33 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgid "Inject Shell" -msgstr "Ввести &термінал" +msgstr "Вставити оболонку" #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цільова оболонка" #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не вдалося запустити термінал. Помилка: %{error}" #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "Служба docker не працює. Хочете, щоби YaST запустив docker? В іншому випадку YaST припинить роботу." +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "" +"Служба docker не працює. Хочете, щоби YaST запустив docker? В іншому випадку" +" YaST припинить роботу." #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." -msgstr "Служба docker не запущена. Запустіть цей модуль як root чи розпочніть службу docker вручну." +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service" +" manually." +msgstr "" +"Служба docker не запущена. Запустіть цей модуль як root чи розпочніть службу" +" docker вручну." #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." @@ -246,45 +251,44 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Containers" msgid "Run Container" -msgstr "&Контейнери" +msgstr "Запустити контейнер" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вузол" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Containers" msgid "Container" -msgstr "&Контейнери" +msgstr "Контейнер" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додати" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Видалити" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Томи" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вибрати каталог зі спільним доступом" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вибрати цільовий каталог" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вибрати зовнішній порт" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вибрати внутрішній порт" + Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: drbd.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 11:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module @@ -181,7 +182,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</p" +">\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -223,7 +225,8 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Завантаження:\n" -"\t\t\tпозначення \"Увімкн.\" запускає сервер DRBD відразу і під час завантаження\n" +"\t\t\tпозначення \"Увімкн.\" запускає сервер DRBD відразу і під час" +" завантаження\n" "\t\t\tпозначення \"Вимкн\" дозволяє лише вручну запускати сервер DRBD\n" "\t\tУвімкнути або вимкнути:\n" "\t\t\tЗапуск або Зупинка сервера DRBD негайно\n" @@ -236,14 +239,15 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a" +" resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Для додавання, зміни або видалення ресурсу натискайте кнопки «Додати», «Змінити» або «Видалити».\n" +"Для додавання, зміни або видалення ресурсу натискайте кнопки «Додати»," +" «Змінити» або «Видалити».\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" @@ -256,71 +260,149 @@ #| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" -"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of" +" one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is" +" used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the" +" device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the" +" node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6" +" keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788<" +"/p>\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being" +" described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and" +" you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk" +" parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or" +" the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of" +" /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or" +" '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve" +" the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.<" +"/p>\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the" +" backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated" +" by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different" +" resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Назва\" — обов'язкова і повинна збігатися з назвою машини Linux (uname -n) одного із вузлів. Не повинна включати \".\" у назві машини\n" -"\t\t\"Адреса:Порт\": ресурс потребує хоча б однієї IP-адреси на пристрій, яка використовується для очікування вхідних з'єднань від партнерського пристрою, щоб досягнути пристрою. Кожний ресурс DRBD потребує порту TCP, який використаний для з'єднання із вузлом партнерського пристрою.\n" -"\t\t\"Пристрій\": Назва вузла блокового пристрою з описуваного ресурсу. Ви повинні використовувати цей пристрій з вашою програмою (файловою системою) і ви не повинні використовувати низькорівневий блоковий пристрій, який вказаний із параметром диску після номера пристрою. Або пропустіть назву чи пристрій і номер пристрою. Якщо ви опустите назву, то буде використана типова /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" -"\t\tНаприклад: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' або '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Диск\": DRBD використовує блоковий пристрій, щоб насправді видавати та отримувати дані. Немає доступу до цього пристрою, поки DRBD працює на ньому.\n" -"\t\t\"Мета-диск\": внутрішній. Внутрішній означає, що остання частина пристрою резервування вживається для розміщення мета-даних.\n" -"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id — це внутрішнє значення для drbd, яке автоматично створюється для yast. Вузол може мати різні \"node-id\" у різних ресурсах.\n" +"\t\t\"Назва\" — обов'язкова і повинна збігатися з назвою машини Linux" +" (uname -n) одного із вузлів. Не повинна включати \".\" у назві машини\n" +"\t\t\"Адреса:Порт\": ресурс потребує хоча б однієї IP-адреси на пристрій," +" яка використовується для очікування вхідних з'єднань від партнерського" +" пристрою, щоб досягнути пристрою. Кожний ресурс DRBD потребує порту TCP," +" який використаний для з'єднання із вузлом партнерського пристрою. Фактичні" +" IPv6-адреси після ключового слова ipv6 необхідно помістити у квадратні" +" дужки: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" +"\t\t\"Пристрій\": Назва вузла блокового пристрою з описуваного ресурсу. Ви" +" повинні використовувати цей пристрій з вашою програмою (файловою системою) і" +" ви не повинні використовувати низькорівневий блоковий пристрій, який" +" вказаний із параметром диску після номера пристрою. Або пропустіть назву чи" +" пристрій і номер пристрою. Якщо ви опустите назву, то буде використана" +" типова /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" +"\t\tНаприклад: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' або" +" '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Диск\": DRBD використовує блоковий пристрій, щоб насправді видавати" +" та отримувати дані. Немає доступу до цього пристрою, поки DRBD працює на" +" ньому.\n" +"\t\t\"Мета-диск\": внутрішній. Внутрішній означає, що остання частина" +" пристрою резервування вживається для розміщення мета-даних.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id — це внутрішнє значення для drbd, яке автоматично" +" створюється для yast. Вузол може мати різні \"node-id\" у різних ресурсах.<" +"/p>\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local" +" disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local" +" disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both" +" local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was" +" a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports" +" io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by" +" DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response" +" packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead" +" and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than" +" connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1" +" seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a" +" keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time" +" period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default" +" unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive" +" packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two" +" write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write" +" request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The" +" default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top" +" of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by" +" background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is" +" KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (=" +" active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7," +" Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tПротокол\n" -"\t\tПротокол A: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо досягнуто локального диску та локального буферу надсилання TCP.\n" -"\t\tПротокол B: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо досягнуто локального диску та віддаленого кешу буферу.\n" -"\t\tПротокол C: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо досягнуто обидвох локальних і віддалених дисків.\n" +"\t\tПротокол A: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо" +" досягнуто локального диску та локального буферу надсилання TCP.\n" +"\t\tПротокол B: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо" +" досягнуто локального диску та віддаленого кешу буферу.\n" +"\t\tПротокол C: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо" +" досягнуто обидвох локальних і віддалених дисків.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: час очікування на з'єднання\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: час очікування на з'єднання, Wait for connection timeout, якщо цей вузол був зіпсованим кластером\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: час очікування на з'єднання, Wait for" +" connection timeout, якщо цей вузол був зіпсованим кластером\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: що робити, коли пристрій нижнього рівня повідомляє про помилку введення-виведення у верхніх шарах\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: що робити, коли пристрій нижнього рівня" +" повідомляє про помилку введення-виведення у верхніх шарах\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: Розмір буфера надсилання гнізда TCP\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: максимальне число запитів, які будуть виділені через DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: максимальне число запитів, які будуть виділені" +" через DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: Якщо вузол партнера не зумів надіслати пакет очікуваної відповіді протягом вказаного часу з десятих частин секунди, то цей вузол вважається мертвим і з'єднання TCP/IP відкидається. Це значення повинно бути меншим за connect-int та ping-int. Типове значення — 60 = 6 seconds, одиницею є 0.1 секунди.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: час, протягом якого може відповісти на пакет підтримання з'єднання. Якщо протягом вказаного періоду не отримано відповіді від вузла, то він вважається мертвим. Типове значення — 500 мс, типова одиниця — 100 мс\n" -"\t\tping-int: час, протягом якого може відповісти на пакет підтримання з'єднання\n" +"\t\ttimeout: Якщо вузол партнера не зумів надіслати пакет" +" очікуваної відповіді протягом вказаного часу з десятих частин секунди, то" +" цей вузол вважається мертвим і з'єднання TCP/IP відкидається. Це значення" +" повинно бути меншим за connect-int та ping-int. Типове значення — 60 = 6" +" seconds, одиницею є 0.1 секунди.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: час, протягом якого може відповісти на пакет" +" підтримання з'єднання. Якщо протягом вказаного періоду не отримано відповіді" +" від вузла, то він вважається мертвим. Типове значення — 500 мс, типова" +" одиниця — 100 мс\n" +"\t\tping-int: час, протягом якого може відповісти на пакет" +" підтримання з'єднання\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: найбільша кількість блоків даних між двома бар'єрами запису\n" -"\t\tko-count: вторинному вузлу не вдається завершити окремий запиту на запис для визначеного числа разів. Після цього він виключається із кластера. Типове значення — 0, яке вимикає цю функцію.\n" -"\t\trate: щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу програми у верхній частині DRBD, можна обмежити смугу пропускання, яка може бути використана для фонової синхронізації. Типове значення — 250 КБ/с, типова одиниця — КБ/с.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: параметр, який дозволяє вам керувати, наскільки велику активну область (= активну множину) можна отримати. Типове значення величини — 127. (Найменше: 7, Найбільше: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: найбільша кількість блоків даних між двома" +" бар'єрами запису\n" +"\t\tko-count: вторинному вузлу не вдається завершити окремий запиту" +" на запис для визначеного числа разів. Після цього він виключається із" +" кластера. Типове значення — 0, яке вимикає цю функцію.\n" +"\t\trate: щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу програми у верхній" +" частині DRBD, можна обмежити смугу пропускання, яка може бути використана" +" для фонової синхронізації. Типове значення — 250 КБ/с, типова одиниця —" +" КБ/с.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: параметр, який дозволяє вам керувати, наскільки" +" велику активну область (= активну множину) можна отримати. Типове значення" +" величини — 127. (Найменше: 7, Найбільше: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 @@ -331,27 +413,60 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the" +" LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p" +">\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file" +" layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" -"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the" +" list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is" +" instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than" +" from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter:" +" According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed" +" automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p" +">\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These" +" expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed" +" with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example," +" setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default." +" Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and" +" PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is" +" done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be" +" synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster" +" environments.\n" "\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tФайл конфігурації LVM /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tДля використання LVM із DRBD потрібно змінити деякі параметри у файлі конфігурації LVM та вилучити застарілі записи кешу на вузлах.\t\tЗапустіть 'man lvm.conf' для докладнішої інформації, включаючи розмітку файла.\n" +"\t\tДля використання LVM із DRBD потрібно змінити деякі параметри у файлі" +" конфігурації LVM та вилучити застарілі записи кешу на вузлах.\t\t<p" +">Запустіть 'man lvm.conf' для докладнішої інформації, включаючи розмітку" +" файла.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tФільтр пристрою: Це маскує основоположний блоковий пристрій із списку пристроїв, які LVM сканує на наявність підписів фізичних розділів. Таким чином, LVM доручено читати підписи фізичних розділів із пристроїв DRBD, а не із основоположних допоміжних блокових пристроїв.\t\tАвтофільтр: Відповідно до конфігурації drbd фільтр LVM завжди автоматично змінюватиметься. Для зміни його вручну вимкніть пункт Автофільтр.\n" -"\t\tФільтр складається із масиву регулярних виразів. Ці вирази можуть бути розділені через символ на ваш вибір і мати префікс 'a' (для прийняття) чи 'r' (для відхилення).\t\tНаприклад, задання фільтру як [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tФільтр пристрою: Це маскує основоположний блоковий пристрій із" +" списку пристроїв, які LVM сканує на наявність підписів фізичних розділів." +" Таким чином, LVM доручено читати підписи фізичних розділів із пристроїв" +" DRBD, а не із основоположних допоміжних блокових пристроїв.\t\t<b" +">Автофільтр: Відповідно до конфігурації drbd фільтр LVM завжди" +" автоматично змінюватиметься. Для зміни його вручну вимкніть пункт" +" Автофільтр.\n" +"\t\tФільтр складається із масиву регулярних виразів. Ці вирази можуть бути" +" розділені через символ на ваш вибір і мати префікс 'a' (для прийняття) чи" +" 'r' (для відхилення).\t\tНаприклад, задання фільтру як" +" [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tКеш LVM: Увімкнути запис кешу LVM - усталений параметр. Вимкніть кеш для мережних носіїв на кшталт nfs. \n" +"\t\tКеш LVM: Увімкнути запис кешу LVM - усталений параметр." +" Вимкніть кеш для мережних носіїв на кшталт nfs. \n" "\n" -"\t\tLVMetad: коли увімкнено lvmetad, метадані групи тому та прапорці стану PV отримуються із примірника lvmetad, не здійснюється жодне через окремі команди. Через те, що кеш lvmetad не можна синхронізувати між вузлами, користувачам краще вимкнути lvmetad у середовищах кластерів.\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: коли увімкнено lvmetad, метадані групи тому та" +" прапорці стану PV отримуються із примірника lvmetad, не здійснюється жодне" +" через окремі команди. Через те, що кеш lvmetad не можна синхронізувати між" +" вузлами, користувачам краще вимкнути lvmetad у середовищах кластерів.\n" "\n" "\t\t" @@ -360,22 +475,32 @@ msgstr "<big>Глобальне налаштування DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" -msgstr "Позначте «Вимкнути перевірку IP», щоб вимкнути одну з перевірок drbdadm" +msgid "" +"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's" +" sanity check" +msgstr "" +"Позначте «Вимкнути перевірку IP», щоб вимкнути одну з перевірок" +" drbdadm" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it" +" waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh'" +" seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Освіження діалогу: Діалог користувача рахує і показує скільки секунд тривало\n" -" очікування. Можете вимкнути це, якщо консоль вашого сервера з'єднана з\n" -" з послідовним терміналом, який має обмежену місткість журналювання.\n" -" Діалог буде показувати рахунок кожних «dialog-refresh» секунд,\n" +"Освіження діалогу: Діалог користувача рахує і показує скільки" +" секунд тривало\n" +" очікування. Можете вимкнути це, якщо консоль вашого сервера" +" з'єднана з\n" +" з послідовним терміналом, який має обмежену місткість" +" журналювання.\n" +" Діалог буде показувати рахунок кожних «dialog-refresh»" +" секунд,\n" " встановіть параметр до 0, щоб цілком вимкнути оновлення. " #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 @@ -573,26 +698,27 @@ #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IPv6-адресу необхідно помістити у квадратні дужки." #. IPv6 should including port #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IP-адреса і порт вказуються у форматі 'адреса:порт'." #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введіть чинну IP-адресу." #. Checking the port is number #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введіть дійсний номер порту." #. myHelp("basic_conf"); #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." -msgstr "Назви вузлів не повинні включати \".\", використовуючи назву локальної машини." +msgstr "" +"Назви вузлів не повинні включати \".\", використовуючи назву локальної машини." #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -7,31 +7,32 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2006. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. -# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:51+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config #. is installed #: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваш дисплей не підтримує інтерфейс firewall-config.\n" #: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Використовуйте командний рядок Yast2 або утиліту firewall-cmd." #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 @@ -252,8 +253,10 @@ "вибравши пристрій з таблиці і натиснувши Змінити.\n" "\n" "Введіть нетипові рядки, наприклад, <tt>any</tt>, за допомогою кнопки\n" -"Нетипове. Ви також можете ввести інтерфейси, які ще не було тут налаштовано.\n" -"Якщо вам потрібна трансляція адрес, рядок <tt>any</tt> не можна використовувати.\n" +"Нетипове. Ви також можете ввести інтерфейси, які ще не було тут" +" налаштовано.\n" +"Якщо вам потрібна трансляція адрес, рядок <tt>any</tt> не можна" +" використовувати.\n" "\n" "Кожен мережний пристрій слід приписати до зони мережевого екрана.\n" "Передача інформації через неприписаний інтерфейс блокується.\n" @@ -278,41 +281,51 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed" +" Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network" +" will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Дозволені служби</big>\n" -" Вкажіть служби або порти, які повинні бути доступні для вхідних з'єднань.\n" +" Вкажіть служби або порти, які повинні бути доступні для вхідних" +" з'єднань.\n" "Мережі поділено на зони мережевого екрана.\n" "\n" "Щоб дозволити службу, виберіть Зона і\n" "Дозволити службу, а потім натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" -"Щоб вилучити дозволену службу, виберіть Зона, а потім Дозволена служба і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" +"Щоб вилучити дозволену службу, виберіть Зона, а потім Дозволена" +" служба і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" "\n" -"Якщо зняти позначку з Захистити мережевий екран від внутрішньої зони, буде\n" +"Якщо зняти позначку з Захистити мережевий екран від внутрішньої зони</b" +">, буде\n" "знято захист від цієї зони. Захист всіх служб і портів буде знято.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC" +" ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr<" +"/tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Додаткові параметри можна налаштувати, скориставшись кнопкою Додаткове.\n" -"Значення слід відокремлювати пробілами. Тут ви можете дозволити порти TCP, UDP, RPC і\n" +"Додаткові параметри можна налаштувати, скориставшись кнопкою Додаткове<" +"/b>.\n" +"Значення слід відокремлювати пробілами. Тут ви можете дозволити порти TCP," +" UDP, RPC і\n" "IP-протоколи.\n" "TCP і UDP порти можна ввести як назви портів (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "номери портів (<tt>3128</tt>) і діапазони портів (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC порти слід вводити у вигляді назв служб (<tt>portmap</tt> або <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC порти слід вводити у вигляді назв служб (<tt>portmap</tt> або <tt" +">nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Вводьте IP-протоколи як назви протоколів (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -320,15 +333,19 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your" +" firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet," +" transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Трансляція</big>\n" -" Трансляція — це функція, яка приховує вашу внутрішню мережу за мережевий екраном і \n" -"дозволяє отримати прозорий доступ до зовнішньої мережі, такої як Інтернет. Запити\n" +" Трансляція — це функція, яка приховує вашу внутрішню мережу за мережевий" +" екраном і \n" +"дозволяє отримати прозорий доступ до зовнішньої мережі, такої як Інтернет." +" Запити\n" "із зовнішньої мережі у внутрішню буде заблоковано.\n" "Виберіть Трансляція мереж, щоб транслювати ваші мережі\n" "у зовнішню мережу.\n" @@ -337,123 +354,173 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal" +" network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal" +" IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.<" +"/p>\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete<" +"/b>.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Хоча запити з зовнішньої мережі і не можуть досягати вашої внутрішньої мережі,\n" -"є можливість прозоро переспрямовувати будь-які запропоновані порти на вашому мережевий екрані\n" -"на будь-яку внутрішню IP-адресу. Щоб додати нове правило переспрямування, натисніть\n" +"Хоча запити з зовнішньої мережі і не можуть досягати вашої внутрішньої" +" мережі,\n" +"є можливість прозоро переспрямовувати будь-які запропоновані порти на вашому" +" мережевий екрані\n" +"на будь-яку внутрішню IP-адресу. Щоб додати нове правило переспрямування," +" натисніть\n" "кнопку Додати і заповніть потрібні поля форми.\n" "\n" -"Щоб вилучити правило переспрямування, виберіть його у таблиці і натисніть Вилучити.\n" +"Щоб вилучити правило переспрямування, виберіть його у таблиці і натисніть" +" Вилучити.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to" +" find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues" +" using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add" +" needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated" +" ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of" +" packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast" +" Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування трансляції</big>\n" -" Пакети трансляції -- це спеціальні пакети UDP, які посилаються у цілу мережу,\n" -"щоб знайти сусідні комп'ютери або надіслати інформацію до кожного комп'ютера в мережі.\n" -"Наприклад, сервери CUPS надають інформацію про їхні черги друку за допомогою пакетів трансляції.\n" +" Пакети трансляції -- це спеціальні пакети UDP, які посилаються у цілу" +" мережу,\n" +"щоб знайти сусідні комп'ютери або надіслати інформацію до кожного комп'ютера" +" в мережі.\n" +"Наприклад, сервери CUPS надають інформацію про їхні черги друку за допомогою" +" пакетів трансляції.\n" "\n" -"Вибрані служби SuSEfirewall2 в дозволених інтерфейсах автоматично додають сюди\n" -"необхідні порти трансляції. Щоб вилучити або додати якісь інші, відредагуйте список,\n" +"Вибрані служби SuSEfirewall2 в дозволених інтерфейсах автоматично додають" +" сюди\n" +"необхідні порти трансляції. Щоб вилучити або додати якісь інші, відредагуйте" +" список,\n" "розділених комами, портів для певних зон.\n" "\n" -"Інші відкинуті пакети трансляції записуються в журнал. В ширших мережах їх може бути досить багато.\n" -"Щоб не допускати записи в журнал про ці пакети, вимкніть Записувати в журнал не прийняті пакети трансляції\n" +"Інші відкинуті пакети трансляції записуються в журнал. В ширших мережах їх" +" може бути досить багато.\n" +"Щоб не допускати записи в журнал про ці пакети, вимкніть Записувати в" +" журнал не прийняті пакети трансляції\n" "для бажаних зон.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their" +" reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP" +" browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the" +" firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also" +" choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Трансляція відповіді</big> \n" -"Мережевий екран зазвичай відхиляє пакети, відправлені іншими машинами у відповідь на\n" +"Мережевий екран зазвичай відхиляє пакети, відправлені іншими машинами у" +" відповідь на\n" "трансляцію запитів вашої системи, наприклад, огляд Samba або SLP.\n" "\n" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати, яким пакункам дозволено проходити через мережевий екран.\n" -"Натисніть Додати для створення нового правила. Вам буде потрібно вибрати зону мережевого екрана,\n" -"а також вибрати з готового списку служб потрібну або задати правило вручну.\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати, яким пакункам дозволено проходити через" +" мережевий екран.\n" +"Натисніть Додати для створення нового правила. Вам буде потрібно" +" вибрати зону мережевого екрана,\n" +"а також вибрати з готового списку служб потрібну або задати правило вручну.<" +"/p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks" +" through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the" +" internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Підтримка IPsec</big>\n" -" IPsec — це спосіб шифрованого обміну інформацією між надійними вузлами або мережами, під час передачі інформації\n" -"ненадійними шляхами, на зразок Інтернет. Цей діалог відкриває IPsec для зовнішньої зони, якщо\n" +" IPsec — це спосіб шифрованого обміну інформацією між надійними вузлами" +" або мережами, під час передачі інформації\n" +"ненадійними шляхами, на зразок Інтернет. Цей діалог відкриває IPsec для" +" зовнішньої зони, якщо\n" "позначити Увімкнено.\n" "\n" -"Кнопка Докладно дозволяє визначити спосіб поводження з уже розшифрованими IPsec-пакетами. Наприклад, з ними можна поводитися як з пакетами з внутрішньої зони.\n" +"Кнопка Докладно дозволяє визначити спосіб поводження з уже" +" розшифрованими IPsec-пакетами. Наприклад, з ними можна поводитися як з" +" пакетами з внутрішньої зони.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings." +" Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not" +" logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and <b" +">Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All" +" for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do" +" Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Рівень ведення журналу</big>\n" " Це — основний діалог налаштування ведення журналу IP-пакетів.\n" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати запис до журналу вхідних пакетів з'єднань. Вихідні пакети взагалі не записуються до журналу.\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати запис до журналу вхідних пакетів з'єднань. Вихідні" +" пакети взагалі не записуються до журналу.\n" "\n" -"Існує дві групи пакетів, що записуються до журналу: Прийняті пакети і Неприйняті пакети.\n" -"Для кожної групи ви можете вибрати один з трьох рівнів ведення журналу: Записувати до журналу все, щоб\n" -"записувати всі пакети, Записувати до журналу лише критичні, щоб записувати лише нетривіальні, або Не записувати нічого,\n" -"щоб вимкнути ведення журналу. Як мінімум вам слід записувати до журналу критичні пакети.\n" +"Існує дві групи пакетів, що записуються до журналу: Прийняті пакети" +" і Неприйняті пакети.\n" +"Для кожної групи ви можете вибрати один з трьох рівнів ведення журналу: <b" +">Записувати до журналу все, щоб\n" +"записувати всі пакети, Записувати до журналу лише критичні, щоб" +" записувати лише нетривіальні, або Не записувати нічого,\n" +"щоб вимкнути ведення журналу. Як мінімум вам слід записувати до журналу" +" критичні пакети.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each" +" firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the" +" following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration" +" name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network" +" services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC" +" (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Підсумок</big>\n" @@ -461,15 +528,20 @@ "Інформацію розділено на загальні налаштування і частини для кожної з зон.\n" "Тут зібрано підсумки для кожної існуючої зони.\n" "\n" -"Запуск мережевого екрана показує чи запускається мережевий екран під час\n" +"Запуск мережевого екрана показує чи запускається мережевий екран" +" під час\n" "завантаження або лише вручну.\n" "\n" -"Зони мережевого екрана повинні мати мережний інтерфейс приписаний до списку таких елементів підсумкових даних:\n" +"Зони мережевого екрана повинні мати мережний інтерфейс приписаний до" +" списку таких елементів підсумкових даних:\n" "\n" -"Інтерфейси: Всі інтерфейси впорядковано згідно до їх назви і пристрою.\n" +"Інтерфейси: Всі інтерфейси впорядковано згідно до їх назви і" +" пристрою.\n" "\n" -"Відкриті служби, порти, і протоколи: тут ви побачите список всіх дозволених мережних служб, додаткових\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), і RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Відкриті служби, порти, і протоколи: тут ви побачите список всіх" +" дозволених мережних служб, додаткових\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), і RPC" +" (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "портів, а також IP (Internet Protocol) протоколів.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 @@ -498,10 +570,12 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by" +" spaces." msgstr "" "RPC-порти — це список служб RPC, таких як\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> або <tt>portmap</tt>, відокремлених пробілами. " +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> або <tt>portmap</tt>, відокремлених" +" пробілами. " #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -521,12 +595,14 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that" +" represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." msgstr "" -"Діапазон портів — це два номери, відокремлені двокрапкою, що позначають\n" +"Діапазон портів — це два номери, відокремлені двокрапкою, що" +" позначають\n" "всі номери між цими числами, включно з ними самими.\n" "Перший номер порту має бути меншим за другий,\n" "наприклад <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -540,16 +616,19 @@ msgstr "" "Назва порту — це назва, приписана до порту \n" "організацією IANA. Одному номеру порту можна приписати декілька назв. Список\n" -"приписаних портів, що використовуються, можна знайти у файлі <tt>/etc/services</tt>." +"приписаних портів, що використовуються, можна знайти у файлі <tt" +">/etc/services</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network" +" attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Мережевий екран</big> \n" -"Мережевий екран - це захисний механізм, що захищає ваш комп'ютер від атак з мережі.\n" +"Мережевий екран - це захисний механізм, що захищає ваш комп'ютер від атак з" +" мережі.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 @@ -1140,8 +1219,12 @@ msgstr "Визначено %1 нетипових правил" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "Мережа: %1, Протокол: %2, Порт призначення: %3, Вихідний порт: %4, Параметри: %5" +msgid "" +"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source" +" port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "" +"Мережа: %1, Протокол: %2, Порт призначення: %3, Вихідний" +" порт: %4, Параметри: %5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1180,7 +1263,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "" +"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Мережевий екран буде зупинено після запису конфігурації" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1307,8 +1391,11 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "Для трансляції потрібен принаймні один зовнішній інтерфейс і один інший інтерфейс." +msgid "" +"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "" +"Для трансляції потрібен принаймні один зовнішній інтерфейс і один інший" +" інтерфейс." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 @@ -1546,32 +1633,42 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "Назва або номер порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Назва або номер порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" -msgstr "Відомі служби мережевий екранів; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Відомі служби мережевий екранів; для розділення декількох записів" +" використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "Назва або номер TCP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Назва або номер TCP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте" +" коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "Назва або номер UDP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Назва або номер UDP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте" +" коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "Назва або номер RPC порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Назва або номер RPC порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте" +" коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" -msgstr "Назва IP-протоколу; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Назва IP-протоколу; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 @@ -1985,19 +2082,18 @@ #. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" -msgstr "" +msgstr "скрізь" #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "у зоні %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" #. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Masquerading is %1" msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" -msgstr "Трансляція мережних адрес %1" +msgstr "Трансляція мережних адрес %1 %2" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -13,14 +13,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: installation.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 12:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. help for the dialog - busy message @@ -277,8 +278,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "Використовуйте Чорний список пристроїв, щоб зменшити обсяг пам'яті, займаний ядром." +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to" +" such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте Чорний список пристроїв, щоб зменшити обсяг пам'яті," +" займаний ядром." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -314,8 +319,11 @@ msgstr "Встановлення зі штампів" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Тут ви можете вибрати визначені Novell образи для прискорення установки RPM." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM" +" installation." +msgstr "" +"Тут ви можете вибрати визначені Novell образи для прискорення установки RPM." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -326,8 +334,11 @@ msgstr "&Не встановлювати зі штампів" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Створення своїх штампів - необхідно вказати URL в якості джерела установки" +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation" +" source" +msgstr "" +"Створення своїх штампів - необхідно вказати URL в якості джерела установки" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -335,12 +346,18 @@ msgstr "Тут ви можете створити свої штампи.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an" +" image here" msgstr "Перед створенням штампу необхідно вибрати програмне забезпечення" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Створити файл штампу (AutoYaST завантажить його із зазначеного місця при установці)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during" +" installation)" +msgstr "" +"Створити файл штампу (AutoYaST завантажить його із зазначеного місця при" +" установці)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -365,24 +382,32 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in" +" the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "Встановлення зі штампів використовується для пришвидшення процесу\n" "встановлення. У штампах зберігаються стиснені копії встановленої системи,\n" -"що відповідають вашому вибору шаблонів. Решту пакунків, які не містяться у шаблонах,\n" +"що відповідають вашому вибору шаблонів. Решту пакунків, які не містяться у" +" шаблонах,\n" "буде встановлено з пакунків у звичайний спосіб.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will" +" dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured" +" already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal" +" auto-installation." msgstr "" -"Створення власних штампів використовується, якщо ви хочете повністю\n" -"пропустити етап установки RPM. Замість цього AutoYaST розгорне штамп на жорсткому\n" -"диску, що набагато швидше і піддається попередньому налаштуванню. Усі інші операції,\n" +"Створення власних штампів використовується, якщо ви хочете" +" повністю\n" +"пропустити етап установки RPM. Замість цього AutoYaST розгорне штамп на" +" жорсткому\n" +"диску, що набагато швидше і піддається попередньому налаштуванню. Усі інші" +" операції,\n" "крім установки RPM, виконуються як при нормальній автоматичній установці." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 @@ -393,10 +418,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages" +" originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що при установці із штампів мітки часу всіх пакунків з цих штампів\n" +"Зверніть увагу, що при установці із штампів мітки часу всіх пакунків з цих" +" штампів\n" "будуть відповідати не даті установки, а даті створення штампу." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -549,12 +576,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available" +" translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Перед продовженням встановлення вам слід прийняти ліцензію.\n" -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Переклади ліцензії..., щоб показати ліцензію з усіма доступними перекладами.\n" +"Скористайтеся кнопкою Переклади ліцензії..., щоб показати ліцензію з" +" усіма доступними перекладами.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -628,10 +657,9 @@ #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" -msgstr "Перевірка встановленої системи..." +msgstr "Розташування ліцензійної угоди у встановленій системі: %s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 @@ -721,20 +749,29 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user" +" interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this" +" option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt" +">/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Використовуйте Клонування для створення профілю AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST — це спосіб повного встановлення системи SUSE Linux без втручання користувачів. Щоб AutoYaST\n" -"знав, якою повинна бути встановлена система, йому потрібний профіль. Якщо увімкнено\n" -"цей параметр, то профіль поточної системи буде збережено в файлі /root/autoyast.xml." +"AutoYaST — це спосіб повного встановлення системи SUSE Linux без втручання" +" користувачів. Щоб AutoYaST\n" +"знав, якою повинна бути встановлена система, йому потрібний профіль. Якщо" +" увімкнено\n" +"цей параметр, то профіль поточної системи буде збережено в файлі" +" /root/autoyast.xml." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Щоб отримати доступ до поточної системи, необхідно мати встановленим пакунок %1." +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати доступ до поточної системи, необхідно мати встановленим" +" пакунок %1." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -775,10 +812,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of" +" packages." msgstr "" "Зневадження вимкнено.\n" -"YaST відкриє програму керування пакунками, щоб перевірити поточний стан пакунків." +"YaST відкриє програму керування пакунками, щоб перевірити поточний стан" +" пакунків." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 @@ -812,8 +851,12 @@ msgstr "&Диск для використання" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "Виберіть диск, на якому буде розгортатися штамп. Усі дані на диску будуть знищені, а диск перерозбитий так, як задано у штампі." +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk" +" will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть диск, на якому буде розгортатися штамп. Усі дані на диску будуть" +" знищені, а диск перерозбитий так, як задано у штампі." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -952,7 +995,7 @@ #. some steps are called in live installer only #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Клієнт %1 повернув неприпустимі дані." #. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 @@ -1014,7 +1057,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;," +" select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1023,8 +1067,12 @@ #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Якщо для установки вам потрібні особливі драйвери, відвідайте сайт http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i" +">http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Якщо для установки вам потрібні особливі драйвери, відвідайте сайт <i" +">http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1080,10 +1128,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the" +" configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Потрібна налаштована мережа, щоб вживати віддалені сховища\n" -"або додаткові продукти. Якщо ви не маєте наміру вживати віддалені сховища, можете пропустити налаштування мережі.\n" +"або додаткові продукти. Якщо ви не маєте наміру вживати віддалені сховища," +" можете пропустити налаштування мережі.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1097,26 +1147,35 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number" +" \n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" "У Linux вибір є найвищим пріоритетом. openSUSE пропонує вам\n" -"декілька стільничних середовищ. Нижче ви бачите список з 2 основних середовищ\n" +"декілька стільничних середовищ. Нижче ви бачите список з 2 основних" +" середовищ\n" "KDE і GNOME." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal" +" installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the" +" software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add" +" additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Можете вибрати альтернативні стільничні середовища (або один з мінімальних\n" -"шаблонів встановлення), які краще задовольнять ваші потреби, вибравши параметр\n" -"Інше. Пізніше, під час вибору ПЗ, або після встановлення, можете змінити ваш\n" -"вибір або додати інші стільничні середовища. Тут можна вказати типове середовище." +"Можете вибрати альтернативні стільничні середовища (або один з" +" мінімальних\n" +"шаблонів встановлення), які краще задовольнять ваші потреби, вибравши" +" параметр\n" +"Інше. Пізніше, під час вибору ПЗ, або після встановлення, можете" +" змінити ваш\n" +"вибір або додати інші стільничні середовища. Тут можна вказати типове" +" середовище." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1140,7 +1199,8 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "Неможливо знайти основний продукт. Примітки до випуску показані не будуть." +msgstr "" +"Неможливо знайти основний продукт. Примітки до випуску показані не будуть." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1292,7 +1352,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for" +" installation." msgstr "" "\n" "Загляньте на drivers.suse.com за драйверами для встановлення." @@ -1375,6 +1436,9 @@ "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" "and try installing the updates again?" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Перевірити налаштування мережі і спробувати\n" +"встановити оновлення ще раз?" #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. @@ -1391,6 +1455,14 @@ "If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" "then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" +"Не вдалося завантажити необов'язкові оновлення установника з сервера\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Ви можете продовжити установку без застосування оновлень.\n" +"При цьому у вас можуть бути відсутні важливі виправлення помилок.\n" +"\n" +"Якщо для доступу до сховища оновлень ви використовуєте проксі-сервер,\n" +"то вкажіть параметр завантаження proxy.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 @@ -1459,7 +1531,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the" +" upgrade process." msgstr "" "Тут показано всі сховища ПЗ, які було знайдено в\n" "системі, яку ви оновлюєте. Увімкніть сховища, які ви\n" @@ -1739,22 +1812,20 @@ #. normal=configuration in an installed system #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зберігати зміни цих параметрів у системі немає сенсу." #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" -msgstr "Клонувати конфігурацію системи" +msgstr "Імпорт ключів вузлів і налаштувань SSH" #. menubutton entry #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" -msgstr "&Клонувати конфігурацію системи" +msgstr "&Імпорт ключів вузлів і налаштувань SSH" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 @@ -1827,30 +1898,41 @@ #. Event callback for the 'ok' button #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Я хочу імпортувати ключі SSH з попередньої установки" #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 -msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgid "" +"Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose" +" an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the" +" identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of" +" files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.<p" +">Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in" +" /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "" +"Кожен сервер SSH ідентифікується одним або кількома загальнодоступними" +" ключами вузла. Виберіть наявну установку Linux, щоб використовувати ці ключі" +" і параметри відповідного сервера SSH. Файли ключів з каталогу /etc/ssh (по" +" одній парі файлів на кожний ключ) будуть скопійовані у нову встановлювану" +" систему. " +"Встановіть прапорець Імпорт налаштувань SSH, щоб крім ключів" +" скопіювати інші файли з каталогу /etc/ssh." #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Device" msgid "&Device" -msgstr "Пристрій" +msgstr "&Пристрій" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "%{system_name} на %{device}" #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Export Configuration" msgid "Import SSH Configuration" -msgstr "&Експорт конфігурації" +msgstr "Імпорт налаштувань SSH" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 @@ -1926,7 +2008,9 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Клацніть на будь-якому заголовку, щоб змінити або скористайтесь нижче меню \"Змінити...\"." +msgstr "" +"Клацніть на будь-якому заголовку, щоб змінити або скористайтесь нижче меню" +" \"Змінити...\"." #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1980,11 +2064,13 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values" +" displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Виберіть Встановити, щоб виконати нове встановлення із показаними значеннями.\n" +"Виберіть Встановити, щоб виконати нове встановлення із показаними" +" значеннями.\n" "\n" #. so update @@ -2090,35 +2176,36 @@ #. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) #: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux" #. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer #. #. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. #: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 msgid "No previous Linux installation found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Попередню установку Linux не знайдено" #: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не буде скопійований жодний існуючий ключ вузла SSH" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard #. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' #: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ключі вузлів і налаштування SSH будуть скопійовані з %s" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard #. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' #: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ключі вузлів SSH будуть скопійовані з %s" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Неможливо знайти URL '%1' через протокол HTTP(S). Сервер повернув код %2." +msgstr "" +"Неможливо знайти URL '%1' через протокол HTTP(S). Сервер повернув код %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -14,14 +14,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 12:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module @@ -173,20 +174,19 @@ #. iSCSI target has to be connected manually #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Manually" msgid "manual" -msgstr "Вручну" +msgstr "вручну" #. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "onboot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "під час завантаження" #. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "автоматично" #. widget for portal address #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 @@ -259,7 +259,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</p" +">\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -302,7 +303,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Додавання ініціатора iSCSI</big> \n" "Виберіть ініціатор iSCSI зі списку виявлених ініціаторів.\n" -"Якщо ваш ініціатор iSCSI не було виявлено, виберіть Інше (не виявлене)\n" +"Якщо ваш ініціатор iSCSI не було виявлено, виберіть Інше (не виявлене)</b" +">\n" "потім, натисніть Налаштувати.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -349,8 +351,19 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." -msgstr "Список поточних сесій.Вживайте кнопку Додати для отримання додаткових цілей. Пошук розпочинається виявленням нових цілей і режим запуску вже під'єднаних цілей залишається незмінним.Вживайте Роз'єднати для скасування з'єднання і cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. Для зміни стану запуску натисніть Змінити." +msgid "" +"List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get" +" additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the" +" start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use <b" +">Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from" +" the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." +msgstr "" +"Список поточних сесій.Вживайте кнопку Додати для отримання" +" додаткових цілей. Пошук розпочинається виявленням нових цілей і режим" +" запуску вже під'єднаних цілей залишається незмінним.Вживайте <b" +">Роз'єднати для скасування з'єднання і cancel the connection and with it" +" remove the target from the list. Для зміни стану запуску натисніть <b" +">Змінити." #. Warning #. Warning @@ -359,47 +372,65 @@ msgstr "<h1>Попередження</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" -msgstr "Під час доступу до пристрою iSCSI в режимі ЧИТАННЯ/ЗАПИС, переконайтесь, що цей доступ винятковий. Інакше, потенційно існує ризик пошкодження даних.\n" +msgid "" +"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that" +" this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data" +" corruption.\n" +msgstr "" +"Під час доступу до пристрою iSCSI в режимі ЧИТАННЯ/ЗАПИС," +" переконайтесь, що цей доступ винятковий. Інакше, потенційно існує ризик" +" пошкодження даних.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" #| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgid "" -"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi<" +"/tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only" +" able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"Назва ініціатора - це значення, взяте із <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" -"У разі наявності iBFT це значення буде замінено значенням з iBFT, а змінити його ви зможете лише у програмі налаштування BIOS." +"Назва ініціатора - це значення, взяте із <tt" +">/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" +"У разі наявності iBFT це значення буде замінено значенням з iBFT, а змінити" +" його ви зможете лише у програмі налаштування BIOS." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for" +" discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should" +" be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) для виявлення цілей замість типового методу SendTargets,\n" -"вкажіть IP-адресу сервера iSNS і номер порту. Типовим значенням має бути 3205.\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service)" +" для виявлення цілей замість типового методу SendTargets,\n" +"вкажіть IP-адресу сервера iSNS і номер порту. Типовим значенням має бути" +" 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" #| "Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" #| "select No Authentication.\n" msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username" +" and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" -"Введіть Адресу IP виявленого сервера.\n" -"Якщо потрібно, то змініть тільки Порт. Для розпізнавання вживайте Ім'я користувача і Пароль.\n" +"Введіть Адресу IP цільового сервера iSCSI.\n" +"Якщо потрібно, то змініть тільки Порт. Для розпізнавання вживайте <b" +">Ім'я користувача і Пароль.\n" "Якщо ви не потребуєте розпізнавання, то виберіть Без розпізнавання.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " -msgstr "Список вузлів, запропонований ціллю iSCSI. Виберіть один з них і клацніть З'єднатись. " +msgid "" +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b" +">Connect. " +msgstr "" +"Список вузлів, запропонований ціллю iSCSI. Виберіть один з них і клацніть <b" +">З'єднатись. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -411,13 +442,17 @@ "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" "onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI" +" service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" -"manual — щоб цілі iSCSI не було з'єднано типово, користувач повинен це зробити вручну\n" -"onboot — для цілей iSCSI, які слід з'єднувати при завантаженні системи, тобто, коли\n" +"manual — щоб цілі iSCSI не було з'єднано типово, користувач повинен" +" це зробити вручну\n" +"onboot — для цілей iSCSI, які слід з'єднувати при завантаженні" +" системи, тобто, коли\n" "коренева ФС знаходиться на iSCSI. Це буде зроблено з initrd.\n" -"automatic — для цілей iSCSI, які з'єднуються при запуску самої служби iSCSI.\n" +"automatic — для цілей iSCSI, які з'єднуються при запуску самої" +" служби iSCSI.\n" "\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 @@ -425,13 +460,48 @@ msgstr "<h1>Розпізнавання</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." -msgstr "Типовим параметром є Без розпізнавання. Зніміть галочку, якщо розпізнавання потрібне із міркувань безпеки. Введіть Ім'я користувача та Пароль для 'Вхідне розпізнавання', 'Вихідне розпізнавання' або для обох.Зауважте: 'Вхідне розпізнавання' тут узгоджене із 'Вихідним розпізнаванням' на стороні цільового сервера iSCSI і навпаки." +msgid "" +"The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox" +" if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and" +" Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or" +" for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here" +" correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the" +" other way round." +msgstr "" +"Типовим параметром є Без розпізнавання. Зніміть галочку, якщо" +" розпізнавання потрібне із міркувань безпеки. Введіть Ім'я користувача" +" та Пароль для 'Вхідне розпізнавання', 'Вихідне розпізнавання' або для" +" обох.Зауважте: 'Вхідне розпізнавання' тут узгоджене із" +" 'Вихідним розпізнаванням' на стороні цільового сервера iSCSI і навпаки." #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." -msgstr "Цей екран показує список відкритих цілей.Вживайте кнопку Пошук для отримання доступних цілей iSCSI із сервера, вказаного за IP-адресою. З'єднатися із ціллю для встановлення з' єднання. Якщо вхід був успішним, то стовпець З'єднано показує стан 'Істина' і ціль буде з'являтися на екрані З'єднаних цілей. Для вилучення цілі вживайте кнопку Вилучити. Порада: Вилучення цілей є можливим тільки для нез'єднаних. Якщо потрібно, то спершу натисніть Від'єднатися у З'єднаних цілях.Зауважте: Запуск Пошуку знову означає повторний пошук цілей, який можливо змінить режим запуску вже під'єднаних цілей (до усталеної 'manual'). Перемкніться на екран Під'єднані цілі та використовуйте кнопку Додати, якщо ви хочете додати нові цілі без зміни режиму запуску." +msgid "" +"This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the <b" +">Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified" +" by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If" +" login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the" +" target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a" +" target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is" +" only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at <i" +">Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the <b" +">Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly" +" will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default" +" 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add" +" button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." +msgstr "" +"Цей екран показує список відкритих цілей.Вживайте кнопку Пошук<" +"/b> для отримання доступних цілей iSCSI із сервера, вказаного за IP-адресою.<" +"br>З'єднатися із ціллю для встановлення з' єднання. Якщо вхід був" +" успішним, то стовпець З'єднано показує стан 'Істина' і ціль буде" +" з'являтися на екрані З'єднаних цілей. Для вилучення цілі вживайте" +" кнопку Вилучити. Порада: Вилучення цілей є можливим тільки" +" для нез'єднаних. Якщо потрібно, то спершу натисніть Від'єднатися у <i" +">З'єднаних цілях.Зауважте: Запуск Пошуку знову" +" означає повторний пошук цілей, який можливо змінить режим запуску вже" +" під'єднаних цілей (до усталеної 'manual'). Перемкніться на екран <i" +">Під'єднані цілі та використовуйте кнопку Додати, якщо ви хочете" +" додати нові цілі без зміни режиму запуску." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -487,7 +557,6 @@ msgstr "Неправильна назва ініціатора" #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" #| "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -507,7 +576,6 @@ "\n" "Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -"Неправильна назва ініціатора.\n" "\n" "Правильний синтаксис:\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.обернена назва домену[:ідентифікатор]\n" @@ -515,6 +583,8 @@ "\n" "Приклад:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Хочете використовувати цю назву?\n" #. validate ip #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 @@ -524,7 +594,7 @@ #. check for valid host name #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перевірте IP-адресу та відповідну назву вузла.\n" #. validate port number #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 @@ -550,8 +620,12 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "Ціль з такою назвою вже з'єднано. Переконайтесь, щоб було увімкнено багатошляховість для запобігання пошкодженню даних." +msgid "" +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that" +" multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "" +"Ціль з такою назвою вже з'єднано. Переконайтесь, щоб було увімкнено" +" багатошляховість для запобігання пошкодженню даних." #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 @@ -581,8 +655,11 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Щоб налаштувати ініціатор iSCSI, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." +msgid "" +"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Щоб налаштувати ініціатор iSCSI, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -660,9 +737,11 @@ "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"Значення InitiatorName з iBFT та з <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> не збігаються.\n" +"Значення InitiatorName з iBFT та з <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> не" +" збігаються.\n" "Старе значення буде замінено значенням з iBFT зі створенням резервної копії.\n" -"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати інше значення initiatorname, то змініть його у BIOS.\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати інше значення initiatorname, то змініть його" +" у BIOS.\n" #. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons #. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 12:11+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module @@ -270,7 +271,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування натисканням кнопки Перервати.\n" +"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування натисканням кнопки Перервати.<" +"/p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -403,39 +405,71 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." -msgstr "Виберіть тип автентифікації. Вживайте Без автентифікації або одну з Вхідна та Вихідна (можна обидві). Тоді вставте Користувача і Пароль." +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of <b" +">Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert <b" +">User and Password." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть тип автентифікації. Вживайте Без автентифікації або одну з <b" +">Вхідна та Вихідна (можна обидві). Тоді вставте Користувача" +" і Пароль." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" -"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." -msgstr "Використовуйте Додати для надання клієнту iSCSI доступу до LUN, імпортованої з групи цільового порталу. Вкажіть, якому клієнту надається доступ (ім'я клієнта - це InitiatorName у файлі «/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi» на ініціатора iscsi). Кнопка Видалити заборонить доступ клієнта до LUN." +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN" +" imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i" +">InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete" +" will remove the initiator access to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте Додати для надання клієнту iSCSI доступу до LUN," +" імпортованої з групи цільового порталу. Вкажіть, якому клієнту надається" +" доступ (ім'я клієнта - це InitiatorName у файлі" +" «/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi» на ініціатора iscsi). Кнопка Видалити</b" +"> заборонить доступ клієнта до LUN." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" #| " If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgstr "Із Змінити LUN можна редагувати відображення LUN. Зауважте, що цільове число LUN має бути унікальним. Після натискання Змінити розпізнавання, виберіть її тип. Використовуйте Вхідна, Вихідна або обидві разом. Потім вставте Користувача і Пароль. Якщо Використовувати розпізнавання вимкнено у попередньому діалозі, то Змінити автентифікацію буде вимкненим тут." +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN" +" target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the" +" type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both" +" together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to" +" set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth</b" +"> is disabled here." +msgstr "" +"Із Змінити LUN можна редагувати відображення LUN. Зауважте, що" +" цільове число LUN має бути унікальним. Після натискання Змінити" +" розпізнавання, виберіть його тип. Використовуйте Вхідне, <b" +">Вихідне або обидва разом. Потім вставте Користувач і Пароль</b" +">. Переконайтеся, що ви задали різні паролі для вхідного та вихідного" +" розпізнавання.\n " +"Якщо Використовувати розпізнавання вимкнено у попередньому діалозі, то" +" Змінити автентифікацію буде вимкненим тут." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." -msgstr "Копіювати дає можливість надання доступу до LUN іншим клієнтам." +msgid "" +"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access" +" to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Копіювати дає можливість надання доступу до LUN іншим клієнтам." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by" +" clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Список запропонованих цілей цільових груп порталу. Створіть нову ціль натисканням кнопкиДодати. \n" -"Щоб вилучити або змінити елемент, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Змінити або Вилучити." +"Список запропонованих цілей цільових груп порталу. Створіть нову ціль" +" натисканням кнопкиДодати. \n" +"Щоб вилучити або змінити елемент, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку <b" +">Змінити або Вилучити." #. edit target #. add target @@ -446,26 +480,31 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b" +">LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN." +" \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "Довільні блокові пристрої або файли можна зробити доступними під LUN.\n" " Вам потрібно вказати шлях до іншого блокового пристрою або файлу.\n" "Ім'я LUN - це довільне ім'я для розрізнення LUN.\n" -"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо користувач\n" +"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо" +" користувач\n" "не вказує ім'я для LUN, то воно генерується автоматично." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which" +" address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"У полях IP-адреса та Номер порту ви вказуєте, за якою адресою\n" +"У полях IP-адреса та Номер порту ви вказуєте, за якою" +" адресою\n" "і портом буде доступна служба. Типовий номер порту 3260. Можна вказувати\n" "тільки IP-адреси, призначені однією з мережевих карт." @@ -475,29 +514,40 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a" +" lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN." +" \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "Довільні блокові пристрої або файли можна зробити доступними під LUN.\n" "Вам потрібно вказати шлях до блокового пристрою або файлу.\n" "Ім'я LUN - це довільне ім'я для розрізнення LUN.\n" -"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо користувач\n" +"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо" +" користувач\n" "не вказує ім'я для LUN, то воно генерується автоматично." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 -msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." -msgstr "Можна Додавати, Змінювати або Вилучати всі додаткові параметри налаштування." +msgid "" +"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional" +" configuration options." +msgstr "" +"Можна Додавати, Змінювати або Вилучати всі додаткові" +" параметри налаштування." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing" +" purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and <b" +">Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"За потреби змініть номер LUN, встановіть Тип (nullio призначено для перевірки). \n" -"Якщо Тип=fileio встановіть Шлях до пристрою диска або файлу. Параметри SCSI ID і Сектори є необов'язковими." +"За потреби змініть номер LUN, встановіть Тип (nullio призначено" +" для перевірки). \n" +"Якщо Тип=fileio встановіть Шлях до пристрою диска або файлу. Параметри" +" SCSI ID і Сектори є необов'язковими." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 @@ -525,7 +575,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "Зазначений шлях повинен вести до блокового пристрою або звичайного файлу!" +msgstr "" +"Зазначений шлях повинен вести до блокового пристрою або звичайного файлу!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -8,21 +8,22 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2007. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. -# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 21:47+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the mail module #: src/clients/mail.rb:60 @@ -110,10 +111,12 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the" +" localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Вибір пункту Без з’єднання призведе до того, що\n" -"поштовий сервер буде запущено, але можливим буде лише локальний рух пошти. MTA слухатиме на локальному вузлі (localhost).\n" +"поштовий сервер буде запущено, але можливим буде лише локальний рух пошти." +" MTA слухатиме на локальному вузлі (localhost).\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -122,7 +125,8 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Вкажіть тут як перезаписувати адреси відправників для кожного користувача.\n" +"Вкажіть тут як перезаписувати адреси відправників для кожного" +" користувача.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 @@ -142,20 +146,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b" +">smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Сервер вихідної пошти, переважно, призначається для модемних з'єднань.\n" -"Введіть SMTP-сервер вашого провайдера Інтернету, напр., smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Введіть SMTP-сервер вашого провайдера Інтернету, напр., smtp.provider.com<" +"/b>.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your" +" provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"В полі Ім'я користувача введіть ім'я користувача надане вам провайдером.\n" +"В полі Ім'я користувача введіть ім'я користувача надане вам" +" провайдером.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -196,12 +204,14 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ця таблиця перенаправляє пошту, яка доставляється локально.\n" "Можна переслати до іншого локального користувача (придатне для,\n" -"системних рахунків, особливо, root), до віддаленої адреси або до списку адрес.\n" +"системних рахунків, особливо, root), до віддаленої адреси або до" +" списку адрес.\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -320,10 +330,9 @@ #. OUTGOING NOMX #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." -msgstr "Неможливо налаштувати локальні домени для поштового сервера." +msgstr "Не виконуйте пошук MX для сервера вихідної пошти." #. TLS #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 @@ -702,7 +711,8 @@ "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Увімкнення сканування на віруси (AMaVIS) перевіряє вхідну і вихідну пошту\n" +"Увімкнення сканування на віруси (AMaVIS) перевіряє вхідну і вихідну" +" пошту\n" "антивірусом AMaVIS. \n" #. help text @@ -749,7 +759,8 @@ "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can" +" send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" @@ -758,7 +769,8 @@ "Увімкнення DKIM для вихідних повідомлень вимагає додаткових дій.\n" "Для визначеного Postfix значення 'mydomain' буде згенерований SSL-ключ.\n" "У Postfix буде налаштована нова служба 'submission'. Після цього ви зможете\n" -"відправляти листи службою 'submission' з 'mynetworks' з SASL-автентифікацією.\n" +"відправляти листи службою 'submission' з 'mynetworks' з" +" SASL-автентифікацією.\n" "Тільки листи, відправлені цією новою службою, будуть підписані ключем\n" "домену.\n" @@ -770,14 +782,16 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain," +" the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Публічний ключ доменного ключа повинен бути запропонований службою\n" "доменних імен. Публічний ключ буде збережений як запис DNS TXT\n" -"у файлі /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt, його потрібно буде передати\n" +"у файлі /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt, його потрібно буде" +" передати\n" "відповідній службі доменних імен. Якщо на цьому сервері, який є\n" "сервером авторизації в цьому домені, вже запущена служба імен,\n" "то публічний ключ буде доданий як запис TXT цієї доменної зони\n" @@ -785,8 +799,11 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "При увімкненні підтримки DKIM буде також увімкнено сканування на віруси (AMaViS)." +msgid "" +"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "" +"При увімкненні підтримки DKIM буде також увімкнено сканування на віруси" +" (AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -830,8 +847,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "Режим доставки, переважно, Безпосередньо, хіба, якщо ви не перенаправляєте пошту адміністратора (root) або хочете мати доступ до пошти через IMAP." +msgid "" +"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not" +" forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Режим доставки, переважно, Безпосередньо, хіба, якщо ви не" +" перенаправляєте пошту адміністратора (root) або хочете мати доступ до пошти" +" через IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -871,7 +893,8 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "Не можна використовувати procmail, коли пошта для root не перенаправляється." +msgstr "" +"Не можна використовувати procmail, коли пошта для root не перенаправляється." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -7,21 +7,22 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2006, 2007. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. -# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2015. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 23:00+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Commandline help title #: src/clients/dns.rb:63 @@ -127,8 +128,10 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network" +" attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via" +" dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Фаєрвол і SSH</big> \n" @@ -138,7 +141,8 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled" +" after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Тут вкажіть чи після встановлення системи фаєрвол буде увімкнено,\n" @@ -146,12 +150,16 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for" +" SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH" +" service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"З увімкненим мережним екраном вам вирішувати, чи відкрити порт для служби SSH\n" -"і дозволити віддалений вхід через SSH. Це також увімкне службу SSH (тобто її буде\n" +"З увімкненим мережним екраном вам вирішувати, чи відкрити порт для служби" +" SSH\n" +"і дозволити віддалений вхід через SSH. Це також увімкне службу SSH (тобто її" +" буде\n" "запущено при увімкненні комп'ютера)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -359,8 +367,11 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "Не визначено адреси URL для приміток до випуску. Неможливо перевірити з'єднання з Інтернетом." +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"Не визначено адреси URL для приміток до випуску. Неможливо перевірити" +" з'єднання з Інтернетом." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -370,14 +381,18 @@ "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network" +" configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Завантаження останніх приміток до випуску зазнало невдачі через помилку на боці сервера. \n" +"Завантаження останніх приміток до випуску зазнало невдачі через помилку на" +" боці сервера. \n" "Це не обов'язково означає, що мережу налаштовано неправильно.\n" "\n" -"Натисніть кнопку \"Продовжити\", щоб перейти до наступного кроку встановлення. Щоб пропустити\n" -"всі кроки, для яких потрібне інтернет-з'єднання або повернутися до налаштувань мережі,\n" +"Натисніть кнопку \"Продовжити\", щоб перейти до наступного кроку" +" встановлення. Щоб пропустити\n" +"всі кроки, для яких потрібне інтернет-з'єднання або повернутися до" +" налаштувань мережі,\n" "натисніть \"Скасувати\".\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -554,7 +569,9 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене адміністрування" +msgstr "" +"Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене" +" адміністрування" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:126 @@ -737,8 +754,12 @@ msgstr "Потрібно вказати IP-адресу місця призначення." #: src/clients/routing.rb:349 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Потрібно вказати принаймні одне з наступних (шлюз, маску мережі, пристрій, параметри)" +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options)" +" must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Потрібно вказати принаймні одне з наступних (шлюз, маску мережі, пристрій," +" параметри)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1182,7 +1203,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "Виберіть бажані параметри драйвера пов'язування і змініть їх за потреби. " +msgstr "" +"Виберіть бажані параметри драйвера пов'язування і змініть їх за потреби. <" +"/p>" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1373,15 +1396,21 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with" +" IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable" +" Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have" +" to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Пріоритет IFPLUGD</big> \n" -"Усі інтерфейси, налаштовані з При підключенні кабелю і IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 будуть\n" -"використовуватися взаємовиключним чином. Якщо При підключенні кабелю виникає\n" -"більше одного інтерфейсу, то потрібен спосіб визначити, який інтерфейс піднімати.\n" +"Усі інтерфейси, налаштовані з При підключенні кабелю і" +" IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 будуть\n" +"використовуватися взаємовиключним чином. Якщо При підключенні кабелю" +" виникає\n" +"більше одного інтерфейсу, то потрібен спосіб визначити, який інтерфейс" +" піднімати.\n" "Таким чином, потрібно задати пріоритет кожному інтерфейсу.\n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1399,6 +1428,12 @@ "\n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" +"Інтерфейси вибрали однаковий фізичний порт і їхнє зв'язування \n" +"може не привести до бажаної надмірності.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Продовжити?\n" #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) #: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 @@ -1590,8 +1625,12 @@ msgstr "Для визначення пристрою скористайтеся параметром \"id\"." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "Значення параметра \"id\" лежить за межами припустимого діапазону. Скористайтеся параметром \"list\", щоб дізнатися максимальне значення \"id\"." +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of" +" \"id\"." +msgstr "" +"Значення параметра \"id\" лежить за межами припустимого діапазону." +" Скористайтеся параметром \"list\", щоб дізнатися максимальне значення \"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1695,9 +1734,12 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"Для нормальної роботи пристрою потрібна мікропрограма. Зазвичай, її можна звантажити зі веб-сторінки постачальника драйвера.\n" -"Якщо мікропрограму вже звантажено і встановлено, натисніть кнопку Продовжити,\n" -"щоб налаштувати пристрій. В іншому випадку натисніть кнопку Скасувати і поверніться\n" +"Для нормальної роботи пристрою потрібна мікропрограма. Зазвичай, її можна" +" звантажити зі веб-сторінки постачальника драйвера.\n" +"Якщо мікропрограму вже звантажено і встановлено, натисніть кнопку <b" +">Продовжити,\n" +"щоб налаштувати пристрій. В іншому випадку натисніть кнопку Скасувати" +" і поверніться\n" "до цього вікна після встановлення мікропрограми.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1709,8 +1751,12 @@ msgstr "Встановлення мікрокоду" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Для успішного встановлення мікропрограми слід виконати скрипт «install_bcm43xx_firmware». Зробити це зараз?" +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script" +" needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Для успішного встановлення мікропрограми слід виконати скрипт" +" «install_bcm43xx_firmware». Зробити це зараз?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1794,49 +1840,68 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name" +" (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Правила Udev — це правила керування пристроями ядра, які дозволяють\n" -"зіставляти MAC-адресу або BusID мережевого пристрою з його назвою (наприклад,\n" +"Правила Udev — це правила керування пристроями ядра, які" +" дозволяють\n" +"зіставляти MAC-адресу або BusID мережевого пристрою з його назвою" +" (наприклад,\n" "eth1, wlan0 ) і робити назву пристрою стійкою до перезавантажень.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify" +" now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start" +" blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Показати видиму ідентифікацію порту дозволяє фізично визначити налаштований мережний контролер NIC.\n" -"Задайте відповідний час, натисніть Блиманняі світлодіоди на мережній платі будуть мигати зазначений час.\n" +"Показати видиму ідентифікацію порту дозволяє фізично визначити" +" налаштований мережний контролер NIC.\n" +"Задайте відповідний час, натисніть Блиманняі світлодіоди на мережній" +" платі будуть мигати зазначений час.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if" +" there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the" +" list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "Модуль ядра. Введіть назву модуля (драйвера) ядра для \n" -"вашого мережного пристрою. Якщо пристрій вже налаштовано, ви можете вибрати один з драйверів зі списку,\n" -"якщо існує декілька драйверів вашого пристрою. У більшості випадків, найкращим виходом буде скористатися типовим значенням.\n" +"вашого мережного пристрою. Якщо пристрій вже налаштовано, ви можете вибрати" +" один з драйверів зі списку,\n" +"якщо існує декілька драйверів вашого пристрою. У більшості випадків," +" найкращим виходом буде скористатися типовим значенням.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for" +" example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while" +" saving.\n" msgstr "" "Крім того, ви можете задати параметри цього модуля ядра. Їх слід \n" -"записувати у форматі параметр=значення. Записи слід відокремлювати \n" -"пробілами, наприклад, io=0x300 irq=5. Зауваження: Якщо налаштовано дві \n" +"записувати у форматі параметр=значення. Записи слід" +" відокремлювати \n" +"пробілами, наприклад, io=0x300 irq=5. Зауваження: Якщо" +" налаштовано дві \n" "плати для одного модуля, параметри буде об'єднано під час збереження.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Якщо ви вкажете параметри в полі Параметри ethtool, ifup буде викликати ethtool з цими параметрами.\n" +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool" +" with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви вкажете параметри в полі Параметри ethtool, ifup буде" +" викликати ethtool з цими параметрами.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 @@ -2010,24 +2075,41 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "Введіть назву порту для інтерфейсу (з урахуванням регістру)." +msgstr "" +"Введіть назву порту для інтерфейсу (з урахуванням регістру)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "Введіть будь-які додаткові Параметри для цього інтерфейсу (розділені пробілами)." +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by" +" spaces)." +msgstr "" +"Введіть будь-які додаткові Параметри для цього інтерфейсу" +" (розділені пробілами)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr "Виберіть Увімкнути IPA-захоплення, якщо для IP-адреси слід увімкнути захоплення для цього інтерфейсу." +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled" +" for this interface." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть Увімкнути IPA-захоплення, якщо для IP-адреси слід" +" увімкнути захоплення для цього інтерфейсу." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Виберіть Увімкнути підтримку Layer 2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з підтримкою layer 2." +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with" +" layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть Увімкнути підтримку Layer 2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з" +" підтримкою layer 2." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "ВведітьАдресу MAC Layer2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з підтримкою layer 2." +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with" +" layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"ВведітьАдресу MAC Layer2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з підтримкою" +" layer 2." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 @@ -2090,7 +2172,8 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" "Введіть назву IUCV-вузла,\n" -"наприклад, z/VM ім'я користувача, з яким слід з'єднатися (з врахуванням регістру).\n" +"наприклад, z/VM ім'я користувача, з яким слід з'єднатися (з врахуванням" +" регістру).\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" @@ -2122,7 +2205,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" -"Ви можете безпечно перервати програму налаштування, якщо натиснете кнопку Перервати.\n" +"Ви можете безпечно перервати програму налаштування, якщо натиснете кнопку <B" +">Перервати.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 @@ -2213,7 +2297,8 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the" +" response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри протоколу IPv6</big>\n" @@ -2239,14 +2324,16 @@ "В цьому вікні можна налаштувати маршрутизацію.\n" "Типовий шлюз кожному можливому призначенню, але погано. \n" "Якщо існує будь-який інший запис, який збігається з необхідною адресою\n" -"він використовується замість типового маршруту. Під поняттям типового маршруту\n" +"він використовується замість типового маршруту. Під поняттям типового" +" маршруту\n" "розуміється, що \"все інше має йти туди.\"\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be" +" routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "Для кожного маршруту введіть мережну IP-адресу місця призначення,\n" "адресу шлюзу і маску мережі. Щоб не вводити жодного з цих значень,\n" @@ -2276,21 +2363,26 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is" +" not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" "Увага: якщо увімкнений мережний екран, то дозволів лише на\n" -"перенаправлення IP недостатньо. Ви повинні включити нелегальне проникнення та/або\n" +"перенаправлення IP недостатньо. Ви повинні включити нелегальне проникнення" +" та/або\n" "задати хоча б одне правило перенаправлення в налаштуваннях мережного екрану.\n" "Використовуйте для цього модуль мережного екрану YaST.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP" +" client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop." +" \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that" +" assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Якщо ви використовуєте DHCP для отримання адреси IP, то вкажіть чи\n" @@ -2303,15 +2395,19 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is" +" a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even" +" \n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" "Призначити ім'я вузла циклічній IP асоціює вашу назву вузла\n" "з IP-адресою <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (зворотна петля) <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" -"Це корисно в тому випадку, якщо ви хочете, щоб ім'я вузла успішно дозволялося\n" -"завжди, навіть без підключення до мережі. У всіх інших випадках використовуйте\n" +"Це корисно в тому випадку, якщо ви хочете, щоб ім'я вузла успішно" +" дозволялося\n" +"завжди, навіть без підключення до мережі. У всіх інших випадках" +" використовуйте\n" "обережністю, особливо якщо цей комп'ютер надає мережні сервіси.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 @@ -2348,28 +2444,37 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS" +" domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially" +" important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using" +" the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Введіть коротку назву цього комп'ютера (напр., моямашина) і домен DNS\n" -"(напр., приклад.com), до якого він належить. Домен особливо важливий, якщо\n" -"цей комп'ютер є поштовим сервером. Назву вузла вашого комп'ютера можна побачити\n" +"Введіть коротку назву цього комп'ютера (напр., моямашина) і домен" +" DNS\n" +"(напр., приклад.com), до якого він належить. Домен особливо важливий," +" якщо\n" +"цей комп'ютер є поштовим сервером. Назву вузла вашого комп'ютера можна" +" побачити\n" "за допомогою команди hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is" +" handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" "Виберіть спосіб зміни налаштування DNS (сервери назв, список пошуку, \n" -"вміст файла /etc/resolv.conf). Зазвичай, це робить скрипт netconfig,\n" -"який об'єднує визначені тут статичні дані з даними, які отримано динамічно (напр.,\n" +"вміст файла /etc/resolv.conf). Зазвичай, це робить скрипт <i" +">netconfig,\n" +"який об'єднує визначені тут статичні дані з даними, які отримано динамічно" +" (напр.,\n" "з клієнта DHCP, NetworkManager, тощо). Це типовий спосіб, бо параметр\n" "Використовувати типові правила прийнятний для більшості випадків.\n" @@ -2384,13 +2489,18 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Вибравши параметр Тільки вручну, netconfig вже не зможе змінювати \n" +"Вибравши параметр Тільки вручну, netconfig вже не зможе" +" змінювати \n" "/etc/resolv.conf.\n" "Однак, ви можете редагувати файл вручну, Вибравши параметр\n" -"Використовувати нетипові правила, ви можете вказати нетиповий рядок правил, який\n" -"складається зі списку, розділених комами, назв інтерфейсів, включно з шаблонами заміни\n" -"та спеціальними значеннями STATIC і STATIC_FALLBACK. Більше інформації можна отримати з довідки netconfig\n" -"Примітка: Якщо залишити поле порожнім, то це те саме, що використовувати правила\n" +"Використовувати нетипові правила, ви можете вказати нетиповий рядок" +" правил, який\n" +"складається зі списку, розділених комами, назв інтерфейсів, включно з" +" шаблонами заміни\n" +"та спеціальними значеннями STATIC і STATIC_FALLBACK. Більше інформації можна" +" отримати з довідки netconfig\n" +"Примітка: Якщо залишити поле порожнім, то це те саме, що використовувати" +" правила\n" "Тільки вручну.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2398,16 +2508,22 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address" +" to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування адреси</big>\n" -"Виберіть Не налаштовувати адресу, якщо ви не бажаєте визначати довільної IP-адреси цього пристрою.\n" +"Виберіть Не налаштовувати адресу, якщо ви не бажаєте визначати" +" довільної IP-адреси цього пристрою.\n" "Це до певної міри корисно для прив'язування пристроїв ethernet.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" -msgstr "Позначте iBFT, якщо хочете зберегти налаштування мережі в BIOS.\n" +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your" +" BIOS.\n" +msgstr "" +"Позначте iBFT, якщо хочете зберегти налаштування мережі в BIOS.</p" +">\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 @@ -2415,7 +2531,8 @@ "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"Виберіть Динамічна адреса, якщо у вас немає статичної IP-адреси, призначеної\n" +"Виберіть Динамічна адреса, якщо у вас немає статичної IP-адреси," +" призначеної\n" "системним адміністратором або постачальником послуг DSL.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 @@ -2425,16 +2542,20 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати один з методів динамічного призначення адреси. Виберіть DHCP,\n" -"якщо у вашій локальній мережі запущено сервер DHCP. Тоді мережні адреси будуть \n" +"Ви можете вибрати один з методів динамічного призначення адреси. Виберіть" +" DHCP,\n" +"якщо у вашій локальній мережі запущено сервер DHCP. Тоді мережні адреси" +" будуть \n" "автоматично отримуватися з сервера.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP +" +" Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</p" +">\n" msgstr "" "Щоб виконувати автоматичний пошук вільної IP-адреси\n" "з наступним її статичним призначенням, виберіть Zeroconf.\n" @@ -2445,23 +2566,30 @@ #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for" +" your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" "Введіть для вашого комп'ютера IP-адресу\n" -"(напр., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) і Віддалену IP-адресу (напр., <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" +"(напр., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) і Віддалену IP-адресу (напр., <tt" +">192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "для вашого віддаленого вузла.\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your" +" computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt" +">/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written" +" to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб Налаштувати статичну адресу введіть статичну IP-адресу (наприклад, 192.168.100.99) \n" -"вашого комп'ютера і мережеву маску (зазвичай, 255.255.255.0). За бажання, ви можете ввести\n" +"Щоб Налаштувати статичну адресу введіть статичну IP-адресу" +" (наприклад, 192.168.100.99) \n" +"вашого комп'ютера і мережеву маску (зазвичай, 255.255.255.0). За бажання, ви" +" можете ввести\n" "повну назву вузла цієї IP-адреси. Її буде записано до /etc/hosts.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 @@ -2500,8 +2628,13 @@ "брандмауер буде вимкнено." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "Обов'язковий інтерфейс визначає чи буде мережна служба повідомляти про помилку, якщо інтерфейс не вдалося запустити під час завантаження системи." +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports" +" failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"Обов'язковий інтерфейс визначає чи буде мережна служба повідомляти" +" про помилку, якщо інтерфейс не вдалося запустити під час завантаження" +" системи." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" @@ -2513,17 +2646,24 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Максимальна одиниця передачі</big>\n" -"Максимальна одиниця передачі (MTU) — це максимальний розмір пакета,\n" -"що передається у одному блоці мережею. Зазвичай, вам не потрібно встановлювати\n" +"Максимальна одиниця передачі (MTU) — це максимальний розмір" +" пакета,\n" +"що передається у одному блоці мережею. Зазвичай, вам не потрібно" +" встановлювати\n" "MTU, але використання менших значень MTU може покращити швидкодію мережі,\n" -"особливо на повільних модемних з'єднаннях. Виберіть одне з рекомендованих значень\n" +"особливо на повільних модемних з'єднаннях. Виберіть одне з рекомендованих" +" значень\n" "або визначте власне.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." -msgstr "Виберіть підпорядковані пристрої для пристрою прив'язування. Лише для пристроїв, для яких Активація пристроїв встановлено у значення «Ніколи» або для яких «Недоступне налаштування адреси»." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No" +" Address Setup are available." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть підпорядковані пристрої для пристрою прив'язування. Лише для" +" пристроїв, для яких Активація пристроїв встановлено у значення «Ніколи» або" +" для яких «Недоступне налаштування адреси»." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 @@ -2539,32 +2679,43 @@ "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" -"Якщо залишити порожнім поле Ідентифікатор клієнта DHCP, буде використано\n" -"типові значення апаратної адреси мережного інтерфейсу. Це поле повинне мати різні значення для кожного\n" +"Якщо залишити порожнім поле Ідентифікатор клієнта DHCP, буде" +" використано\n" +"типові значення апаратної адреси мережного інтерфейсу. Це поле повинне мати" +" різні значення для кожного\n" "клієнта DHCP у мережі. Отже, задайте унікальний ідентифікатор\n" -"у довільній формі, якщо ви маєте декілька (віртуальних) комп'ютерів, що використовують один\n" +"у довільній формі, якщо ви маєте декілька (віртуальних) комп'ютерів, що" +" використовують один\n" "мережний інтерфейс, а отже і одну апаратну адресу. " #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server." +" Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</b" +">\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt" +">/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Назва вузла для надсилання визначає рядок, що використовуватиметься\n" -"для поля параметра назви вузла, коли клієнт DHCP надсилатиме повідомлення серверу DHCP. Деякі \n" +"Назва вузла для надсилання визначає рядок, що" +" використовуватиметься\n" +"для поля параметра назви вузла, коли клієнт DHCP надсилатиме повідомлення" +" серверу DHCP. Деякі \n" "сервери DHCP оновлюються зони назв серверів (звичайні і реверсивні записи) \n" "у відповідності з цією назвою вузла (динамічна DNS).\n" "\n" -"Крім того, деякі сервери DHCP вимагають, щоб поле параметра Назва вузла для надсилання,\n" -"містилося у особливому рядку у повідомленнях DHCP від клієнтів. Залиште AUTO,\n" -"щоб надсилати поточну назву вузла (наприклад, визначену у /etc/HOSTNAME). \n" +"Крім того, деякі сервери DHCP вимагають, щоб поле параметра Назва вузла" +" для надсилання,\n" +"містилося у особливому рядку у повідомленнях DHCP від клієнтів. Залиште <i" +">AUTO,\n" +"щоб надсилати поточну назву вузла (наприклад, визначену у /etc/HOSTNAME</i" +">). \n" "Залиште це поле порожнім, щоб не надсилати назви вузла.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -2588,18 +2739,26 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and" +" legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9" +" characters." msgstr "" -"Мітка адреси IPv4, колись відома як Назва псевдоніму, — необов'язкова і застаріла. Загальна\n" +"Мітка адреси IPv4, колись відома як Назва псевдоніму, —" +" необов'язкова і застаріла. Загальна\n" " довжина назви інтерфейсу (включаючи двокрапку і мітку) \n" -" обмежена 15 символами, а застарілий засіб ifconfig обрізує її після 9 символів." +" обмежена 15 символами, а застарілий засіб ifconfig обрізує її" +" після 9 символів." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "Не включати назву інтерфейсу у мітку. Наприклад, ввести foo замість eth0:foo." +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo<" +"/b> instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"Не включати назву інтерфейсу у мітку. Наприклад, ввести foo замість" +" eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2622,10 +2781,13 @@ "Виберіть між трьома типами вводу ключа для вашого ключа.\n" " Фраза пароля: Ключ створюється на основі введеної фрази.\n" " ASCII: ASCII-значення введених символів формують ключ.\n" -"Введіть 5 символів для 64-бітового ключа, до 13 символів для 128-бітового ключа,\n" +"Введіть 5 символів для 64-бітового ключа, до 13 символів для 128-бітового" +" ключа,\n" "до 16 символів для 156-бітового і до 29 символів для 256-бітового ключа.\n" -" Шістнадцятковий: Напряму ввести шістнадцятковий код ключа. Введіть\n" -"10 шістнадцяткових цифр для 64-бітового ключа, 26 цифр для 128-бітового ключа, 32 цифри\n" +" Шістнадцятковий: Напряму ввести шістнадцятковий код ключа." +" Введіть\n" +"10 шістнадцяткових цифр для 64-бітового ключа, 26 цифр для 128-бітового" +" ключа, 32 цифри\n" "для 156-бітового ключа і 58 цифр для 256 бітового ключа. Ви можете\n" "використовувати дефіс (\"-\") для відокремлення пар або груп цифр,\n" "наприклад, \"0a5f-41e6-48\".\n" @@ -2659,16 +2821,19 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication" +" mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" -"Встановіть Мережну назву (ESSID), що використовується для ідентифікації\n" +"Встановіть Мережну назву (ESSID), що використовується для" +" ідентифікації\n" "комірок, які є частиною одної віртуальної мережі. Всі станції у бездротовій\n" "LAN повинні мати одну ESSID для роботи одна з одною. Якщо ви\n" "вибрали Керований режим роботи і режим автентифікації не WPA,\n" -"ви можете не заповнювати це поле або встановити його значення у <tt>Будь-яка</tt>. У такому випадку,\n" +"ви можете не заповнювати це поле або встановити його значення у <tt>Будь-яка<" +"/tt>. У такому випадку,\n" "ваша плата WLAN буде асоціюватися з точкою доступу\n" "з найпотужнішим сигналом.\n" @@ -2685,7 +2850,8 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected" +" Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2695,16 +2861,21 @@ "Він залежить від використаної технології захисту, WEP або WPA. WEP\n" "(Wired Equivalent Privacy) — це система шифрування потоку інформації\n" "у мережі з необов'язковою автентифікацією, заснованою на використанні ключа\n" -"шифрування. У більшості випадків використання WEP вибір режиму Відкритий WEP (без\n" +"шифрування. У більшості випадків використання WEP вибір режиму Відкритий" +" WEP (без\n" "автентифікації) є достатнім. Втім, це не значить, що ви не можете\n" -"взагалі використовувати шифрування WEP (у такому випадку використовуйте Без шифрування). \n" +"взагалі використовувати шифрування WEP (у такому випадку використовуйте <b" +">Без шифрування). \n" "У деяких мережах потрібна автентифікація WEP з спільним ключем. \n" "ЗАУВАЖЕННЯ: Автентифікація зі спільним ключем робить вашу мережу\n" "легкою жертвою потенційного нападника. У випадку, якщо вам\n" -"не дуже потрібна автентифікація зі спільним ключем, використовуйте Відкритий\n" -"режим. Оскільки доведено, що WEP не є безпечним, з метою закрити дірки було прийнято\n" +"не дуже потрібна автентифікація зі спільним ключем, використовуйте <b" +">Відкритий\n" +"режим. Оскільки доведено, що WEP не є безпечним, з метою закрити дірки було" +" прийнято\n" "WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access), але не всяка апаратура підтримує\n" -"WPA. Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати WPA, виберіть WPA-PSK або WPA-EAP у якості\n" +"WPA. Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати WPA, виберіть WPA-PSK або <b" +">WPA-EAP у якості\n" "режиму автентифікації. Цей режим можливий, лише якщо\n" "вибрано Керований режим роботи.\n" @@ -2720,7 +2891,8 @@ "ключ шифрування WEP. Довжиною ключа може бути\n" "64, 128, 156, або 256 біт, але не всі розміри ключів\n" "підтримуються пристроями. У цих ключах 24 біти\n" -"створюються у динамічному режим, отже вам слід задати лише від 40 до 232 бітів.\n" +"створюються у динамічному режим, отже вам слід задати лише від 40 до 232" +" бітів.\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 @@ -2734,7 +2906,8 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати WPA-PSK (іноді його ще називають WPA Home),\n" "введіть попередній спільний ключ. Цей ключ\n" -"буде використано для автентифікації, ключі шифрування також буде створено на його основі.\n" +"буде використано для автентифікації, ключі шифрування також буде створено на" +" його основі.\n" "Випадків ефективних атак проти ключів WEP досі не виявлено, але\n" "атаки за словником все ще можливі. Не використовуйте слово, яке\n" "можна легко вгадати як фразу пароля.\n" @@ -2751,12 +2924,15 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for" +" all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Ці значення буде записано до файла налаштування інтерфейсу\n" -"\"ifcfg-*\" в \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Якщо Вам потрібні додаткові параметри,\n" -"додайте їх туди вручну. Перегляньте файл \"wireless\" з тої ж теки, щоб дізнатися про всі\n" +"\"ifcfg-*\" в \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Якщо Вам потрібні додаткові" +" параметри,\n" +"додайте їх туди вручну. Перегляньте файл \"wireless\" з тої ж теки, щоб" +" дізнатися про всі\n" "доступні параметри." #. TextEntry label @@ -2848,11 +3024,13 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Для TTLS і PEAP введіть Ідентифікатор\n" "і Пароль у відповідності з налаштуваннями сервера.\n" -"За наявності особливих вимог, можна вказати ім'я користувача, що використовуватиметься\n" +"За наявності особливих вимог, можна вказати ім'я користувача, що" +" використовуватиметься\n" "як Анонім. Зазвичай, у цьому немає потреби.\n" #. text entry label @@ -2874,13 +3052,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key" +" pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS використовує для автентифікації Сертифікат клієнта замість комбінації\n" -"з імені користувача і пароля. Він використовує пару з відкритого і закритого ключів\n" +"TLS використовує для автентифікації Сертифікат клієнта замість" +" комбінації\n" +"з імені користувача і пароля. Він використовує пару з відкритого і закритого" +" ключів\n" "для шифрування даних, тому вам буде потрібен\n" "файл Ключа клієнта, який містить ваш закритий ключ, і\n" "відповідний файл Пароля ключа клієнта.\n" @@ -2923,7 +3104,8 @@ "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви не знаєте вашого ІД і пароль, або не маєте\n" -"жодного сертифіката або ключових файлів, зв'яжіться з вашим системним адміністратором.\n" +"жодного сертифіката або ключових файлів, зв'яжіться з вашим системним" +" адміністратором.\n" #. combo box label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 @@ -2937,7 +3119,8 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати метод внутрішньої автентифікації (також відомий як фаза 2).\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати метод внутрішньої автентифікації (також відомий" +" як фаза 2).\n" "Типово дозволено всі методи. Якщо ви бажаєте обмежити\n" "дозвіл на методи, або у випадку, якщо ви маєте проблеми пов'язані\n" "з автентифікацією, виберіть ваш метод внутрішньої автентифікації.\n" @@ -2952,7 +3135,8 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте PEAP, ви можете примусити до використання окремої реалізації PEAP\n" +"Якщо ви використовуєте PEAP, ви можете примусити до використання окремої" +" реалізації PEAP\n" "(версії 0 або 1). Зазвичай, у цьому немає потреби.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP @@ -3111,7 +3295,8 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for" +" access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати вашу плату LAN у головному або ad-hoc режимі,\n" @@ -3126,7 +3311,8 @@ "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" " В деяких рідкісних випадках, ви можете забажати установить\n" -"Швидкість у бітах точно. Типовим є, звичайно, якнайшвидше значення. " +"Швидкість у бітах точно. Типовим є, звичайно, якнайшвидше значення.</p" +"> " #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 @@ -3135,7 +3321,8 @@ "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" "У середовищі з декількома Точками доступу, вам можливо захочеться\n" -"визначити одну адресу, з якою слід з'єднуватися, шляхом визначення MAC-адреси." +"визначити одну адресу, з якою слід з'єднуватися, шляхом визначення" +" MAC-адреси." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 @@ -3144,8 +3331,10 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Використовувати керування живленням вмикає механізм збереження електроенергії.\n" -"Загалом, це чудова річ, особливо, якщо ви користувач портативного комп'ютера,\n" +"Використовувати керування живленням вмикає механізм збереження" +" електроенергії.\n" +"Загалом, це чудова річ, особливо, якщо ви користувач портативного" +" комп'ютера,\n" "або можете бути від'єднаними від джерела живлення змінним струмом.\n" #. Combobox item @@ -3209,9 +3398,12 @@ "one key." msgstr "" "В цьому діалозі, задайте ваші ключі WEP для\n" -"шифрування ваших даних перед передаванням. У вас може бути до чотирьох ключів,\n" -"хоча лише один з ключів використовуватиметься для шифрування даних. Це типовий ключ.\n" -"Інші ключі можна використовувати для розшифрування даних. Зазвичай, вам потрібен лише\n" +"шифрування ваших даних перед передаванням. У вас може бути до чотирьох" +" ключів,\n" +"хоча лише один з ключів використовуватиметься для шифрування даних. Це" +" типовий ключ.\n" +"Інші ключі можна використовувати для розшифрування даних. Зазвичай, вам" +" потрібен лише\n" "один ключ." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3224,9 +3416,12 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "Довжина ключа визначає бітову довжину ваших ключів WEP.\n" -"Можливі значення — це 64 і 128 бітів, які іноді також вважають 40 і 104 бітовими.\n" -"Деякі застарілі апаратні засоби не здатні обробляти 128-бітові ключі, отже, якщо ваше\n" -"бездротове з'єднання LAN не встановлює з'єднання, можливо, вам слід встановити це значення\n" +"Можливі значення — це 64 і 128 бітів, які іноді також вважають 40 і 104" +" бітовими.\n" +"Деякі застарілі апаратні засоби не здатні обробляти 128-бітові ключі, отже," +" якщо ваше\n" +"бездротове з'єднання LAN не встановлює з'єднання, можливо, вам слід" +" встановити це значення\n" "у 64." #. Frame label @@ -3339,17 +3534,15 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" -msgstr "&Дозволити віддалене адміністрування" +msgstr "&Дозволити віддалене адміністрування з управлінням сеансами" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" -msgstr "&Дозволити віддалене адміністрування" +msgstr "&Дозволити віддалене адміністрування без управління сеансами" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 @@ -3359,7 +3552,6 @@ #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" #| "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3372,18 +3564,28 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt" +">).\n" "Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" "at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" -"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with" +" a single\n" "session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" "<big>Параметри віддаленого адміністрування</big>\n" -"Якщо увімкнено цю можливість, ви можете\n" -"адмініструвати цей комп'ютер з іншого комп'ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом VNC,\n" -"таким як krdc (з'єднаним з <назвою вузла>:%1), або\n" -"Переглядачем мережі з увімкненою Java (з'єднаним з http://<назва вузла>:%2/).\n" -"Ця форма адміністрування небезпечніша ніж використання SSH.\n" +"Якщо увімкнено цю можливість, то ви можете\n" +"адмініструвати цей комп'ютер з іншого комп'ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом" +" VNC,\n" +"таким як krdc (з'єднаним з <tt><назвою вузла>:%1</tt>), або\n" +"Переглядачем мережі з увімкненою Java (з'єднаним з <tt>http://<назва" +" вузла>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Без функції управління сеансами до кожного сеансу може бути під'єднаний\n" +"тільки один користувач і цей сеанс переривається при від'єднанні клієнта" +" VNC.\n" +"Коли управління сеансами увімкнен, в рамках одного сеансу можуть" +" працювати\n" +"кілька користувачів, і сеанс не переривається, навіть якщо ніхто не" +" під'єднаний." #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 @@ -3564,8 +3766,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "Не рекомендується використовувати .local як доменне ім'я через Multicast DNS. Використовувати на ваш страх і ризик?" +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it" +" at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"Не рекомендується використовувати .local як доменне ім'я через Multicast DNS." +" Використовувати на ваш страх і ризик?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 @@ -3854,13 +4060,18 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this" +" startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still" +" available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Використання На NFSroot майже те саме, що \"auto\". Але інтерфейси з цим початковим режимом ніколи не буде\n" -"вимкнено за допомогою <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> продовжує працювати.\n" -"Скористайтеся цим параметром, якщо ви маєте nfs або адміністративну файлову систему iSCSI.\n" +"Використання На NFSroot майже те саме, що \"auto\". Але інтерфейси з" +" цим початковим режимом ніколи не буде\n" +"вимкнено за допомогою <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt>" +" продовжує працювати.\n" +"Скористайтеся цим параметром, якщо ви маєте nfs або адміністративну файлову" +" систему iSCSI.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 @@ -3872,12 +4083,14 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time" +" activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Активування пристрою</big> \n" -"Виберіть, коли вмикати мережний інтерфейс. При завантаженні запускає його\n" +"Виберіть, коли вмикати мережний інтерфейс. При завантаженні" +" запускає його\n" "під час завантаження системи. Ніколи — не запускає пристрій.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4016,8 +4229,12 @@ msgstr "Підтвердити перезапуск мережі" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "Через мостову мережу YaST2 мусить перезапустити мережу, щоб застосувати параметри." +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply" +" the settings." +msgstr "" +"Через мостову мережу YaST2 мусить перезапустити мережу, щоб застосувати" +" параметри." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 @@ -4465,8 +4682,14 @@ msgstr "Відсутня hwinfo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "Неможливо налаштувати мережну плату, бо відсутній пристрій ядра (eth0, wlan0). Такі помилки здебільшого спричинено відсутністю мікропрограми (для пристроїв wlan). Щоб дізнатися більше, перегляньте вивід команди dmesg." +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0)" +" is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan" +" devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"Неможливо налаштувати мережну плату, бо відсутній пристрій ядра (eth0," +" wlan0). Такі помилки здебільшого спричинено відсутністю мікропрограми (для" +" пристроїв wlan). Щоб дізнатися більше, перегляньте вивід команди dmesg." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" @@ -4522,10 +4745,9 @@ msgstr "Не вдалося увімкнути службу %{service}" #: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" -msgstr "Не вдалося увімкнути службу %{service}" +msgstr "Не вдалося вимкнути службу %{service}" #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) #: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -7,21 +7,22 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2006, 2007. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. -# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:19+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:40+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. progress step title #: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 @@ -30,22 +31,42 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "Натисніть кнопку Синхронізувати, щоб встановити правильний час у системі за допомогою вибраного сервера NTP. Якщо ви бажаєте постійно використовувати NTP, увімкніть параметр Зберегти налаштування NTP." +msgid "" +"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using" +" the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable" +" the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "" +"Натисніть кнопку Синхронізувати, щоб встановити правильний час у" +" системі за допомогою вибраного сервера NTP. Якщо ви бажаєте постійно" +" використовувати NTP, увімкніть параметр Зберегти налаштування NTP." #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "При увімкненні Запускати NTP як фонову службу служба NTP буде запускатися у вигляді фонової служби. В іншому випадку системний час буде періодично синхронізуватися. Типовий інтервал 15 хвилин. Ви можете змінити його після установки за допомогою модуля yast2 ntp-client." +msgid "" +"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started" +" as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The" +" default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b" +">yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "" +"При увімкненні Запускати NTP як фонову службу служба NTP буде" +" запускатися у вигляді фонової служби. В іншому випадку системний час буде" +" періодично синхронізуватися. Типовий інтервал 15 хвилин. Ви можете змінити" +" його після установки за допомогою модуля yast2 ntp-client." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." -msgstr "За допомогою кнопки Налаштувати ви маєте змогу відкрити вікно додаткового налаштування NTP." +msgid "" +"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "" +"За допомогою кнопки Налаштувати ви маєте змогу відкрити вікно" +" додаткового налаштування NTP." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." -msgstr "Синхронізація з сервером NTP можлива, лише якщо мережу налаштовано." +msgid "" +"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is" +" configured." +msgstr "" +"Синхронізація з сервером NTP можлива, лише якщо мережу налаштовано." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 @@ -583,7 +604,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." +"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.<" +"/p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 @@ -607,7 +629,6 @@ #. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" #| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" @@ -619,17 +640,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be" +" activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<big>Запуск фонової служби NTP</big> \n" -"Вкажіть, чи запускати автоматично фонову службу NTP зараз і при кожному завантаженні системи.\n" -"Фонова служба NTP отримує назви вузлів під час започаткування. Ваше\n" -"мережне з'єднання повинне бути встановлене перед запуском фонової служби NTP.\n" -"При виборі Синхронізувати без фонової служби фонова служба ntp не буде запущена. \n" -"Системний час буде автоматично встановлений. Інтервал регулюється. Його типове значення — 15 хвилин.\n" -" Ви зможете це змінити, коли система буде налаштована." +"Вкажіть, чи запускати автоматично фонову службу NTP зараз і при кожному" +" завантаженні системи.\n" +"При виборі Синхронізувати без фонової служби фонова служба ntp не буде" +" запущена \n" +"і системний час буде переодично встановлюватися через сценарій cron." +" Інтервал регулюється. Його типове значення — 15 хвилин." #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 @@ -647,16 +669,22 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote" +" hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf<" +"/tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This" +" option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Безпечна конфігурація NTP</big> \n" -"Вмиканням параметра Обмежити службу NTP тільки налаштованими серверами\n" +"Вмиканням параметра Обмежити службу NTP тільки налаштованими серверами</b" +">\n" "ви забороняєте всім віддаленим вузлам переглядати і змінювати параметри NTP \n" "на вашому комп'ютері. Таким чином, службу NTP обмежено до вживання\n" "тільки серверів перелічених в /etc/ntp.conf і локального вузла. \n" -"Прапорці керування доступом можна підкоригувати редагуванням відповідного запису сервера в таблиці перегляду серверів. Цей параметр недоступний, якщо NTP налаштовано через DHCP.\n" +"Прапорці керування доступом можна підкоригувати редагуванням відповідного" +" запису сервера в таблиці перегляду серверів. Цей параметр недоступний, якщо" +" NTP налаштовано через DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 @@ -679,7 +707,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new" +" synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" @@ -696,18 +725,21 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Показати журнал </big> \n" -"Щоб переглянути журнали фонової служби NTP в новому вікні, натисніть кнопку Показати журнал.\n" +"Щоб переглянути журнали фонової служби NTP в новому вікні, натисніть кнопку <" +"b>Показати журнал.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or" +" against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Додаткове налаштування</big> \n" "Щоб налаштувати цей вузол для синхронізації з декількома віддаленими\n" -"вузлами або з локально приєднаним годинником, вживайте Додаткове налаштування." +"вузлами або з локально приєднаним годинником, вживайте Додаткове" +" налаштування." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 @@ -733,7 +765,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link" +" to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -741,9 +774,11 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Пристрій</big> \n" -"Щоб годинник працював, можливо, слід буде створити особливе символічне посилання\n" +"Щоб годинник працював, можливо, слід буде створити особливе символічне" +" посилання\n" "на пристрій, з яким зв'язано годинник. Щоб зробити це, позначте\n" -"Створити символічне посилання і встановіть Пристрій. Для відшукання\n" +"Створити символічне посилання і встановіть Пристрій. Для" +" відшукання\n" "пристрою, натисніть кнопку Пошук.\n" "Для деяких типів годинників, немає потреби створювати символічне посилання\n" "або таке посилання слід створити вручну." @@ -755,7 +790,8 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>Калібрування драйвера</big> \n" -"Для калібрування драйвера годинника натисніть Калібрування драйвера." +"Для калібрування драйвера годинника натисніть Калібрування драйвера.<" +"/p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 @@ -781,7 +817,8 @@ "<big>Вибір сервера</big> \n" "Щоб вибрати сервер NTP з тих, що знаходяться у локальній мережі, або\n" "зі списку відомих серверів NTP, натисніть кнопку Вибрати і\n" -"виберіть між Локальним сервером NTP і Громадським сервером NTP." +"виберіть між Локальним сервером NTP і Громадським сервером NTP</b" +">." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 @@ -791,7 +828,8 @@ "click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Перевірка доступності сервера</big> \n" -"Щоб перевірити чи сервер працює і відповідає належно, натисніть Тест." +"Щоб перевірити чи сервер працює і відповідає належно, натисніть Тест.<" +"/p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 @@ -836,27 +874,33 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри</big> \n" -"Для точного налаштування джерела синхронізації, внесіть параметри в текстове поле Параметри.\n" +"Для точного налаштування джерела синхронізації, внесіть параметри в текстове" +" поле Параметри.\n" " Щоб отримати детальнішу\n" -"інформацію перегляньте сторінку /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" +"інформацію перегляньте сторінку /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm" +".\n" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the" +" remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри керування доступом</big> \n" -"Тут ви можете визначити параметри контролю доступу (restrict команди у\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) для цього сервера, вказавши які типи дій віддаленого вузла\n" +"Тут ви можете визначити параметри контролю доступу (restrict" +" команди у\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) для цього сервера, вказавши які типи дій віддаленого" +" вузла\n" "можна виконувати з вашою фоновою службою NTP. Типово встановлено notrap\n" "nomodify noquery (не переривати, не змінювати, не запитувати).\n" "Цей параметр є доступним, лише якщо ви позначили параметр\n" -"Обмежити службу NTP лише налаштованими серверами у Параметрах безпеки.\n" +"Обмежити службу NTP лише налаштованими серверами у Параметрах" +" безпеки.\n" #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 @@ -891,7 +935,8 @@ "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати локальний годинник, з'єднаний напряму з вашим комп'ютером,\n" +"Щоб налаштувати локальний годинник, з'єднаний напряму з вашим" +" комп'ютером,\n" "виберіть Радіо-годинник." #. help text 5/6 @@ -910,7 +955,8 @@ "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" "Щоб приймати пакети NTP, що передаються іншими вузлами мережі\n" -"і використовувати їх для встановлення локального часу, виберіть Вхідна трансляція." +"і використовувати їх для встановлення локального часу, виберіть Вхідна" +" трансляція." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 @@ -942,12 +988,14 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To" +" display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Вибір громадського сервера NTP</big> \n" "Виберіть сервер NTP зі списку Громадських серверів NTP. Щоб\n" -"подивитись тільки на сервери NTP для певної країни, виберіть Країну." +"подивитись тільки на сервери NTP для певної країни, виберіть Країну.<" +"/p>" #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 @@ -964,10 +1012,12 @@ "<big>Примітка</big> \n" "Сервери NTP зі списку можуть бути недоступні з будь-якої з країн, а лише\n" "з окремої країни або регіону.\n" -"Перш ніж використовувати якийсь з серверів NTP зі списку, запитайте у вашого адміністратора мережі\n" +"Перш ніж використовувати якийсь з серверів NTP зі списку, запитайте у вашого" +" адміністратора мережі\n" "або провайдера послуги Інтернет про найближчий до вас сервер, і\n" "віддайте йому перевагу перед записаними у списку.\n" -"Ви також можете переглянути сторінку http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html,\n" +"Ви також можете переглянути сторінку http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/s" +"ervers.html,\n" "щоб знайти найближчий до вас сервер NTP." #. help text 5/5 @@ -986,7 +1036,8 @@ "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" "three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means" +" that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Вживати випадкові сервери</big> \n" @@ -999,8 +1050,10 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various" +" calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the" +" particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Калібрування драйвера годинника</big> \n" @@ -1012,7 +1065,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i" +">.\n" msgstr "" "Для інформації про значення параметрів встановіть пакунок\n" "ntp-doc і подивіться в\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -7,21 +7,22 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2006, 2007. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. -# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2015. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-07 08:10+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. module description #: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 @@ -392,13 +393,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Якщо ви хочете вживати мережні сховища, то виберіть бажані і натисніть Далі.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</p" +">\n" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете вживати мережні сховища, то виберіть бажані і натисніть <b" +">Далі.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Якщо ви хочете вживати мережні сховища, то виберіть бажані і натисніть Закінчити.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете вживати мережні сховища, то виберіть бажані і натисніть <b" +">Закінчити.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -509,8 +518,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Перевірте розділ програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі AutoYaST." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST" +" profile." +msgstr "" +"Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Перевірте розділ" +" програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -569,8 +582,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Сховища встановлення — цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка. Замість нього вживайте «%1»." +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line" +" interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Сховища встановлення — цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка." +" Замість нього вживайте «%1»." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 @@ -751,20 +768,30 @@ "В цьому вікні можна керувати налаштованими сховищами і службами ПЗ.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "Служба або служба індексу сховища (RIS) — це протокол для керування сховищами пакунків. Служба може надавати одне або більше сховищ, які адміністратор служби може динамічно змінювати." +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol" +" for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software" +" repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Служба або служба індексу сховища (RIS) — це протокол для" +" керування сховищами пакунків. Служба може надавати одне або більше сховищ," +" які адміністратор служби може динамічно змінювати." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository" +" or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available" +" at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Додавання нового сховища або служби \n" -"Щоб додати нове сховище, натисніть Додати і вкажіть сховище ПЗ або служби.\n" +"Щоб додати нове сховище, натисніть Додати і вкажіть сховище ПЗ або" +" служби.\n" "YaST автоматично виявить чи то є служба, чи сховище за вказаною адресою.\n" "\n" @@ -807,42 +834,65 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository," +" use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh" +" status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use" +" the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Зміна стану сховища або служби\n" -"Щоб змінити адресу сховища, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб вилучити \n" +"Щоб змінити адресу сховища, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб" +" вилучити \n" "сховище, натиснітьВилучити. Щоб увімкнути або вимкнути доступ \n" -"до сховища або змінити стан освіження під час започаткування, виберіть сховище з таблиці і скористайтесь позначками нижче.\n" +"до сховища або змінити стан освіження під час започаткування, виберіть" +" сховище з таблиці і скористайтесь позначками нижче.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority)" +" and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in" +" more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Пріоритет сховища \n" -"Пріоритет сховища є цілим числом між 0 (найвищий пріоритет) і 200 (найнижчий пріоритет). Типовим пріоритетом є 99. Якщо пакунок наявний у декількох сховищах, буде використано сховище з найвищим пріоритетом.\n" +"Пріоритет сховища є цілим числом між 0 (найвищий пріоритет) і 200 (найнижчий" +" пріоритет). Типовим пріоритетом є 99. Якщо пакунок наявний у декількох" +" сховищах, буде використано сховище з найвищим пріоритетом.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Виберіть відповідний параметр у верхній частині вікна для навігації по сховищах і службах." +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in" +" repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть відповідний параметр у верхній частині вікна для навігації по" +" сховищах і службах." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." -msgstr "Зберігати завантажені пакунки Увімкніть цей параметр, щоб зберігати завантажені пакунки в локальному кеші, щоб їх можна було пізніше знову використати для перевстановлення пакунків. Якщо не увімкнено, то завантажені пакунки буде вилучено після встановлення." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after" +" installation." +msgstr "" +"Зберігати завантажені пакунки Увімкніть цей параметр, щоб" +" зберігати завантажені пакунки в локальному кеші, щоб їх можна було пізніше" +" знову використати для перевстановлення пакунків. Якщо не увімкнено, то" +" завантажені пакунки буде вилучено після встановлення." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "Типовий локальний кеш міститься в каталозі /var/cache/zypp/packages; цю адресу можна змінити у файлі /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory <B" +">/var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" +"/B> file." +msgstr "" +"Типовий локальний кеш міститься в каталозі /var/cache/zypp/packages</B" +">; цю адресу можна змінити у файлі /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 @@ -971,7 +1021,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Не вдається зберегти залежності автоматично. Потрібне ручне втручання." #. this is a heading @@ -986,8 +1037,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Встановлення ПЗ - цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка; замість нього використовуйте «%1»." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line" +" interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Встановлення ПЗ - цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка;" +" замість нього використовуйте «%1»." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -997,7 +1052,9 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "Помилка: Неможливо додати тимчасовий каталог, пакунки не можуть бути встановлені." +msgstr "" +"Помилка: Неможливо додати тимчасовий каталог, пакунки не можуть бути" +" встановлені." #. error message #. error message @@ -1127,8 +1184,10 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "Помилка -- сума MD5 не збігається Цей носій не повинен вживатись." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"Помилка -- сума MD5 не збігається Цей носій не повинен вживатись." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1154,7 +1213,8 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you" +" should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви маєте проблеми з\n" @@ -1164,19 +1224,24 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</B" +">\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Виберіть пристрій, вставте в нього носій і натисніть Почати перевірку,\n" -"або скористайтеся кнопкою Перевірити файл ISO виберіть файл ISO. Перевірка може тривати декілька хвилин, залежно\n" -"від швидкості вашого приводу та розміру носія. Тест перевіряє контрольну суму MD5. " +"Виберіть пристрій, вставте в нього носій і натисніть Почати перевірку<" +"/B>,\n" +"або скористайтеся кнопкою Перевірити файл ISO виберіть файл ISO." +" Перевірка може тривати декілька хвилин, залежно\n" +"від швидкості вашого приводу та розміру носія. Тест перевіряє контрольну суму" +" MD5. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the" +" installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо перевірка носія зазнає невдачі, ви не повинні продовжувати\n" @@ -1194,20 +1259,33 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Зауваження: Ви не можете змінювати носій, доки його використовує система." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Зауваження: Ви не можете змінювати носій, доки його використовує" +" система." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Щоб перевірити носій перед початком встановлення, скористайтеся пунктом перевірки носія з меню завантаження." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the" +" boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Щоб перевірити носій перед початком встановлення, скористайтеся пунктом" +" перевірки носія з меню завантаження." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" -msgstr "Якщо ви записуєте носій самі, використовуйте параметр pad у вашій програмі запису. Це запобігає помилкам читання в кінці носія під час перевірки.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your" +" recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P" +">\n" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви записуєте носій самі, використовуйте параметр pad у вашій" +" програмі запису. Це запобігає помилкам читання в кінці носія під час" +" перевірки.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1390,7 +1468,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Додавання нового ключа GPG \n" -"Щоб додати новий ключ GPG, натисніть Додати і вкажіть шлях до файла ключа.\n" +"Щоб додати новий ключ GPG, натисніть Додати і вкажіть шлях до файла" +" ключа.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1404,7 +1483,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Зміна стану ключа GPG\n" -"Щоб змінити прапорець надійності, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб вилучити ключ GPG, скористайтеся кнопкою\n" +"Щоб змінити прапорець надійності, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб" +" вилучити ключ GPG, скористайтеся кнопкою\n" "Вилучити.\n" "\n" @@ -1549,10 +1629,9 @@ #. push button #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait..." msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Зачекайте, будь ласка..." +msgstr "&Замітки до випуску..." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report @@ -1577,7 +1656,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional" +" repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "Сховище встановлення містить також перелік додаткових сховищ.\n" @@ -1738,28 +1818,49 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Ваш комп'ютер — це 64-бітова система x86-64. Однак, ви намагаєтесь встановити 32-бітовий дистрибутив." +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a" +" 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Ваш комп'ютер — це 64-бітова система x86-64. Однак, ви намагаєтесь встановити" +" 32-бітовий дистрибутив." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "Список шаблонів вказує яка функціональність буде наявна після встановлення системи." +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after" +" installing the system." +msgstr "" +"Список шаблонів вказує яка функціональність буде наявна після встановлення" +" системи." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "У пропозиції показано загальний розмір файлів, які буде встановлено в системі. Однак, система буде містити деякі інші файли (тимчасові або робочі файли), тому буде використано трохи більше простору, ніж вказано. Отже, добре мати принаймні 25% (або 300 МБ) вільного простору перш, ніж починати встановлення." +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to" +" the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and" +" working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed" +" value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB)" +" free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"У пропозиції показано загальний розмір файлів, які буде встановлено в" +" системі. Однак, система буде містити деякі інші файли (тимчасові або робочі" +" файли), тому буде використано трохи більше простору, ніж вказано. Отже," +" добре мати принаймні 25% (або 300 МБ) вільного простору перш, ніж починати" +" встановлення." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the" +" connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"Загальний «розмір завантаження» — це розмір пакунків, які буде завантажено з віддалених (мережних) сховищ.\n" -" Це значення важливе, якщо у вас повільне з'єднання або ви маєте обмеження на завантаження даних.\n" +"Загальний «розмір завантаження» — це розмір пакунків, які буде завантажено" +" з віддалених (мережних) сховищ.\n" +" Це значення важливе, якщо у вас повільне з'єднання або ви маєте обмеження" +" на завантаження даних.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1798,23 +1899,35 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальників цих додаткових продуктів, щоб вони надали вам нові носії для встановлення." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation" +" media." +msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальників цих додаткових продуктів, щоб вони" +" надали вам нові носії для встановлення." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальника цього додаткового продукту, щоб він надав вам новий носій для встановлення." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальника цього додаткового продукту, щоб він" +" надав вам новий носій для встановлення." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Помилка: Неможливо перевірити вільне місце в основному каталозі %1 (пристрій %2), неможливо почати установку." +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot" +" start installation." +msgstr "" +"Помилка: Неможливо перевірити вільне місце в основному каталозі %1 (пристрій " +"%2), неможливо почати установку." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "Попередження: у каталозі %1 немає достатньо вільного місця (пристрій %2)." +msgstr "" +"Попередження: у каталозі %1 немає достатньо вільного місця (пристрій %2)." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 @@ -1824,7 +1937,9 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "Нема достатньо місця на диску. Вилучіть деякі пакунки в індивідуальному виборі." +msgstr "" +"Нема достатньо місця на диску. Вилучіть деякі пакунки в індивідуальному" +" виборі." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 @@ -1857,10 +1972,9 @@ msgstr "Увага: Продукт %s буде вилучено." #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." -msgstr "Помилка: Продукт %s буде автоматично видалений." +msgstr "Помилка: Продукт %s буде автоматично видалений." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") @@ -1868,13 +1982,16 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or" +" module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to" +" the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Деякі продукти позначені для автоматичного видалення.</li>\n" -"<ul><li>Зв'яжіться з постачальником доповнення, яке вилучається, для отримання\n" +"<ul><li>Зв'яжіться з постачальником доповнення, яке вилучається, для" +" отримання\n" "нового інсталяційного носія</li><li>виберіть відповідне розширення\n" "або модуль на стадії реєстрації</li><li>Або для продовження оновлення\n" "перейдіть в діалог вибору і позначте продукт (пакет-release) для видалення.\n" @@ -1961,8 +2078,12 @@ msgstr "Не вдається прочитати файл ліцензії %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "Для правильного відображення ліцензії продукту додайте файл license.tar.gz в корінь носія при складанні штампу." +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root" +" of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"Для правильного відображення ліцензії продукту додайте файл license.tar.gz в" +" корінь носія при складанні штампу." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 @@ -1981,11 +2102,12 @@ "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" msgstr "" +"Цю ліцензійну угоду можна знайти у каталозі\n" +"%s" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" #| "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -1994,7 +2116,7 @@ "on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете надрукувати цю ліцензійну угоду,\n" -"то її можна знайти на першому носії в файлі %1" +"то її можна знайти на першому носії в файлі %s" #. help text #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 @@ -2328,10 +2450,13 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is" +" empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the" +" name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Назва сховища</big> \n" -"Вживайте Назву сховища, щоб вказати назву сховища. Якщо вона порожня, то YaST замість цього вживатиме назву продукту (якщо є) або адресу URL.\n" +"Вживайте Назву сховища, щоб вказати назву сховища. Якщо вона порожня," +" то YaST замість цього вживатиме назву продукту (якщо є) або адресу URL.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 @@ -2342,10 +2467,12 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty," +" YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Назва служби</big> \n" -"Використовуйте Назву служби, щоб вказати назву служби. Якщо вона порожня, то YaST замість цього вживатиме частину URL служби як назву.\n" +"Використовуйте Назву служби, щоб вказати назву служби. Якщо вона" +" порожня, то YaST замість цього вживатиме частину URL служби як назву.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 @@ -2393,13 +2520,15 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man" +" 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Параметри монтування</big> \n" "Ви можете вказати додаткові параметри для монтування розділу NFS.\n" "Це призначено для експертів, тому рекомендується залишити типове значення.\n" -"Детальніші відомості про список підтримуваних параметрів наведені у man 5 nfs." +"Детальніші відомості про список підтримуваних параметрів наведені у man 5" +" nfs." #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 @@ -2505,7 +2634,8 @@ "<big>USB-флешка або диск</big> \n" "Виберіть пристрій USB, на якому розташовано сховище.\n" "Скористайтеся полем Шлях до каталогу, щоб вказати каталог сховища.\n" -"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, система використовуватиме кореневий каталог диску.\n" +"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, система використовуватиме кореневий каталог" +" диску.\n" "Якщо каталог містить лише пакунки RPM без\n" "жодних метаданих (тобто відсутня інформація про продукт), позначте параметр\n" "Простий каталог RPM.\n" @@ -2519,8 +2649,10 @@ "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" msgstr "" "Тип файлової системи, який використано на носії, буде автоматично\n" -"визначено, якщо вибрано файлову систему \"auto\". Якщо автоматичне визначення зазнає невдачі\n" -"або ви бажаєте використати саме певний тип системи, виберіть його зі списку.\n" +"визначено, якщо вибрано файлову систему \"auto\". Якщо автоматичне визначення" +" зазнає невдачі\n" +"або ви бажаєте використати саме певний тип системи, виберіть його зі списку.<" +"/p>\n" #. combobox title #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 @@ -2540,7 +2672,8 @@ "<big>Диск</big> \n" "Виберіть диск, на якому розташовано сховище.\n" "Скористайтеся полем Шлях до каталогу, щоб вказати каталог сховища.\n" -"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, то система використовуватиме кореневий каталог диску.\n" +"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, то система використовуватиме кореневий каталог" +" диску.\n" "Якщо каталог містить лише пакунки RPM без\n" "жодних метаданих (тобто інформації про продукт), позначте параметр\n" "Простий каталог RPM.\n" @@ -2634,7 +2767,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to" +" Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2663,16 +2797,14 @@ #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" -msgstr "Я хочу встановити Додатковий продукт" +msgstr "Я &хочу встановити Додатковий продукт" #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." msgid "Net&work Configuration..." -msgstr "Перевірка налаштування мережі..." +msgstr "&Налаштування мережі..." #. help text #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 @@ -2748,7 +2880,8 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download" +" the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -14,14 +14,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: registration.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 12:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. popup message @@ -227,6 +228,8 @@ "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся в тому, що сервер реєстрації доступний,\n" +"а підключення надійне." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 @@ -264,17 +267,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgid "Connection to registration server failed." -msgstr "Зв'язок з сервером реєстрації" +msgstr "Не вдалося зв'язатися із сервером реєстрації." #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Помилка клієнта реєстрації." #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Registration server error.\n" #| "Retry registration later." @@ -283,7 +284,7 @@ "Retry the operation later." msgstr "" "Помилка на сервері реєстрації.\n" -"Спробуйте зареєструватися пізніше." +"Спробуйте операцію пізніше." #. error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 @@ -309,7 +310,8 @@ "Сертифікат вже імпортовано,\n" "але з'єднання з сервером не може бути надійним.\n" "\n" -"Будь ласка, виправте вручну проблему із сертифікатом,переконайтеся, що сервер\n" +"Будь ласка, виправте вручну проблему із сертифікатом,переконайтеся, що" +" сервер\n" "може під'єднатися безпечно і запустіть знову модуль YaST." #. progress label @@ -578,10 +580,13 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot" +" provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective" +" extension or module." msgstr "" "Введіть коди реєстрації для запитаних розширень і модулів.\n" -"Для успішної реєстрації слід ввести коди реєстрації. Якщо вам це не вдається, то поверніться і вимкніть відповідного розширення або модуля." +"Для успішної реєстрації слід ввести коди реєстрації. Якщо вам це не" +" вдається, то поверніться і вимкніть відповідного розширення або модуля." #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition @@ -603,7 +608,7 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Виключати бета-версії" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" @@ -628,13 +633,21 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "Зверніть увагу, що для деяких розширень і модулів може знадобитися окремий код реєстрації." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific" +" registration code." +msgstr "" +"Зверніть увагу, що для деяких розширень і модулів може знадобитися окремий" +" код реєстрації." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "Щоб видалити розширення або модуль, увійдіть в центр покупця SUSE і видаліть його вручну." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE" +" Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"Щоб видалити розширення або модуль, увійдіть в центр покупця SUSE і" +" видаліть його вручну." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -643,8 +656,10 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "Тут можна вибрати доступні розширення і модулі для вашої системи." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"Тут можна вибрати доступні розширення і модулі для вашої системи." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 @@ -658,8 +673,12 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -msgstr "Тут можна вибрати розширення або модулі, які будуть зареєстровані знову. " +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered" +" again." +msgstr "" +"Тут можна вибрати розширення або модулі, які будуть зареєстровані знову. <" +"/p>" #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 @@ -668,8 +687,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgstr "Тут можна вибрати, які розширення або модулі будуть зареєстровані з базовим продуктом." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together" +" with the base product." +msgstr "" +"Тут можна вибрати, які розширення або модулі будуть зареєстровані з" +" базовим продуктом." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -734,20 +757,29 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center" +" database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product" +" Registration." msgstr "" "Реєстрація продукту включає його в базу даних Novell,\n" -" що дає можливість виконувати мережне оновлення і отримувати технічну підтримку.\n" -" Щоб зареєструватись автоматично під час встановлення, виберіть Запустити реєстрацію продукту. " +" що дає можливість виконувати мережне оновлення і отримувати технічну" +" підтримку.\n" +" Щоб зареєструватись автоматично під час встановлення, виберіть Запустити" +" реєстрацію продукту. " #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL" +" of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "Якщо у вашій мережі розгорнуто нетиповий сервер реєстрації, будь ласка, вкажіть URL сервера і розташування сертифіката SMT у полі Параметри сервера SMT. За подальшою довідкою зверніться до вашого підручника з SMT." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вашій мережі розгорнуто нетиповий сервер реєстрації, будь ласка," +" вкажіть URL сервера і розташування сертифіката SMT у полі Параметри" +" сервера SMT. За подальшою довідкою зверніться до вашого підручника з" +" SMT." #. the UI defition for the global registration status #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -805,17 +837,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registering the System..." msgid "Register System via %s" -msgstr "Реєструється система…" +msgstr "Зареєструвати систему через %s" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Server" msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" -msgstr "Сервер реєстрації" +msgstr "Зареєструвати систему через локальний сервер SMT" #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" @@ -841,16 +871,19 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть бажаний спосіб реєстрації." #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Введіть дані облікового запису центру покупця SUSE, щоб зареєструвати систему і отримувати оновлення та розширення." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get" +" updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Введіть дані облікового запису центру покупця SUSE, щоб зареєструвати систему" +" і отримувати оновлення та розширення." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" #| "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -866,13 +899,11 @@ "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" "Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не зареєструєте вашу систему, ми не зможемо\n" +"Якщо ви не зареєструєте вашу систему, то ми не зможемо\n" "надати вам доступ до сховища оновлень.\n" "\n" "Ви можете зареєструватися після установки або відвідати\n" -"центр покупця для реєстрації через інтернет.\n" -"\n" -"Пропустити реєстрацію?" +"центр покупця для реєстрації через інтернет." #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -902,36 +933,54 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." -msgstr "Безпечне з'єднання (HTTPS) використовує SSL-сертифікати для підтвердження автентичності сервера і для шифрування переданих даних." +msgid "" +"Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the" +" authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." +msgstr "" +"Безпечне з'єднання (HTTPS) використовує SSL-сертифікати для перевірки" +" справжньості сервера і для шифрування переданих даних." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "Ви можете імпортувати сертифікат у список відомих центрів сертифікації (CA) і таким чином підтвердити, що довіряєте суб'єкту і видавцеві невідомого сертифіката." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known" +" certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the" +" issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете імпортувати сертифікат у список відомих центрів сертифікації" +" (CA) і таким чином ви підтвердите, що довіряєте суб'єкту і видавцеві" +" невідомого сертифіката." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Імпорт сертифіката дозволить використовувати, наприклад, із власним підписом сертифікат." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed" +" certificate." +msgstr "" +"Імпорт сертифіката дозволить використовувати, наприклад, сертифікат із" +" власним підписом." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." -msgstr "Важливо! Перевірте відбиток сертифіката, щоб переконатися в імпорті справжнього сертифіката з запитуваного сервера." +msgid "" +"Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of" +" certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." +msgstr "" +"Важливо: завжди перевіряйте відбиток сертифіката, щоб переконатися" +" в імпорті справжнього сертифіката." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "Імпорт невідомого сертифіката без перевірки представляє значну загрозу." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security" +" risk." +msgstr "" +"Імпорт невідомого сертифіката без перевірки представляє значну" +" загрозу." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details @@ -946,7 +995,8 @@ "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"Основна система має бути зареєстрованою для того, щоби зареєструвати доповнення '%s'.\n" +"Основна система має бути зареєстрованою для того, щоби зареєструвати" +" доповнення '%s'.\n" "Пропустити реєстрацію основної системи і доповнення?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title @@ -956,8 +1006,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." -msgstr "У вікні ви можете вручну вибрати, які сховища будуть використані для міграції через інтернет. Пакунки будуть оновлені до найвищої версії, знайденої у вказаних сховищах." +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for" +" online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found" +" in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" +"У вікні ви можете вручну вибрати, які сховища будуть використані для" +" міграції через інтернет. Пакунки будуть оновлені до найвищої версії," +" знайденої у вказаних сховищах." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 @@ -1014,8 +1070,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "Тут можна вибрати цільові продукти міграції. Сервер реєстрації може запропонувати декілька можливих міграцій на нові продукти." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver" +" may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"Тут можна вибрати цільові продукти міграції. Сервер реєстрації може" +" запропонувати декілька можливих міграцій на нові продукти." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 @@ -1024,8 +1084,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." -msgstr "Вживайте прапорець %s для ручного вибору сховищ міграції пізніше." +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories" +" later." +msgstr "" +"Вживайте прапорець %s для ручного вибору сховищ міграції пізніше.<" +"/p>" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" @@ -1058,8 +1122,12 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "ПОМИЛКА: продукт %{product} недоступно на сервері реєстрації (%{url}). Зробіть продукт доступним, щоб дозволити використовувати цю міграцію." +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server" +" (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"ПОМИЛКА: продукт %{product} недоступно на сервері реєстрації (%{url})." +" Зробіть продукт доступним, щоб дозволити використовувати цю міграцію." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format @@ -1108,12 +1176,20 @@ msgstr "Система вже зареєстрована." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "Ви можете зареєструвати її повторно або зареєструвати додаткові розширення чи модулі, тим самим розширивши її можливості." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or" +" modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете зареєструвати її повторно або зареєструвати додаткові розширення" +" чи модулі, тим самим розширивши її можливості." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Щоб скасувати реєстрацію системи, необхідно увійти в центр покупця SUSE і видалити систему вручну." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE" +" Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скасувати реєстрацію системи, необхідно увійти в центр покупця SUSE і" +" видалити систему вручну." #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1162,10 +1238,9 @@ "або типовий сервер реєстрації SUSE." #: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "No registration server selected." msgid "No registration server selected" -msgstr "Не вибраний сервер реєстрації." +msgstr "Не вибраний сервер реєстрації" #. Default registration server #. @@ -1195,20 +1270,18 @@ #. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil #. (or not specified) the first service will be used. #: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Settings" msgid "Service selection" -msgstr "Параметри сервера" +msgstr "Вибір служби" #: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть виявлену службу зі списку." #: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "No registration server selected." msgid "No service was selected." -msgstr "Не вибраний сервер реєстрації." +msgstr "Не вибрана служба." #~ msgid "Registration failed." #~ msgstr "Реєстрація зазнала невдачі." Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -5,21 +5,22 @@ # # xxx, 2005. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. -# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 09:18+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xreipl module #: src/clients/reipl.rb:53 @@ -30,7 +31,6 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required #: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ "with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Після вимикання, перезавантажте систему\n" -"з IPL в DASD «%1».\n" +"Після вимикання перезавантажте систему\n" +"з IPL від пристрою «%1».\n" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a FCP name @@ -172,7 +172,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</p" +">\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 @@ -204,7 +205,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio" +" buttons\n" "listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" @@ -220,13 +222,18 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device" +" ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a" +" DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" -"Пристрій має бути правильним ІД шини пристроїв з буквами в нижньому регістрі\n" -"у сумісному з sysfs форматі 0.<ІД набору підканалів>.<ІД пристрою>,\n" -"наприклад, 0.0.5c51. У залежності від обраного методу це може посилатися на DASD або\n" +"Пристрій має бути правильним ІД шини пристроїв з буквами в нижньому" +" регістрі\n" +"у сумісному з sysfs форматі 0.<ІД набору підканалів>.<ІД" +" пристрою>,\n" +"наприклад, 0.0.5c51. У залежності від обраного методу це може посилатися на" +" DASD або\n" "FCP-адаптер." #. Configure dialog help 4 @@ -236,7 +243,8 @@ "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration." msgstr "" -"Loadparm повинен мати щонайбільше максимум 8 символів і вибирати конфігурацію\n" +"Loadparm повинен мати щонайбільше максимум 8 символів і вибирати" +" конфігурацію\n" "завантаження з меню завантажувача zipl. Використовуйте один порожній символ\n" "для вибору типової конфігурації." @@ -246,17 +254,23 @@ "The worldwide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" msgstr "" -"Номер інтернетного порту (WWPN) треба ввести літерами в нижньому регістрі\n" -"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення, напр., 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" +"Номер інтернетного порту (WWPN) треба ввести літерами в нижньому" +" регістрі\n" +"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення, напр.," +" 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase" +" letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" -"Logical unit number (LUN) повинен бути введений літерами в нижньому регістрі\n" -"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення з усіма завершальними нулями, наприклад, 0x52ca000000000000." +"Logical unit number (LUN) повинен бути введений літерами в нижньому" +" регістрі\n" +"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення з усіма" +" завершальними нулями, наприклад, 0x52ca000000000000." #. Configure dialog help 7 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 @@ -266,7 +280,8 @@ "the default configuration." msgstr "" "Вибір програми завантаження повинен бути невід'ємним цілим числом,\n" -"вибирають конфігурацію завантаження з меню завантажувача zipl. Використовуйте 0 для\n" +"вибирають конфігурацію завантаження з меню завантажувача zipl. Використовуйте" +" 0 для\n" "вибору типової конфігурації." #. Configure dialog help 8 @@ -281,7 +296,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by" +" shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" "Після підтвердження в цьому діалозі, можливо буде потрібне\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po 2016-09-11 08:03:17 UTC (rev 96755) @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 12:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -69,10 +70,9 @@ #. popup label, %{num} is number #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" -msgstr "Змінити знімок %1" +msgstr "Змінити знімок %{num}" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 @@ -81,17 +81,15 @@ #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Pre (%1)" msgid "Pre (%{pre})" -msgstr "Перед (%1)" +msgstr "Перед (%{pre})" #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Post (%1)" msgid "Post (%{post})" -msgstr "Після (%1)" +msgstr "Після (%{post})" #. popup label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 @@ -116,10 +114,9 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" -msgstr "Дійсно вилучити знімок %1?" +msgstr "Дійсно вилучити знімок %{num}?" #. yes/no popup question #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 @@ -348,10 +345,9 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgid "No file was selected for restoring." -msgstr "Не вибрано файлів для відновлення" +msgstr "Не вибрано файлів для відновлення." #. popup headline #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 @@ -372,7 +368,8 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Файли, присутні у вихідному знімку, будуть скопійовані в поточну систему.\n" +"Файли, присутні у вихідному знімку, будуть скопійовані в поточну систему.<" +"/p>\n" "Файли, які відсутні в знімку, будуть видалені.Ви впевнені?" #. Read dialog help @@ -386,7 +383,6 @@ #. Summary dialog help: #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" #| "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" @@ -396,22 +392,32 @@ #| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three" +" types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots" +" are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post" +" are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between" +" taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in" +" the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see" +" the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Конфігурація знімків</big>\n" -"У таблиці наведені знімки кореневої файлової системи. Існує три типи знімків:\n" -"одинарний, перед та після. Одинарні знімки використовуються для збереження\n" -"стану файлової системи в певний час, а перед - і післязнімки використовуються для визначення змін, зроблених операцією, яка виконувалася між виготовленням цих знімків. Перед - і післязнімки в таблиці вказані попарно.\n" -"Виберіть знімок або пару знімків і натисніть Показати зміни для перегляду\n" +"У таблиці наведені знімки кореневої файлової системи. Існує три типи" +" знімків:\n" +"одинарний, перед та після. Одинарні знімки" +" використовуються для збереження\n" +"стану файлової системи в певний час, а перед - і післязнімки використовуються" +" для визначення змін, зроблених операцією, яка виконувалася між виготовленням" +" цих знімків. Перед - і післязнімки в таблиці вказані попарно.\n" +"Виберіть знімок або пару знімків і натисніть Показати зміни для" +" перегляду\n" "змін файлової системи в обраному знімку.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" #| "\n" @@ -423,18 +429,27 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first" +" ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the" +" description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of" +" creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By" +" default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is" +" possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Перегляд знімків</big>\n" "\n" -"У дереві показані всі файли, змінені між створенням першого («перед-») і другого («після-») знімків. Праворуч ви бачите опис, створений при виготовленні першого знімка, і час створення обох знімків.\n" +"У дереві показані всі файли, змінені між створенням першого («перед-») і" +" другого («після-») знімків. Праворуч ви бачите опис, створений при" +" виготовленні першого знімка, і час створення обох знімків.\n" "\n" "\n" -"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите зроблені в ньому зміни. Типово показуються зміни між вибраними парними знімками, але можна порівнювати файл з різними версіями.\n" +"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите зроблені в ньому зміни. Типово" +" показуються зміни між вибраними парними знімками, але можна порівнювати файл" +" з різними версіями.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -442,18 +457,23 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the" +" current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time" +" of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between" +" snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Перегляд знімків</big>\n" "\n" -"У дереві показані всі файли вибраного знімка, які мають відмінності від поточної системи. Праворуч ви побачите опис знімка і час його створення.\n" +"У дереві показані всі файли вибраного знімка, які мають відмінності від" +" поточної системи. Праворуч ви побачите опис знімка і час його створення.\n" "\n" "\n" -"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите відмінності між версією знімка і поточною системою.\n" +"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите відмінності між версією знімка і поточною" +" системою.\n" "\n" #. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots @@ -470,38 +490,29 @@ #. Create new snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" #| "%1" msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -msgstr "" -"Не вдалося створити новий знімок:\n" -"%1" +msgstr "Не вдалося створити новий знімок:\n" #. Modify existing snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" #| "%1" msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -msgstr "" -"Неможливо змінити знімок:\n" -"%1" +msgstr "Неможливо змінити знімок:\n" #. Delete existing snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" #| "%1" msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -msgstr "" -"Неможливо вилучити знімок:\n" -"%1" +msgstr "Неможливо вилучити знімок:\n" #. Snapper read dialog caption #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 @@ -515,10 +526,9 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgid "Read list of snapshots" -msgstr "Читання списку знімків" +msgstr "Читати список знімків" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96754 - branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot
by mvidner＠svn2.opensuse.org 09 Sep '16

09 Sep '16

Author: mvidner Date: 2016-09-09 16:27:17 +0200 (Fri, 09 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96754 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/base.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cio.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/country.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/docker.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/installation.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/isns.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journal.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/mail.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/migration.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/network.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/packager.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pam.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/printer.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rear.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/registration.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/s390.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/security.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sound.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/squid.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/storage.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/support.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tune.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/update.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/users.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vm.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/wol.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot Log: Updated pot files from SLE-12-SP2 branches as of today Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-06 14:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-06 14:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -411,12 +411,12 @@ #: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Value" msgstr "" @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 msgid "" "This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticat" "e users.\n" @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "" "This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" "Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from " @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:303 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 msgid "" "This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider." "\n" @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:321 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" "This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provide" "r.\n" @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ " from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:329 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" "Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Option" @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:343 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "" "This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provi" "der.\n" @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ "base from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:351 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" "Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Opti" @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" "This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Dir" @@ -660,16 +660,16 @@ msgstr "" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration f" "ailure.\n" @@ -678,11 +678,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "No domain" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" "You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable dom" "ain authentication.\n" @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:456 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "" @@ -712,31 +712,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 -msgid "Update AD's DNS records as well" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:77 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:87 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "" "The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment re" "quirements.\n" @@ -744,39 +740,39 @@ "r." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:90 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Current status" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Gathering status..." msgstr "" #. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "" #. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 msgid "" "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that A" "D user password is saved in plain text." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" @@ -784,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" #. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:160 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 msgid "" "The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" @@ -1914,11 +1910,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 -msgid "Host names of AD servers (comma separated)." +msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 -msgid "Host names of backup AD servers (comma separated)." +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to whi" +"ch SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -485,6 +485,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -2758,10 +2763,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -594,67 +594,67 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "" @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -950,11 +950,11 @@ "installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "" @@ -962,11 +962,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "" @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -984,13 +984,13 @@ msgstr "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "" @@ -2100,45 +2100,57 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "" + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2148,14 +2160,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those" " available\n" @@ -2165,7 +2177,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2292,7 +2304,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "" @@ -2302,67 +2314,67 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/base.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -1555,13 +1555,13 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1572,23 +1572,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1596,76 +1596,76 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "" @@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" @@ -3343,15 +3343,15 @@ msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -206,11 +206,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded" @@ -218,11 +218,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code" @@ -233,11 +233,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of you" "r disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" @@ -245,42 +245,42 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "" "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other fore" "ign distribution " msgstr "" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "" "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional pa" "rameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "" "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " "exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " @@ -288,12 +288,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "" @@ -301,64 +301,80 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "" "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 msgid "" -"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).\n" +"First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. I" @@ -371,40 +387,40 @@ msgstr "" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -415,40 +431,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -458,17 +474,17 @@ msgstr "" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cio.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -48,11 +48,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" @@ -68,21 +68,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -100,17 +100,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -120,78 +121,79 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -msgid "Installer Update" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" @@ -199,8 +201,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" @@ -208,22 +210,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -274,31 +276,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" @@ -310,27 +312,27 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" @@ -338,8 +340,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "" @@ -376,47 +378,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" @@ -424,9 +426,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -434,8 +436,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -575,15 +577,11 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/country.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -313,8 +313,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "" @@ -531,32 +531,42 @@ msgstr "" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " @@ -565,7 +575,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/docker.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -311,9 +311,8 @@ "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the lis" "t of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instru" "cted to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from th" -"e underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to th" -"e configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To c" -"hange it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"e underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that t" +"ells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions" " can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an '" "a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"" @@ -433,40 +432,36 @@ " \n" msgstr "" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "" @@ -496,61 +491,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "" #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "" @@ -655,82 +650,82 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "" "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -738,46 +733,46 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/installation.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -473,14 +473,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -526,49 +526,49 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "" @@ -738,33 +738,33 @@ msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -795,17 +795,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" @@ -1105,88 +1105,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installatio" @@ -1194,14 +1194,14 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1218,14 +1218,38 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1233,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1245,9 +1269,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1257,7 +1282,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1270,6 +1295,45 @@ "then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "" + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1321,8 +1385,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" @@ -1585,8 +1649,11 @@ msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1653,11 +1720,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "" "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose a" "n existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- o" @@ -1668,17 +1735,17 @@ msgstr "" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1703,32 +1770,32 @@ msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1739,36 +1806,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1796,7 +1863,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed." @@ -1807,7 +1874,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1816,7 +1883,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1825,7 +1892,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1834,7 +1901,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1842,12 +1909,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1856,7 +1923,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1871,7 +1938,7 @@ msgstr "" #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/isns.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journal.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1152,138 +1152,138 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "" "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " "%{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/mail.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/migration.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/migration.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/migration.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/network.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -710,13 +710,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1075,14 +1075,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -1250,62 +1250,61 @@ "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD" @@ -1318,12 +1317,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1689,7 +1688,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1697,20 +1696,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify n" "ow configured NIC. \n" @@ -1720,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if ther" @@ -1730,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for " @@ -1739,14 +1738,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "" "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool w" "ith these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1754,76 +1753,76 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1831,25 +1830,31 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1857,145 +1862,145 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "" "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces" ")." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "" "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled " "for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "" "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with " "layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "" "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with " "layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2003,7 +2008,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2487,29 +2492,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3086,33 +3091,33 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" @@ -4022,92 +4027,92 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "" "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) i" "s not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). S" "ee dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/packager.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" @@ -1403,8 +1403,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" @@ -1429,39 +1429,39 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "" #. update the trusted flag @@ -1589,14 +1589,14 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "" "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bi" "t distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "" "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after install" "ing the system." @@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "" "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the" " system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and work" @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " @@ -1622,111 +1622,111 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "" "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation medi" "a." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "" "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start" " installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1739,12 +1739,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1752,50 +1752,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1804,29 +1804,29 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "" "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " "of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1834,14 +1834,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1852,43 +1852,37 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pam.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pam.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pam.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/printer.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/printer.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/printer.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rear.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rear.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rear.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/registration.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-15 17:47+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -293,15 +293,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -311,19 +310,19 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" @@ -544,23 +543,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/s390.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/s390.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/s390.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/security.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/security.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/security.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -1152,6 +1152,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sound.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sound.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sound.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/squid.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/squid.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/squid.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/storage.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -826,14 +826,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -846,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -856,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -868,18 +869,19 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -891,7 +893,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -900,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -911,7 +913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -926,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -941,12 +943,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -959,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -968,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -977,7 +979,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -985,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -993,53 +995,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounte" "d:\n" @@ -1050,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1060,7 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1070,7 +1072,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -2664,7 +2666,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -5174,39 +5176,39 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5214,7 +5216,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5222,7 +5224,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5230,18 +5232,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/support.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/support.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/support.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tune.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tune.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tune.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/update.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -241,19 +241,6 @@ "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "" - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -301,6 +288,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -527,25 +522,30 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "" + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -564,23 +564,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -588,24 +588,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -630,39 +630,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -670,17 +670,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " "upgrade\n" @@ -690,22 +690,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " "is\n" @@ -726,32 +726,32 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/users.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/users.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/users.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -249,6 +249,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -675,7 +687,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -707,7 +719,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "" @@ -729,7 +741,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "" @@ -746,7 +758,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "" @@ -937,7 +949,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "" @@ -1064,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1195,7 +1207,7 @@ msgstr "" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1234,7 +1246,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " @@ -1930,7 +1942,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2896,7 +2908,7 @@ msgstr "" #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -2904,11 +2916,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -2917,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -2925,7 +2937,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " @@ -2938,17 +2950,17 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "" "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " "password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -2960,11 +2972,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -2974,12 +2986,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -2987,7 +2999,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -2995,34 +3007,34 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vm.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/wol.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/wol.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/wol.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2016-09-09 14:27:17 UTC (rev 96754) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96753 - trunk/yast/pt_BR/po
by elchevive＠svn2.opensuse.org 09 Sep '16

09 Sep '16

Author: elchevive Date: 2016-09-09 15:32:26 +0200 (Fri, 09 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96753 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fonts.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/journalctl.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po Log: updates Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -8,21 +8,21 @@ # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. # Isis Binder <isisl.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:44-0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:07-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" @@ -33,7 +33,8 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Executando scripts de instalação automática no ambiente de instalação..." +msgstr "" +"Executando scripts de instalação automática no ambiente de instalação..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -132,8 +133,10 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Cliente para a criação de perfil do AutoYaST baseado no sistema em execução" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Cliente para a criação de perfil do AutoYaST baseado no sistema em execução" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -161,22 +164,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified" +" location." msgstr "" -"Usando este diálogo, copie os conteúdos do arquivo e especifique o caminho\n" -"final no sistema instalado. O YaST irá copiar este arquivo para o local especificado." +"Usando este diálogo, copie os conteúdos do arquivo e especifique o" +" caminho\n" +"final no sistema instalado. O YaST irá copiar este arquivo para o local" +" especificado." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a" +" symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit" +" pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Para proteger arquivos copiados, defina o proprietário e as permissões dos arquivos.\n" -"Defina o proprietário usando a sintaxe userid.groupid. Permissões podem ser uma representação simbólica \n" -"de alterações a realizar ou um número octal representando o padrão de bits para as novas \n" +"Para proteger arquivos copiados, defina o proprietário e as permissões dos" +" arquivos.\n" +"Defina o proprietário usando a sintaxe userid.groupid. Permissões" +" podem ser uma representação simbólica \n" +"de alterações a realizar ou um número octal representando o padrão de bits" +" para as novas \n" "permissões." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -250,13 +261,16 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location" +" in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web" +" server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Para muitos aplicativos e serviços, você pode ter preparado um \n" "arquivo de configuração que poderia ser copiado de uma forma completa para \n" -"um local no sistema instalado. Por exemplo, este é o caso se você está instalando um \n" +"um local no sistema instalado. Por exemplo, este é o caso se você está" +" instalando um \n" "servidor web e possui um arquivo de configuração httpd.conf preparado." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -288,7 +302,10 @@ #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 -msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: <br" +">%s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all" +" the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name @@ -407,7 +424,8 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Por favor, aguarde enquanto o sistema é preparado para a instalação automática.\n" +"Por favor, aguarde enquanto o sistema é preparado para a instalação" +" automática.\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -443,7 +461,10 @@ #. list of unsupported sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 -msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s <" +"br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the" +" configuration." msgstr "" #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required @@ -493,7 +514,9 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Por favor, aguarde enquanto o sistema é preparado para a instalação automática." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, aguarde enquanto o sistema é preparado para a instalação" +" automática." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -528,20 +551,18 @@ msgstr "Configure o destino padrão do systemd" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Volume Groups" msgid "Configure users and groups" -msgstr "Configurar grupos de volume" +msgstr "Configurar usuários e grupos" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Drives" msgid "Confirm License" -msgstr "Configurar unidades" +msgstr "Confirmar licença" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." @@ -694,7 +715,8 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "É recomendado exibir todas as mensagens com tempo de espera.\n" -"Os avisos podem ser pulados em alguns lugares, mas não devem ser ignorados.\n" +"Os avisos podem ser pulados em alguns lugares, mas não devem ser ignorados.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -709,12 +731,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed" +" to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecione uma das seguintes seleções base e clique em Detalhado para\n" +"Selecione uma das seguintes seleções base e clique em Detalhado" +" para\n" "adicionar mais seleções e pacotes complementares.\n" "\n" @@ -726,8 +750,11 @@ msgstr "Localização da fonte de instalação (como http://meuhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "A fonte de instalação deste sistema (você não pode criar imagens se escolher esta opção)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"A fonte de instalação deste sistema (você não pode criar imagens se escolher" +" esta opção)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -742,29 +769,38 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system" +" to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems" +" can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not" +" possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Montar em /etc/fstab pelo:\n" -"Normalmente, um sistema de arquivos a ser montado é identificado em /etc/fstab\n" -"\tpelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser alterada para que o sistema de arquivos a ser montado\n" -"\tseja encontrado quando você procurar por UUID ou um rótulo de volume. Nem todos os sistemas de arquivos podem ser\n" -"\tmontados por UUID ou um rótulo de volume. Se uma opção estiver desabilitada, isso não será possível.\n" +"Normalmente, um sistema de arquivos a ser montado é identificado em" +" /etc/fstab\n" +"\tpelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser alterada para que o" +" sistema de arquivos a ser montado\n" +"\tseja encontrado quando você procurar por UUID ou um rótulo de volume. Nem" +" todos os sistemas de arquivos podem ser\n" +"\tmontados por UUID ou um rótulo de volume. Se uma opção estiver" +" desabilitada, isso não será possível.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually" +" makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Rótulo de volume:\n" -"\t O nome digitado neste campo é usado como rótulo de volume. Isso normalmente faz sentido\n" +"\t O nome digitado neste campo é usado como rótulo de volume. Isso" +" normalmente faz sentido\n" "\t apenas quando você ativa a opção de montagem pelo rótulo de volume.\n" "\t Um rótulo de volume não pode conter o caractere / ou espaços.\n" "\t" @@ -865,7 +901,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Você escolheu criar a partição, mas você não selecionou um sistema de arquivos válido.\n" +"Você escolheu criar a partição, mas você não selecionou um sistema de" +" arquivos válido.\n" "Selecione um sistema de arquivos válido para continuar.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -934,8 +971,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "O tamanho \"auto\" é válido somente se o ponto de montagem \"/boot\" ou \"swap\" estiver selecionado." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"O tamanho \"auto\" é válido somente se o ponto de montagem \"/boot\" ou" +" \"swap\" estiver selecionado." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1008,8 +1048,10 @@ "Verifique se informou o local correto\n" "na linha de comando e tente novamente. Devido a este erro, você\n" "pode informar um URL somente em um perfil, e não em um diretório. Se você\n" -"está usando arquivos de controle baseados em regras ou nomes de máquinas, reinicie\n" -"o processo de instalação e certifique-se de que os arquivos de controle estão acessíveis.\n" +"está usando arquivos de controle baseados em regras ou nomes de máquinas," +" reinicie\n" +"o processo de instalação e certifique-se de que os arquivos de controle estão" +" acessíveis.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1118,7 +1160,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Use esta interface para definir classes de arquivos de controle. \n" +msgstr "" +"Use esta interface para definir classes de arquivos de controle. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1410,8 +1453,12 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do módulo '%1' ao seu sistema atual?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current" +" system?" +msgstr "" +"Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do módulo '%1' ao seu sistema" +" atual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 @@ -1425,8 +1472,11 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do perfil ao seu sistema atual?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current" +" system?" +msgstr "" +"Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do perfil ao seu sistema atual?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 @@ -1564,11 +1614,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and" +" partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "O arquivo Kickstart foi importado.\n" -"Verifique a sintaxe importada e certifique-se de que a seleção de pacotes e o\n" +"Verifique a sintaxe importada e certifique-se de que a seleção de pacotes e" +" o\n" "particionamento foram importados corretamente." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1698,12 +1750,14 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without" +" interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "A opção de confirmação da instalação é selecionada por padrão para\n" -"evitar uma instalação indesejada. O sistema é parado durante a instalação e é\n" +"evitar uma instalação indesejada. O sistema é parado durante a instalação e" +" é\n" "exibido um resumo das operações requeridas na tela usual de propostas.\n" "Desmarque a opção para instalar automaticamente sem interrupção.\n" "\n" @@ -1711,12 +1765,14 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in" +" manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se você desativar a segunda etapa do AutoYaST, a instalação prosseguirá em modo manual\n" +"Se você desativar a segunda etapa do AutoYaST, a instalação prosseguirá em" +" modo manual\n" "após a primeira reinicialização (após a instalação de pacotes).\n" "\n" @@ -1753,7 +1809,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Lista de caminhos para respostas (múltiplos caminhos são separados por espaço)" +msgstr "" +"Lista de caminhos para respostas (múltiplos caminhos são separados por espaço)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1860,12 +1917,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD" +" and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Esta ferramenta usa o xmllint para validar o perfil de acordo com o DTD e\n" -"verifica dados omitidos. Algumas omissões de dados podem ser intencionais e qualquer\n" +"Esta ferramenta usa o xmllint para validar o perfil de acordo com" +" o DTD e\n" +"verifica dados omitidos. Algumas omissões de dados podem ser intencionais e" +" qualquer\n" "erro reportado pode ser ignorado, por exemplo, na criação de classes.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1888,13 +1948,15 @@ msgstr "" "Para importar um arquivo Kickstart, informe o caminho do arquivo\n" "de configuração. Os dados serão carregados no sistema de gerência de \n" -"configuração para adicionar mais opções de configuração disponíveis com o openSUSE.\n" +"configuração para adicionar mais opções de configuração disponíveis com o" +" openSUSE.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package" +" selections.\n" msgstr "" "Esta ferramenta cria um perfil de referência através da leitura\n" "da informação do sistema. Selecione os recursos para ler deste sistema,\n" @@ -1906,10 +1968,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target" +" system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A tabela à direita exibe as partições atuais a serem criadas no sistema destino.\n" +"A tabela à direita exibe as partições atuais a serem criadas no sistema" +" destino.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1947,7 +2011,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions" +" are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Se nenhuma partição for definida e a unidade especificada for\n" @@ -1967,8 +2032,18 @@ msgstr "Opções avançadas" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "Por padrão, o AutoYaST2 criará uma partição estendida e adicionará todas as partições novas como dispositivos lógicos. É possível, no entanto, instruir o AutoYaST2 a criar uma certa partição como primária ou como estendida. Adicionalmente, é possível especificar o tamanho da partição usando setores ao invés de tamanho em MBytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new" +" partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST" +" to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended" +" partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition" +" using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o AutoYaST2 criará uma partição estendida e adicionará todas as" +" partições novas como dispositivos lógicos. É possível, no entanto, instruir" +" o AutoYaST2 a criar uma certa partição como primária ou como estendida." +" Adicionalmente, é possível especificar o tamanho da partição usando setores" +" ao invés de tamanho em MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -1982,7 +2057,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID" +" partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2019,7 +2095,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts de pré-instalação</h3>\n" -"Adicione comandos para executar no sistema antes do início da instalação. \n" +"Adicione comandos para executar no sistema antes do início da instalação." +" \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 @@ -2044,7 +2121,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed" +" \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2052,9 +2130,11 @@ "<H3>Scripts chroot</H3>\n" "Para que seu script de pós-instalação seja executado em ambiente chroot\n" "escolha as opções scripts chroot. Estes scripts são executados\n" -"antes do sistema inicializar pela primeira vez. Por padrão, os scripts chroot\n" +"antes do sistema inicializar pela primeira vez. Por padrão, os scripts" +" chroot\n" "são executados no sistema de instalação. Para acessar arquivos no sistema\n" -"de instalação você sempre deve usar o ponto de montagem \"/mnt\" nos scripts.\n" +"de instalação você sempre deve usar o ponto de montagem \"/mnt\" nos" +" scripts.\n" "\n" #. help 4/6 @@ -2062,13 +2142,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag" +" \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "É possível executar scripts chroot em uma etapa posterior depois de\n" -"configurar o carregador de inicialização usando a marcação booleana \"chrooted\"\n" +"configurar o carregador de inicialização usando a marcação booleana" +" \"chrooted\"\n" "que fará os scripts serem executados no sistema instalado.\n" "\n" @@ -2086,7 +2168,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Scripts init</H3>\n" -"Estes scripts são executados durante o processo de inicialização inicial e após\n" +"Estes scripts são executados durante o processo de inicialização inicial e" +" após\n" "o YaST ter concluído a configuração do sistema. Os scripts finais são \n" "executados com um script rc especial, que é executado apenas uma vez.\n" "Os scripts finais são executados até o final do processo de inicialização e\n" @@ -2098,13 +2181,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl" +" or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpretador:</H3>\n" -"Scripts de pré-instalação podem ser somente scripts shell. Não use Perl ou \n" +"Scripts de pré-instalação podem ser somente scripts shell. Não use <i" +">Perl ou \n" "Python para scripts de pré-instalação.\n" "\n" @@ -2114,32 +2199,42 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts," +" which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an" +" installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript," +" too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Acesso à rede:</H3>\n" "Durante a execução dos scripts de pós-instalação, a rede é desabilitada e\n" "necessita da inicialização nos scripts para voltar a ser acessível. Uma\n" -"alternativa aos scripts de pós-instalação com rede é o uso de scripts de inicialização, o que\n" -"garante um sistema totalmente configurado durante a execução dos scripts. Caso tenha feito uma instalação\n" -"através da rede, você pode usar a opção Rede também para o script de pós-instalação.\n" +"alternativa aos scripts de pós-instalação com rede é o uso de scripts de" +" inicialização, o que\n" +"garante um sistema totalmente configurado durante a execução dos scripts." +" Caso tenha feito uma instalação\n" +"através da rede, você pode usar a opção Rede também para o script de" +" pós-instalação.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box" +" as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that" +" might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Retorno e depuração:</H3>\n" -" Todos os scripts, exceto os scripts de inicialização, podem exibir STDOUT+STDERR em uma caixa de alerta como retorno.\n" -"Ao ativar a depuração, você obtém maior saída na caixa de diálogo de retorno,\n" +" Todos os scripts, exceto os scripts de inicialização, podem exibir" +" STDOUT+STDERR em uma caixa de alerta como retorno.\n" +"Ao ativar a depuração, você obtém maior saída na caixa de diálogo de" +" retorno,\n" "o que pode ajudá-lo a depurar o script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2227,12 +2322,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation" +" for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ao adicionar scripts ao processo de instalação automática, personalize a instalação\n" -"de acordo com suas necessidades e controle as diferentes etapas da instalação.\n" +"Ao adicionar scripts ao processo de instalação automática, personalize a" +" instalação\n" +"de acordo com suas necessidades e controle as diferentes etapas da" +" instalação.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2259,8 +2357,12 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "O analisador de XML informou um erro durante a análise do perfil do AutoYaST. Mensagem de erro:\n" +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The" +" error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"O analisador de XML informou um erro durante a análise do perfil do AutoYaST." +" Mensagem de erro:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 @@ -2274,7 +2376,8 @@ "\n" "As classes definidas pelo usuário não foram recuperadas. Certifique-se\n" "de que todas as classes estão definidas corretamente e disponíveis para este\n" -"sistema na rede ou localmente. O sistema não pode ser instalado com o arquivo\n" +"sistema na rede ou localmente. O sistema não pode ser instalado com o" +" arquivo\n" "de controle original sem usar classes.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2335,17 +2438,21 @@ msgstr "" "<h3>Sistema de gerenciamento de configuração AutoYaST</h3>\n" "Com algumas exceções, quase todos recursos do arquivo de controle\n" -"podem ser configurados usando o sistema de gerenciamento de configuração.\n" +"podem ser configurados usando o sistema de gerenciamento de configuração.</p" +">\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to" +" those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the" +" data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A maioria dos módulos usados para criar a configuração são idênticos àqueles\n" +"A maioria dos módulos usados para criar a configuração são idênticos" +" àqueles\n" "disponíveis no centro de controle YaST. Ao invés de configurar o sistema,\n" "os dados informados serão exportados para o arquivo de controle que pode \n" "ser usado para instalar outro sistema usando o AutoYaST.\n" @@ -2354,7 +2461,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations," +" including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Além dos módulos familiares existentes,\n" @@ -2483,13 +2591,16 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "Não foi possível reutilizar o grupo do volume %1. O grupo de volume não existe." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível reutilizar o grupo do volume %1. O grupo de volume não" +" existe." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "O grupo de volume '%1' deve ter pelo menos um volume físico. Forneça um." +msgstr "" +"O grupo de volume '%1' deve ter pelo menos um volume físico. Forneça um." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2580,16 +2691,24 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de padrões. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check" +" /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de padrões. Por favor," +" verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Criando imagem - instalando pacotes" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de pacotes. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check" +" /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de pacotes. Por favor," +" verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 @@ -2601,14 +2720,18 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed" +" anymore." msgstr "" "Agora você pode alterar a imagem em %1/\n" -"Se você pressionar o botão Ok, a imagem será comprimida e não poderá mais ser alterada." +"Se você pressionar o botão Ok, a imagem será comprimida e não poderá mais ser" +" alterada." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Falha na compressão da imagem em '%1'. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Falha na compressão da imagem em '%1'. Por favor, verifique o arquivo" +" /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2649,10 +2772,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different" +" AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Agora você pode alterar a imagem ISO em %1, adicionando um arquivo XML do AutoYaST completamente diferente.\n" +"Agora você pode alterar a imagem ISO em %1, adicionando um arquivo XML do" +" AutoYaST completamente diferente.\n" "Se você pressionar o botão OK, a imagem ISO será criada." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2694,13 +2819,21 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "Falha na execução do resolvedor de pacotes. Verifique sua seção de software no perfil do AutoYaST." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the" +" autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"Falha na execução do resolvedor de pacotes. Verifique sua seção de software" +" no perfil do AutoYaST." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "O plano de particionamento configurado em seu perfil XML não cabe no disco rígido. %1MB faltando" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard" +" disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"O plano de particionamento configurado em seu perfil XML não cabe no disco" +" rígido. %1MB faltando" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ # Antje Faber <afaber(a)suse.de>, 2004. # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2f009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2f009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:45UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:10-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -240,17 +240,26 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "Execute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para uma lista de opções disponíveis." +msgstr "" +"Execute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para uma lista de opções disponíveis." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "O nome do arquivo de destino (opção 'xmlfile') está faltando. Use a opção de linha de comando xmlfile=<arquivo_XML_de_destino>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file>" +" command line option." +msgstr "" +"O nome do arquivo de destino (opção 'xmlfile') está faltando. Use a opção de" +" linha de comando xmlfile=<arquivo_XML_de_destino>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "O nome do arquivo de destino (opção 'xmlfile') está vazio. Use a opção de linha de comando xmlfile=<arquivo_XML_de_destino>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file>" +" command line option." +msgstr "" +"O nome do arquivo de destino (opção 'xmlfile') está vazio. Use a opção de" +" linha de comando xmlfile=<arquivo_XML_de_destino>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 @@ -377,7 +386,8 @@ #. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." -msgstr "Mais informações podem ser encontradas próximo ao final do arquivo '%1'." +msgstr "" +"Mais informações podem ser encontradas próximo ao final do arquivo '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message #. %1 - link to our bugzilla @@ -498,7 +508,8 @@ #. bugzilla #332436 #: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." -msgstr "Ocorreu um erro interno durante a integração do fluxo de trabalho adicional." +msgstr "" +"Ocorreu um erro interno durante a integração do fluxo de trabalho adicional." #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 @@ -539,7 +550,8 @@ "Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Iniciar o serviço</big> \n" -"Para inicializar o serviço sempre que seu computador for inicializado, defina\n" +"Para inicializar o serviço sempre que seu computador for inicializado," +" defina\n" "%1. Para inicializar o serviço via o daemon xinetd, defina %3.\n" "Caso contrário, defina %2." @@ -662,7 +674,8 @@ "set %1." msgstr "" "<big>Suporte LDAP</big> \n" -"Para armazenar as configurações no LDAP ao invés dos arquivos de configuração,\n" +"Para armazenar as configurações no LDAP ao invés dos arquivos de" +" configuração,\n" "defina %1." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -803,7 +816,8 @@ "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adicionando uma chave TSIG existente</big> \n" -"Para adicionar uma chave TSIG já criada, selecione um Nome de arquivo do arquivo que\n" +"Para adicionar uma chave TSIG já criada, selecione um Nome de arquivo" +" do arquivo que\n" "contém a chave e clique em Adicionar.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 @@ -815,8 +829,10 @@ "Generate.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Criando uma nova chave TSIG</big> \n" -"Para criar uma nova chave TSIG, defina o Nome de arquivo do arquivo no qual a chave será\n" -"criada e o ID da chave para identificar a chave. Em seguida, clique em\n" +"Para criar uma nova chave TSIG, defina o Nome de arquivo do arquivo no" +" qual a chave será\n" +"criada e o ID da chave para identificar a chave. Em seguida, clique" +" em\n" "Gerar.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 @@ -948,7 +964,8 @@ "in the list." msgstr "" "Para reordenar as opções, selecione uma opção\n" -"e use Para cima e Para baixo para mover-se para cima ou para baixo\n" +"e use Para cima e Para baixo para mover-se para cima ou para" +" baixo\n" "na lista." #. menu button @@ -1013,8 +1030,16 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." -msgstr "A navegação em árvore também é feita com as teclas de setas. Para abrir ou fechar um ramo use [ESPAÇO]. Para os módulos mostrando uma árvore (parecem com uma lista) de itens de configuração no lado esquerdo use [ENTER] para obter o diálogo correspondente na direita." +msgid "" +"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use" +" [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of" +" configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog" +" on the right." +msgstr "" +"A navegação em árvore também é feita com as teclas de setas. Para abrir ou" +" fechar um ramo use [ESPAÇO]. Para os módulos mostrando uma árvore (parecem" +" com uma lista) de itens de configuração no lado esquerdo use [ENTER] para" +" obter o diálogo correspondente na direita." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 @@ -1064,10 +1089,13 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings" +" for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Teclas de função \n" -"As teclas F fornecem um rápido acesso às funções principais. As associações das teclas de função para o diálogo atual estão exibidas na linha inferior." +"As teclas F fornecem um rápido acesso às funções principais. As associações" +" das teclas de função para o diálogo atual estão exibidas na linha inferior.<" +"/p>" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 @@ -1123,10 +1151,9 @@ #. :reload means the service will be reloaded. #. :restart means the service will be restarted. #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" -msgstr "Recarregar após salvar as configurações" +msgstr "Reiniciar após salvar as configurações" #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" @@ -1149,18 +1176,30 @@ #| "Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" msgid "" "<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same" +" after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service" +" during boot'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running" +" service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the" +" dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable" +" the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the" +" already running system.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Status atual</big> \n" -"Exibe o status atual do serviço. O status irá permanecer o mesmo após salvar as configurações, independentemente do valor do 'iniciar o serviço durante a inicialização'.\n" +"Exibe o status atual do serviço. O status irá permanecer o mesmo após salvar" +" as configurações, independentemente do valor do 'iniciar o serviço durante a" +" inicialização'.\n" "<big>Recarregar após salvar as configurações</big> \n" -"Somente aplicável se o serviço está atualmente em execução. Garante que o serviço em execução recarregue a nova configuração após salvá-la (através dos botões 'OK' ou 'Salvar').\n" +"Somente aplicável se o serviço está atualmente em execução. Garante que o" +" serviço em execução recarregue a nova configuração após salvá-la (através" +" dos botões 'OK' ou 'Salvar').\n" "<big>Iniciar durante a inicialização do sistema</big> \n" -"Marque este campo para habilitar o serviço na inicialização do sistema. Desmarque-o para desabilitar o serviço. Isto não afeta o status atual do serviço no sistema atualmente em execução.\n" +"Marque este campo para habilitar o serviço na inicialização do sistema." +" Desmarque-o para desabilitar o serviço. Isto não afeta o status atual do" +" serviço no sistema atualmente em execução.\n" #. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 @@ -1935,12 +1974,14 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more" +" information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Criar uma nova chave GPG</big> \n" -"O <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> foi iniciado. Consulte a página man do <tt>gpg</tt> para obter mais informações.\n" +"O <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> foi iniciado. Consulte a página man do <tt>gpg</tt>" +" para obter mais informações.\n" "Pressione Ctrl+C para cancelar.\n" "" @@ -1973,7 +2014,8 @@ #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} #: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." -msgstr "Informe uma mensagem de log que descreve as alterações feitas por você." +msgstr "" +"Informe uma mensagem de log que descreve as alterações feitas por você." #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 @@ -2003,7 +2045,8 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para processar ações avançadas ou salvar o log em um arquivo, clique em %1\n" +"Para processar ações avançadas ou salvar o log em um arquivo, clique em " +"%1\n" "e selecione a ação a processar." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2260,7 +2303,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bloquear zona" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" @@ -2271,14 +2314,13 @@ msgstr "" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgid "Public Zone" -msgstr "Chaves GPG públicas" +msgstr "Zona pública" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zona confiável" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" @@ -2291,7 +2333,7 @@ #. @return [String] Default description for service #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O serviço %{service_name}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 @@ -2301,7 +2343,8 @@ #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "O firewall não pode ser ajustado durante o primeiro estágio da instalação." +msgstr "" +"O firewall não pode ser ajustado durante o primeiro estágio da instalação." #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 @@ -2350,7 +2393,8 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Estas interfaces de rede atribuídas à rede interna não podem ser desmarcadas:\n" +"Estas interfaces de rede atribuídas à rede interna não podem ser" +" desmarcadas:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2484,10 +2528,9 @@ msgstr "Detalhes do &firewall..." #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Settings" msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" -msgstr "Configurações do firewall" +msgstr "Configurações do firewall para %{firewall}" #. label text #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 @@ -2976,73 +3019,110 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "Novo dispositivo de rede '%1' encontrado e adicionado como uma interface interna do firewall" +msgstr "" +"Novo dispositivo de rede '%1' encontrado e adicionado como uma interface" +" interna do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "Novo dispositivo de rede '%1' encontrado e adicionado como uma interface externa do firewall" +msgstr "" +"Novo dispositivo de rede '%1' encontrado e adicionado como uma interface" +" externa do firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "O pacote SuSEfirewall2 não está instalado, o firewall será desabilitado." +msgstr "" +"O pacote SuSEfirewall2 não está instalado, o firewall será desabilitado." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "O firewall está habilitado (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desabilitar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\"" +">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"O firewall está habilitado (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\"" +">desabilitar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "O firewall está desabilitado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">habilitar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\"" +">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"O firewall está desabilitado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">habilitar</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "A porta SSH está aberta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">bloquear</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"A porta SSH está aberta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\"" +">bloquear</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "A porta SSH está bloqueada (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"A porta SSH está bloqueada (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\"" +">abrir</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)," +" but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"A porta SSH está aberta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">bloquear</a>),\n" +"A porta SSH está aberta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\"" +">bloquear</a>),\n" "mas não há interfaces de rede configuradas" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "Você está instalando um sistema pelo SSH, mas não abriu a porta SSH no firewall." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on" +" the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Você está instalando um sistema pelo SSH, mas não abriu a porta SSH no" +" firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "As portas de administração remota (VNC) estão abertas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">bloquear</a>)" +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a" +" href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"As portas de administração remota (VNC) estão abertas (<a" +" href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">bloquear</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "As portas de administração remota (VNC) estão bloqueadas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a" +" href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"As portas de administração remota (VNC) estão bloqueadas (<a" +" href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "Você está instalando um sistema usando a administração remota (VNC), mas não abriu as portas VNC no firewall." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have" +" not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Você está instalando um sistema usando a administração remota (VNC), mas não" +" abriu as portas VNC no firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 @@ -3056,8 +3136,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "Você está instalando um sistema usando um destino iSCSI, mas você não abriu as portas necessárias no firewall." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the" +" needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Você está instalando um sistema usando um destino iSCSI, mas você não abriu" +" as portas necessárias no firewall." #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text @@ -3082,15 +3166,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label #: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgid "Checking file conflicts..." -msgstr "Verificando possíveis serviços conflitantes..." +msgstr "Verificando por conflito de arquivos..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress #: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detecção de conflito de arquivos em progresso." #. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts #: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 @@ -3099,6 +3182,10 @@ "\n" "%s" msgstr "" +"Conflito de arquivos detectados, estes arquivos conflitantes serão" +" sobrescritos:\n" +"\n" +"%s" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed #: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 @@ -3173,7 +3260,8 @@ "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" "Ignorar uma falha de download pode resultar num sistema falho.\n" -"Verifique o sistema mais tarde executando o módulo de gerenciamento de software.\n" +"Verifique o sistema mais tarde executando o módulo de gerenciamento de" +" software.\n" #. At start of package install. #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 @@ -3210,19 +3298,24 @@ "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Ignorar um pacote pode resultar num sistema falho.\n" -"O sistema deve ser verificado mais tarde através da execução do módulo de gerenciamento de software." +"O sistema deve ser verificado mais tarde através da execução do módulo de" +" gerenciamento de software." #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has" +" changed. To \n" "continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" -"O repositório no URL especificado agora fornece uma ID de mídia diferente.\n" -"Se o URL estiver correto, isto indica que o conteúdo do repositório foi alterado. Para continuar \n" -"usando este repositório, inicie Repositórios de instalação do centro de \n" +"O repositório no URL especificado agora fornece uma ID de mídia" +" diferente.\n" +"Se o URL estiver correto, isto indica que o conteúdo do repositório foi" +" alterado. Para continuar \n" +"usando este repositório, inicie Repositórios de instalação do centro" +" de \n" "controle do YaST a atualize o repositório.\n" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media @@ -3503,7 +3596,9 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "Reconstruindo o banco de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode levar algum tempo." +msgstr "" +"Reconstruindo o banco de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode levar algum" +" tempo." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 @@ -3517,7 +3612,8 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "Convertendo o banco de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode levar algum tempo." +msgstr "" +"Convertendo o banco de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode levar algum tempo." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" @@ -3738,14 +3834,18 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software" +" to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in" +" the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Esta caixa de diálogo permite que você defina as tarefas deste sistema e qual software instalar.\n" -"\t\t As tarefas e os softwares disponíveis para o sistema são exibidos por categoria na coluna\n" +"\t\t Esta caixa de diálogo permite que você defina as tarefas deste sistema e" +" qual software instalar.\n" +"\t\t As tarefas e os softwares disponíveis para o sistema são exibidos por" +" categoria na coluna\n" "\t\t da esquerda. Para ver a descrição de um item, selecione-o na lista.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3759,8 +3859,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t Altere o status de um item clicando em seu ícone de status\n" -"\t\t ou clicando com o botão direito do mouse em qualquer ícone para um menu de contexto.\n" -"\t\t Com o menu de contexto, você também pode alterar o status de todos os itens.\n" +"\t\t ou clicando com o botão direito do mouse em qualquer ícone para um menu" +" de contexto.\n" +"\t\t Com o menu de contexto, você também pode alterar o status de todos os" +" itens.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 @@ -3778,7 +3880,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining" +" disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3786,11 +3889,15 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t A tela de uso do disco no canto inferior direito exibe o espaço restante no disco\n" +"\t\t A tela de uso do disco no canto inferior direito exibe o espaço restante" +" no disco\n" "\t\t após serem feitas todas as alterações solicitadas.\n" -"\t\t As partições do disco rígido que estiverem cheias ou quase cheias poderão prejudicar o\n" -"\t\t desempenho do sistema e, em alguns casos, até mesmo causar sérios problemas.\n" -"\t\t O sistema precisa de algum espaço disponível em disco para ser executado adequadamente.\n" +"\t\t As partições do disco rígido que estiverem cheias ou quase cheias" +" poderão prejudicar o\n" +"\t\t desempenho do sistema e, em alguns casos, até mesmo causar sérios" +" problemas.\n" +"\t\t O sistema precisa de algum espaço disponível em disco para ser executado" +" adequadamente.\n" "\t\t " #. Dialog title @@ -3888,8 +3995,12 @@ msgstr "Permanecer no gerenciador de software" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." -msgstr "<BIG>Relatório da instalação</BIG> Eis o resumo dos pacotes instalados ou removidos." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or" +" removed packages." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Relatório da instalação</BIG> Eis o resumo dos pacotes" +" instalados ou removidos." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -3987,9 +4098,12 @@ "\n" "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" -"Não foi encontrada nenhuma soma de verificação para o pacote %1 no repositório.\n" -"Enquanto o pacote faz parte de um repositório assinado, ele não está contido na lista\n" -"de somas de verificações deste repositório. A instalação deste pacote poderá colocar\n" +"Não foi encontrada nenhuma soma de verificação para o pacote %1 no" +" repositório.\n" +"Enquanto o pacote faz parte de um repositório assinado, ele não está contido" +" na lista\n" +"de somas de verificações deste repositório. A instalação deste pacote poderá" +" colocar\n" "a integridade do sistema em risco.\n" "\n" "Instalá-lo mesmo assim?\n" @@ -3999,14 +4113,17 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file." +" Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Não foi encontrada nenhuma soma de verificação do arquivo %1 \n" -"no repositório. Isso significa que o arquivo faz parte de um repositório assinado,\n" -"mas a lista de somas de verificação neste repositório não faz menção ao arquivo. O uso do arquivo\n" +"no repositório. Isso significa que o arquivo faz parte de um repositório" +" assinado,\n" +"mas a lista de somas de verificação neste repositório não faz menção ao" +" arquivo. O uso do arquivo\n" "poderá colocar a integridade do sistema em risco.\n" "\n" "Usá-lo mesmo assim?" @@ -4081,7 +4198,8 @@ msgstr "" "O pacote %1 do repositório %2 \n" "%3 \n" -"foi assinado com a seguinte chave GnuPG, mas houve uma falha na verificação de integridade: %4\n" +"foi assinado com a seguinte chave GnuPG, mas houve uma falha na verificação" +" de integridade: %4\n" "\n" "O pacote foi alterado ou por acidente ou por um invasor desde que o criador\n" "do repositório o assinou. A sua instalação é um grande risco\n" @@ -4104,7 +4222,8 @@ msgstr "" "O arquivo %1 do repositório %2\n" "%3\n" -"foi assinado com a seguinte chave GnuPG, mas houve uma falha na verificação e integridade: %4\n" +"foi assinado com a seguinte chave GnuPG, mas houve uma falha na verificação e" +" integridade: %4\n" "\n" "O arquivo foi alterado ou por acidente ou por um ataque já que\n" "o criador do repositório o assinou. O seu uso é um grande risco\n" @@ -4133,7 +4252,8 @@ "com a seguinte chave GnuPG desconhecida: %2.\n" "\n" "Isso significa que uma relação de confiança com o criador do pacote\n" -"não pode ser estabelecida. A instalação do pacote poderá colocar a integridade\n" +"não pode ser estabelecida. A instalação do pacote poderá colocar a" +" integridade\n" "do sistema em risco.\n" "\n" "Instalá-lo mesmo assim?" @@ -4230,9 +4350,11 @@ "to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system." msgstr "" "O proprietário da chave pode distribuir atualizações,\n" -"pacotes e repositórios de pacotes nos quais seu sistema confiará e pode oferecer\n" +"pacotes e repositórios de pacotes nos quais seu sistema confiará e pode" +" oferecer\n" "instalar e atualizar sem nenhum aviso. Desta maneira,\n" -"a importação da chave para o seu chaveiro de chaves confiáveis permite que o proprietário da chave\n" +"a importação da chave para o seu chaveiro de chaves confiáveis permite que o" +" proprietário da chave\n" "tenha um certo controle sobre o software do seu sistema." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 @@ -4240,11 +4362,13 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be" +" used." msgstr "" "Um diálogo de aviso é aberto para cada pacote que não for assinado\n" "por uma chave confiável (importada). Se você não confiar na chave, os\n" -"pacotes ou repoitórios criados pelo proprietário da chave não serão usados." +"pacotes ou repoitórios criados pelo proprietário da chave não serão usados.<" +"/p>" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 @@ -4266,7 +4390,8 @@ "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." msgstr "" "Você pode decidir importá-la para o seu chaveiro de chaves \n" -"públicas confiáveis, o que significa que você confia no proprietário da chave.\n" +"públicas confiáveis, o que significa que você confia no proprietário da" +" chave.\n" "Você deve ter certeza de que pode confiar no proprietário e\n" "que a chave realmente pertence a esse proprietário antes de importá-la." @@ -4322,7 +4447,8 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at" +" risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4331,7 +4457,8 @@ "mas a soma de verificação esperada não é conhecida.\n" "\n" "Isso significa que a origem e integridade do arquivo não pode ser\n" -"verificada. Usar este arquivo colocará a integridade do seu sistema em risco.\n" +"verificada. Usar este arquivo colocará a integridade do seu sistema em" +" risco.\n" "\n" "Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n" @@ -4380,8 +4507,16 @@ msgstr "Pacotes estão sendo instalados." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." -msgstr "Cancelando a instalaçãoA instalação de pacotes pode ser cancelada usando o botão Cancelar. No entanto, o sistema pode então se tornar inconsistente ou instável ou poderá não mais inicializar se um componente básico do sistema não for instalado." +msgid "" +"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the" +" Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or" +" unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Cancelando a instalaçãoA instalação de pacotes pode ser cancelada" +" usando o botão Cancelar. No entanto, o sistema pode então se tornar" +" inconsistente ou instável ou poderá não mais inicializar se um componente" +" básico do sistema não for instalado." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 @@ -5168,7 +5303,8 @@ "Exemplos:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 ou 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/máscara de rede: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 ou 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/bits da máscara de rede: 192.168.0.0/24 ou 192.168.0.1/32 ou 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/bits da máscara de rede: 192.168.0.0/24 ou 192.168.0.1/32 ou" +" 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 @@ -5941,13 +6077,16 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address" +" '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "O endereço IPv4 reverso %1 é inválido.\n" "\n" -"Um IPv4 reverso válido consiste nos quatro números inteiros do intervalo de 0 a 255\n" +"Um IPv4 reverso válido consiste nos quatro números inteiros do intervalo de 0" +" a 255\n" "separados por um ponto e seguidos pela string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"Por exemplo, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' para o endereço IPv4 '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"Por exemplo, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' para o endereço IPv4" +" '192.168.32.1'.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') @@ -5995,7 +6134,8 @@ "Registro SOA inválido.\n" "%1 deve ter um tipo de horário BIND.\n" "Um tipo de horário BIND consiste em números e nos sufixos W, D, H, M e S\n" -"sem distinção de maiúsculas e minúsculas. O horário em segundos é permitido sem o sufixo.\n" +"sem distinção de maiúsculas e minúsculas. O horário em segundos é permitido" +" sem o sufixo.\n" "Insira valores como 12H15m, 86400 ou 1W30M.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:45UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:10-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "A partição de inicialização é do tipo NFS. O carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado." +msgstr "" +"A partição de inicialização é do tipo NFS. O carregador de inicialização não" +" pode ser instalado." #. F#300779: end #: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 @@ -102,22 +104,21 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GRUB2" #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GRUB2 para EFI" #. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Não gerenciado" #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 -#, fuzzy #| msgid " (default)" msgid "Default" -msgstr " (padrão)" +msgstr "Padrão" #. popup - Continue/Cancel #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 @@ -159,14 +160,13 @@ msgstr "Habilitar inicialização segura: %1" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Yes" msgid "yes" -msgstr "Sim" +msgstr "sim" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "não" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" @@ -189,34 +189,61 @@ msgstr " (MBR)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">não instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">não" +" instalar</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Não instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\"" +">instalar</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">não instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not" +" install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (<a" +" href=\"disable_boot_boot\">não instalar</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\"" +">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (<a" +" href=\"enable_boot_boot\">instalar</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">não instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not" +" install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (<a" +" href=\"disable_boot_root\">não instalar</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\"" +">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (<a" +" href=\"enable_boot_root\">instalar</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Aviso: Nenhuma localização para o estágio 1 do carregador de inicialização selecionado. A menos que você saiba o que está fazendo, selecione a localização acima." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you" +" are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Aviso: Nenhuma localização para o estágio 1 do carregador de inicialização" +" selecionado. A menos que você saiba o que está fazendo, selecione a" +" localização acima." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 @@ -231,25 +258,33 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is" +" loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Tempo de espera em segundos \n" -"Especifica quanto tempo o carregador de inicialização deverá aguardar até que o kernel padrão seja carregado.\n" +"Especifica quanto tempo o carregador de inicialização deverá aguardar até que" +" o kernel padrão seja carregado.\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "Definir indicador &ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de inicialização" +msgstr "" +"Definir indicador &ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de" +" inicialização" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR" +" code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active" +" even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Definir indicador ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de inicialização \n" -"Para ativar a partição que contém o carregador de inicialização. Em seguida, o código genérico da MBR inicializará\n" +"Definir indicador ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de" +" inicialização \n" +"Para ativar a partição que contém o carregador de inicialização. Em seguida," +" o código genérico da MBR inicializará\n" "a partição ativa. As BIOS mais antigas requerem uma partição ativa, mesmo\n" "que o carregador de inicialização esteja instalado na MBR." @@ -260,10 +295,12 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of" +" your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Gravar código de inicialização genérico na MBR substitui a MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu disco por um código genérico\n" +"Gravar código de inicialização genérico na MBR substitui a MBR" +" (Master Boot Record) do seu disco por um código genérico\n" "(código independente do SO que inicializa a partição ativa)." #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible @@ -273,7 +310,9 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "A seleção de Ocultar menu durante inicialização ocultará o menu de inicialização." +msgstr "" +"A seleção de Ocultar menu durante inicialização ocultará o menu de" +" inicialização." #. Represents if os prober should be run #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 @@ -283,8 +322,12 @@ msgstr "Testar SO estrangeiro" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Testar SO estrangeiro na forma do os-prober para multi-inicialização com outras distribuições estrangeiras" +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other" +" foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Testar SO estrangeiro na forma do os-prober para" +" multi-inicialização com outras distribuições estrangeiras" #. represents kernel command line #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 @@ -292,8 +335,12 @@ msgstr "Parâmetro &opcional da linha de comando do kernel" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Parâmetro opcional de linha de comando do kernel permite definir parâmetros globais adicionais a serem passados para o kernel." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional" +" parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Parâmetro opcional de linha de comando do kernel permite definir" +" parâmetros globais adicionais a serem passados para o kernel." #. Represents Protective MBR action #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 @@ -303,8 +350,14 @@ msgstr "Indicador de proteção MBR" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Indicador de proteção MBR é uma configuração avançada que é necessária apenas em hardwares exóticos. Para detalhes veja proteção MBR em discos GPT. Não toque se você não tem certeza." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on" +" exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch" +" if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Indicador de proteção MBR é uma configuração avançada que é" +" necessária apenas em hardwares exóticos. Para detalhes veja proteção MBR em" +" discos GPT. Não toque se você não tem certeza." #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 @@ -345,7 +398,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" msgstr "" #. Represents grub password protection widget @@ -389,10 +443,17 @@ #| "it in Retype Password." msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password." +" If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry" +" is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the" +" way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it" +" in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root'" +" which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not" +" supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" "Proteger o carregador de inicialização com senha \n" -"Defina a senha que será obrigatória para acessar o menu de inicialização. O YaST somente aceitará a senha se você a repetir\n" +"Defina a senha que será obrigatória para acessar o menu de inicialização. O" +" YaST somente aceitará a senha se você a repetir\n" "em Redigitar senha." #. there's mode specified, use it @@ -439,11 +500,16 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" " Ao pressionar Definir como padrão, você marca a seção \n" -"selecionada como padrão. Durante a inicialização, o carregador de inicialização fornecerá \n" -"um menu de inicialização e aguardará até que o usuário selecione o kernel ou um outro \n" -"SO para inicialização. Se nenhuma tecla for pressionada antes do fim do tempo de espera, o \n" -"kernel ou o SO padrão será inicializado. A ordem das seções no menu do carregador de inicialização\n" -"pode ser alterada com o uso dos botões Para cima e Para baixo.\n" +"selecionada como padrão. Durante a inicialização, o carregador de" +" inicialização fornecerá \n" +"um menu de inicialização e aguardará até que o usuário selecione o kernel ou" +" um outro \n" +"SO para inicialização. Se nenhuma tecla for pressionada antes do fim do tempo" +" de espera, o \n" +"kernel ou o SO padrão será inicializado. A ordem das seções no menu do" +" carregador de inicialização\n" +"pode ser alterada com o uso dos botões Para cima e Para baixo.<" +"/p>\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 @@ -525,8 +591,11 @@ #. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report #: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado corretamente." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser" +" instalado corretamente." #. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself #: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 @@ -545,12 +614,19 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Nenhum carregador de inicialização selecionado para instalação. Seu sistema pode não inicializar." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be" +" bootable." +msgstr "" +"Nenhum carregador de inicialização selecionado para instalação. Seu sistema" +" pode não inicializar." #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado corretamente" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser" +" instalado corretamente" #. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read #: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 @@ -562,7 +638,8 @@ "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" -"<BIG>Ferramenta de configuração do carregador de inicialização</BIG> \n" +"<BIG>Ferramenta de configuração do carregador de inicialização</BIG" +"> \n" "Alterar as configurações do carregador de inicialização." #. Write settings dialog @@ -572,42 +649,64 @@ "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" -"<BIG>Salvando a configuração do carregador de inicialização</BIG> \n" +"<BIG>Salvando a configuração do carregador de inicialização</BIG><" +"BR>\n" "Por favor, aguarde... " #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "A combinação da plataforma de hardware %1 e do carregador de inicialização %2 não é suportada" +msgstr "" +"A combinação da plataforma de hardware %1 e do carregador de inicialização %2" +" não é suportada" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Inicializar a partir da MBR não funciona bem com o sistema de arquivos btrfs e rótulos de disco GPT sem a partição bios_grub. Para corrigir isto, crie a partição bios_grub ou use qualquer sistema de arquivos ext para a partição de inicialização ou não instale o estágio 1 na MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label" +" without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or" +" use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Inicializar a partir da MBR não funciona bem com o sistema de arquivos btrfs" +" e rótulos de disco GPT sem a partição bios_grub. Para corrigir isto, crie a" +" partição bios_grub ou use qualquer sistema de arquivos ext para a partição" +" de inicialização ou não instale o estágio 1 na MBR." #. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "O dispositivo de inicialização está no raid tipo: %1. O sistema não irá inicializar." +msgstr "" +"O dispositivo de inicialização está no raid tipo: %1. O sistema não irá" +" inicializar." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "O dispositivo de inicialização é um software RAID1. Selecione outra localização do carregador de inicialização, por exemplo, a MBR" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g." +" Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"O dispositivo de inicialização é um software RAID1. Selecione outra" +" localização do carregador de inicialização, por exemplo, a MBR" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Partição ext faltante para a inicialização. Não foi possível instalar o código de inicialização." +msgstr "" +"Partição ext faltante para a inicialização. Não foi possível instalar o" +" código de inicialização." #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes" +" could refuse to boot." msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains" +" boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -7,21 +7,21 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2013, 2014. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2013, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 17:03-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:01-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" @@ -104,7 +104,8 @@ msgstr "Senha da CA (segurança: deve ser dada por uma variável do ambiente)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgid "" +"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "Senha P12 (segurança: deve ser dada por uma variável do ambiente)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 @@ -121,15 +122,19 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and" +" certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and" +" certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"O YaST gera uma CA e um certificado padrão automaticamente. Esta CA e este certificado\n" +"O YaST gera uma CA e um certificado padrão automaticamente. Esta CA e este" +" certificado\n" "são usados na comunicação com o servidor Apache.\n" -"Altere aqui as configurações desta CA e deste certificado ou importe uma CA e um certificado de um arquivo.\n" +"Altere aqui as configurações desta CA e deste certificado ou importe uma CA e" +" um certificado de um arquivo.\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -371,8 +376,12 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "Não foi possível avaliar o nome da máquina local. Alterar os valores do nome do servidor e e-mail." +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server" +" Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível avaliar o nome da máquina local. Alterar os valores do nome" +" do servidor e e-mail." #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -393,8 +402,11 @@ msgstr "Remover as configurações antigas?" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "Não foi possível recuperar a senha de root do sistema. Defina uma senha CA para continuar." +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível recuperar a senha de root do sistema. Defina uma senha CA" +" para continuar." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" @@ -402,7 +414,8 @@ "Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "A senha é curta demais para ser usada com os certificados. \n" -"Digite uma senha válida para os certificados ou desabilite a criação de certificados.\n" +"Digite uma senha válida para os certificados ou desabilite a criação de" +" certificados.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -457,10 +470,12 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" "The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate" +" creation.\n" msgstr "" "A senha de root é curta demais para ser usada com os certificados. \n" -" Digite uma senha válida para os certificados ou desabilite a criação de certificados.\n" +" Digite uma senha válida para os certificados ou desabilite a criação de" +" certificados.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -471,8 +486,12 @@ msgstr "Importando CA e certificado do arquivo" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "O nome de máquina padrão linux é único? O certificado somente será válido se o nome de máquina estiver correto." +msgid "" +"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is" +" only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "" +"O nome de máquina padrão linux é único? O certificado somente será" +" válido se o nome de máquina estiver correto." #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -509,19 +528,22 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and <b" +">certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Neste quadro, selecione o método de instalação desejado para CAs e certificados\n" +"Neste quadro, selecione o método de instalação desejado para CAs e <b" +">certificados\n" "enquanto a instalação é completada.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in" +" the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -621,13 +643,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and" +" certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"O YaST gera um CA e certificado padrão automaticamente. Este CA e certificado\n" +"O YaST gera um CA e certificado padrão automaticamente. Este CA e" +" certificado\n" "são usados para comunicação com o servidor Apache.\n" "Altere aqui estas configurações padrão.\n" "\n" @@ -652,38 +676,67 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." -msgstr "Um certificado de servidor é usado por serviços que fornecem conexões SSL/TLS criptografadas." +msgid "" +"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted" +" network connections." +msgstr "" +"Um certificado de servidor é usado por serviços que fornecem conexões" +" SSL/TLS criptografadas." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "O propósito do Certificado Comum de Servidor é fornecer um certificado para vários serviços em execução nesta máquina. " +msgid "" +"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a" +" certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "" +"O propósito do Certificado Comum de Servidor é fornecer um" +" certificado para vários serviços em execução nesta máquina. " #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." -msgstr "Alguns módulos do YaST fornecem o recurso de utilizar este certificado durante a configuração de tal serviço." +msgid "" +"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during" +" configuration of such a service." +msgstr "" +"Alguns módulos do YaST fornecem o recurso de utilizar este certificado" +" durante a configuração de tal serviço." #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "Com o botão Importar/substituir você pode adicionar um novo certificado de servidor ou substituir o atual." +msgid "" +"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate" +" or replace the current one." +msgstr "" +"Com o botão Importar/substituir você pode adicionar um novo" +" certificado de servidor ou substituir o atual." #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "Você pode remover os certificados clicando em Remover. Mas tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo utilizado por outros serviços." +msgid "" +"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But" +" make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "" +"Você pode remover os certificados clicando em Remover. Mas" +" certifique-se de que ele não está sendo utilizado por outros serviços." #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "É possível salvar os certificados em um arquivo usando Exportar para arquivo na seção Certificado do módulo Gerenciamento de CA." +msgid "" +"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in" +" section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "" +"É possível salvar os certificados em um arquivo usando Exportar para" +" arquivo na seção Certificado do módulo Gerenciamento de CA</b" +">." #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." -msgstr "Certificados para importar de disco devem ter sido salvos em formato PKCS12 com CA chain." +msgid "" +"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12" +" format with CA chain." +msgstr "" +"Certificados para importar de disco devem ter sido salvos em formato" +" PKCS12 com CA chain." #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -731,7 +784,7 @@ "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Por favor, tenha certeza de que nenhum serviço usa mais este certificado.\n" +"Certifique-se de que nenhum serviço usa mais este certificado.\n" "\n" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) @@ -746,8 +799,12 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "Informação especial sobre a CA atual é oferecida por Certificados, CRL e Avançado." +msgid "" +"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</b" +">, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "" +"Informação especial sobre a CA atual é oferecida por Certificados," +" CRL e Avançado." #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -882,8 +939,12 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "Ao criar uma nova CA ou certificado, o sistema sugere alguns valores padrão." +msgid "" +"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default" +" values." +msgstr "" +"Ao criar uma nova CA ou certificado, o sistema sugere alguns valores" +" padrão." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 @@ -894,13 +955,21 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." -msgstr "Entretanto, as configurações alteradas serão usadas somente por novas entradas." +msgid "" +"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Entretanto, as configurações alteradas serão usadas somente por novas<" +"/B> entradas." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "Você pode editar as configurações padrão para subCAs, certificados de cliente e certificados de servidor." +msgid "" +"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client" +" certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "" +"Você pode editar as configurações padrão para subCAs, <b" +">certificados de cliente e certificados de servidor." #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -920,8 +989,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." -msgstr "Este quadro dá um resumo de todas as configurações padrão antes delas serem salvas." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are" +" saved." +msgstr "" +"Este quadro dá um resumo de todas as configurações padrão antes delas" +" serem salvas." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 @@ -1034,8 +1107,14 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "Primeiro, veja a lista com todos os certificados deste CA. As colunas são o DN dos certificados incluindo o endereço de e-mail e o estado do certificado (tal como válido ou revogado)." +msgid "" +"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The" +" columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the" +" state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, veja a lista com todos os certificados deste CA. As colunas são" +" o DN dos certificados incluindo o endereço de e-mail e o estado do" +" certificado (tal como válido ou revogado)." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1044,23 +1123,36 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." -msgstr "Ver abre uma janela com uma representação textual do certificado completo." +msgid "" +"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete" +" certificate." +msgstr "" +"Ver abre uma janela com uma representação textual do certificado" +" completo." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." -msgstr "Além disto, você pode Revogar, Remover ou Exportar um certificado." +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a" +" certificate." +msgstr "" +"Além disto, você pode Revogar, Remover ou Exportar um" +" certificado." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "Com Adicionar, gere um novo certificado de servidor ou cliente." +msgstr "" +"Com Adicionar, gere um novo certificado de servidor ou cliente." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." -msgstr "Na área abaixo, veja os valores mais importantes do certificado selecionado." +msgid "" +"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected" +" certificate." +msgstr "" +"Na área abaixo, veja os valores mais importantes do certificado" +" selecionado." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 @@ -1347,7 +1439,8 @@ #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." -msgstr "Você pode Exportar o CRL para um arquivo ou diretório LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Você pode Exportar o CRL para um arquivo ou diretório LDAP." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 @@ -1406,7 +1499,8 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgid "" +"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "Ao criar uma nova CRL, o sistema sugere alguns valores padrão." #. help text 2/3 @@ -1443,8 +1537,16 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." -msgstr "Aviso! Ao ativar a criação e exportação de um CRL a senha CA será salva num arquivo de configuração em disco. A senha será armazenada como texto puro,já que é necessária para criar um CRL. O arquivo poderá ser lido somente pelo usuário root." +msgid "" +"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write" +" the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored" +" there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be" +" readable for the root user." +msgstr "" +"Aviso! Ao ativar a criação e exportação de um CRL a senha CA será salva" +" num arquivo de configuração em disco. A senha será armazenada como texto" +" puro,já que é necessária para criar um CRL. O arquivo poderá ser lido" +" somente pelo usuário root." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1456,15 +1558,32 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "Exporte o CRL desta CA uma vez selecionando Exportar uma vez." +msgstr "" +"Exporte o CRL desta CA uma vez selecionando Exportar uma vez." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." -msgstr "Para configurar a recriação repetida do CRL selecione Criação e exportação repetidas.Neste caso ajuste o intervalo para a recriação em Intervalo periódico. Se você definir o intervalo como 24 horas, pode, adicionalmente, selecionar a hora para exportar. Tenha certeza de que você leu e entendeu as Informações de segurança." +msgid "" +"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation" +" and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b" +">Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can" +" additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and" +" understand the Security Information." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar a recriação repetida do CRL selecione Criação e" +" exportação repetidas.Neste caso ajuste o intervalo para a recriação em <" +"b>Intervalo periódico. Se você definir o intervalo como 24 horas, pode," +" adicionalmente, selecionar a hora para exportar. Certifique-se de que você" +" leu e entendeu as Informações de segurança." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "Você pode ativar uma exportação do CRL para um arquivo local ou para um servidor LDAP ou ambos. Ajuste os respectivos parâmetros em Exportar para arquivo local e Exportar para LDAP." +msgid "" +"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server" +" or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and" +" Export to LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Você pode ativar uma exportação do CRL para um arquivo local ou para um" +" servidor LDAP ou ambos. Ajuste os respectivos parâmetros em Exportar para" +" arquivo local e Exportar para LDAP." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1620,11 +1739,14 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." -msgstr "Para gerar um novo certificado, algumas entradas são necessárias." +msgstr "" +"Para gerar um novo certificado, algumas entradas são necessárias." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." -msgstr "Para gerar uma nova solicitação, é necessário digitar algumas informações." +msgstr "" +"Para gerar uma nova solicitação, é necessário digitar algumas" +" informações." #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 @@ -1638,30 +1760,48 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "Nome da CA é o nome do certificado da CA. Use somente os caracteres , \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" e \"_\".." +msgid "" +"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters," +" \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "" +"Nome da CA é o nome do certificado da CA. Use somente os caracteres" +" , \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" e \"_\".." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "Nome comum é o nome da CA." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." -msgstr "Nome comum é o nome do usuário para quem criar o certificado." +msgid "" +"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the" +" certificate." +msgstr "" +"Nome comum é o nome do usuário para quem criar o certificado." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "Nome comum é o nome de domínio completamente qualificado do servidor." +msgid "" +"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "" +"Nome comum é o nome de domínio completamente qualificado do" +" servidor." #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." -msgstr "Endereços de e-mail são endereços de e-mail válidos do usuário o administrador do sistema." +msgid "" +"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server" +" administrator." +msgstr "" +"Endereços de e-mail são endereços de e-mail válidos do usuário o" +" administrador do sistema." #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." -msgstr "Organização, Unidade organizacional, Localidade e Estado muitas vezes são opcionais." +msgid "" +"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and <b" +">State are often optional." +msgstr "" +"Organização, Unidade organizacional, Localidade e <b" +">Estado muitas vezes são opcionais." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1692,18 +1832,31 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "A chave privada da CA precisa de uma Senha com, no mínimo, cinco caracteres. Para fins de verificação, digite-a novamente no próximo campo." +msgid "" +"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of" +" five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "" +"A chave privada da CA precisa de uma Senha com, no mínimo, cinco" +" caracteres. Para fins de verificação, digite-a novamente no próximo campo.<" +"/p>" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "Cada CA possui um Comprimento de chave próprio. Alguns aplicativos que usam certificados precisam de comprimentos de chave especiais." +msgid "" +"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use" +" certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"Cada CA possui um Comprimento de chave próprio. Alguns aplicativos" +" que usam certificados precisam de comprimentos de chave especiais." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "A CA é válida somente durante um período específico (Período de validade). Digite o período em dias." +msgid "" +"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the" +" time frame in days." +msgstr "" +"A CA é válida somente durante um período específico (Período de" +" validade). Digite o período em dias." #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1711,33 +1864,65 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." -msgstr "Opções avançadas são opções muito especiais. Se você alterar estas opções, o openSUSE não pode garantir que o certificado gerado funcionará corretamente." +msgid "" +"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these" +" options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work" +" correctly." +msgstr "" +"Opções avançadas são opções muito especiais. Se você alterar estas" +" opções, o openSUSE não pode garantir que o certificado gerado funcionará" +" corretamente." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "A chave privada do certificado necessita uma Senha com número mínimo de cinco caracteres. Para verificação, informe novamente no próximo campo." +msgid "" +"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum" +" length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next" +" field." +msgstr "" +"A chave privada do certificado necessita uma Senha com número" +" mínimo de cinco caracteres. Para verificação, informe novamente no próximo" +" campo." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "Cada certificado tem seu próprio Comprimento de chave. Alguns aplicativos que usam certificados necessitam de comprimentos de chave especiais." +msgid "" +"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use" +" certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"Cada certificado tem seu próprio Comprimento de chave. Alguns" +" aplicativos que usam certificados necessitam de comprimentos de chave" +" especiais." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "O certificado é válido só por período específico (Período de validade). Informe o tempo em dias." +msgid "" +"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period)." +" Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "" +"O certificado é válido só por período específico (Período de validade<" +"/b>). Informe o tempo em dias." #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "A chave privada da solicitação precisa de uma Senha com no mínimo cinco caracteres. Para fins de verificação, digite-a novamente no próximo campo." +msgid "" +"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum" +" length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next" +" field." +msgstr "" +"A chave privada da solicitação precisa de uma Senha com no mínimo" +" cinco caracteres. Para fins de verificação, digite-a novamente no próximo" +" campo." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "Cada solicitação possui um Tamanho de chave próprio. Alguns aplicativos que usam certificados precisam de tamanhos de chave especiais." +msgid "" +"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use" +" certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"Cada solicitação possui um Tamanho de chave próprio. Alguns" +" aplicativos que usam certificados precisam de tamanhos de chave especiais.<" +"/p>" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1771,8 +1956,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." -msgstr "Este quadro oferece um resumo de todas as configurações da CA a ser criada." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be" +" created." +msgstr "" +"Este quadro oferece um resumo de todas as configurações da CA a ser" +" criada." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 @@ -1781,8 +1970,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." -msgstr "Este quadro dá um resumo de todas as configurações para o certificado que será criado." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will" +" be created." +msgstr "" +"Este quadro dá um resumo de todas as configurações para o certificado que" +" será criado." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 @@ -1791,8 +1984,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." -msgstr "Este quadro oferece um resumo de todas as configurações da solicitação a ser criada." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be" +" created." +msgstr "" +"Este quadro oferece um resumo de todas as configurações da solicitação a" +" ser criada." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 @@ -1904,8 +2101,15 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -msgstr "Este quadro exibe atributos e extensões OpenSSL X509v3 que podem ser configurados. Se você não está familiarizado com estas extensões, consulte o arquivo /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (pacote openssl-doc)." +msgid "" +"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can" +" be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file" +" /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "" +"Este quadro exibe atributos e extensões OpenSSL X509v3 que podem ser" +" configurados. Se você não está familiarizado com estas extensões, consulte o" +" arquivo /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (pacote" +" openssl-doc)." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." @@ -1969,8 +2173,12 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "Primeiro, veja uma lista com todas as solicitações disponíveis desta CA. As colunas são o DN da solicitação, inclusive o endereço de e-mail." +msgid "" +"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns" +" are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, veja uma lista com todas as solicitações disponíveis desta CA." +" As colunas são o DN da solicitação, inclusive o endereço de e-mail." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -1979,23 +2187,38 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." -msgstr "Ver abre uma janela com uma representação em forma de texto da solicitação completa." +msgid "" +"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete" +" request." +msgstr "" +"Ver abre uma janela com uma representação em forma de texto da" +" solicitação completa." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "Você também pode Assinar, Remover ou Exportar uma solicitação." +msgid "" +"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode Assinar, Remover ou Exportar uma" +" solicitação." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." -msgstr "Use Importar para ler uma nova solicitação. Use Adicionar para gerar uma nova solicitação." +msgid "" +"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new" +" request." +msgstr "" +"Use Importar para ler uma nova solicitação. Use Adicionar" +" para gerar uma nova solicitação." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -msgstr "Na área abaixo, verifique os valores mais importantes da solicitação selecionada." +msgid "" +"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Na área abaixo, verifique os valores mais importantes da solicitação" +" selecionada." #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2079,7 +2302,8 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "Esta não é uma solicitação de CA. Realmente assinar como solicitação de CA?" +msgstr "" +"Esta não é uma solicitação de CA. Realmente assinar como solicitação de CA?" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 @@ -2088,12 +2312,16 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." -msgstr "A solicitação possui extensões de solicitação especiais, que você pode aceitar." +msgid "" +"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgstr "" +"A solicitação possui extensões de solicitação especiais, que você pode" +" aceitar." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgid "" +"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "Caso rejeite essas extensões, os valores padrões serão usados." #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 @@ -2106,8 +2334,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." -msgstr "Este quadro oferece um resumo de todas as configurações da solicitação a ser assinada." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be" +" signed." +msgstr "" +"Este quadro oferece um resumo de todas as configurações da solicitação a" +" ser assinada." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 @@ -2160,13 +2392,17 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "Criar CA raiz gera uma nova autoridade de certificado raiz." +msgid "" +"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "" +"Criar CA raiz gera uma nova autoridade de certificado raiz." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." -msgstr "Para mais informação sobre o gerenciamento de CA, leia o manual." +msgid "" +"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgstr "" +"Para mais informação sobre o gerenciamento de CA, leia o manual." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 @@ -2373,15 +2609,22 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to" +" continue.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Importando certificado de servidor comum (formato PKCS12 + CA chain)\n" -" de disco:</big> Selecione um nome de arquivo e clique em Próximo para continuar.\n" +"<big>Importando certificado de servidor comum (formato PKCS12 + CA" +" chain)\n" +" de disco:</big> Selecione um nome de arquivo e clique em Próximo" +" para continuar.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "Importar um certificado de servidor e CA correspondente e copiá-los para um lugar onde os módulos do YaST procuram por um certificado comum." +msgid "" +"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place" +" where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "" +"Importar um certificado de servidor e CA correspondente e copiá-los para um" +" lugar onde os módulos do YaST procuram por um certificado comum." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2418,15 +2661,19 @@ msgstr "" "O nome comum do certificado (%1) não é o nome do\n" "servidor (%2).\n" -"Este certificado pode não ser adequado como um certificado de servidor comum.\n" +"Este certificado pode não ser adequado como um certificado de servidor" +" comum.\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject" +" alternative names." msgstr "" -"O nome de máquina deste servidor (comando: hostname --long) tem que corresponder\n" -"ao nome comum do certificado (CN) ou nos valores nos nomes alternativos do objeto." +"O nome de máquina deste servidor (comando: hostname --long) tem que" +" corresponder\n" +"ao nome comum do certificado (CN) ou nos valores nos nomes alternativos do" +" objeto." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -2494,10 +2741,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not" +" encrypted key." msgstr "" "A senha é obrigatória. \n" -"Deve ser a senha para a chave criptografada ou uma nova, no caso de não ser uma chave criptografada." +"Deve ser a senha para a chave criptografada ou uma nova, no caso de não ser" +" uma chave criptografada." #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -7,22 +7,22 @@ # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:46-0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:11-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" @@ -215,10 +215,9 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Online Update" msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "Atualização online" +msgstr "Atualização do instalador" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 @@ -348,10 +347,9 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation" msgid "Installer Cleanup" -msgstr "Instalação" +msgstr "Limpeza do instalador" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 @@ -618,12 +616,15 @@ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" "is the most appropriate desktop for you." msgstr "" -"O ambiente de área de trabalho em seu computador fornece uma interface gráfica\n" +"O ambiente de área de trabalho em seu computador fornece uma interface" +" gráfica\n" "para o usuário, bem como um conjunto de aplicações para\n" -"email, navegação na Internet, produtividade no escritório, jogos e utilitários para\n" +"email, navegação na Internet, produtividade no escritório, jogos e" +" utilitários para\n" "gerenciar seu computador.\n" "\n" -"O openSUSE oferece diversas opções de ambientes de área de trabalho. Os ambientes\n" +"O openSUSE oferece diversas opções de ambientes de área de trabalho. Os" +" ambientes\n" "mais usados são o GNOME o KDE, e eles são igualmente suportados\n" "no openSUSE. Ambos são fáceis de usar, altamente integrados\n" "e possuem um visual atrativo. Cada ambiente de área de trabalho\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014, 2015, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:46UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:13-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -60,8 +60,11 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "O mapa de teclado '%1' é inválido. Use o comando 'list' para ver valores possíveis." +msgid "" +"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"O mapa de teclado '%1' é inválido. Use o comando 'list' para ver valores" +" possíveis." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -88,14 +91,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Aqui você poderá ajustar várias configurações do módulo de teclado.\n" -"Essas configurações estão salvas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" +"Essas configurações estão salvas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt" +">.\n" "Se você estiver em dúvida, use os valores padrão já selecionados.\n" "" #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "As configurações realizadas aqui aplicam-se somente ao teclado do console. Configure o teclado para a interface gráfica com outra ferramenta.\n" +msgid "" +"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the" +" keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "" +"As configurações realizadas aqui aplicam-se somente ao teclado do console." +" Configure o teclado para a interface gráfica com outra ferramenta.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -176,14 +184,16 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert" +" Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Escolha o Mapa de teclado a ser usado na\n" "instalação e no sistema instalado.\n" "Teste o mapa em Testar.\n" -"Para definir opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione Configurações avançadas.\n" +"Para definir opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione" +" Configurações avançadas.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -202,14 +212,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert" +" Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of" +" your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Escolha o Mapa de teclado a ser usado no sistema.\n" "Para opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione\n" "Configurações avançadas.\n" -"Encontre mais opções, bem como mais layouts na ferramenta de layout de teclado de sua área de trabalho.\n" +"Encontre mais opções, bem como mais layouts na ferramenta de layout de" +" teclado de sua área de trabalho.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -348,8 +361,10 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "%1 não é um idioma válido. Use o comando 'list' para ver os valores possíveis." +msgid "" +"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"%1 não é um idioma válido. Use o comando 'list' para ver os valores possíveis." #. label text #. heading text @@ -395,11 +410,14 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary" +" languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pacotes adicionais com suporte para os idiomas primário e secundário selecionados serão instalados. Pacotes não mais necessários serão removidos.\n" +"Pacotes adicionais com suporte para os idiomas primário e secundário" +" selecionados serão instalados. Pacotes não mais necessários serão" +" removidos.\n" "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -479,13 +497,20 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the" +" primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the" +" primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to" +" the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Marque a opção Adaptar mapa de teclado para adaptar o mapa do teclado ao idioma primário.\n" -"Marque a opção Adaptar fuso horário para alterar o fuso horário atual de acordo com o idioma primário. Se o mapa de teclado ou o fuso horário já estiver adaptado à configuração padrão do idioma, a respectiva opção é desabilitada.\n" +"Marque a opção Adaptar mapa de teclado para adaptar o mapa do teclado" +" ao idioma primário.\n" +"Marque a opção Adaptar fuso horário para alterar o fuso horário atual" +" de acordo com o idioma primário. Se o mapa de teclado ou o fuso horário já" +" estiver adaptado à configuração padrão do idioma, a respectiva opção é" +" desabilitada.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -498,7 +523,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Idioma secundário \n" -"Na caixa de seleção, especifique idiomas adicionais que quer usar no seu sistema.\n" +"Na caixa de seleção, especifique idiomas adicionais que quer usar no seu" +" sistema.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -526,7 +552,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Aqui você poderá ajustar as configurações de idioma.\n" -"Essas configurações estão salvas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" +"Essas configurações estão salvas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt" +">.\n" "Se você estiver em dúvida, use os valores padrão já selecionados.\n" "\n" @@ -539,27 +566,37 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Configurações locais para usuário root\n" -"determina a forma como as variáveis de local (LC_*) são definidas para o usuário root." +"determina a forma como as variáveis de local (LC_*) são definidas para o" +" usuário root." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other" +" values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Somente ctype: o usuário root tem o mesmo LC_CTYPE de um usuário comum. Outros valores\n" +"Somente ctype: o usuário root tem o mesmo LC_CTYPE de um usuário" +" comum. Outros valores\n" "não estão definidos. \n" -"Sim: o usuário root tem as mesmas configurações de local de um usuário comum. \n" +"Sim: o usuário root tem as mesmas configurações de local de um usuário" +" comum. \n" "Não: nenhuma das variáveis de local do usuário root está definida.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "Use Configuração detalhada de localidade para definir um local para o idioma primário não oferecido na lista da caixa de diálogo principal. A tradução talvez não esteja disponível para a localidade selecionada." +msgid "" +"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary" +" language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may" +" not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "" +"Use Configuração detalhada de localidade para definir um local para" +" o idioma primário não oferecido na lista da caixa de diálogo principal. A" +" tradução talvez não esteja disponível para a localidade selecionada." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -627,11 +664,14 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the" +" appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Somente o suporte mínimo para o idioma selecionado está incluído nesta mídia.\n" -"Adicione o CD complementar de idiomas como um repositório adicional de instalação para obter\n" +"Somente o suporte mínimo para o idioma selecionado está incluído nesta" +" mídia.\n" +"Adicione o CD complementar de idiomas como um repositório adicional de" +" instalação para obter\n" "o suporte apropriado para esse idioma.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -670,10 +710,9 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "New value for hardware clock" msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "Novo valor para relógio de hardware" +msgstr "Novo valor para relógio de hardware. Pode ser 'local', 'utc' ou 'UTC'." #. summary label #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 @@ -728,22 +767,27 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock" +" Set To.\n" "Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard" +" time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Especifique se sua máquina está definida para o horário local ou para UTC em Relógio de hardware definido para.\n" -"A maioria dos PCs que também tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados (como o Microsoft\n" +"Especifique se sua máquina está definida para o horário local ou para UTC em" +" Relógio de hardware definido para.\n" +"A maioria dos PCs que também tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados" +" (como o Microsoft\n" "Windows) usa o horário local.\n" "As máquinas que possuem apenas o Linux instalado geralmente são\n" "definidas para UTC (Universal Time Coordinated).\n" -"Se o relógio do hardware estiver definido como UTC, seu sistema poderá alternar do horário padrão\n" +"Se o relógio do hardware estiver definido como UTC, seu sistema poderá" +" alternar do horário padrão\n" "para o horário de verão e vice-versa automaticamente.\n" "\n" @@ -758,7 +802,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Observação: o relógio interno do sistema como utilizado pelo kernel do Linux deve\n" +"Observação: o relógio interno do sistema como utilizado pelo kernel do Linux" +" deve\n" "sempre usar UTC, porque esta é a referência para o horário local correto\n" "no nível do usuário. Se você escolher horário local para o relório CMOS,\n" "verifique o manual do usuário para informações sobre efeitos colaterais.\n" @@ -768,11 +813,14 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your" +" system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the" +" year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock," +" backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -780,11 +828,14 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Você selecionou horário local, mas parece que só o Linux está instalado em seu sistema.\n" +"Você selecionou horário local, mas parece que só o Linux está instalado em" +" seu sistema.\n" "Nesse caso, é altamente recomendável usar o UTC e clicar em Cancelar.\n" "\n" -"Se você deseja manter o horário local, deve ajustar o relógio CMOS duas vezes ao ano\n" -"devido às trocas de horário de verão. Se isso não for feito, podem ocorrer falhas em backups,\n" +"Se você deseja manter o horário local, deve ajustar o relógio CMOS duas vezes" +" ao ano\n" +"devido às trocas de horário de verão. Se isso não for feito, podem ocorrer" +" falhas em backups,\n" "seu sistema de email descartará mensagens, etc.\n" "\n" "Se você utilizar UTC, o Linux ajustará o horário automaticamente.\n" @@ -793,8 +844,13 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "A data e hora atuais do sistema são exibidas. Se necessário, altere-as para os valores corretos manualmente ou use o NTP (Network Time Protocol)." +msgid "" +"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them" +" to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "" +"A data e hora atuais do sistema são exibidas. Se necessário, altere-as" +" para os valores corretos manualmente ou use o NTP (Network Time Protocol).<" +"/p>" #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -913,13 +969,15 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</b" +">.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para selecionar o fuso horário a ser usado em seu sistema, primeiramente selecione a Região.\n" +"Para selecionar o fuso horário a ser usado em seu sistema, primeiramente" +" selecione a Região.\n" "Em Fuso horário, selecione o fuso horário, o país ou \n" "a região apropriada dentre as opções disponíveis.\n" "\n" @@ -1029,10 +1087,9 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" -msgstr "Espanhol (América Latina)" +msgstr "Espanhol (variante asturiano)" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -8,21 +8,21 @@ # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Isis Binder <isisl.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2014. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 13:11-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:13-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" @@ -115,7 +115,8 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "Exibir a interface atualmente usada e listar outras interfaces disponíveis" +msgstr "" +"Exibir a interface atualmente usada e listar outras interfaces disponíveis" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 @@ -252,10 +253,9 @@ #. Restart only if it's already running #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgid "Saving the configuration failed" -msgstr "Falha ao salvar a configuração. Alterar as configurações?" +msgstr "Falha ao salvar a configuração" #. dialog caption #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -520,10 +520,12 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP" +" address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Uma ou mais interfaces de rede selecionadas não está configurada (nenhum endereço IP\n" +"Uma ou mais interfaces de rede selecionadas não está configurada (nenhum" +" endereço IP\n" "ou máscara de rede atribuída)." #. configuration will be saved in ldap? @@ -725,7 +727,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP" +" server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" "A faixa de endereço DHCP dinâmico deve estar na mesma rede do servidor DHCP.\n" @@ -879,7 +882,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -msgstr "A opção de linha de comando do servidor DHCP \"-%1\" exige um argumento" +msgstr "" +"A opção de linha de comando do servidor DHCP \"-%1\" exige um argumento" #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" @@ -891,10 +895,13 @@ " \n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -"Você especificou um arquivo de configuração alternativo para o servidor DHCP.\n" +"Você especificou um arquivo de configuração alternativo para o servidor" +" DHCP.\n" "\n" -"Isto não é suportado pelo YaST. O módulo do servidor DHCP pode somente ler e salvar\n" -"/etc/dhcpd.conf. A nova configuração de %1 não será importada. Todas as alterações \n" +"Isto não é suportado pelo YaST. O módulo do servidor DHCP pode somente ler e" +" salvar\n" +"/etc/dhcpd.conf. A nova configuração de %1 não será importada. Todas as" +" alterações \n" "serão salvas no arquivo de configuração padrão.\n" " \n" "Realmente continuar?\n" @@ -924,11 +931,13 @@ "<big>Adicionando uma nova faixa de registros DNS</big> \n" "O Primeiro endereço IP define\n" "o endereço inicial da faixa. O Último endereço IP define\n" -"o último endereço. A Base de nome de máquina é uma string que define como os nomes de máquina\n" +"o último endereço. A Base de nome de máquina é uma string que define" +" como os nomes de máquina\n" "são criados (por exemplo, <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> ou <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> será substituído pelo número da máquina na faixa.\n" "Se nenhum <tt>%i</tt> for definido, o número será adicionado ao final da \n" -"string. <tt>%i</tt> somente pode ser usado uma vez em uma Base de nome de máquina.\n" +"string. <tt>%i</tt> somente pode ser usado uma vez em uma Base de nome de" +" máquina.\n" "Iniciar define o primeiro número usado para o primeiro\n" "nome de máquina. Os nomes de máquina são criados de modo incremental.\n" @@ -946,17 +955,20 @@ "Crie, neste assistente, uma nova zona DNS\n" "diretamente da configuração do servidor DHCP. Essa zona DNS será importante\n" "se você também quiser identificar seus clientes DHCP pelo nome de máquina.\n" -"A zona DNS converte nomes em endereços IP atribuídos a eles. Você também pode\n" +"A zona DNS converte nomes em endereços IP atribuídos a eles. Você também" +" pode\n" "criar uma zona reversa que converta endereços IP em nomes.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be" +" changed.\n" msgstr "" "Novo nome de zona ou Nome de zona reverso\n" -"são obtidos de seu servidor DHCP atual e das configurações de rede e não podem ser alterados.\n" +"são obtidos de seu servidor DHCP atual e das configurações de rede e não" +" podem ser alterados.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -975,7 +987,8 @@ "They administer all the DNS zone records.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servidores de nomes</big> \n" -"Os servidores de nomes são necessários para a funcionalidade adequada do servidor DNS.\n" +"Os servidores de nomes são necessários para a funcionalidade adequada do" +" servidor DNS.\n" "Eles administram todos os registros da zona DNS.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) @@ -993,10 +1006,13 @@ "<big>Consultas DNS</big> \n" "Qualquer consulta DNS (por exemplo, pesquisa pelo endereço IP de algum\n" "nome de máquina dentro de uma zona DNS) consulta primeiro a zona pai \n" -"(por exemplo, <tt>com</tt> para <tt>exemplo.com</tt>) para obter os servidores de \n" -"nomes da zona atual. Em seguida, envia uma consulta DNS a esses servidores de nomes para obter\n" +"(por exemplo, <tt>com</tt> para <tt>exemplo.com</tt>) para obter os" +" servidores de \n" +"nomes da zona atual. Em seguida, envia uma consulta DNS a esses servidores de" +" nomes para obter\n" "a resposta contendo o endereço IP desejado. \n" -"Por isso, sempre especifique o nome de máquina do servidor DNS atual como um dos\n" +"Por isso, sempre especifique o nome de máquina do servidor DNS atual como um" +" dos\n" "servidores de nomes da zona.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) @@ -1007,8 +1023,10 @@ "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Para adicionar um Novo servidor de nomes, clique em Adicionar, preencha o formulário\n" -"e clique em OK. Se o nome do novo servidor de nomes for incluído na zona DNS\n" +"Para adicionar um Novo servidor de nomes, clique em Adicionar</b" +">, preencha o formulário\n" +"e clique em OK. Se o nome do novo servidor de nomes for incluído na" +" zona DNS\n" "atual, digite também seu endereço IP. Ele é obrigatório, pois será usado\n" "durante a criação da zona.\n" @@ -1029,13 +1047,16 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to" +" use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registros DNS</big> \n" -"Defina os nomes de máquina DNS para todos os clientes DHCP. Não é necessário definir\n" +"Defina os nomes de máquina DNS para todos os clientes DHCP. Não é necessário" +" definir\n" "todos os nomes individualmente. Defina apenas regras simples de como\n" -"criar nomes de máquina. Essas regras definem as faixas de endereços IP usados\n" +"criar nomes de máquina. Essas regras definem as faixas de endereços IP" +" usados\n" "e a string aplicada para gerar os nomes de máquina para uma faixa.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) @@ -1057,7 +1078,8 @@ "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" "complete the form, then click Ok.\n" msgstr "" -"Para adicionar uma nova faixa de registros DNS, clique em Adicionar,\n" +"Para adicionar uma nova faixa de registros DNS, clique em Adicionar</b" +">,\n" "preencha o formulário e clique em OK.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) @@ -1079,7 +1101,8 @@ msgstr "" "Clique em Aceitar para salvar as configurações para \n" "o servidor DNS e voltar para a configuração do servidor DHCP.\n" -"As configurações não serão permanentemente salvas até que você complete a configuração do servidor \n" +"As configurações não serão permanentemente salvas até que você complete a" +" configuração do servidor \n" "DHCP.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) @@ -1091,8 +1114,10 @@ "IP addresses--are maintained here.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Sincronização de DNS</big> \n" -"Esta é uma ferramenta avançada para a edição das configurações do servidor DNS para que correspondam às suas\n" -"configurações de DHCP. Apenas registros 'A' - registros DNS que convertem nomes de máquina em\n" +"Esta é uma ferramenta avançada para a edição das configurações do servidor" +" DNS para que correspondam às suas\n" +"configurações de DHCP. Apenas registros 'A' - registros DNS que convertem" +" nomes de máquina em\n" "endereços IP - são mantidos aqui.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) @@ -1103,7 +1128,8 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"Sub-rede atual e Máscara de rede exibem as configurações atuais da rede. O \n" +"Sub-rede atual e Máscara de rede exibem as configurações atuais" +" da rede. O \n" "Domínio é obtido da configuração DHCP atual. O \n" "Primeiro endereço IP e o Segundo endereço IP correspondem à \n" "faixa atual de DHCPs dinâmicos.\n" @@ -1128,7 +1154,9 @@ "To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of" +" IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records," +" select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1137,8 +1165,11 @@ "Para sincronizar as entradas de DNS com suas formas reversas na zona \n" "reversa correspondente, selecione Sincronizar zona reversa.\n" "Selecione Remover registros DNS correspondentes à faixa \n" -"em Tarefas especiais para remover qualquer informação relacionada a esta faixa de endereços IP do servidor DNS. Para criar uma nova faixa de registros DNS, selecione\n" -"Adicionar nova faixa de registros DNS em Tarefas especiais.\n" +"em Tarefas especiais para remover qualquer informação relacionada a" +" esta faixa de endereços IP do servidor DNS. Para criar uma nova faixa de" +" registros DNS, selecione\n" +"Adicionar nova faixa de registros DNS em Tarefas especiais.</p" +">\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -1416,11 +1447,13 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server" +" defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "Não foi fornecido um endereço IP para um servidor de nome na zona DNS atual.\n" -"Isso pode não funcionar porque cada zona precisa do nome e IP do seu servidor de nome \n" +"Isso pode não funcionar porque cada zona precisa do nome e IP do seu servidor" +" de nome \n" "definidos. \n" "Realmente usar as configurações atuais?\n" @@ -1712,7 +1745,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Para executar o servidor DHCP em chroot jail, defina\n" -"Executar servidor DHCP em chroot jail. A inicialização de qualquer daemon em chroot jail\n" +"Executar servidor DHCP em chroot jail. A inicialização de qualquer" +" daemon em chroot jail\n" "é a forma mais segura e recomendada." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1736,7 +1770,8 @@ "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "Declarações configuradas exibe as opções de configuração em uso.\n" -"Para alterar uma declaração existente, selecione-a e clique em Editar.\n" +"Para alterar uma declaração existente, selecione-a e clique em Editar</b" +">.\n" "Para adicionar uma nova declaração, selecione uma que inclua \n" "a nova declaração e clique em Adicionar.\n" "Para remover uma declaração, selecione-a e clique em Remover." @@ -1846,7 +1881,8 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para ajustar o DNS dinâmico das máquinas desta sub-rede, use DNS dinâmico." +"Para ajustar o DNS dinâmico das máquinas desta sub-rede, use DNS dinâmico<" +"/b>." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 @@ -1869,7 +1905,8 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>Chave TSIG</big> \n" -"Para fazer atualização de DNS Dinâmico, a chave de autenticação deve ser informada.\n" +"Para fazer atualização de DNS Dinâmico, a chave de autenticação deve ser" +" informada.\n" "Use Chave TSIG para selecionar a chave para autenticação. Ela deve\n" "ser a mesma para os servidores DHCP e DNS. Especifique a chave para as\n" "zonas reversa e de encaminhamento." @@ -1892,11 +1929,13 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the" +" DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Zonas para atualizar</big> \n" -"Especifique as zonas reversa e de encaminhamento para atualizar. Também especifique\n" +"Especifique as zonas reversa e de encaminhamento para atualizar. Também" +" especifique\n" "o nome do servidor de nomes primário. Se o servidor está na mesma máquina do\n" "servidor DHCP, pode deixar os campos em branco." @@ -1904,23 +1943,30 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with" +" \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible" +" options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Argumentos de inicialização do servidor DHCP</big> \n" -"Aqui você pode especificar os parâmetros com os quais deseja que o servidor DHCP seja iniciado \n" -"(ex.: \"-p 1234\") para uma porta não padrão na qual escutar). Para todas as opções possíveis, \n" -"consulte a página de manual dhcpd. Se estiver em branco, os valores padrão serão usados." +"Aqui você pode especificar os parâmetros com os quais deseja que o servidor" +" DHCP seja iniciado \n" +"(ex.: \"-p 1234\") para uma porta não padrão na qual escutar). Para todas as" +" opções possíveis, \n" +"consulte a página de manual dhcpd. Se estiver em branco, os valores padrão" +" serão usados." #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p" +">\n" msgstr "" "<big>Seleção de placa de rede</big> \n" -"Selecione uma ou mais algumas das placas de rede listadas a serem usadas para o servidor DHCP.\n" +"Selecione uma ou mais algumas das placas de rede listadas a serem usadas para" +" o servidor DHCP.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 @@ -1957,7 +2003,8 @@ "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses." msgstr "" -"O IP do servidor de nomes principal e o IP do servidor de nomes secundário \n" +"O IP do servidor de nomes principal e o IP do servidor de nomes" +" secundário \n" "oferecem esses servidores de nomes para os clientes DHCP.\n" "Esses valores devem ser endereços IP." @@ -1981,8 +2028,11 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "Servidor de impressão oferece este servidor como servidor de impressão padrão." +msgid "" +"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "" +"Servidor de impressão oferece este servidor como servidor de" +" impressão padrão." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 @@ -2020,7 +2070,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the" +" same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" @@ -2029,8 +2080,10 @@ "Defina o Primeiro endereço IP e o Último endereço IP\n" "dentro da faixa de endereços que devem ser alugados aos clientes. \n" "Esses endereços devem ter a mesma máscara de rede.\n" -"Por exemplo, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> e <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Marque o indicador \n" -"Permitir BOOTP dinâmico no intervalo especificado se ele deve ser dinamicamente\n" +"Por exemplo, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> e <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Marque o indicador" +" \n" +"Permitir BOOTP dinâmico no intervalo especificado se ele deve ser" +" dinamicamente\n" "atribuído aos clientes BOOTP assim como para os clientes DHCP.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 @@ -2041,7 +2094,8 @@ "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " msgstr "" "<big>Tempo de aluguel</big> \n" -"Defina o tempo de aluguel Padrão para o intervalo de endereço IP atual,\n" +"Defina o tempo de aluguel Padrão para o intervalo de endereço IP" +" atual,\n" "que define o melhor tempo de atualização do IP para os clientes. " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 @@ -2091,7 +2145,9 @@ #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "Para remover uma máquina, selecione-a e clique em Remover da lista." +msgstr "" +"Para remover uma máquina, selecione-a e clique em Remover da lista</b" +">." #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 @@ -2153,7 +2209,8 @@ "select Class." msgstr "" "Para criar uma classe de condição que possa ser usada para\n" -"tratar os clientes de forma diferente de acordo com a classe à qual eles pertencem,\n" +"tratar os clientes de forma diferente de acordo com a classe à qual eles" +" pertencem,\n" "selecione Classe." #. selection box @@ -2298,9 +2355,11 @@ "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"As interfaces de rede relacionadas a seguir não são mencionadas em nenhuma zona do firewall.\n" +"As interfaces de rede relacionadas a seguir não são mencionadas em nenhuma" +" zona do firewall.\n" "%1\n" -"Execute a configuração do firewall do YaST para designar uma zona às interfaces." +"Execute a configuração do firewall do YaST para designar uma zona às" +" interfaces." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 @@ -2356,7 +2415,7 @@ #. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplicar alterações" #. check box #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 @@ -2519,7 +2578,7 @@ "\n" "Cancelando agora." -#. error report +#. error report #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" @@ -2631,7 +2690,7 @@ msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Ocorreu um erro ao criar %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao atualizar %1." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ # # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:48UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:13-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caminho" #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nome" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 #, fuzzy @@ -88,23 +88,23 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autor" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mensagem" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&OK" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Cancelar" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -135,11 +135,14 @@ #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service" +" manually." msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 @@ -320,3 +323,4 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -5,22 +5,22 @@ # # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2013, 2014. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 14:06-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:03-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module #: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 @@ -160,7 +160,8 @@ "Removing it may result in an unusable system." msgstr "" "Atenção:\n" -"Tenha certeza de que a interface não é essencial para um dispositivo utilizado.\n" +"Certifique-se de que a interface não é essencial para um dispositivo" +" utilizado.\n" "Removê-la pode resultar em um sistema inutilizável." #. popup text continues @@ -353,7 +354,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big> \n" -"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar agora.\n" +"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar</b" +"> agora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 @@ -396,7 +398,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adicionando um fcoe-client:</big> \n" "Selecione um fcoe-client na lista de fcoe-clients detectados.\n" -"Se o seu fcoe-client não tiver sido detectado, use Outro (não detectado).\n" +"Se o seu fcoe-client não tiver sido detectado, use Outro (não detectado)<" +"/b>.\n" "Em seguida, pressione Configurar.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -412,18 +415,35 @@ #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." -msgstr "<big>Inicialização de serviços</big> Habilite ou desabilite a inicialização dos serviços fcoe e lldpad em tempo de inicialização." +msgid "" +"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start" +" of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgstr "" +"<big>Inicialização de serviços</big> Habilite ou desabilite a" +" inicialização dos serviços fcoe e lldpad em tempo de" +" inicialização." #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgstr "Iniciar o serviço fcoe signifca iniciar o daemon de serviço Fibre Channel sobre Ethernet fcoemon que controle as interfaces FCoE e estabelece uma conexão com o daemon lldpad." +msgid "" +"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over" +" Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE" +" interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgstr "" +"Iniciar o serviço fcoe signifca iniciar o daemon de serviço <i" +">Fibre Channel sobre Ethernet fcoemon que controle as interfaces FCoE e" +" estabelece uma conexão com o daemon lldpad." #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "O serviço lldpad fornece o daemon agente de Protocolo de Descroberta da Camada de Link lldpad que informa o fcoemon sobre os recursos DCB (Data Center Bridging) e configuração das interfaces." +msgid "" +"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i" +"> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data" +" Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "" +"O serviço lldpad fornece o daemon agente de Protocolo de" +" Descroberta da Camada de Link lldpad que informa o fcoemon sobre" +" os recursos DCB (Data Center Bridging) e configuração das interfaces." #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 @@ -432,23 +452,54 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "O diálogo de interfaces exibe todas as placas de rede detectadas, incluindo o status da configuração VLAN e FCoE. FCoE é possível se uma interface VLAN estiver configurada para FCoE no switch. Para cada placa de rede (interface de rede) isto é exibido na coluna Interface VLAN FCoE." +msgid "" +"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of" +" VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is" +" configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface)," +" this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "" +"O diálogo de interfaces exibe todas as placas de rede detectadas," +" incluindo o status da configuração VLAN e FCoE. FCoE é possível se uma" +" interface VLAN estiver configurada para FCoE no switch. Para cada placa" +" de rede (interface de rede) isto é exibido na coluna Interface VLAN FCoE<" +"/i>." #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -msgstr "É possível tentar novamente a verificação dos serviços FCoE utilizando Detectar novamente (pode ser necessário para interfaces que precisam de um certo tempo para serem habilitadas)." +msgid "" +"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry" +" Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get" +" up)." +msgstr "" +"É possível tentar novamente a verificação dos serviços FCoE utilizando <b" +">Detectar novamente (pode ser necessário para interfaces que precisam de" +" um certo tempo para serem habilitadas)." #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." -msgstr "Os valores para interface VLAN FCoE em detalhe: indisponível: Fibre Channel sobre Ethernet não é possível (deve estar habilitado antes no switch) não configurado: FCoE é possível, mas ainda não está ativo. Pressione Criar interface VLAN FCoE para fazer isto. Se a interface VLAN FCoE já estiver criada, o nome será exibido na coluna, por exemplo: eth3.200." +msgid "" +"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available<" +"/b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the" +" switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet" +" activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the" +" FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the" +" column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgstr "" +"Os valores para interface VLAN FCoE em detalhe: indisponível<" +"/b>: Fibre Channel sobre Ethernet não é possível (deve estar habilitado antes" +" no switch) não configurado: FCoE é possível, mas ainda não está" +" ativo. Pressione Criar interface VLAN FCoE para fazer isto. Se" +" a interface VLAN FCoE já estiver criada, o nome será exibido na coluna, por" +" exemplo: eth3.200." #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." -msgstr "Para alterar a configuração de uma interface VLAN FCoE, clique em Alterar configurações." +msgid "" +"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change" +" Settings." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar a configuração de uma interface VLAN FCoE, clique em <b" +">Alterar configurações." #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 @@ -457,17 +508,27 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "Configure as configurações gerais para o serviço de sistema do FCoE. As configurações são gravadas em '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgid "" +"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings" +" are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "" +"Configure as configurações gerais para o serviço de sistema do FCoE. As" +" configurações são gravadas em '/etc/fcoe/config'." #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable" +" debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. <b" +">Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system" +" log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "Os valores são: \n" -"Debug: sim ou não Isto é usado para habilitar ou desabilitar mensagens de depuração no script do serviço fcoe e fcoemon. Usar syslog: sim ou não Envia mensagens para o log de sistema se configurado como sim (veja /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: sim ou não Isto é usado para habilitar ou" +" desabilitar mensagens de depuração no script do serviço fcoe e fcoemon</i" +">. Usar syslog: sim ou não Envia mensagens para o" +" log de sistema se configurado como sim (veja /var/log/messages)." #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -476,13 +537,29 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." -msgstr "O daemon fcoemon lê esses arquivos de configração durante a inicialização. Existe um arquivo para cada interface e os valores indicam se as instâncias do FCoE devem ser criadas e se é necessário o DCB." +msgid "" +"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on" +" initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values" +" indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgstr "" +"O daemon fcoemon lê esses arquivos de configração durante a" +" inicialização. Existe um arquivo para cada interface e os valores indicam" +" se as instâncias do FCoE devem ser criadas e se é necessário o DCB." #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." -msgstr "Os valores são: Habilitar FCoE: sim ou não Habilita ou desabilita a criação de instâncias FCoE. DCB requerido: sim ou não O padrão é sim. Normalmente o DCB é requerido. AUTO VLAN: sim ou não Se configurado para sim o 'fcoemon' criará as interfaces VLAN automaticamente." +msgid "" +"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable" +" or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</i" +"> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. <b" +">AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon'" +" will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgstr "" +"Os valores são: Habilitar FCoE: sim ou não<br" +">Habilita ou desabilita a criação de instâncias FCoE. DCB requerido</b" +">: sim ou não O padrão é sim. Normalmente o DCB é" +" requerido. AUTO VLAN: sim ou não Se configurado" +" para sim o 'fcoemon' criará as interfaces VLAN automaticamente." #. Header of tab in tab widget #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -526,8 +603,12 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Para continuar configurando o FCoE, o pacote %1 deve estar instalado." +msgid "" +"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Para continuar configurando o FCoE, o pacote %1 deve estar" +" instalado." #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -6,22 +6,22 @@ # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-05 09:07-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:14-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" @@ -255,10 +255,12 @@ "selecionando o dispositivo na tabela e clicando em Alterar.\n" "\n" "Digite as strings especiais, como <tt>any</tt>, usando \n" -"Personalizado. Você também pode digitar interfaces ainda não configuradas aqui.\n" +"Personalizado. Você também pode digitar interfaces ainda não" +" configuradas aqui.\n" "Se precisar de mascaramento, a string <tt>any</tt> não será permitida.\n" "\n" -"Todos os dispositivos de rede devem ser designados a uma zona do firewall.\n" +"Todos os dispositivos de rede devem ser designados a uma zona do" +" firewall.\n" "O tráfego de rede por interfaces não designadas será bloqueado.\n" #. Network Manager @@ -281,10 +283,12 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed" +" Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network" +" will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Serviços permitidos</big>\n" @@ -293,29 +297,37 @@ "\n" "Para permitir um serviço, selecione a Zona e o\n" "Serviço a permitir e pressione Adicionar.\n" -"Para remover um serviço permitido, selecione a Zona e o Serviço permitido e pressione Remover.\n" +"Para remover um serviço permitido, selecione a Zona e o Serviço" +" permitido e pressione Remover.\n" "\n" -"Anulando a seleção de Proteger o firewall da zona interna, a proteção \n" -"da zona é removida. Todos os serviços e portas dessa zona estarão desprotegidos.\n" +"Anulando a seleção de Proteger o firewall da zona interna, a" +" proteção \n" +"da zona é removida. Todos os serviços e portas dessa zona estarão" +" desprotegidos.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC" +" ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr<" +"/tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "É possível definir configurações adicionais com Avançado.\n" -"As entradas devem ser separadas por um espaço. Com essa opção, você pode permitir portas TCP,\n" +"As entradas devem ser separadas por um espaço. Com essa opção, você pode" +" permitir portas TCP,\n" "UDP e RPC, além de protocolos IP.\n" -"As portas TCP e UDP podem ser especificadas como nomes de porta (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" +"As portas TCP e UDP podem ser especificadas como nomes de porta (<tt" +">ftp-data</tt>),\n" "números de porta (<tt>3128</tt>) e faixas de porta (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"As portas RPC devem ser especificadas como nomes de serviço (<tt>portmap</tt> ou <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"As portas RPC devem ser especificadas como nomes de serviço (<tt>portmap</tt>" +" ou <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Especifique os protocolos IP como nomes de protocolo (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -323,15 +335,19 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your" +" firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet," +" transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Mascaramento</big>\n" -" Mascaramento é a função que esconde sua rede interna atrás do firewall e permite\n" -"sua rede interna acessar a rede externa, tal como Internet, de forma transparente. Pedidos\n" +" Mascaramento é a função que esconde sua rede interna atrás do firewall e" +" permite\n" +"sua rede interna acessar a rede externa, tal como Internet, de forma" +" transparente. Pedidos\n" "da rede externa para a interna são bloqueados.\n" "Selecione Mascaramento de redes para mascarar suas redes\n" "para a rede externa.\n" @@ -340,138 +356,191 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal" +" network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal" +" IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.<" +"/p>\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete<" +"/b>.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Embora as solicitações da rede externa não possam chegar até sua rede interna, é possível redirecionar de forma\n" -"transparente todas as portas solicitadas pelo firewall para qualquer IP interno.\n" -"Para adicionar uma nova regra de redirecionamento, pressione Adicionar e preencha o formulário de redirecionamento.\n" +"Embora as solicitações da rede externa não possam chegar até sua rede" +" interna, é possível redirecionar de forma\n" +"transparente todas as portas solicitadas pelo firewall para qualquer IP" +" interno.\n" +"Para adicionar uma nova regra de redirecionamento, pressione Adicionar" +" e preencha o formulário de redirecionamento.\n" "\n" -"Para remover qualquer regra de redirecionamento, selecione-a na tabela e pressione Remover.\n" +"Para remover qualquer regra de redirecionamento, selecione-a na tabela e" +" pressione Remover.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to" +" find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues" +" using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add" +" needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated" +" ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of" +" packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast" +" Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuração de broadcast</big>\n" -" Pacotes de broadcast são pacotes UDP especiais enviados para toda a rede para encontrar\n" +" Pacotes de broadcast são pacotes UDP especiais enviados para toda a rede" +" para encontrar\n" "computadores vizinhos ou enviar informações para cada computador da rede.\n" -"Por exemplo, servidores CUPS oferecem informação sobre suas filas de impressão usando pacotes broadcast.\n" +"Por exemplo, servidores CUPS oferecem informação sobre suas filas de" +" impressão usando pacotes broadcast.\n" "\n" -"Serviços SuSEfirewall2 selecionados nas interfaces permitidas automaticamente adicionam portas de broadcast \n" -"necessárias aqui. Para remover ou adicionar, edite listas de portas separadas\n" +"Serviços SuSEfirewall2 selecionados nas interfaces permitidas" +" automaticamente adicionam portas de broadcast \n" +"necessárias aqui. Para remover ou adicionar, edite listas de portas" +" separadas\n" "por espaço para zonas particulares.\n" "\n" -"Outros pacotes broadcast descartados vão para Log. Pode ser uma quantidade enorme para redes grandes.\n" -"Para suprimir Log destes pacotes, não selecioneLog de Pacotes Broadcast Não Aceitos\n" +"Outros pacotes broadcast descartados vão para Log. Pode ser uma quantidade" +" enorme para redes grandes.\n" +"Para suprimir Log destes pacotes, não selecioneLog de Pacotes Broadcast" +" Não Aceitos\n" "para as zonas desejadas.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their" +" reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP" +" browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the" +" firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also" +" choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Política de Broadcast</big> \n" -"Normalmente, o firewall descarta pacotes enviados por outras máquinas à medida que as respostas\n" -"aos pacotes de broadcast são enviados pelo seu sistema. Por exemplo, navegação Samba ou SLP.\n" +"Normalmente, o firewall descarta pacotes enviados por outras máquinas à" +" medida que as respostas\n" +"aos pacotes de broadcast são enviados pelo seu sistema. Por exemplo," +" navegação Samba ou SLP.\n" "\n" -"Aqui você pode configurar quais pacotes podem passar pelo firewall. Use o botão Adicionar\n" -"para adicionar uma nova regra. Você terá que escolher a zona do firewall e também escolher entre\n" +"Aqui você pode configurar quais pacotes podem passar pelo firewall. Use o" +" botão Adicionar\n" +"para adicionar uma nova regra. Você terá que escolher a zona do firewall e" +" também escolher entre\n" "serviços pré-definidos ou configurar sua regra manualmente.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks" +" through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the" +" internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Suporte IPsec</big>\n" -" IPsec é uma comunicação criptografada entre hosts ou redes confiáveis através de redes não confiáveis, como a\n" -"Internet. Essa caixa de diálogo abre o IPsec para uma zona externa usando a opção \n" +" IPsec é uma comunicação criptografada entre hosts ou redes confiáveis" +" através de redes não confiáveis, como a\n" +"Internet. Essa caixa de diálogo abre o IPsec para uma zona externa usando a" +" opção \n" "Habilitado.\n" "\n" "Detalhes configura a forma como os pacotes \n" -"IPsec descriptografados com sucesso devem ser tratados. Por exemplo, eles poderiam ser tratados como se fizessem parte da zona interna.\n" +"IPsec descriptografados com sucesso devem ser tratados. Por exemplo, eles" +" poderiam ser tratados como se fizessem parte da zona interna.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings." +" Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not" +" logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and <b" +">Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All" +" for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do" +" Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nível de log</big>\n" -" Essa é uma caixa de diálogo de configuração básica para as configurações de log de pacotes IP. Aqui,\n" -"configure o log dos pacotes de conexão recebidos. Os pacotes enviados não são registrados.\n" +" Essa é uma caixa de diálogo de configuração básica para as configurações" +" de log de pacotes IP. Aqui,\n" +"configure o log dos pacotes de conexão recebidos. Os pacotes enviados não são" +" registrados.\n" "\n" -"São registrados dois grupos de pacotes IP: Pacotes aceitos e Pacotes não aceitos.\n" -"Você pode escolher entre três níveis de log para cada grupo: Registrar tudo para registrar todos os\n" -"pacotes, Registrar apenas críticos para registrar apenas os pacotes de interesse ou Não registrar nenhum\n" -"se não quiser nenhum log. Procure registrar ao menos os pacotes críticos aceitos.\n" +"São registrados dois grupos de pacotes IP: Pacotes aceitos e <b" +">Pacotes não aceitos.\n" +"Você pode escolher entre três níveis de log para cada grupo: Registrar" +" tudo para registrar todos os\n" +"pacotes, Registrar apenas críticos para registrar apenas os pacotes de" +" interesse ou Não registrar nenhum\n" +"se não quiser nenhum log. Procure registrar ao menos os pacotes críticos" +" aceitos.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each" +" firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the" +" following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration" +" name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network" +" services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC" +" (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Resumo</big>\n" " Encontre aqui um resumo das suas configurações.\n" -"Este resumo é dividido em configuração geral e partes para cada zona do firewall.\n" +"Este resumo é dividido em configuração geral e partes para cada zona do" +" firewall.\n" "Cada zona existente é resumida aqui.\n" "\n" "Inicio do firewall exibe se o firewall é iniciado\n" "durante a inicialização ou só manualmente.\n" "\n" -"Zonas do firewall devem ter um interface de rede associada para listar os seguintes itens no resumo:\n" +"Zonas do firewall devem ter um interface de rede associada para listar os" +" seguintes itens no resumo:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: Todas as interfaces são listadas usando seu nome de configuração e nome do dispositivo.\n" +"Interfaces: Todas as interfaces são listadas usando seu nome de" +" configuração e nome do dispositivo.\n" "\n" -"Abrir serviços, portas e protocolos: Lista todos os serviços de rede, portas\n" +"Abrir serviços, portas e protocolos: Lista todos os serviços de" +" rede, portas\n" "TCP, UDP (User Datagram Protocol) e RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "adicionais e protocolos IP (Internet Protocol) permitidos.\n" @@ -493,7 +562,8 @@ "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>." msgstr "" "Portas TCP e Portas UDP podem ser digitadas como \n" -"uma lista de números de porta, nomes de porta ou faixas de porta separados por espaços, \n" +"uma lista de números de porta, nomes de porta ou faixas de porta separados" +" por espaços, \n" "como <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> ou <tt>137:139</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 @@ -501,10 +571,12 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by" +" spaces." msgstr "" "Portas RPC é uma lista de serviços RPC, como\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ou <tt>portmap</tt>, separada por espaços." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ou <tt>portmap</tt>, separada por" +" espaços." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -524,13 +596,15 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that" +" represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." msgstr "" "Faixa de porta é um conjunto de números separados por dois-pontos\n" -"que representa todos os números dentro da faixa, incluindo os próprios números.\n" +"que representa todos os números dentro da faixa, incluindo os próprios" +" números.\n" "O primeiro número de porta deve ser menor que o segundo,\n" "por exemplo, <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -541,7 +615,8 @@ "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file." msgstr "" -"O Nome de porta é um nome atribuído a um número de porta pela organização \n" +"O Nome de porta é um nome atribuído a um número de porta pela" +" organização \n" "IANA. Um número de porta pode ter mais nomes de porta designados. Encontre\n" "a designação atualmente em uso no arquivo <tt>/etc/services</tt>." @@ -549,10 +624,12 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network" +" attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"Um firewall é um mecanismo defensivo que protege seu computador de ataques de rede.\n" +"Um firewall é um mecanismo defensivo que protege seu computador de ataques de" +" rede.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 @@ -577,7 +654,8 @@ "Rede de origem \n" "Rede ou IP de onde a conexão se origina,\n" "ex.: <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> ou <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"ou <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ou <tt>0/0</tt> (que significa <tt>todos</tt>).\n" +"ou <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ou <tt>0/0</tt> (que significa <tt>todos</tt>).</p" +">\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 @@ -588,7 +666,8 @@ "RPC services." msgstr "" "Protocolo \n" -"Protocolo usado pelo pacote. O procolo especial <tt>RPC</tt> é utilizado para\n" +"Protocolo usado pelo pacote. O procolo especial <tt>RPC</tt> é utilizado" +" para\n" "serviços RPC." #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 @@ -1143,8 +1222,12 @@ msgstr "%1 regras personalizadas estão definidas" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "Rede: %1, protocolo: %2, porta de destino: %3, porta de origem: %4, Opções: %5" +msgid "" +"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source" +" port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "" +"Rede: %1, protocolo: %2, porta de destino: %3, porta de" +" origem: %4, Opções: %5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1183,7 +1266,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "" +"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "O firewall será parado depois que a configuração for salva" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1250,7 +1334,8 @@ #. that is possible to use in port-range #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." -msgstr "O número de porta deve estar incluído em um intervalo de 1 a %1 (inclusive)." +msgstr "" +"O número de porta deve estar incluído em um intervalo de 1 a %1 (inclusive)." #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 @@ -1300,7 +1385,8 @@ msgstr "" "Aparentemente, as configurações dos serviços adicionais\n" "%1\n" -"estão erradas. As entradas devem ser separadas por espaços, em vez de vírgulas,\n" +"estão erradas. As entradas devem ser separadas por espaços, em vez de" +" vírgulas,\n" "que não são permitidas.\n" "Realmente usar as configurações atuais?" @@ -1310,8 +1396,11 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "O mascaramento necessita de, no mínimo, uma interface externa e de outra interface." +msgid "" +"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "" +"O mascaramento necessita de, no mínimo, uma interface externa e de outra" +" interface." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 @@ -1554,7 +1643,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" -msgstr "Serviço do firewall conhecido; múltiplos serviços separados por vírgula" +msgstr "" +"Serviço do firewall conhecido; múltiplos serviços separados por vírgula" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 @@ -1988,19 +2078,18 @@ #. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" -msgstr "" +msgstr "em qualquer lugar" #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "na zona %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" #. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Masquerading is %1" msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" -msgstr "O mascaramento está %1" +msgstr "O mascaramento é %1 %2" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fonts.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fonts.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/fonts.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ # # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:49UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:15-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -31,7 +31,15 @@ msgstr "Editores bitmap" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 -msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." +msgid "" +"Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in" +" the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which" +" contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for" +" each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute" +" the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even," +" some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of" +" itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not" +" smoothed." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 @@ -39,7 +47,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 -msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." +msgid "" +"Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white." +" In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any" +" drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good" +" hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap" +" quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 @@ -47,7 +60,10 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 -msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." +msgid "" +"Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and" +" unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is" +" used." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 @@ -55,7 +71,15 @@ msgstr "Padrão" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 -msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." +msgid "" +"Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts," +" this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of" +" readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting" +" instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType" +" autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native" +" hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default" +" family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good" +" instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 @@ -65,7 +89,9 @@ msgstr "Fontes" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 -msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." +msgid "" +"Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered" +" good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 @@ -73,7 +99,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 -msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." +msgid "" +"Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter" +" is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes" +" fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference" +" list is used." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 @@ -81,7 +111,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 -msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." +msgid "" +"Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering" +" enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" #. for testsuite @@ -401,7 +433,8 @@ #. we are in user mode #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 -msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." +msgid "" +"This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 @@ -411,11 +444,15 @@ msgstr "&Módulo de configuração" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 -msgid "Module to control system wide or user font rendering setting." +msgid "" +"Module to control system wide or user font rendering" +" setting." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 -msgid "Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " +msgid "" +"Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that" +" one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 @@ -423,11 +460,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 -msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create system setting. " +msgid "" +"<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <" +"i>system setting. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 -msgid "System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" +msgid "" +"System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, uses" +" distribution default.</li>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 @@ -435,11 +476,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 -msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, uses system settings. " +msgid "" +"User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings," +" uses system settings. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 -msgid "User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li><" +"/ul>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 @@ -447,11 +492,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 -msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. " +msgid "" +"In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other" +" font setting. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 -msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should" +" always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 @@ -459,7 +508,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 -msgid "Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>" +msgid "" +"Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles:" +" <ul>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 @@ -467,7 +518,10 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 -msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs." +msgid "" +"Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That" +" setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective" +" individual fields of corresponding tabs." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 @@ -475,7 +529,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 -msgid "In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module." +msgid "" +"In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system plus" +" changes made in currently running fonts module." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 @@ -483,19 +539,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 -msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to current setting." +msgid "" +"In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves" +" to given alias according to current setting." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 -msgid "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " +msgid "" +"In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the" +" matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 -msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen." +msgid "" +"In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen" +" and specimen string for given script can be chosen." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 -msgid "At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly." +msgid "" +"At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from" +" Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on" +" the fly." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 @@ -503,7 +568,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 -msgid "This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." +msgid "" +"This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend" +" font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 @@ -513,11 +580,15 @@ msgstr "<h3>Configurações de login</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 -msgid "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing." +msgid "" +"By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i" +">antialiasing." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 -msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only." +msgid "" +" Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced" +" only." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 @@ -532,11 +603,15 @@ msgstr "<h3>Configurações de login</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 -msgid "Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." +msgid "" +"Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 -msgid "In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by Force Autohinting On option." +msgid "" +"In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on" +" font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced" +" by Force Autohinting On option." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 @@ -544,7 +619,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 -msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +msgid "" +" It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style" +" option." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 @@ -554,7 +631,11 @@ msgstr "<h3>Editar banco de dados BDB</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 -msgid "Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." +msgid "" +"Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version" +" of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off" +" entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every" +" font." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 @@ -564,19 +645,27 @@ msgstr "<h3>Configurações TLS</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 -msgid "Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." +msgid "" +"Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour" +" primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 -msgid "Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation." +msgid "" +"Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding" +" to display and its rotation." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 -msgid "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default." +msgid "" +"Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned" +" off by default." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 -msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect." +msgid "" +" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this" +" section has no effect." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 @@ -594,11 +683,14 @@ msgstr "<h3>Usuários</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 -msgid "Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined." +msgid "" +"Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be" +" defined." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 -msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgid "" +" These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 @@ -610,7 +702,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 -msgid "System will look for the first installed family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from fontinfo.opensuse.org." +msgid "" +"System will look for the first installed family in the list, other" +" query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for" +" SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b" +">fontinfo.opensuse.org." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 @@ -618,7 +714,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 -msgid "In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role." +msgid "" +"In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into" +" account. Following two options strenghten their role." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 @@ -628,15 +726,23 @@ msgstr "<h4>Importar certificado</h4>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 -msgid "Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc." +msgid "" +"Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the" +" same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same" +" same size too, same line wraps etc." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 -msgid "Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." +msgid "" +"Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts" +" preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this" +" rule." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 -msgid "Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked." +msgid "" +"Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 @@ -644,7 +750,10 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 -msgid "When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset." +msgid "" +"When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined" +" preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI" +" requests, if they cover required charset." msgstr "" #. delete families, that are part of list for some alias @@ -682,3 +791,4 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240 msgid "&Languages" msgstr "&Idiomas" + Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ # # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:49UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:15-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -142,7 +142,6 @@ msgstr "ticket" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication" msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticação" @@ -167,10 +166,9 @@ msgstr "Habilitar segurança &GSS" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Authentication Key" msgid "Authentication file" -msgstr "Chave de autenticação" +msgstr "Arquivo de autenticação" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." @@ -181,11 +179,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "" +"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate" +" /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgid "" +"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes" +" manually." msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 @@ -195,10 +197,9 @@ msgstr "Chave de autenticação" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Basics" msgid "Basic" -msgstr "&Básico" +msgstr "Básico" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2010, 2012. # Rafael Reuber <psico.indie(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.pt_BR\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:50UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:16-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -189,7 +189,9 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "Todas as informações necessárias para instalação básica estão completas." +msgstr "" +"Todas as informações necessárias para instalação básica estão completas.<" +"/p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 @@ -235,7 +237,9 @@ #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "Todas as informações necessárias para fazer a atualização estão completas." +msgstr "" +"Todas as informações necessárias para fazer a atualização estão" +" completas." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 @@ -271,18 +275,25 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">desabilitar</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Lista negra de dispositivos habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">desabilitar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos desabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilitar</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Lista negra de dispositivos desabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilitar</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "Use Lista negra de dispositivos se você quiser criar canais de lista negra para aqueles dispositivos que irão reduzir o consumo de memória do kernel." +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to" +" such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"Use Lista negra de dispositivos se você quiser criar canais de" +" lista negra para aqueles dispositivos que irão reduzir o consumo de memória" +" do kernel." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -318,8 +329,12 @@ msgstr "Instalação a partir de imagens" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher usar imagens pré-definidas da Novell para acelerar a instalação RPM." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM" +" installation." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode escolher usar imagens pré-definidas da Novell para acelerar a" +" instalação RPM." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -330,8 +345,12 @@ msgstr "&Não instalar a partir de imagens" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Implantação de imagens personalizadas - isso necessita que um URL seja configurado como fonte de instalação" +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation" +" source" +msgstr "" +"Implantação de imagens personalizadas - isso necessita que um URL seja" +" configurado como fonte de instalação" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -339,12 +358,20 @@ msgstr "Aqui você pode criar imagens personalizadas.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" -msgstr "Você deve configurar a seleção de software primeiro, antes de você poder criar uma imagem aqui" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an" +" image here" +msgstr "" +"Você deve configurar a seleção de software primeiro, antes de você poder" +" criar uma imagem aqui" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Criar um arquivo de imagem (o AutoYaST irá obtê-lo da localização fornecida durante a instalação)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during" +" installation)" +msgstr "" +"Criar um arquivo de imagem (o AutoYaST irá obtê-lo da localização fornecida" +" durante a instalação)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -369,25 +396,33 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in" +" the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "Instalação a partir de imagens é usada para acelerar a instalação.\n" -"As imagens contêm cópias comprimidas de um sistema instalado que correspondem à sua\n" -"seleção de padrões. O resto dos pacotes que não estão nas imagens serão instalados de pacotes\n" +"As imagens contêm cópias comprimidas de um sistema instalado que correspondem" +" à sua\n" +"seleção de padrões. O resto dos pacotes que não estão nas imagens serão" +" instalados de pacotes\n" "da forma tradicional.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will" +" dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured" +" already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal" +" auto-installation." msgstr "" "Criando as próprias imagens é usado se você quer ignorar\n" "o passo completo da instalação RPM. Ao invés, o AutoYaST irá implantar uma\n" -"imagem no disco rígido que é muito mais rápida e pode já estar pré-configurada.\n" -"Tudo o mais, exceto a instalação dos RPM, é feito da mesma forma que em uma instalação\n" +"imagem no disco rígido que é muito mais rápida e pode já estar" +" pré-configurada.\n" +"Tudo o mais, exceto a instalação dos RPM, é feito da mesma forma que em uma" +" instalação\n" "automática normal." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 @@ -398,11 +433,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages" +" originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Note que ao instalar a partir de imagens, as marcas de tempo de todos os pacotes originários das imagens\n" -"não irão coincidir com a data de instalação mas sim com a data que a imagem foi criada." +"Note que ao instalar a partir de imagens, as marcas de tempo de todos os" +" pacotes originários das imagens\n" +"não irão coincidir com a data de instalação mas sim com a data que a imagem" +" foi criada." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -444,13 +482,17 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "A instalação a partir de imagens está habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">desabilitar</a>)." +msgstr "" +"A instalação a partir de imagens está habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">desabilitar<" +"/a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "A instalação a partir de imagens está desabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)." +msgstr "" +"A instalação a partir de imagens está desabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar<" +"/a>)." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -554,12 +596,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available" +" translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "A licença deve ser aceita antes de continuar a instalação.\n" -"Use Traduções da licença... para exibir a licença em todas as traduções disponíveis.\n" +"Use Traduções da licença... para exibir a licença em todas as" +" traduções disponíveis.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -633,10 +677,9 @@ #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" -msgstr "Verificando o sistema instalado..." +msgstr "Localização da EULA no sistema instalado: %s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 @@ -726,20 +769,28 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user" +" interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this" +" option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt" +">/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Use Clonar se você quiser criar um perfil do AutoYaST.\n" -"O AutoYaST é um modo de fazer uma instalação completa do openSUSE sem a interação do\n" -"usuário. O AutoYaST necessita de um perfil para saber como o sistema instalado deverá parecer.\n" -"Se esta opção for selecionada, será armazenado um perfil do sistema atual em <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"O AutoYaST é um modo de fazer uma instalação completa do openSUSE sem a" +" interação do\n" +"usuário. O AutoYaST necessita de um perfil para saber como o sistema" +" instalado deverá parecer.\n" +"Se esta opção for selecionada, será armazenado um perfil do sistema atual em" +" <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Para clonar o sistema atual, o pacote %1 deve estar instalado." +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Para clonar o sistema atual, o pacote %1 deve estar instalado." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -780,10 +831,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of" +" packages." msgstr "" "A depuração foi habilitada.\n" -"O YaST abrirá um gerenciador de software para que você verifique o status atual dos pacotes." +"O YaST abrirá um gerenciador de software para que você verifique o status" +" atual dos pacotes." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 @@ -817,8 +870,12 @@ msgstr "&Disco a usar" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "Selecione o disco no qual a imagem será implantada. Todos os dados no disco serão perdidos e o disco será particionado como definido na imagem." +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk" +" will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o disco no qual a imagem será implantada. Todos os dados no disco" +" serão perdidos e o disco será particionado como definido na imagem." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -852,10 +909,9 @@ #. Finish #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgid "Net&work Configuration..." -msgstr "Alterar a configuração da &rede" +msgstr "Configuração de &rede..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 @@ -886,12 +942,14 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "Foram encontradas atualizações de pacotes nestes repositórios adicionais:" +msgstr "" +"Foram encontradas atualizações de pacotes nestes repositórios adicionais:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "Iniciar o gerenciador de software para verificar e instalar as atualizações?" +msgstr "" +"Iniciar o gerenciador de software para verificar e instalar as atualizações?" #. check box #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 @@ -1014,24 +1072,31 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para usar os repositórios remotos sugeridos durante a instalação ou atualização, selecione\n" +"Para usar os repositórios remotos sugeridos durante a instalação ou" +" atualização, selecione\n" "Adicionar repositórios online antes da instalação." #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;," +" select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para instalar um produto acessório de outra mídia junto com o &product;, selecione\n" +"Para instalar um produto acessório de outra mídia junto com o &product;," +" selecione\n" " In&cluir Produtos Acessórios de Outra Mídia.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Se você precisa de drivers de hardware específicos para instalação, veja o site http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i" +">http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Se você precisa de drivers de hardware específicos para instalação, veja o" +" site http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1087,10 +1152,13 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the" +" configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Uma rede configurada é necessária para a utilização de repositórios remotos\n" -"ou produtos complementares. Se você não utiliza repositórios remotos, ignore a configuração.\n" +"Uma rede configurada é necessária para a utilização de repositórios" +" remotos\n" +"ou produtos complementares. Se você não utiliza repositórios remotos, ignore" +" a configuração.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1104,25 +1172,34 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number" +" \n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"No Linux, a escolha é possui alta prioridade. O openSUSE oferece\n" -"várias opções de áreas de trabalho. Abaixo você verá uma lista das 2 maiores,\n" +"No Linux, a escolha é possui alta prioridade. O openSUSE" +" oferece\n" +"várias opções de áreas de trabalho. Abaixo você verá uma lista das 2" +" maiores,\n" "GNOME e KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal" +" installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the" +" software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add" +" additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Você pode selecionar áreas de trabalho alternativas (ou um dos padrões de instalação mínima)\n" -"que pode atender melhor suas necessidades usando a opção Outro. Mais tarde, na\n" -"seleção de software ou após a instalação, você pode alterar a sua seleção ou adicionar áreas de trabalho\n" +"Você pode selecionar áreas de trabalho alternativas (ou um dos padrões de" +" instalação mínima)\n" +"que pode atender melhor suas necessidades usando a opção Outro. Mais" +" tarde, na\n" +"seleção de software ou após a instalação, você pode alterar a sua seleção ou" +" adicionar áreas de trabalho\n" "adicionais. Esta tela permite a você configurar a área de trabalho padrão." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1147,7 +1224,9 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "Não foi possível encontrar o produto base. As notas de lançamento não serão exibidas." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível encontrar o produto base. As notas de lançamento não serão" +" exibidas." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1186,7 +1265,8 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"As Notas de lançamento para o sistema Linux instalado oferecem um resumo\n" +"As Notas de lançamento para o sistema Linux instalado oferecem um" +" resumo\n" "das novas funções e alterações.\n" #. informative message in RichText widget @@ -1201,7 +1281,8 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Selecione o cenário que melhor descreve suas necessidades.\n" -"Softwares adicionais podem ser selecionados mais tarde na proposta de software.\n" +"Softwares adicionais podem ser selecionados mais tarde na proposta de" +" software.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1258,7 +1339,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." -msgstr "Carregando os módulos do kernel para os controladores de disco rígido..." +msgstr "" +"Carregando os módulos do kernel para os controladores de disco rígido..." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" @@ -1293,16 +1375,19 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "O YaST está testando o hardware do computador e dos sistemas instalados." +msgstr "" +"O YaST está testando o hardware do computador e dos sistemas instalados." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for" +" installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Verifique 'drivers.suse.com' se você precisa de drivers de hardware específicos para a instalação." +"Verifique 'drivers.suse.com' se você precisa de drivers de hardware" +" específicos para a instalação." #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 @@ -1460,7 +1545,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the" +" upgrade process." msgstr "" "Aqui você pode ver todos os repositórios de software\n" "que foram encontrados no sistema que você está atualizando.\n" @@ -1563,7 +1649,7 @@ "\n" "If you skip it, the repository will not be added.\n" msgstr "" -"Tenha certeza de que a mídia com o rótulo %1\n" +"Certifique-se de que a mídia com o rótulo %1\n" "está presente na unidade de CD/DVD.\n" "\n" "Se você pulá-lo, o repositório não será adicionado.\n" @@ -1649,7 +1735,8 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Há algumas etapas adicionais a serem executadas antes que o sistema\n" -"esteja pronto para o uso. O YaST irá agora o orientar por algumas configurações\n" +"esteja pronto para o uso. O YaST irá agora o orientar por algumas" +" configurações\n" "básicas. Clique em Próximo para continuar. \n" " \n" @@ -1830,21 +1917,26 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 -msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgid "" +"Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose" +" an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the" +" identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of" +" files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.<p" +">Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in" +" /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Device" msgid "&Device" -msgstr "Dispositivo" +msgstr "&Dispositivo" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "%{system_name} em %{device}" #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 #, fuzzy @@ -1926,7 +2018,8 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Clique em qualquer título para alterá-lo ou use o menu \"Alterar...\" abaixo." +msgstr "" +"Clique em qualquer título para alterá-lo ou use o menu \"Alterar...\" abaixo." #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1972,7 +2065,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seu disco rígido não foi alterado ainda. Você ainda pode cancelar com segurança.\n" +"Seu disco rígido não foi alterado ainda. Você ainda pode cancelar com" +" segurança.\n" "\n" #. Help text for installation proposal @@ -1980,11 +2074,13 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values" +" displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecione Instalar para fazer uma nova instalação com os valores exibidos.\n" +"Selecione Instalar para fazer uma nova instalação com os valores" +" exibidos.\n" "\n" #. so update @@ -1997,7 +2093,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecione Atualizar para fazer uma atualização com os valores exibidos.\n" +"Selecione Atualizar para fazer uma atualização com os valores" +" exibidos.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -2047,7 +2144,8 @@ "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"Instalação UML (User Mode Linux - Linux Modo Usuário) permite iniciar máquinas\n" +"Instalação UML (User Mode Linux - Linux Modo Usuário) permite iniciar" +" máquinas\n" "virtuais Linux independentes no sistema hospedeiro." #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -2090,7 +2188,7 @@ #. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) #: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux" #. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer #. @@ -2173,10 +2271,9 @@ #. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown Product" msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "Produto desconhecido" +msgstr "Protocolo desconhecido %1." #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 @@ -2211,7 +2308,8 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"A instalação não conseguiu resolver as dependências de pacote automaticamente.\n" +"A instalação não conseguiu resolver as dependências de pacote" +" automaticamente.\n" "O gerenciador de software será aberto para que você as resolva manualmente." #~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2012, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2012, 2015, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:50UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:16-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -176,10 +176,9 @@ #. iSCSI target has to be connected manually #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Manually" msgid "manual" -msgstr "Manualmente" +msgstr "manual" #. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -189,7 +188,7 @@ #. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "automático" #. widget for portal address #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 @@ -262,7 +261,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização</big> \n" -"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar agora.\n" +"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar<" +"/b> agora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -305,7 +305,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adicionando um iniciador iSCSI</big> \n" "Selecione um iniciador iSCSI na lista de iniciadores detectados.\n" -"Se o iniciador iSCSI não tiver sido detectado, use Outro (não detectado).\n" +"Se o iniciador iSCSI não tiver sido detectado, use Outro (não detectado)<" +"/b>.\n" "Em seguida, pressione Configurar.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -352,7 +353,12 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." +msgid "" +"List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get" +" additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the" +" start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use <b" +">Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from" +" the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." msgstr "" #. Warning @@ -362,8 +368,14 @@ msgstr "<h1>Aviso</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" -msgstr "Ao efetuar um acesso de LEITURA/GRAVAÇÃO a um dispositivo iSCSI, certifique-se de que esse acesso seja exclusivo. Caso contrário, há possibilidade dos dados serem corrompidos.\n" +msgid "" +"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that" +" this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data" +" corruption.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ao efetuar um acesso de LEITURA/GRAVAÇÃO a um dispositivo" +" iSCSI, certifique-se de que esse acesso seja exclusivo. Caso contrário, há" +" possibilidade dos dados serem corrompidos.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 #, fuzzy @@ -371,19 +383,26 @@ #| "InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" #| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgid "" -"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi<" +"/tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only" +" able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" "InitiatorName é um valor em <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" -"Caso você tenha o iBFT, esse valor será adicionado a partir desse local e você poderá alterá-lo somente na configuração da BIOS." +"Caso você tenha o iBFT, esse valor será adicionado a partir desse local e" +" você poderá alterá-lo somente na configuração da BIOS." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for" +" discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should" +" be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Se deseja utilizar o iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) para descobrir destinos ao invés do método padrão SendTargets,\n" -"preencha o endereço de IP do servidor iSNS e a porta. A porta padrão deve ser 3205.\n" +"Se deseja utilizar o iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) para" +" descobrir destinos ao invés do método padrão SendTargets,\n" +"preencha o endereço de IP do servidor iSNS e a porta. A porta padrão deve ser" +" 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 #, fuzzy @@ -393,16 +412,22 @@ #| "select No Authentication.\n" msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username" +" and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Digite o Endereço IP do servidor descoberto.\n" -"Altere a Porta somente se necessário. Para a autenticação, use Nome do usuário e Senha. Caso não precise de autenticação,\n" +"Altere a Porta somente se necessário. Para a autenticação, use Nome" +" do usuário e Senha. Caso não precise de autenticação,\n" " selecione Sem autenticação.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " -msgstr "Lista de nós oferecidos pelo destino do iSCSI. Selecione um item e clique em Conectar. " +msgid "" +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b" +">Connect. " +msgstr "" +"Lista de nós oferecidos pelo destino do iSCSI. Selecione um item e clique em" +" Conectar. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -414,25 +439,47 @@ "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" "onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI" +" service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" -"manual é para os destinos iSCSI não serem conectados por padrão, o usuário deve fazê-lo manualmente\n" -"na inicialização é para os destinos iSCSI serem conectados na inicialização, por exemplo, quando o root estiver no\n" +"manual é para os destinos iSCSI não serem conectados por padrão, o" +" usuário deve fazê-lo manualmente\n" +"na inicialização é para os destinos iSCSI serem conectados na" +" inicialização, por exemplo, quando o root estiver no\n" "iSCSI. Como tal, isso será avaliado a partir do initrd.\n" -"automático é para os destinos iSCSI serem conectados quando o serviço iSCSI for iniciado.\n" +"automático é para os destinos iSCSI serem conectados quando o" +" serviço iSCSI for iniciado.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Autenticação</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." +msgid "" +"The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox" +" if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and" +" Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or" +" for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here" +" correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the" +" other way round." msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." +msgid "" +"This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the <b" +">Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified" +" by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If" +" login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the" +" target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a" +" target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is" +" only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at <i" +">Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the <b" +">Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly" +" will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default" +" 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add" +" button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 @@ -553,8 +600,12 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "O destino com este TargetName já está conectado. Verifique se o recurso de caminhos múltiplos está habilitado para evitar a corrupção dos dados." +msgid "" +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that" +" multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "" +"O destino com este TargetName já está conectado. Verifique se o recurso de" +" caminhos múltiplos está habilitado para evitar a corrupção dos dados." #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 @@ -584,8 +635,12 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Para configurar o iniciador iSCSI, o pacote %1 deve estar instalado." +msgid "" +"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar o iniciador iSCSI, o pacote %1 deve estar" +" instalado." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -663,9 +718,12 @@ "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"O InitiatorName do iBFT e do <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> são diferentes.\n" -"O nome antigo do iniciador será substituído pelo valor em iBFT e será criado um backup.\n" -"Se desejar usar um nome de iniciador diferente, você poderá alterá-lo na BIOS.\n" +"O InitiatorName do iBFT e do <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> são" +" diferentes.\n" +"O nome antigo do iniciador será substituído pelo valor em iBFT e será criado" +" um backup.\n" +"Se desejar usar um nome de iniciador diferente, você poderá alterá-lo na" +" BIOS.\n" #. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons #. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/journalctl.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/journalctl.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/journalctl.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: journalctl\n" @@ -3,6 +4,6 @@ "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:17-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -11,6 +12,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Header #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 @@ -44,7 +46,7 @@ #. Filter checkboxes #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtros" #. User readable description of the current filters #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 @@ -61,11 +63,11 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 msgid "file (%s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "arquivo (%s)" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 msgid "priority (%s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "prioridade (%s)" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 msgid "with no additional conditions" @@ -119,3 +121,4 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -5,15 +5,15 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:53UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:18-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -62,8 +62,11 @@ msgstr "pacotes foram alterados para resolver as dependências:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "Você pode escolher instalar mesmo assim, mas você se arrisca a ter um sistema corrompido." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" +"Você pode escolher instalar mesmo assim, mas você se arrisca a ter um sistema" +" corrompido." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -126,20 +129,36 @@ msgstr "Desnecessários" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if" +" recommeded by a newly installed package." msgstr "" +"Esta é uma lista dos pacotes úteis Eles serão instalados se recomendados por" +" um novo pacote instalado." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "Sugere-se instalar estes pacotes porque eles fazem parte de pacotes já instalados. Esta decisão é do usuário." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already" +" installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"Sugere-se instalar estes pacotes porque eles fazem parte de pacotes já" +" instalados. Esta decisão é do usuário." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "O solucionador detectou que estes pacotes estão sem repositório. Ou seja, não é possível atualizá-los." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e." +" updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"O solucionador detectou que estes pacotes estão sem repositório. Ou seja, não" +" é possível atualizá-los." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "Estes pacotes podem ser desnecessários porque dependências anteriores não são mais aplicáveis." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any" +" longer." +msgstr "" +"Estes pacotes podem ser desnecessários porque dependências anteriores não são" +" mais aplicáveis." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -172,8 +191,11 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos relacionados ao idioma %s" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s" +" locale" +msgstr "" +"Traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos relacionados ao idioma %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -402,10 +424,9 @@ #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" -msgstr "Para atender as dependências de pacotes já instalados, os seguintes" +msgstr "Sendo recomendado por pacotes já instalados, os seguintes" #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 @@ -666,52 +687,104 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to" +" manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single" +" packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or" +" languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when" +" installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package" +" selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table" +" and menu." msgstr "" -"Bem-vindo ao seletor de pacotesEsta ferramenta ajudará você a gerenciar\n" -"os softwares instalados no seu sistema. Você pode instalar, atualizar ou remover um pacote,\n" -"como também padrões (conjuntos de pacotes que servem a uma certa finalidade) ou idiomas.\n" -"Geralmente, você não precisa se preocupar com as dependências dos pacotes ao instalar\n" -"ou remover algo - o solucionador fará isto por você. O seletor de pacotes consiste em\n" -"três partes principais: filtros, tabela de pacotes e o menu." +"Bem-vindo ao seletor de pacotesEsta ferramenta ajudará você" +" a gerenciar\n" +"os softwares instalados no seu sistema. Você pode instalar, atualizar ou" +" remover um pacote,\n" +"como também padrões (conjuntos de pacotes que servem a uma certa finalidade)" +" ou idiomas.\n" +"Geralmente, você não precisa se preocupar com as dependências dos pacotes ao" +" instalar\n" +"ou remover algo - o solucionador fará isto por você. O seletor de pacotes" +" consiste em\n" +"três partes principais: filtros, tabela de pacotes e o menu<" +"/b>." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large" +" amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain" +" repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++" +" Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on" +" filters can be found in How to use filters." msgstr "" -"Os filtros (painel esquerdo) são projetados para facilitar a orientação\n" -"em uma grande quantidade de pacotes. Use-os para visualizar pacotes de certos repositórios\n" +"Os filtros (painel esquerdo) são projetados para facilitar a" +" orientação\n" +"em uma grande quantidade de pacotes. Use-os para visualizar pacotes de certos" +" repositórios\n" "ou de um padrão selecionado (por exemplo: jogos ou desenvolvimento em C/C++)\n" -"ou pesquisar por palavras-chave. Mais informações sobre os filtros podem ser obtidas em Como usar os filtros." +"ou pesquisar por palavras-chave. Mais informações sobre os filtros podem ser" +" obtidas em Como usar os filtros." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You" +" will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the" +" selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has" +" several columns:" msgstr "" -"A tabela de pacotes é o componente principal do seletor de pacotes. Você\n" -"verá uma lista de pacotes que correspondem ao filtro atual (por exemplo: grupo RPM\n" -"selecionado ou resultado da pesquisa). Cada linha da tabela de pacotes possui várias colunas:" +"A tabela de pacotes é o componente principal do seletor de pacotes." +" Você\n" +"verá uma lista de pacotes que correspondem ao filtro atual (por exemplo:" +" grupo RPM\n" +"selecionado ou resultado da pesquisa). Cada linha da tabela de pacotes possui" +" várias colunas:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and" +" Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available" +" version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed" +" version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" msgstr "" "<ol><li>Status do pacote (para mais informações, veja Status dos pacotes\n" -"e símbolos)</li> <li>Nome do pacote</li><li>Resumo do pacote</li><li>Versão\n" -"disponível (em alguns dos repositórios configurados)</li> <li>Versão instalada\n" +"e símbolos)</li> <li>Nome do pacote</li><li>Resumo do pacote</li><li" +">Versão\n" +"disponível (em alguns dos repositórios configurados)</li> <li>Versão" +" instalada\n" "(vazio para pacotes ainda não instalados)</li> <li>Tamanho do pacote</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "O menu Ações, logo abaixo da tabela, oferece a possibilidade de alterar o status do pacote selecionado (ou todos os pacotes na lista), por exemplo, para remover um pacote ou selecionar um pacote adicional para instalação. A troca de status pode ser feita diretamente clicando na chave especificada no item de menu (para informações detalhadas sobre o status do pacote, veja Status do pacote e símbolos)." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of" +" a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a" +" package or select an additional package for installation. The status change" +" can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item" +" (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status" +" and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"O menu Ações, logo abaixo da tabela, oferece a possibilidade de" +" alterar o status do pacote selecionado (ou todos os pacotes na lista), por" +" exemplo, para remover um pacote ou selecionar um pacote adicional para" +" instalação. A troca de status pode ser feita diretamente clicando na chave" +" especificada no item de menu (para informações detalhadas sobre o status do" +" pacote, veja Status do pacote e símbolos)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package" +" dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions" +" like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful" +" Functions in Menu." msgstr "" -"O menu fornece funções relacionadas ao manejo de dependências de pacotes.\n" -"Ele exibe informações relevantes sobre os pacotes ou realize ações, como abrir o editor\n" +"O menu fornece funções relacionadas ao manejo de dependências de" +" pacotes.\n" +"Ele exibe informações relevantes sobre os pacotes ou realize ações, como" +" abrir o editor\n" "de repositórios. Para mais informações, veja Funções úteis no menu." #. the headline of the help window @@ -721,20 +794,32 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the" +" keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an" +" additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should" +" never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the" +" installed version of a package should always be kept." msgstr "" -"O status do pacote pode ser alterado usando o menu Ações ou as teclas\n" -"especificadas nos itens de menu. Por exemplo: use '+' para instalar um pacote adicional.\n" +"O status do pacote pode ser alterado usando o menu Ações ou as" +" teclas\n" +"especificadas nos itens de menu. Por exemplo: use '+' para instalar um pacote" +" adicional.\n" "O status \"Tabu\" significa que o pacote nunca deve ser instalado.\n" -"Entretanto, o status \"Bloqueado\" significa que a versão instalada deste pacote deve ser sempre mantida." +"Entretanto, o status \"Bloqueado\" significa que a versão instalada deste" +" pacote deve ser sempre mantida." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status." +" The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all" +" packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." msgstr "" "Você pode sempre usar o ENTER ou o ESPAÇO para alterar\n" "o status do pacote. O menu Ações também permite que você \n" -"altere o status de todos os pacotes na lista (selecione 'Todos os pacotes listados')." +"altere o status de todos os pacotes na lista (selecione 'Todos os pacotes" +" listados')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -743,13 +828,29 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : o pacote será instaladoa+ : o pacote será instalado automaticamente > : o pacote será atualizadoa> : o pacote será atualizado automaticamente i : o pacote está instalado - : o pacote será removido---: nunca instalar este pacote (tabu)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be" +" installed automatically > : package will be updateda" +"> : package will be automatically updated i : package is" +" installed - : package will be deleted---: never" +" install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : o pacote será instaladoa+ : o pacote será" +" instalado automaticamente > : o pacote será atualizado<" +"b>a> : o pacote será atualizado automaticamente i : o" +" pacote está instalado - : o pacote será removido---<" +"/b>: nunca instalar este pacote (tabu)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: mantém a versão instalada e nunca atualiza ou remove-o (pacote protegido)Informação de status para padrçoes e idiomas: i : Todos os requisitos deste padrão/idioma estão satisfeitos" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it (" +" package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:<" +"b> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: mantém a versão instalada e nunca atualiza ou remove-o (pacote" +" protegido)Informação de status para padrçoes e idiomas: i <" +"/b>: Todos os requisitos deste padrão/idioma estão satisfeitos" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -758,51 +859,97 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the" +" selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties" +" (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages)," +" package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the" +" drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." msgstr "" -"Os filtros permitem a você filtrar os pacotes disponíveis de acordo\n" -"com o critério selecionado. Os filtros de pacotes são baseados nas propriedades\n" -"dos pacotes (repositório, grupo RPM), os \"conteineres\" dos pacotes (padrões, idiomas) \n" -"ou resultados da pesquisa. Selecione o filtro desejado do menu suspenso. Os filtros específicos são descritos abaixo." +"Os filtros permitem a você filtrar os pacotes disponíveis de" +" acordo\n" +"com o critério selecionado. Os filtros de pacotes são baseados nas" +" propriedades\n" +"dos pacotes (repositório, grupo RPM), os \"conteineres\" dos pacotes" +" (padrões, idiomas) \n" +"ou resultados da pesquisa. Selecione o filtro desejado do menu suspenso. Os" +" filtros específicos são descritos abaixo." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have" +" (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of" +" packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may" +" have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the" +" solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" "Padrões descrevem recursos e funções que o sistema pode ter\n" "(por exemplo, Servidor X ou Ferramentas do console). Cada padrão contém\n" -"um conjunto de pacotes requeridos (obrigatórios), recomendados (deveriam ser instalados)\n" -"e sugeridos (podem ser instalados). Se você acionar o padrão para instalação, atualização ou remoção, \n" -"o solucionador será executado e alterará o status dos pacotes subordinados corretamente." +"um conjunto de pacotes requeridos (obrigatórios), recomendados (deveriam ser" +" instalados)\n" +"e sugeridos (podem ser instalados). Se você acionar o padrão para instalação," +" atualização ou remoção, \n" +"o solucionador será executado e alterará o status dos pacotes subordinados" +" corretamente." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They" +" contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific" +" files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers" +" that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a" +" property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure." +" The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific" +" repository. " msgstr "" "Idiomas são conteineres de pacotes muito parecidos com os padrões.\n" -"Eles contem pacotes com traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos específicos dos idiomas\n" -"para o idioma selecionado. Os Grupos RPM, contudo, não são conteineres de pacotes\n" -"que podem ser instalados. Em vez disso, pertencer a um certo grupo RPM é uma propriedade do pacote.\n" -"Eles tem uma estrutura hierárquica (em árvore). Filtrar por Repositórios exibe os pacotes provenientes \n" +"Eles contem pacotes com traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos específicos" +" dos idiomas\n" +"para o idioma selecionado. Os Grupos RPM, contudo, não são conteineres" +" de pacotes\n" +"que podem ser instalados. Em vez disso, pertencer a um certo grupo RPM é uma" +" propriedade do pacote.\n" +"Eles tem uma estrutura hierárquica (em árvore). Filtrar por Repositórios<" +"/b> exibe os pacotes provenientes \n" "de somente um repositório específico. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for" +" the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the" +" expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides" +" or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search'" +" button." msgstr "" -"Para usar o filtro Pesquisa digite uma palavra-chave (ou parte dela) para\n" -"a pesquisa por pacotes. Por exemplo, pesquise por todos os pacotes 3D usando a expressão \"3d\".\n" -"Também é possível pesquisar nas descrições do pacote, entre os arquivos fornecidos pelo RPM\n" -"ou entre os arquivos requeridos. É só selecionar a caixa de texto apropriada. Inicie a pesquisa clicando no botão 'Pesquisa'." +"Para usar o filtro Pesquisa digite uma palavra-chave (ou parte" +" dela) para\n" +"a pesquisa por pacotes. Por exemplo, pesquise por todos os pacotes 3D usando" +" a expressão \"3d\".\n" +"Também é possível pesquisar nas descrições do pacote, entre os arquivos" +" fornecidos pelo RPM\n" +"ou entre os arquivos requeridos. É só selecionar a caixa de texto apropriada." +" Inicie a pesquisa clicando no botão 'Pesquisa'." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose" +" status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or" +" removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b" +">Package Classification provides information about Recommended, <i" +">Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." msgstr "" "O Resumo da instalação exibe um resumo dos pacotes com o status\n" -"alterado nesta sessão (por exemplo, eles foram marcados para instalação ou remoção),\n" -"quer pelo usuário ou automaticamente pelo solucionador. O filtro Classificação dos pacotes\n" -"fornece informações sobre pacotes Reocmendados, Sugeridos, Órfãos e Desnecessários." +"alterado nesta sessão (por exemplo, eles foram marcados para instalação ou" +" remoção),\n" +"quer pelo usuário ou automaticamente pelo solucionador. O filtro <b" +">Classificação dos pacotes\n" +"fornece informações sobre pacotes Reocmendados, Sugeridos, <i" +">Órfãos e Desnecessários." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -810,63 +957,146 @@ msgstr "Funções úteis no menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the" +" handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are" +" checked with every status change. You will be informed about package" +" conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve" +" the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try" +" Again'." msgstr "" -"Dependências: Este menu oferece várias ações relacionadas ao manejo\n" -"das dependências do pacote. Por padrão, as dependências do pacote são verificadas\n" -"a cada alteração de status. Você será informado sobre os conflitos de pacotes numa janela \n" -"de diálogo que propõe possíveis resoluções para os conflitos. Para resolver o conflito, \n" +"Dependências: Este menu oferece várias ações relacionadas ao" +" manejo\n" +"das dependências do pacote. Por padrão, as dependências do pacote são" +" verificadas\n" +"a cada alteração de status. Você será informado sobre os conflitos de pacotes" +" numa janela \n" +"de diálogo que propõe possíveis resoluções para os conflitos. Para resolver o" +" conflito, \n" "selecione uma das soluções propostas e pressione 'OK -- Tentar novamente'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic" +" Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <" +"i>Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the" +" dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts" +" non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if" +" necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver" +" Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt" +">/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked" +" for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." msgstr "" -"Para desabilitar a verificação de dependências em todas as alterações de status,\n" -"deixe a opção Verificar automaticamente as dependências desmarcada. Neste caso,\n" -"você pode verificar as dependências manualmente selecionando o item Verificar dependências agora.\n" +"Para desabilitar a verificação de dependências em todas as alterações de" +" status,\n" +"deixe a opção Verificar automaticamente as dependências desmarcada." +" Neste caso,\n" +"você pode verificar as dependências manualmente selecionando o item <i" +">Verificar dependências agora.\n" "A entrada Verificar o Sistema verificará as dependências dos pacotes\n" -"e resolverá conflitos não interativamente, marcando os pacotes faltantes para a instalação automática se necessário.\n" -"Para o propósito de depuração, você deve usar Gerar caso teste de dependências do solucionador.\n" -"Isto despejará os dados das dependências no diretório <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>.\n" -"Geralmente é disto que você irá precisar quando for pedido um \"caso de teste do solucionador\" no bugzilla." +"e resolverá conflitos não interativamente, marcando os pacotes faltantes para" +" a instalação automática se necessário.\n" +"Para o propósito de depuração, você deve usar Gerar caso teste de" +" dependências do solucionador.\n" +"Isto despejará os dados das dependências no diretório <tt" +">/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>.\n" +"Geralmente é disto que você irá precisar quando for pedido um \"caso de teste" +" do solucionador\" no bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "As opções disponíveis para verificação de dependências são: Verificação automática de dependências (veja acima), Instalar recomendados para pacotes já instalados: se marcado, os pacotes recomendados de pacotes já instalados também serão instalados, Modo de verificação do sistema: reparar dependências de pacotes instalados e resolver imediatamente. Por favor, observe que, após verificar o sistem com Verificar sistema agora, a opção Modo de verificação do sistema estará marcada (desmarque-a se desejar). Estas opções são salvas no arquivo de configuração do YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency" +" Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak" +" dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair" +" dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after" +" checking the system with Verify System Now the option System" +" Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options" +" are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"As opções disponíveis para verificação de dependências são: <i" +">Verificação automática de dependências (veja acima), Instalar" +" recomendados para pacotes já instalados: se marcado, os pacotes" +" recomendados de pacotes já instalados também serão instalados, Modo de" +" verificação do sistema: reparar dependências de pacotes instalados e" +" resolver imediatamente. Por favor, observe que, após verificar o sistem com" +" Verificar sistema agora, a opção Modo de verificação do sistema</i" +"> estará marcada (desmarque-a se desejar). Estas opções são salvas no arquivo" +" de configuração do YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove" +" dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may" +" differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved," +" they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt" +">/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." msgstr "" -"Opções avançadas: Limpar ao remover pacotes: remove pacotes dependentes não utilizados.\n" -"Permitir alterações do fornecedor: o fornecedor do pacote pode ser diferente do fornecedor do pacote \n" -"instalado. Essas opções não serão salvas, podendo ser utilizadas somente no arquivo de configuração da \n" +"Opções avançadas: Limpar ao remover pacotes: remove pacotes" +" dependentes não utilizados.\n" +"Permitir alterações do fornecedor: o fornecedor do pacote pode ser" +" diferente do fornecedor do pacote \n" +"instalado. Essas opções não serão salvas, podendo ser utilizadas somente no" +" arquivo de configuração da \n" "biblioteca de pacotes <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will" +" be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are:" +" package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package" +" versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and" +" dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." msgstr "" -"Exibir: Escolha quais informações sobre o pacote selecionado serão exibidas na janela abaixo da tabela de \n" -"pacotes. As opções disponíveis são: descrição do pacote, dados técnicos (versão, tamanho, licença, etc.), versões do pacote \n" -"(todos os disponíveis), lista de arquivos (todos os arquivos incluídos no pacote) e suas dependências (fornece, requer, etc.)." +"Exibir: Escolha quais informações sobre o pacote selecionado" +" serão exibidas na janela abaixo da tabela de \n" +"pacotes. As opções disponíveis são: descrição do pacote, dados técnicos" +" (versão, tamanho, licença, etc.), versões do pacote \n" +"(todos os disponíveis), lista de arquivos (todos os arquivos incluídos no" +" pacote) e suas dependências (fornece, requer, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the" +" rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository" +" Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update" +" repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch" +" Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three" +" possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package" +" Installation menu." msgstr "" -"Configuração: Este menu integra o seletor de pacotes com o restante dos utilitários de gerenciamento de \n" -"pacotes. Daqui você pode Iniciar o gerenciador de repositórios e alterar os repositórios configurados ou registrar\n" -"em um repositório de atualização e configurar o download periódico de atualizações disponíveis (Iniciar configuração de atualização online).\n" -"Você também pode escolher entre os três comportamentos possíveis do seletor de pacotes ao sair - no menu Ação após instalação de pacotes." +"Configuração: Este menu integra o seletor de pacotes com o" +" restante dos utilitários de gerenciamento de \n" +"pacotes. Daqui você pode Iniciar o gerenciador de repositórios e" +" alterar os repositórios configurados ou registrar\n" +"em um repositório de atualização e configurar o download periódico de" +" atualizações disponíveis (Iniciar configuração de atualização online</b" +">).\n" +"Você também pode escolher entre os três comportamentos possíveis do seletor" +" de pacotes ao sair - no menu Ação após instalação de pacotes." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package" +" List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and" +" languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import" +" Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring" +" the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described" +" in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup" +" table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted" +" partition." msgstr "" -"Extras: Diversas funções residem aqui. Exportar a lista de pacotes para arquivo despejará os dados \n" -"dos pacotes instalados, padrões e idiomas no arquivo XML especificado. Este arquivo pode ser lido posteriormente pela opção \n" -"Importar a lista de pacotes do arquivo, por exemplo, em computadores diferentes. Isto fará com que o conjunto de \n" -"pacotes no computador destino tenha o mesmo estado que o descrito no arquivo XML fornecido. Exibir o espaço disponível \n" -"em disco exibirá uma tabela instantânea exibindo o uso do disco e o espaço disponível nas atuais partições montadas." +"Extras: Diversas funções residem aqui. Exportar a lista de" +" pacotes para arquivo despejará os dados \n" +"dos pacotes instalados, padrões e idiomas no arquivo XML especificado. Este" +" arquivo pode ser lido posteriormente pela opção \n" +"Importar a lista de pacotes do arquivo, por exemplo, em computadores" +" diferentes. Isto fará com que o conjunto de \n" +"pacotes no computador destino tenha o mesmo estado que o descrito no arquivo" +" XML fornecido. Exibir o espaço disponível \n" +"em disco exibirá uma tabela instantânea exibindo o uso do disco e o" +" espaço disponível nas atuais partições montadas." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -1063,34 +1293,94 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security<" +"/b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You" +" should also install recommended patches, they usually contain" +" important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in" +" the feature." msgstr "" -"Informações gerais sobre correções: As correções de segurança solucionam problemas de\n" -"segurança e recomendamos fortemente que sejam instaladas. Você também deve instalar as correções recomendadas,\n" -"pois geralmente elas contem correções importantes para defeitos. Instale correções de funcionalidade se você\n" +"Informações gerais sobre correções: As correções de segurança</b" +"> solucionam problemas de\n" +"segurança e recomendamos fortemente que sejam instaladas. Você também deve" +" instalar as correções recomendadas,\n" +"pois geralmente elas contem correções importantes para defeitos. Instale" +" correções de funcionalidade se você\n" "estiver interessado nela." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management)" +" will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second" +" run." msgstr "" -"As correções para o \"libzypp\" (pacote, correção, padrão e gerenciamento de produto)\n" -"sempre serão instaladas primeiro. As outras correções devem ser instaladas em uma outra execução." +"As correções para o \"libzypp\" (pacote, correção, padrão e gerenciamento" +" de produto)\n" +"sempre serão instaladas primeiro. As outras correções devem ser instaladas em" +" uma outra execução." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Significa dos marcadores de status:a+ : Correções relativas à sua instalação são pré-selecionadas. Elas serão baixadas e instaladas no seu sistema. Se você não desejar uma determinada correção, cancele sua seleção com '-'.i : Todos os requisitos desta correção são satisfeitos. + : Voce selecionou esta correção para instalação." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your" +" installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your" +" system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'." +" i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You" +" have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Significa dos marcadores de status:a+ : Correções relativas" +" à sua instalação são pré-selecionadas. Elas serão baixadas e instaladas no" +" seu sistema. Se você não desejar uma determinada correção, cancele sua" +" seleção com '-'.i : Todos os requisitos desta correção são" +" satisfeitos. + : Voce selecionou esta correção para" +" instalação." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Mais detalhes sobre o status: Se existirem várias correções para um pacote (ou conjunto de pacotes) que ainda não foram aplicadas ao sistema, todas serão pré-selecionadas e terão status a+. Se uma dessas correções tiver sua seleção cancelada com '-, ela poderá exibir o status i. Isso acontece porque qualquer uma das demais correções relacionada ao(s) mesmo(s) pacote(s) ainda estará selecionada. A(s) nova(s) versão(ões) do(s) pacote(s) será(ão) instalada(s) e com ela(s) essa correção será satisfeita. O cancelamento de todas as correções é necessários se as correções não forem desejadas." +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a" +" package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all" +" got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is" +" deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is" +" because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still" +" selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with" +" it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the" +" patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"Mais detalhes sobre o status: Se existirem várias correções para um" +" pacote (ou conjunto de pacotes) que ainda não foram aplicadas ao sistema," +" todas serão pré-selecionadas e terão status a+. Se uma dessas" +" correções tiver sua seleção cancelada com '-, ela poderá exibir o status <b" +">i. Isso acontece porque qualquer uma das demais correções relacionada" +" ao(s) mesmo(s) pacote(s) ainda estará selecionada. A(s) nova(s) versão(ões)" +" do(s) pacote(s) será(ão) instalada(s) e com ela(s) essa correção será" +" satisfeita. O cancelamento de todas as correções é necessários se as" +" correções não forem desejadas." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "Os menus:O menu Filtro permite filtrar as correções, por exemplo, exibe as 'Instaladas' ou as atualizações de 'Segurança'. Também permite pesquisar pelas atualizações. Use o menu Ações para alterar o status de uma correção. O menu Exibir oferece a possibilidade de ver quais pacotes são afetados pela atualização. Note que: se o filtro for 'Todas as atualizações' a lista de pacotes para algumas correções pode estar vazia. Isto significa que nenhum pacote foi afetado porque nenhuma das correções está instalada no sistema. O menu Dependências contém as verificações de dependências e a entrada 'Gerar caso teste do solucionador'." +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g." +" show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to" +" search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a" +" patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages" +" are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the" +" package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are" +" concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br" +">The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate" +" Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"Os menus:O menu Filtro permite filtrar as correções, por" +" exemplo, exibe as 'Instaladas' ou as atualizações de 'Segurança'. Também" +" permite pesquisar pelas atualizações. Use o menu Ações para" +" alterar o status de uma correção. O menu Exibir oferece a" +" possibilidade de ver quais pacotes são afetados pela atualização. Note que:" +" se o filtro for 'Todas as atualizações' a lista de pacotes para algumas" +" correções pode estar vazia. Isto significa que nenhum pacote foi afetado" +" porque nenhuma das correções está instalada no sistema. O menu <b" +">Dependências contém as verificações de dependências e a entrada 'Gerar" +" caso teste do solucionador'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1135,8 +1425,12 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Todas as alterações nos pacotes, correções ou padrões selecionados serão perdidas. Deseja realmente sair?" +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br" +">Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Todas as alterações nos pacotes, correções ou padrões selecionados serão" +" perdidas. Deseja realmente sair?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 @@ -1184,8 +1478,20 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Lista de problemas de atualização Os pacotes nesta lista não podem ser atualizados automaticamente.Possíveis motivos:Eles estão obsoletos por outros pacotes.Não existe nenhuma versão mais nova para atualizar nas mídias de instalação.Eles são pacotes de terceirosEscolha manualmente o que fazer com eles. A ação mais segura é removê-los." +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated" +" automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other" +" packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any" +" installation media.They are third-party packagesManually" +" select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Lista de problemas de atualização Os pacotes nesta lista não" +" podem ser atualizados automaticamente.Possíveis motivos:Eles" +" estão obsoletos por outros pacotes.Não existe nenhuma versão mais" +" nova para atualizar nas mídias de instalação.Eles são pacotes de" +" terceirosEscolha manualmente o que fazer com eles. A ação mais segura" +" é removê-los." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 @@ -1216,15 +1522,23 @@ msgstr "Versões de pacotes incompatíveis" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and" +" non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install" +" this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\"" +" to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to" +" install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to" +" unselect this version and keep the other ones." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. # Rafael Reuber <psico.indie(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:54UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:03-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -129,32 +129,43 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network" +" attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via" +" dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall e SSH</big> \n" -"O firewall é um mecanismo defensivo que protege seu computador de ataques na rede.\n" -"O SSH é um serviço que permite iniciar a sessão neste computador remotamente, através\n" +"O firewall é um mecanismo defensivo que protege seu computador de ataques na" +" rede.\n" +"O SSH é um serviço que permite iniciar a sessão neste computador remotamente," +" através\n" "de um cliente SSH dedicado." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled" +" after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode escolher se o firewall será habilitado ou desabilitado após\n" +"Aqui você pode escolher se o firewall será habilitado ou desabilitado" +" após\n" "a instalação. É recomendável mantê-lo habilitado." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for" +" SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH" +" service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Como o firewall habilitado, você pode decidir se a porta do firewall ficará aberta \n" -"para o serviço SSH e permitir logins SSH remotos. De forma independente, você também \n" -"pode habilitar o serviço SSH (será iniciado durante a inicialização do computador)." +"Como o firewall habilitado, você pode decidir se a porta do firewall" +" ficará aberta \n" +"para o serviço SSH e permitir logins SSH remotos. De forma independente, você" +" também \n" +"pode habilitar o serviço SSH (será iniciado durante a inicialização do" +" computador)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 @@ -361,8 +372,11 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "Não existe URL para as notas da versão. O teste de Internet não pode ser executado." +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"Não existe URL para as notas da versão. O teste de Internet não pode ser" +" executado." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -372,14 +386,17 @@ "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network" +" configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" "O download das últimas notas da versão falhou devido a um erro no servidor.\n" "Isto não necessariamente significa uma rede mal configurada.\n" "\n" -"Clique em 'Continuar' para prosseguir para o próximo passo da instalação. Para pular quaisquer passos\n" -"que necessitem de conexões com a Internet ou para voltar à sua configuração de rede,\n" +"Clique em 'Continuar' para prosseguir para o próximo passo da instalação." +" Para pular quaisquer passos\n" +"que necessitem de conexões com a Internet ou para voltar à sua configuração" +" de rede,\n" "clique em 'Cancelar'.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -556,7 +573,9 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Selecione 'sim' para permitir ou 'não' para não permitir a administração remota" +msgstr "" +"Selecione 'sim' para permitir ou 'não' para não permitir a administração" +" remota" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:126 @@ -728,7 +747,8 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "Pelo menos o endereço IP do destino e do gateway devem ser especificados." +msgstr "" +"Pelo menos o endereço IP do destino e do gateway devem ser especificados." #: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." @@ -739,8 +759,12 @@ msgstr "O endereço IP de destino deve ser especificado." #: src/clients/routing.rb:349 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Pelo menos um dos seguintes parâmetros (gateway, máscara de rede, dispositivo, opções) deve ser especificado" +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options)" +" must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Pelo menos um dos seguintes parâmetros (gateway, máscara de rede," +" dispositivo, opções) deve ser especificado" #: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1184,7 +1208,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "Selecione as opções do driver vinculado e edite-as, se necessário. " +msgstr "" +"Selecione as opções do driver vinculado e edite-as, se necessário. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1375,15 +1400,21 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with" +" IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable" +" Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have" +" to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Prioridade ifplugd</big> \n" -"Todas as interfaces configuradas com Ao conectar o cabo e com IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 serão\n" -"usados mutuamente exclusivos. Se mais de uma dessas interfaces for Ao conectar o cabo \n" -"então precisamos de uma forma de decidir qual interface usar. Portanto precisamos \n" +"Todas as interfaces configuradas com Ao conectar o cabo e com" +" IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 serão\n" +"usados mutuamente exclusivos. Se mais de uma dessas interfaces for Ao" +" conectar o cabo \n" +"então precisamos de uma forma de decidir qual interface usar. Portanto" +" precisamos \n" "definir a prioridade de cada interface.\n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1419,12 +1450,14 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "Placas de rede sem fio Lucent Orinoco, baseadas em Prism II e similares" +msgstr "" +"Placas de rede sem fio Lucent Orinoco, baseadas em Prism II e similares" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "Placas de rede sem fio PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, baseadas em Prism II e similares" +msgstr "" +"Placas de rede sem fio PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, baseadas em Prism II e similares" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1574,7 +1607,9 @@ #. Network subsystem name #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON) Network" -msgstr "Rede FICON (Fiberchannel System Connector - Conector de Sistema de Canal de Fibra)" +msgstr "" +"Rede FICON (Fiberchannel System Connector - Conector de Sistema de Canal de" +" Fibra)" #. Network subsystem name #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569 @@ -1592,8 +1627,12 @@ msgstr "Use a opção \"id\" para determinar o dispositivo." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "O valor de \"id\" está fora do intervalo. Use a opção \"list\" para verificar o valor máximo de \"id\"." +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of" +" \"id\"." +msgstr "" +"O valor de \"id\" está fora do intervalo. Use a opção \"list\" para verificar" +" o valor máximo de \"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1686,7 +1725,8 @@ msgstr "" "É necessário um firmware. Instale-o com\n" "o CD de Complementos.\n" -"Primeiro, adicione o CD de Complementos aos seus repositórios de software do YaST\n" +"Primeiro, adicione o CD de Complementos aos seus repositórios de software do" +" YaST\n" "e então volte a este diálogo de configuração.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 @@ -1697,10 +1737,12 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"O dispositivo precisa de um firmware para funcionar apropriadamente. Em geral, seu download pode ser feito \n" +"O dispositivo precisa de um firmware para funcionar apropriadamente. Em" +" geral, seu download pode ser feito \n" "da página da Internet do fornecedor do driver.\n" "Se já tiver baixado e instalado o firmware, clique em 'Continuar' \n" -"para configurar o dispositivo. Caso contrário, clique em 'Cancelar' e retorne a este\n" +"para configurar o dispositivo. Caso contrário, clique em 'Cancelar' e retorne" +" a este\n" "diálogo quando tiver instalado o firmware.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1712,8 +1754,12 @@ msgstr "Instalando o firmware..." #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Para uma instalação de firmware bem-sucedida, o script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' deve ser executado. Deseja executá-lo agora?" +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script" +" needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Para uma instalação de firmware bem-sucedida, o script" +" 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' deve ser executado. Deseja executá-lo agora?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1791,54 +1837,76 @@ "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -"Tipo de dispositivo. Vários tipos de dispositivos estão disponíveis,\n" +"Tipo de dispositivo. Vários tipos de dispositivos estão" +" disponíveis,\n" "selecione um de acordo com as suas necessidades." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name" +" (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Regras do Udev são regras para o gerenciador de dipositivos do kernel que\n" -" permitem associar endereço MAC ou BusID da placa de rede ao seu nome (por exemplo:\n" -"eth1, wlan0) e garantem a permanência do nome do dispositivo após a reinicialização.\n" +"Regras do Udev são regras para o gerenciador de dipositivos do" +" kernel que\n" +" permitem associar endereço MAC ou BusID da placa de rede ao seu nome (por" +" exemplo:\n" +"eth1, wlan0) e garantem a permanência do nome do dispositivo após a" +" reinicialização.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify" +" now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start" +" blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Exibir identificação de porta visível permite que que você identifique fisicamente a placa de rede configurada. \n" -"Defina o tempo apropriado, clique em Piscar e os diodos LED em sua placa de rede piscarão pelo tempo determinado.\n" +"Exibir identificação de porta visível permite que que você" +" identifique fisicamente a placa de rede configurada. \n" +"Defina o tempo apropriado, clique em Piscar e os diodos LED em sua" +" placa de rede piscarão pelo tempo determinado.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if" +" there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the" +" list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "Módulo do kernel. Digite o nome do módulo do kernel \n" -"(em outras palavras, o nome do driver) da sua placa de rede. Se o dispositivo \n" -"já estiver configurado, você pode selecionar mais um driver da lista para o seu dispositivo.\n" +"(em outras palavras, o nome do driver) da sua placa de rede. Se o dispositivo" +" \n" +"já estiver configurado, você pode selecionar mais um driver da lista para o" +" seu dispositivo.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for" +" example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while" +" saving.\n" msgstr "" -"Você também pode especificar as Opções para o módulo do kernel. Elas devem ser escritas no formato\n" -"opção=valor. Cada entrada deve ser separada por espaço, por exemplo, io=0x300 irq=5.\n" -"Observação: se duas placas forem configuradas com o mesmo módulo, as opções serão combinadas durante o salvamento.\n" +"Você também pode especificar as Opções para o módulo do kernel." +" Elas devem ser escritas no formato\n" +"opção=valor. Cada entrada deve ser separada por espaço, por" +" exemplo, io=0x300 irq=5.\n" +"Observação: se duas placas forem configuradas com o mesmo módulo, as" +" opções serão combinadas durante o salvamento.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Se você especificar opções em Opções Ethtool, o ifup invocará o ethtool com essas opções.\n" +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool" +" with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Se você especificar opções em Opções Ethtool, o ifup invocará o" +" ethtool com essas opções.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 @@ -2012,24 +2080,42 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "Informe o Nome da porta para esta interface (diferencia maiúsculas de minúsculas)." +msgstr "" +"Informe o Nome da porta para esta interface (diferencia maiúsculas" +" de minúsculas)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "Digite quaisquer Opções adicionais para esta interface (separadas por espaços)." +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by" +" spaces)." +msgstr "" +"Digite quaisquer Opções adicionais para esta interface (separadas" +" por espaços)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr "Selecione Habilitar takeover IPA se o endereço IP takeover deve estar habilitado para esta interface." +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled" +" for this interface." +msgstr "" +"Selecione Habilitar takeover IPA se o endereço IP takeover deve" +" estar habilitado para esta interface." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Selecione Habilitar suporte à camada 2 se esta placa tiver sido configurada com suporte à camada 2." +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with" +" layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Selecione Habilitar suporte à camada 2 se esta placa tiver sido" +" configurada com suporte à camada 2." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Digite o Endereço MAC da camada 2 se esta placa tiver sido configurada com suporte à camada 2." +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with" +" layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Digite o Endereço MAC da camada 2 se esta placa tiver sido" +" configurada com suporte à camada 2." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 @@ -2092,7 +2178,8 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" "Informe o nome do par IUCV,\n" -"por exemplo, o nome de usuário z/VM com o qual conectar (diferencia maiúsculas de minúsculas).\n" +"por exemplo, o nome de usuário z/VM com o qual conectar (diferencia" +" maiúsculas de minúsculas).\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" @@ -2124,7 +2211,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big> \n" -"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar.\n" +"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar<" +"/B>.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 @@ -2191,7 +2279,8 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adicionando uma placa de rede:</big> \n" -"Clique em Adicionar para configurar manualmente uma nova placa de rede.\n" +"Clique em Adicionar para configurar manualmente uma nova placa de" +" rede.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" @@ -2210,13 +2299,16 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the" +" response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configurações do protocolo IPv6</big>\n" "Selecione Habilitar o IPv6 para habilitar o módulo ipv6 no kernel.\n" -"É possível utilizar o IPv6 simultaneamente com o IPv4. Esta é a opção padrão.\n" -"Para desabilitar o IPv6, desmarque esta opção. Iisto irá desabilitar o módulo do kernel para ipv6.\n" +"É possível utilizar o IPv6 simultaneamente com o IPv4. Esta é a opção" +" padrão.\n" +"Para desabilitar o IPv6, desmarque esta opção. Iisto irá desabilitar o módulo" +" do kernel para ipv6.\n" "Se o protocolo IPv6 não estiver habilitado em sua rede, o tempo de resposta \n" "pode ser mais rápido.\n" @@ -2235,19 +2327,25 @@ msgstr "" "O roteamento pode ser configurado neste diálogo. O \n" "Gateway padrão atende todos os possíveis destinos, mas de \n" -"maneira precária. Se houver outra rota mais específica que atenda o endereço \n" +"maneira precária. Se houver outra rota mais específica que atenda o endereço" +" \n" "solicitado, ela será usada ao invés da rota padrão. A ideia da rota padrão\n" -"é permitir a você dizer \"e todo o resto não especificado deve ir por aqui\".\n" +"é permitir a você dizer \"e todo o resto não especificado deve ir por" +" aqui\".\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be" +" routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"Para cara rota, digite o endereço IP da rede de destino, máscara de rede e endereço \n" -"do gateway. Para omitir qualquer um desses valores use \"-\". Selecione também\n" -"o dispositivo pelo qual o tráfego da rede definida será roteado. \"-\" é um apelido \n" +"Para cara rota, digite o endereço IP da rede de destino, máscara de rede e" +" endereço \n" +"do gateway. Para omitir qualquer um desses valores use \"-\". Selecione" +" também\n" +"o dispositivo pelo qual o tráfego da rede definida será roteado. \"-\" é um" +" apelido \n" "para qualquer interface.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 @@ -2256,7 +2354,8 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"Habilite o Encaminhamento IPv4 (encaminhamento de pacotes de redes externas\n" +"Habilite o Encaminhamento IPv4 (encaminhamento de pacotes de redes" +" externas\n" "para rede interna) se este sistema for um roteador.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 @@ -2266,46 +2365,62 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Habilite o Encaminhamento IPv6 (encaminhamento de pacotes de redes externas\n" +"Habilite o Encaminhamento IPv6 (encaminhamento de pacotes de redes" +" externas\n" "para a rede interna) se este sistema for um roteador.\n" "Aviso: O encaminhamento IPv6 desabilita a configuração automática \n" "de endereço stateless do IPv6 (SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is" +" not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Importante: se este firewall estiver habilitado, não é suficiente permitir somente o encaminhamento.\n" -"Você deve habilitar o mascaramento e/ou definir no mínimo uma regra de redirecionamento no firewall. \n" +"Importante: se este firewall estiver habilitado, não é suficiente" +" permitir somente o encaminhamento.\n" +"Você deve habilitar o mascaramento e/ou definir no mínimo uma regra de" +" redirecionamento no firewall. \n" "Você pode usar o módulo de firewall do YaST para isso.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP" +" client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop." +" \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that" +" assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -"Se estiver utilizando o DHCP para obter um endereço IP, verifique se você está\n" -"recebendo um nome de máquina via DHCP. O nome de máquina será definido automaticamente\n" -"pelo cliente DHCP. Alterar o nome de máquina em uso pode confundir o ambiente gráfico.\n" -"Em todos os casos, se você se conecta a diferentes redes utilizando diferentes\n" +"Se estiver utilizando o DHCP para obter um endereço IP, verifique se você" +" está\n" +"recebendo um nome de máquina via DHCP. O nome de máquina será definido" +" automaticamente\n" +"pelo cliente DHCP. Alterar o nome de máquina em uso pode confundir o ambiente" +" gráfico.\n" +"Em todos os casos, se você se conecta a diferentes redes utilizando" +" diferentes\n" "nomes de máquina, desabilite esta opção." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is" +" a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even" +" \n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Atribuir Nome de Máquina para o IP Loopback associa seu nome de máquina com \n" -"o endereço IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) em <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Esta é uma \n" -"opção útil se você deseja ter o nome de máquina resolvível permanentemente, mesmo \n" +"Atribuir Nome de Máquina para o IP Loopback associa seu nome de" +" máquina com \n" +"o endereço IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) em <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Esta é" +" uma \n" +"opção útil se você deseja ter o nome de máquina resolvível permanentemente," +" mesmo \n" "sem uma rede ativa. Nos outros casos, use-a com cuidado, especialmente \n" "se este computador fornecer serviços de rede.\n" @@ -2314,7 +2429,8 @@ "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Digite os servidores de nome e a lista de domínios de pesquisa para resolver \n" +"Digite os servidores de nome e a lista de domínios de pesquisa para" +" resolver \n" "os nomes de máquina. Eles normalmente podem ser obtidos por DHCP.\n" #. resolver dialog help @@ -2336,36 +2452,49 @@ "your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -"Domínio de pesquisa é o nome do domínio em que a pesquisa do nome de máquina começa.\n" +"Domínio de pesquisa é o nome do domínio em que a pesquisa do nome de" +" máquina começa.\n" "Geralmente o domínio de pesquisa primário é igual ao nome de domínio do\n" -"seu computador (por exemplo, suse.de). Podem existir domínios de pesquisa adicionais\n" +"seu computador (por exemplo, suse.de). Podem existir domínios de pesquisa" +" adicionais\n" "(como suse.com) Separe os domínios com uma vírgula ou espaço em branco.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS" +" domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially" +" important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using" +" the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Digite um nome curto para este computador (por ex.: meucomputador) e o domínio DNS\n" -"(por ex.: exemplo.com) ao qual ele pertence. O domínio é especialmente importante se este \n" -"computador for um servidor de e-mail. Você pode verificar o nome de máquina do seu computador usando\n" +"Digite um nome curto para este computador (por ex.: meucomputador)" +" e o domínio DNS\n" +"(por ex.: exemplo.com) ao qual ele pertence. O domínio é especialmente" +" importante se este \n" +"computador for um servidor de e-mail. Você pode verificar o nome de máquina" +" do seu computador usando\n" "o comando hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is" +" handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecione o modo como a configuração do DNS (servidor de nomes, lista de pesquisa, o conteúdo de \n" -"/etc/resolv.conf) será modificado. Normalmente, isto é processado pelo script netconfig,\n" -"que une os dados estáticos definidos aqui com aqueles obtidos dinamicamente (por ex.: do \n" -"cliente DHCP, do NetworkManager, etc.). Este é o padrão. A opção Usar política padrão é o\n" +"Selecione o modo como a configuração do DNS (servidor de nomes, lista de" +" pesquisa, o conteúdo de \n" +"/etc/resolv.conf) será modificado. Normalmente, isto é processado pelo" +" script netconfig,\n" +"que une os dados estáticos definidos aqui com aqueles obtidos dinamicamente" +" (por ex.: do \n" +"cliente DHCP, do NetworkManager, etc.). Este é o padrão. A opção Usar" +" política padrão é o\n" "suficiente para a maioria das configurações.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 @@ -2379,11 +2508,16 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Escolhendo a opção Apenas manualmente, o netconfig será impedido de alterar o arquivo \n" -"/etc/resolv.conf. No entanto, você pode editar o arquivo manualmente. Escolhendo a opção\n" -"Usar política personalizada, você pode especificar uma política de string personalizada, que consiste em\n" -"uma lista de nomes de interfaces separados por vírgulas, incluindo caracteres curinga, com STATIC e STATIC_FALLBACK \n" -"como valores especiais pré-definidos. Para mais informações veja man netconfig.\n" +"Escolhendo a opção Apenas manualmente, o netconfig será" +" impedido de alterar o arquivo \n" +"/etc/resolv.conf. No entanto, você pode editar o arquivo manualmente." +" Escolhendo a opção\n" +"Usar política personalizada, você pode especificar uma política de" +" string personalizada, que consiste em\n" +"uma lista de nomes de interfaces separados por vírgulas, incluindo caracteres" +" curinga, com STATIC e STATIC_FALLBACK \n" +"como valores especiais pré-definidos. Para mais informações veja man" +" netconfig.\n" "Observação: deixar o campo em branco é o mesmo que escolher\n" "a política Apenas manualmente.\n" @@ -2392,16 +2526,22 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address" +" to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuração do endereço</big>\n" -"Selecione Sem configuração de endereço se você não quiser configurar nenhum endereço IP\n" +"Selecione Sem configuração de endereço se você não quiser" +" configurar nenhum endereço IP\n" "para este dispositivo. Isto é útil para dispositivos de rede virtuais.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" -msgstr "Selecione iBFT se você deseja manter a rede configurada em sua BIOS.\n" +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your" +" BIOS.\n" +msgstr "" +"Selecione iBFT se você deseja manter a rede configurada em sua" +" BIOS.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 @@ -2420,41 +2560,55 @@ "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" "Escolha um dos métodos de atribuição dinâmica de endereços.\n" -"Selecione DHCP se você possui um servidor DHCP em execução em sua rede local.\n" +"Selecione DHCP se você possui um servidor DHCP em execução em sua rede" +" local.\n" "Os endereços de rede serão obtidos automaticamente do servidor.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP +" +" Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</p" +">\n" msgstr "" "Para procurar um endereço IP e atribuí-lo estaticamente, selecione \n" -"Zeroconf. Para utilizar o DHCP e então voltar para o zeroconf, selecione DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Caso contrário, os endereços de rede devem ser atribuídos Estaticamente.\n" +"Zeroconf. Para utilizar o DHCP e então voltar para o zeroconf," +" selecione DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Caso contrário, os endereços de rede devem ser atribuídos <b" +">Estaticamente.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for" +" your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" -"Digite o Endereço IP (por exemplo: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) para o seu\n" -"computador e o Endereço IP remoto (por exemplo: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" +"Digite o Endereço IP (por exemplo: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) para o" +" seu\n" +"computador e o Endereço IP remoto (por exemplo: <tt>192.168.100.254<" +"/tt>)\n" "do seu par.\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your" +" computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt" +">/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written" +" to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Para a Configuração de IP estático informe o endereço IP estático do seu computador (por ex: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>)\n" -"e a máscara de rede (geralmente <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ou apenas o comprimento do prefixo <tt>/24</tt>). Opcionalmente, você\n" -"pode informar o nome de máquina para este endereço. Ele será gravado em <tt>/etc/hosts</tt\t\t>.\n" +"Para a Configuração de IP estático informe o endereço IP estático" +" do seu computador (por ex: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>)\n" +"e a máscara de rede (geralmente <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ou apenas o" +" comprimento do prefixo <tt>/24</tt>). Opcionalmente, você\n" +"pode informar o nome de máquina para este endereço. Ele será gravado em <tt" +">/etc/hosts</tt\t\t>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 @@ -2492,8 +2646,12 @@ "o firewall permanecerá desabilitado." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "Interface obrigatória especifica se o serviço de rede deve relatar uma falha caso a interface não inicie durante a inicialização." +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports" +" failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"Interface obrigatória especifica se o serviço de rede deve relatar" +" uma falha caso a interface não inicie durante a inicialização." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" @@ -2505,19 +2663,25 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Unidade máxima de transferência</big>\n" -"A Unidade máxima de transferência (MTU) é o tamanho máximo de um pacote\n" +"A Unidade máxima de transferência (MTU) é o tamanho máximo de um" +" pacote\n" "transferido pela rede em um único quadro. Geralmente, você não precisa\n" -"definir o MTU, mas usar valores de MTU menores pode melhorar o desempenho da rede,\n" -"especialmente em conexões discadas lentas. Selecione um dos valores recomendados\n" +"definir o MTU, mas usar valores de MTU menores pode melhorar o desempenho da" +" rede,\n" +"especialmente em conexões discadas lentas. Selecione um dos valores" +" recomendados\n" "ou especifique o seu próprio valor.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No" +" Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Selecione os dispositivos escravos para o dispositivo vinculado.\n" -"Somente os dispositivos cuja ativação de dispositivo for Nunca e que estiverem definidos como Nenhuma configuração de endereço estarão disponíveis." +"Somente os dispositivos cuja ativação de dispositivo for Nunca e que" +" estiverem definidos como Nenhuma configuração de endereço estarão" +" disponíveis." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 @@ -2543,12 +2707,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server." +" Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</b" +">\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt" +">/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2578,20 +2745,27 @@ #| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" #| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and" +" legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9" +" characters." msgstr "" "O Nome de Apelido é opcional e herdado. O tamanho total\n" " do nome da interface (incluindo o ponto-e-vírgula e o rótulo) é \n" -" limitado a 15 caracteres e o utilitário ifconfig (obsoleto) o trunca após 9 caracteres." +" limitado a 15 caracteres e o utilitário ifconfig (obsoleto) o trunca" +" após 9 caracteres." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "Não incluir o nome da interface no nome de apelido. Por exemplo, digite foo ao invés de eth0:foo." +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo<" +"/b> instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"Não incluir o nome da interface no nome de apelido. Por exemplo, digite <b" +">foo ao invés de eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2618,7 +2792,8 @@ "caracteres para chaves 128 bit, até 16 caracteres para chaves de 156 bit,\n" "e até 29 caracteres para chaves de 256 bit.\n" " Hexadecimal: digite diretamente os códigos hexadecimais da chave.\n" -"Digite 10 dígitos hexadecimais para chaves 64 bit e 26 dígitos para chaves 128 bit,\n" +"Digite 10 dígitos hexadecimais para chaves 64 bit e 26 dígitos para chaves" +" 128 bit,\n" "32 dígitos para chaves de 156 bit e 58 dígitos para chaves de 256 bit.\n" "Você pode usar hifens ('-') para separar pares de dígitos ou grupos deles,\n" "por exemplo, <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" @@ -2652,7 +2827,8 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication" +" mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2660,8 +2836,10 @@ "Configure o Nome da rede (ESSID) usado para identificar\n" "células que fazem parte da mesma rede virtual. Todas as estações em uma\n" "rede sem fio precisam do mesmo ESSID para comunicarem-se entre si. Se você\n" -"escolher o modo de operação Gerenciado e nenhum modo de autenticação WPA,\n" -"você poderá deixar esse campo vazio ou defini-lo como <tt>Qualquer</tt>. Nesse\n" +"escolher o modo de operação Gerenciado e nenhum modo de autenticação <" +"b>WPA,\n" +"você poderá deixar esse campo vazio ou defini-lo como <tt>Qualquer</tt>." +" Nesse\n" "caso, sua placa WLAN se associa ao ponto de acesso que tiver a melhor\n" "intensidade de sinal.\n" @@ -2678,7 +2856,8 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected" +" Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2687,17 +2866,24 @@ "Em algumas redes, você precisa configurar um Modo de autenticação.\n" "Isso dependerá da tecnologia de proteção usada, WEP ou WPA. WEP\n" "(Wired Equivalent Privacy) é um sistema usado para criptografar o tráfego da\n" -"rede sem fio com uma autenticação opcional, baseada em encriptação de chaves.\n" +"rede sem fio com uma autenticação opcional, baseada em encriptação de" +" chaves.\n" "Na maioria dos casos em que WEP é usado, o modo WEP - aberto\n" "(sem nenhuma autenticação) é usado. Isso não significa que você não possa\n" -"usar a criptografia WEP (nesse caso use Sem criptografia). Algumas redes podem\n" -"necessitar da autenticação WEP - chave compartilhada. OBSERVAÇÃO: a autenticação por\n" -"chave compartilhada facilita a entrada de invasores na sua rede. A menos que você tenha\n" +"usar a criptografia WEP (nesse caso use Sem criptografia). Algumas" +" redes podem\n" +"necessitar da autenticação WEP - chave compartilhada. OBSERVAÇÃO: a" +" autenticação por\n" +"chave compartilhada facilita a entrada de invasores na sua rede. A menos que" +" você tenha\n" "a necessidade específica de autenticação por chave compartilhada, use\n" -"o modo Aberto. Como o WEP mostrou-se inseguro, o WPA (Wi-Fi Protected\n" -"Access) foi criado para solucionar essas falhas de segurança, mas nem todo hardware suporta\n" +"o modo Aberto. Como o WEP mostrou-se inseguro, o WPA (Wi-Fi" +" Protected\n" +"Access) foi criado para solucionar essas falhas de segurança, mas nem todo" +" hardware suporta\n" "o WPA. Se deseja usar WPA, selecione WPA-PSK ou WPA-EAP como o\n" -"modo de autenticação. Isso só é possível no modo de operação Gerenciado.\n" +"modo de autenticação. Isso só é possível no modo de operação Gerenciado</b" +">.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 msgid "" @@ -2726,7 +2912,8 @@ "Para usar WPA-PSK (algumas vezes, chamado de WPA pessoal),\n" "digite a chave pré-compartilhada. Essa\n" "chave é usada para a autenticação e geração de chaves de\n" -"criptografia. Elas não são vulneráveis a ataques conhecidos às chaves WEP, mas\n" +"criptografia. Elas não são vulneráveis a ataques conhecidos às chaves WEP," +" mas\n" "ataques do tipo dicionário ainda são possíveis. Não use uma palavra\n" "fácil de adivinhar como frase secreta.\n" @@ -2742,7 +2929,8 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for" +" all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Estes valores serão salvos no arquivo de configuração da interface \n" @@ -2839,12 +3027,14 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Para TTLS e PEAP, digite sua Identidade\n" "e Senha conforme configurado no servidor.\n" "Se houver requisitos especiais para a definição do nome de usuário como a\n" -"Identidade anônima, você poderá defini-lo aqui. Geralmente, isso não é necessário.\n" +"Identidade anônima, você poderá defini-lo aqui. Geralmente, isso não é" +" necessário.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 @@ -2865,14 +3055,17 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key" +" pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" "O TLS usa um Certificado do cliente em vez de uma combinação\n" -"de nome de usuário e senha para autenticação. Ele usa um par de chaves públicas e privadas\n" -"para criptografar a comunicação da negociação, portanto, você precisa adicionalmente\n" +"de nome de usuário e senha para autenticação. Ele usa um par de chaves" +" públicas e privadas\n" +"para criptografar a comunicação da negociação, portanto, você precisa" +" adicionalmente\n" "de um arquivo Chave do cliente que contenha a sua chave privada e\n" "a Senha da chave do cliente adequada para esse arquivo.\n" @@ -2928,9 +3121,12 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Você pode configurar aqui o método de autenticação interna (também conhecido\n" -"como fase 2). Por padrão, todos os métodos são permitidos. Se você quiser restringir\n" -"os métodos permitidos ou caso você tenha encontrado dificuldades na autenticação,\n" +"Você pode configurar aqui o método de autenticação interna (também" +" conhecido\n" +"como fase 2). Por padrão, todos os métodos são permitidos. Se você quiser" +" restringir\n" +"os métodos permitidos ou caso você tenha encontrado dificuldades na" +" autenticação,\n" "escolha seu método de autenticação interna.\n" #. radio button group label @@ -2944,7 +3140,8 @@ "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" "Se você estiver usando PEAP, também poderá forçar o uso de uma\n" -"implementação do PEAP específica (versão 0 ou 1). Normalmente, isso não é necessário.\n" +"implementação do PEAP específica (versão 0 ou 1). Normalmente, isso não é" +" necessário.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 @@ -3035,7 +3232,8 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "O modo de autenticação WPA só é possível no modo de operação gerenciado." +msgstr "" +"O modo de autenticação WPA só é possível no modo de operação gerenciado." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3069,7 +3267,8 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." -msgstr "A chave de criptografia deve ser especificada para este modo de autenticação." +msgstr "" +"A chave de criptografia deve ser especificada para este modo de autenticação." #. warning only #. Popup text @@ -3102,12 +3301,14 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for" +" access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Para usar sua placa de rede LAN sem fio no modo mestre ou \n" "ad-hoc, você pode informar o Canal a ser usado aqui. Isto não é \n" -"preciso para o modo gerenciado pois neste caso, a placa irá saltar pelos canais \n" +"preciso para o modo gerenciado pois neste caso, a placa irá saltar pelos" +" canais \n" "procurando por pontos de acesso.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 @@ -3126,7 +3327,8 @@ "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" "Em um ambiente com múltiplos Pontos de acesso, você pode\n" -"querer definir a qual deles conectar-se informando o endereço MAC do ponto de acesso." +"querer definir a qual deles conectar-se informando o endereço MAC do ponto de" +" acesso." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 @@ -3136,7 +3338,8 @@ "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" "Usar gerenciamento de energia habilita os mecanismos de\n" -"economia de energia. Isto geralmente é uma boa ideia, principalmente se você for\n" +"economia de energia. Isto geralmente é uma boa ideia, principalmente se você" +" for\n" "usuário de notebook e pode estar desconectado da tomada.\n" #. Combobox item @@ -3201,8 +3404,10 @@ msgstr "" "Neste diálogo, defina suas chaves WEP usadas para criptografar\n" "seus dados antes de transmiti-los. Você pode ter até quatro chaves,\n" -"embora apenas uma seja usada para criptografar os dados. Esta é a chave padrão.\n" -"As outras podem ser usadas para descriptografar os dados. Geralmente, você possui\n" +"embora apenas uma seja usada para criptografar os dados. Esta é a chave" +" padrão.\n" +"As outras podem ser usadas para descriptografar os dados. Geralmente, você" +" possui\n" "somente uma chave." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3262,7 +3467,8 @@ "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"A não utilização de uma Autoridade Certificadora (CA - Certificate Authority) pode resultar em conexões\n" +"A não utilização de uma Autoridade Certificadora (CA - Certificate Authority)" +" pode resultar em conexões\n" "a redes sem fio inseguras. Continuar sem CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3363,17 +3569,20 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt" +">).\n" "Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" "at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" -"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with" +" a single\n" "session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" "<big>Configurações da administração remota</big>\n" "Se esta propriedade estiver habilitada, você poderá\n" "administrar seu computador remotamente. Use um cliente\n" "VNC, como o krdc (conecte-se a <hostname>:%1), ou\n" -"um navegador de Internet compatível com Java (conecte-se a http://<hostname>:%2/).\n" +"um navegador de Internet compatível com Java (conecte-se a <i" +">http://<hostname>:%2/).\n" "Esta forma de administração remota é menos segura do que o SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3426,7 +3635,8 @@ "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" "A rede é atualmente gerenciada pelo NetworkManager\n" -"ou está completamente desabilitada. O YaST não consegue configurar algumas opções." +"ou está completamente desabilitada. O YaST não consegue configurar algumas" +" opções." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) #: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 @@ -3555,8 +3765,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "Não é recomendado o uso de .local como nome de domínio devido ao DNS multicast. Usá-lo por conta e risco?" +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it" +" at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"Não é recomendado o uso de .local como nome de domínio devido ao DNS" +" multicast. Usá-lo por conta e risco?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 @@ -3737,9 +3951,11 @@ "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" "Quando a Expressão regular do prefixo de discagem é usada,\n" -"os usuários podem alterar o prefixo de discagem no KInternet desde que esse valor \n" +"os usuários podem alterar o prefixo de discagem no KInternet desde que esse" +" valor \n" "combine com a expressão. Um valor recomendado é <tt>[09]?</tt>,\n" -"permitindo os dígitos <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt> e um prefixo vazio. Se a expressão\n" +"permitindo os dígitos <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt> e um prefixo vazio. Se a" +" expressão\n" "estiver vazia, os usuários não poderão alterar o prefixo.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup @@ -3816,7 +4032,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ao conectar o cabo:\n" "A interface será monitorada até que um cabo seja conectado fisicamente\n" -"à interface. Isso significa que o cabo está conectado ou que a interface sem fio \n" +"à interface. Isso significa que o cabo está conectado ou que a interface sem" +" fio \n" "pode conectar-se com o ponto de acesso.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation @@ -3845,13 +4062,18 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this" +" startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still" +" available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Usar Em NFSroot é semelhante a <tt>auto</tt>. As interfaces com esse modo de\n" -"inicialização jamais serão encerradas pelo <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. O <tt>ifdown <interface></tt>\n" -"ainda está disponível. Utilize-o quando tiver um sistema de arquivos nfs ou iscsi.\n" +"Usar Em NFSroot é semelhante a <tt>auto</tt>. As interfaces com esse" +" modo de\n" +"inicialização jamais serão encerradas pelo <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. O <tt" +">ifdown <interface></tt>\n" +"ainda está disponível. Utilize-o quando tiver um sistema de arquivos nfs ou" +" iscsi.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 @@ -3863,12 +4085,14 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time" +" activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ativação do dispositivo</big> \n" -"Escolha quando uma interface de rede deve ser ativada. Durante a inicialização inicia durante\n" +"Escolha quando uma interface de rede deve ser ativada. Durante a" +" inicialização inicia durante\n" "a inicialização do sistema. Nunca não inicia o dispositivo.\n" "%1\n" @@ -3942,7 +4166,7 @@ msgstr "" "O NetworkManager é controlado por um miniaplicativo\n" "da área de trabalho (widget plasma do KDE e nm-applet\n" -"para o GNOME).Tenha certeza de que ele está em execução. Caso contrário,\n" +"para o GNOME). Certifique-se de que ele está em execução. Caso contrário,\n" "inicie-o manualmente." #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 @@ -4008,8 +4232,12 @@ msgstr "Confirmar o reinício da rede" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "Por causa da rede em ponte, o YaST2 necessita reiniciar a rede para aplicar as configurações." +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply" +" the settings." +msgstr "" +"Por causa da rede em ponte, o YaST2 necessita reiniciar a rede para aplicar" +" as configurações." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 @@ -4457,8 +4685,15 @@ msgstr "Não há informações de hardware (hwinfo)" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "Não foi possível configurar a placa de rede porque o módulo do kernel (eth0, wlan0) não está presente. Isto normalmente ocorre quando está faltando o firmware (para dispositivos sem fio). Veja a saída do comando dmesg para obter mais detalhes." +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0)" +" is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan" +" devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível configurar a placa de rede porque o módulo do kernel (eth0," +" wlan0) não está presente. Isto normalmente ocorre quando está faltando o" +" firmware (para dispositivos sem fio). Veja a saída do comando dmesg para" +" obter mais detalhes." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/packager.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:56UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:19-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ "Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" "the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Remova as entradas selecionando-as na tabela e clicando no botão Remover.\n" +"Remova as entradas selecionando-as na tabela e clicando no botão <b" +">Remover.\n" "A entrada será removida imediatamente da configuração atual.\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 @@ -250,7 +251,8 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"As fontes online definidas pelo produto necessitam de uma conexão com a Internet.\n" +"As fontes online definidas pelo produto necessitam de uma conexão com a" +" Internet.\n" "\n" "Deseja configurá-la?" @@ -394,13 +396,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Selecione os repositórios online desejados e clique Próximo.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</p" +">\n" +msgstr "" +"Selecione os repositórios online desejados e clique Próximo.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Selecione os repositórios online desejados e clique em Concluir.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Selecione os repositórios online desejados e clique em Concluir.</p" +">\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -417,7 +426,9 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "O gerenciador de repositórios está baixando os detalhes do repositório..." +msgstr "" +"O gerenciador de repositórios está baixando os detalhes do repositório...<" +"/p>" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -511,8 +522,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Falha na execução do resolvedor de pacote. Verifique sua seção de software no perfil do AutoYaST." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST" +" profile." +msgstr "" +"Falha na execução do resolvedor de pacote. Verifique sua seção de software no" +" perfil do AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -571,8 +586,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Repositórios de Instalação - este módulo não suporta a interface de linha de comando. Utilize '%1'." +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line" +" interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Repositórios de Instalação - este módulo não suporta a interface de linha de" +" comando. Utilize '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 @@ -603,7 +622,7 @@ #. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 msgid "Raw URL: %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL bruta: %s" #. heading - in case repo name not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 @@ -753,21 +772,33 @@ "Gerencie os repositórios de software e serviços configurados.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "Um serviço ou Serviço de índice de repositório (RIS) é um protocolo para gerenciamento de repositório de pacote. Um serviço pode oferecer um ou mais repositórios de software que podem ser modificados dinamicamente pelo administrador do serviço." +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol" +" for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software" +" repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Um serviço ou Serviço de índice de repositório (RIS) é um" +" protocolo para gerenciamento de repositório de pacote. Um serviço pode" +" oferecer um ou mais repositórios de software que podem ser modificados" +" dinamicamente pelo administrador do serviço." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository" +" or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available" +" at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Adicionando um novo repositório ou um serviço \n" -"Para adicionar um novo repositório, use Adicionar e especifique o repositório de software ou serviço.\n" -"O YaST detectará automaticamente se um serviço ou um repositório está disponível na localização fornecida.\n" +"Para adicionar um novo repositório, use Adicionar e especifique o" +" repositório de software ou serviço.\n" +"O YaST detectará automaticamente se um serviço ou um repositório está" +" disponível na localização fornecida.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -809,44 +840,69 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository," +" use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh" +" status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use" +" the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Alterando o status de um repositório ou de um serviço\n" -"Para alterar a localização de um repositório, use Editar. Para remover um repositório, use\n" -"Remover. Para habilitar ou desabilitar o repositório ou para alterar o status da atualização no momento da inicialização, selecione o repositório na tabela e use as caixas de seleção abaixo.\n" +"Para alterar a localização de um repositório, use Editar. Para remover" +" um repositório, use\n" +"Remover. Para habilitar ou desabilitar o repositório ou para alterar o" +" status da atualização no momento da inicialização, selecione o repositório" +" na tabela e use as caixas de seleção abaixo.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority)" +" and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in" +" more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Prioridade de um repositório \n" -"A prioridade de um repositório é um valor inteiro entre 0 (a prioridade mais alta) e 200 (a prioridade mais baixa). A prioridade padrão é 99. Se um pacote estiver disponível em mais repositórios, o repositório com maior prioridade é utilizado.\n" +"A prioridade de um repositório é um valor inteiro entre 0 (a prioridade mais" +" alta) e 200 (a prioridade mais baixa). A prioridade padrão é 99. Se um" +" pacote estiver disponível em mais repositórios, o repositório com maior" +" prioridade é utilizado.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Selecione a opção apropriada no topo da janela para navegar nos repositórios e serviços." +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in" +" repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Selecione a opção apropriada no topo da janela para navegar nos" +" repositórios e serviços." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after" +" installation." msgstr "" -"Manter pacotes baixados Marque esta opção para manter pacotes baixados\n" -"num cache local, de modo que eles possam ser reutilizados mais tarde quando os pacotes\n" -"forem reinstalados. Se esta opção estiver desmarcada, os pacotes serão deletados após a instalação." +"Manter pacotes baixados Marque esta opção para manter pacotes" +" baixados\n" +"num cache local, de modo que eles possam ser reutilizados mais tarde quando" +" os pacotes\n" +"forem reinstalados. Se esta opção estiver desmarcada, os pacotes serão" +" deletados após a instalação." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "O cache local padrão está localizado no diretório /var/cache/zypp/packages. A localização pode ser modificada no arquivo /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory <B" +">/var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" +"/B> file." +msgstr "" +"O cache local padrão está localizado no diretório <B" +">/var/cache/zypp/packages. A localização pode ser modificada no arquivo <" +"B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 @@ -975,8 +1031,11 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "Não foi possível solucionar as dependências automaticamente. É necessária uma intervenção manual." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível solucionar as dependências automaticamente. É necessária uma" +" intervenção manual." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 @@ -990,18 +1049,25 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Instalação de software - este módulo não suporta a interface de linha de comando. Utilize '%1'." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line" +" interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Instalação de software - este módulo não suporta a interface de linha de" +" comando. Utilize '%1'." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." -msgstr "Erro: não foi possível copiar o pacote %1 para o repositório temporário." +msgstr "" +"Erro: não foi possível copiar o pacote %1 para o repositório temporário." #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "Erro: não foi possível adicionar um diretório temporário. Os pacotes não podem ser instalados." +msgstr "" +"Erro: não foi possível adicionar um diretório temporário. Os pacotes não" +" podem ser instalados." #. error message #. error message @@ -1122,7 +1188,9 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "A unidade não contém uma mídia ou o sistema de arquivos da imagem está danificado." +msgstr "" +"A unidade não contém uma mídia ou o sistema de arquivos da imagem está" +" danificado." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1131,13 +1199,18 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "Erro -- A soma de verificação MD5 não combina Esta mídia não deve ser usada." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"Erro -- A soma de verificação MD5 não combina Esta mídia não deve" +" ser usada." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "Unknown -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." -msgstr "Desconhecido -- A soma de verificação MD5 correta da mídia é desconhecida." +msgstr "" +"Desconhecido -- A soma de verificação MD5 correta da mídia é" +" desconhecida." #. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 @@ -1158,22 +1231,26 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you" +" should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Quando você tiver um problema com\n" -"a instalação e estiver usando uma mídia de instalação em CD ou DVD, você deve verificar\n" +"a instalação e estiver usando uma mídia de instalação em CD ou DVD, você deve" +" verificar\n" "se a mídia está danificada.\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</B" +">\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Selecione uma unidade, insira a mídia na unidade e pressione Iniciar Verificação\n" +"Selecione uma unidade, insira a mídia na unidade e pressione Iniciar" +" Verificação\n" "ou use Verificar arquivo ISO e selecione um arquivo ISO.\n" "A verificação pode durar vários minutos dependendo da velocidade da unidade\n" "e tamanho da mídia. A verificação valida a soma de verificação MD5." @@ -1181,11 +1258,13 @@ #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the" +" installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Se a verificação da mídia falhar, você não deve continuar a instalação.\n" -"Ela pode falhar ou você pode perder dados. É melhor substituir a mídia danificada.\n" +"Ela pode falhar ou você pode perder dados. É melhor substituir a mídia" +" danificada.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1193,26 +1272,38 @@ "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" msgstr "" -"Após a verificação você pode inserir a próxima mídia e iniciar o procedimento\n" +"Após a verificação você pode inserir a próxima mídia e iniciar o" +" procedimento\n" "novamente. A ordem das mídias não é relevante.\n" #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Nota: Você não pode alterar a mídia enquanto ela estiver sendo usada pelo sistema." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Nota: Você não pode alterar a mídia enquanto ela estiver sendo" +" usada pelo sistema." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Para verificar a mídia antes de iniciar a instalação utilize o item de verificação de mídia no menu de inicialização." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the" +" boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Para verificar a mídia antes de iniciar a instalação utilize o item de" +" verificação de mídia no menu de inicialização." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your" +" recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P" +">\n" msgstr "" -"Se você gravar a mídia, utilize a opção pad no seu software de gravação.\n" +"Se você gravar a mídia, utilize a opção pad no seu software de" +" gravação.\n" "Isto evita erros de leitura no final da mídia durante a verificação.\n" #. advice check of the media @@ -1370,7 +1461,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Adicionando uma nova chave GPG \n" -"Para adicionar uma nova chave GPG, especifique o caminho para o arquivo da chave.\n" +"Para adicionar uma nova chave GPG, especifique o caminho para o arquivo da" +" chave.\n" "\n" #. header in file selection popup @@ -1397,7 +1489,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Adicionando uma nova chave GPG \n" -"Para adicionar uma nova chave GPG, utilize Adicionar e especifique o caminho para o arquivo da chave.\n" +"Para adicionar uma nova chave GPG, utilize Adicionar e especifique o" +" caminho para o arquivo da chave.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1411,7 +1504,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Alterando o status da chave GPG\n" -"Para alterar o indicador de confiança, utilize Editar. Para remover a chave GPG,\n" +"Para alterar o indicador de confiança, utilize Editar. Para remover a" +" chave GPG,\n" "utilize Remover.\n" "\n" @@ -1556,10 +1650,9 @@ #. push button #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait..." msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Aguarde..." +msgstr "Notas de &lançamento..." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report @@ -1584,10 +1677,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional" +" repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"O repositório de instalação contém também os repositórios adicionais listados.\n" +"O repositório de instalação contém também os repositórios adicionais" +" listados.\n" "Selecione aqueles que deseja usar.\n" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 @@ -1745,28 +1840,48 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Seu computador é um sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. Entretanto, você está tentando instalar uma distribuição de 32 bits." +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a" +" 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Seu computador é um sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. Entretanto, você está tentando" +" instalar uma distribuição de 32 bits." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "A lista de padrão informa qual funcionalidade estará disponível após a instalação do sistema." +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after" +" installing the system." +msgstr "" +"A lista de padrão informa qual funcionalidade estará disponível após a" +" instalação do sistema." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "A proposta relata o tamanho total dos arquivos que serão instalados no sistema. No entanto, o sistema conterá alguns outros arquivos (temporários e arquivos de trabalho), então o espaço utilizado será ligeiramente maior que o valor proposto. Consequentemente, é uma boa ideia ter pelo menos 25% (ou algo em torno de 300MB) de espaço livre antes de iniciar a instalação." +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to" +" the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and" +" working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed" +" value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB)" +" free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"A proposta relata o tamanho total dos arquivos que serão instalados no" +" sistema. No entanto, o sistema conterá alguns outros arquivos (temporários e" +" arquivos de trabalho), então o espaço utilizado será ligeiramente maior que" +" o valor proposto. Consequentemente, é uma boa ideia ter pelo menos 25% (ou" +" algo em torno de 300MB) de espaço livre antes de iniciar a instalação." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the" +" connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "O tamanho 'total do download' é o tamanho dos pacotes que serão baixados\n" -"dos repositórios remotos (rede). Este valor é importante quando a conexão for lenta ou existir um limite de dados para baixar.\n" +"dos repositórios remotos (rede). Este valor é importante quando a conexão for" +" lenta ou existir um limite de dados para baixar.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1801,27 +1916,41 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "Estes produtos complementares foram marcados para remoção automática: %1" +msgstr "" +"Estes produtos complementares foram marcados para remoção automática: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Entre em contato com os fabricantes destes complementos para obter a nova mídia de instalação." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation" +" media." +msgstr "" +"Entre em contato com os fabricantes destes complementos para obter a nova" +" mídia de instalação." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Entre em contato com os fabricantes destes complementos para obter a nova mídia de instalação." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "" +"Entre em contato com os fabricantes destes complementos para obter a nova" +" mídia de instalação." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Erro: não foi possível verificar o espaço livre no diretório básico %1 (dispositivo %2), não foi possível iniciar a instalação." +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot" +" start installation." +msgstr "" +"Erro: não foi possível verificar o espaço livre no diretório básico %1" +" (dispositivo %2), não foi possível iniciar a instalação." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "Aviso: não foi possível verificar o espaço livre no diretório %1 (dispositivo %2)." +msgstr "" +"Aviso: não foi possível verificar o espaço livre no diretório %1 (dispositivo" +" %2)." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 @@ -1831,7 +1960,8 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "Espaço em disco insuficiente. Remova alguns pacotes na seleção simples." +msgstr "" +"Espaço em disco insuficiente. Remova alguns pacotes na seleção simples." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 @@ -1851,7 +1981,8 @@ #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "O produto %{old_product} será atualizado para %{new_product}" +msgstr "" +"O produto %{old_product} será atualizado para %{new_product}" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" @@ -1864,10 +1995,9 @@ msgstr "Aviso: O produto %s será removido." #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." -msgstr "Erro: O produto %s será automaticamente removido." +msgstr "Erro: O produto %s será automaticamente removido." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") @@ -1875,15 +2005,20 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or" +" module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to" +" the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Alguns produtos estão marcados para remoção automática.</li>\n" -"<ul><li>Contate o fornecedor do complementar removido para fornecer a você uma\n" -"nova mídia de instalação</li><li>Ou selecione a extensão online ou módulo apropriado\n" -"no passo do registro</li><li>Ou para continuar com a atualização do produto vá para a\n" +"<ul><li>Contate o fornecedor do complementar removido para fornecer a você" +" uma\n" +"nova mídia de instalação</li><li>Ou selecione a extensão online ou módulo" +" apropriado\n" +"no passo do registro</li><li>Ou para continuar com a atualização do produto" +" vá para a\n" "seleção de software e marque o produto (o pacote -release) para remoção.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" @@ -1901,7 +2036,8 @@ msgstr "" "Estas são as notas do lançamento inicial. Elas fazem\n" "parte da mídia de instalação. Durante a instalação, se uma conexão\n" -"à Internet estiver disponível, você poderá baixar as notas de lançamento atualizadas\n" +"à Internet estiver disponível, você poderá baixar as notas de lançamento" +" atualizadas\n" "no servidor de Internet do openSUSE.\n" #. popup - information label @@ -1968,8 +2104,12 @@ msgstr "Não foi possível ler o arquivo de licença %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "Para exibir a licença do produto adequadamente, coloque o arquivo license.tar.gz na raiz do live CD quando construir a imagem." +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root" +" of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"Para exibir a licença do produto adequadamente, coloque o arquivo" +" license.tar.gz na raiz do live CD quando construir a imagem." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 @@ -1992,7 +2132,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" #| "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -2001,7 +2140,7 @@ "on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" "Se você quiser imprimir este EULA, poderá encontrá-lo\n" -"na primeira mídia, no arquivo %1" +"na primeira mídia, no arquivo %s" #. help text #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 @@ -2335,10 +2474,14 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is" +" empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the" +" name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nome do repositório</big> \n" -"Utilize Nome do repositório para especificar o nome do repositório. Se o campo estiver vazio, o YaST usará o nome do produto (se disponível) ou o URL como nome.\n" +"Utilize Nome do repositório para especificar o nome do repositório. Se" +" o campo estiver vazio, o YaST usará o nome do produto (se disponível) ou o" +" URL como nome.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 @@ -2349,10 +2492,12 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty," +" YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nome do serviço</big> \n" -"Use Nome do serviço para especificar o nome do serviço. Se o campo estiver vazio, o YaST usará parte da URL do serviço como nome.\n" +"Use Nome do serviço para especificar o nome do serviço. Se o campo" +" estiver vazio, o YaST usará parte da URL do serviço como nome.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 @@ -2400,12 +2545,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man" +" 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Opções de montagem</big> \n" "Você pode especificar opções extras usadas para montar o volume NFS.\n" -"Esta é uma opção avançada, manter o valor padrão é recomendado. Veja man 5 nfs\n" +"Esta é uma opção avançada, manter o valor padrão é recomendado. Veja man 5" +" nfs\n" "para detalhes e a lista de opções suportadas." #. radio button @@ -2482,7 +2629,8 @@ "<big>Diretório local</big> \n" "Defina Caminho para o diretório para especificar o caminho do\n" "diretório. Se o diretório contiver somente pacotes RPM sem\n" -"quaisquer metadados (ex.: não existe nenhuma informação sobre o produto), então marque a opção\n" +"quaisquer metadados (ex.: não existe nenhuma informação sobre o produto)," +" então marque a opção\n" "Diretório RPM.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), @@ -2511,7 +2659,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Pendrive USB ou disco</big> \n" "Selecione o dispositivo USB onde o repositório está localizado.\n" -"Use o Caminho para o diretório para especificar o diretório do repositório.\n" +"Use o Caminho para o diretório para especificar o diretório do" +" repositório.\n" "Se o caminho for omitido o sistema irá usar o diretório raiz do disco.\n" "Se o diretório contiver apenas pacotes RPM sem nenhum metadado\n" "(ex:. se não existir informações sobre o produto), então marque a opção\n" @@ -2526,7 +2675,8 @@ "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" msgstr "" "O sistema de arquivos utilizado no dispositivo será automaticamente\n" -"detectado se o sistema de arquivos 'auto' estiver selecionado. Se a detecção falhar ou se você\n" +"detectado se o sistema de arquivos 'auto' estiver selecionado. Se a detecção" +" falhar ou se você\n" "quiser utilizar um sistema de arquivos específico, selecione-o da lista.\n" #. combobox title @@ -2546,7 +2696,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Disco</big> \n" "Selecione o disco onde o repositório está localizado.\n" -"Utilize o Caminho para o diretório para especificar o diretório do repositório.\n" +"Utilize o Caminho para o diretório para especificar o diretório do" +" repositório.\n" "Se o caminho for omitido o sistema usará o diretório raiz do disco.\n" "Se o diretório contiver apenas pacotes RPM sem nenhum metadado\n" "(ex:. se não existir informações sobre o produto), então marque a opção\n" @@ -2641,7 +2792,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to" +" Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2652,7 +2804,8 @@ "Para permitir a autenticação, desmarque Anônimo e especifique o\n" "Nome de usuário e a Senha.\n" "\n" -"Para um repositório SMB/CIFS, especifique o nome do Compartilhamento e o Caminho para o diretório\n" +"Para um repositório SMB/CIFS, especifique o nome do Compartilhamento e" +" o Caminho para o diretório\n" "ou Imagem ISO. \n" "Se a localização for um arquivo contendo uma imagem ISO\n" "da mídia, configure a Imagem ISO.\n" @@ -2663,23 +2816,22 @@ "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"É possível definir o número da Porta para um repositório HTTP/HTTPS.\n" +"É possível definir o número da Porta para um repositório" +" HTTP/HTTPS.\n" "Deixe o campo vazio para usar a porta padrão.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" -msgstr "Eu gostaria de instalar um produto complementar adicional" +msgstr "Eu &gostaria de instalar um produto complementar adicional" #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." msgid "Net&work Configuration..." -msgstr "Verificando a configuração da rede..." +msgstr "Configuração de &rede..." #. help text #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 @@ -2689,7 +2841,8 @@ "or on the hard disk." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo de mídia</big> \n" -"O repositório de software pode estar localizado no CD, em um servidor de rede\n" +"O repositório de software pode estar localizado no CD, em um servidor de" +" rede\n" "ou no disco rígido." #. help, continued @@ -2755,13 +2908,15 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download" +" the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Baixar arquivos \n" "Cada repositório possui arquivos de descrição que descrevem seu conteúdo.\n" -"Marque a opção Baixar arquivos de descrição do repositório para baixar os arquivos\n" +"Marque a opção Baixar arquivos de descrição do repositório para baixar" +" os arquivos\n" "ao fechar este módulo do YaST. Se a opção estiver desmarcada, o YaST irá\n" "baixar os arquivos automaticamente quando precisar deles mais tarde.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -2,22 +2,24 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-09 13:28-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:04-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Commandline help title #: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 @@ -37,7 +39,9 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Selecione 'sim' para permitir ou 'não' para não permitir a administração remota" +msgstr "" +"Selecione 'sim' para permitir ou 'não' para não permitir a administração" +" remota" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 @@ -50,7 +54,7 @@ "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." msgstr "" -"Por favor, selecione 'sim' para permitir a administração remota\n" +"Selecione 'sim' para permitir a administração remota\n" "ou 'não', caso contrário." #. RichText label @@ -88,7 +92,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Configurações da administração remota</big>\n" "Se esta propriedade estiver habilitada, você poderá\n" -"administrar este computador remotamente, a partir de outra máquina. Use um cliente\n" +"administrar este computador remotamente, a partir de outra máquina. Use um" +" cliente\n" "RDP, como o rdesktop (conecte-se a <hostname>:%1).\n" "Esta forma de administração remota é menos segura do que o SSH.\n" @@ -152,3 +157,4 @@ #: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "A administração remota está desabilitada." + Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -5,21 +5,21 @@ # # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2013. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2013, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-21 21:11-0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:02-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xrear module #: src/clients/rear.rb:54 @@ -45,8 +45,12 @@ msgstr "Este sistema não é suportado pelo rear, pois:" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." -msgstr "NÃO espere que o backup criado seja útil para a recuperação do sistema se você ignorar este aviso." +msgid "" +"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you" +" ignore this warning." +msgstr "" +"NÃO espere que o backup criado seja útil para a recuperação do sistema se" +" você ignorar este aviso." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 msgid "This system is not supported." @@ -120,36 +124,80 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." -msgstr "Configure o backup Rear Relax e Recover (ReaR) para seu computador." +msgid "" +"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Configure o backup Rear Relax e Recover (ReaR) para seu" +" computador." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "Decida como iniciar o seu Sistema de recuperação. Escolha USB se você quiser iniciar a partir de um pendrive ou ISO para CD-ROM." +msgid "" +"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to" +" boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "" +"Decida como iniciar o seu Sistema de recuperação. Escolha USB se" +" você quiser iniciar a partir de um pendrive ou ISO para CD-ROM." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "Escolha onde o Backup deve ser armazenado. Selecione NFS se você precisa usar um servidor que oferece um Sistema de Arquivos em Rede (NFS). Por favor, especifique a localização como a seguir: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. Você também pode escolher USB para armazenar seu backup em um pendrive ou disco USB." +msgid "" +"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to" +" use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as" +" follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store" +" your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "" +"Escolha onde o Backup deve ser armazenado. Selecione NFS se você" +" precisa usar um servidor que oferece um Sistema de Arquivos em Rede (NFS)." +" Por favor, especifique a localização como a seguir: <tt" +">nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. Você também pode escolher USB para armazenar" +" seu backup em um pendrive ou disco USB." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "Se nenhum dispositivo USB for exibido, conecte um pendrive ou um disco USB e clique em Ler novamente os dispositivos USB." +msgid "" +"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click" +" Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "" +"Se nenhum dispositivo USB for exibido, conecte um pendrive ou um disco USB" +" e clique em Ler novamente os dispositivos USB." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." -msgstr "Selecionar Manter backup antigos se você não quiser que a cópia anterior do backup seja sobrescrita." +msgid "" +"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy" +" to be overwritten." +msgstr "" +"Selecionar Manter backup antigos se você não quiser que a cópia" +" anterior do backup seja sobrescrita." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "O menu Avançado oferece a possibilidade de adicionar diretórios adicionais ao backup e módulos do kernel adicionais ao sistema recuperação. Isso é útil somente se seu backup não possuir todos os diretórios necessários ou se o sistema de recuperação não iniciar devido a módulos do kernel ausentes." +msgid "" +"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the" +" backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's" +" only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the" +" rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "" +"O menu Avançado oferece a possibilidade de adicionar diretórios" +" adicionais ao backup e módulos do kernel adicionais ao sistema" +" recuperação. Isso é útil somente se seu backup não possuir todos os" +" diretórios necessários ou se o sistema de recuperação não iniciar devido a" +" módulos do kernel ausentes." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" -msgstr "O botão Salvar e executar o rear agora executa o rear e exibe sua saída. Tenha certeza de testar se o backup criado funciona como esperado em seu sistema!" +msgid "" +"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output." +" Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your" +" system!" +msgstr "" +"O botão Salvar e executar o rear agora executa o rear e exibe sua" +" saída. Certifique-se de testar se o backup criado funciona como" +" esperado em seu sistema!" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "OK salva a configuração e sai, enquanto o Cancelar fecha o diálogo de configuração sem salvá-la." +msgid "" +"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the" +" configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "" +"OK salva a configuração e sai, enquanto o Cancelar fecha o" +" diálogo de configuração sem salvá-la." #. prepare advanced menu #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 @@ -212,11 +260,17 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581 msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" -msgstr "NETFS_URL está configurado com um valor desconhecido ou incorretamente formatado.\n" +msgstr "" +"NETFS_URL está configurado com um valor desconhecido ou incorretamente" +" formatado.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" -msgstr "Seu arquivo de configuração do rear contem opções que este módulo do YaST2 não pode configurar.\n" +msgid "" +"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot" +" configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"Seu arquivo de configuração do rear contem opções que este módulo do YaST2" +" não pode configurar.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" @@ -280,3 +334,4 @@ #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151 msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." msgstr "A partição %1 utiliza um sistema de arquivos não suportado (%2)." + Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -7,22 +7,22 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:50-0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:19-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 msgid "E-mail Address: %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endereço de e-mail: %s" #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 msgid "Registration Code is Configured" @@ -564,7 +564,9 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot" +" provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective" +" extension or module." msgstr "" #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog @@ -610,12 +612,16 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific" +" registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE" +" Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. dialog title @@ -625,7 +631,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label @@ -644,8 +651,12 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -msgstr "Aqui você pode ver todos os produtos complementares que estão instalados em seu sistema." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered" +" again." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode ver todos os produtos complementares que estão instalados" +" em seu sistema." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 @@ -656,7 +667,9 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together" +" with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 @@ -722,22 +735,28 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center" +" database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product" +" Registration." msgstr "" -"O registro do produto inclui seu produto no banco de dados da Central do Cliente SUSE,\n" +"O registro do produto inclui seu produto no banco de dados da Central do" +" Cliente SUSE,\n" " habilitando-o a receber atualizações onlines e suporte técnico.\n" -"Para registrar durante a instalação automática, selecione Realizar o registro do produto." +"Para registrar durante a instalação automática, selecione Realizar o" +" registro do produto." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL" +" of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" "Se sua rede possui um servidor de registro personalizado, informe o URL\n" -"correto do servidor e a localização do certificado SMT em Configurações do servidor SMT.\n" +"correto do servidor e a localização do certificado SMT em Configurações do" +" servidor SMT.\n" "Consulte o seu manual do SMT para detalhes." #. the UI defition for the global registration status @@ -838,7 +857,9 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get" +" updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration @@ -899,34 +920,56 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." -msgstr "Uma conexão segura (HTTPS) utiliza certificados SSL para verificar a autenticidade do servidor e para criptografar os dados transferidos." +msgid "" +"Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the" +" authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." +msgstr "" +"Uma conexão segura (HTTPS) utiliza certificados SSL para verificar a" +" autenticidade do servidor e para criptografar os dados transferidos." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "Você pode escolher importar o certificado na lista de autoridades certificadores (CA) conhecidas. Isso significa que você confia no elemento e o emissor do certificado desconhecido." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known" +" certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the" +" issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"Você pode escolher importar o certificado na lista de autoridades" +" certificadores (CA) conhecidas. Isso significa que você confia no elemento e" +" o emissor do certificado desconhecido." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "A importação de um certificação lhe permitirá utilizar, por exemplo, um certificado auto-assinado." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed" +" certificate." +msgstr "" +"A importação de um certificação lhe permitirá utilizar, por exemplo, um" +" certificado auto-assinado." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." -msgstr "Importante: você deve verificar a impressão digital do certificado para garantir que o certificado genuíno seja importado do servidor." +msgid "" +"Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of" +" certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." +msgstr "" +"Importante: você deve verificar a impressão digital do certificado" +" para garantir que o certificado genuíno seja importado do servidor." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "A importação de um certificado desconhecido sem realizar a verificação é um risco de segurança." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security" +" risk." +msgstr "" +"A importação de um certificado desconhecido sem realizar a verificação" +" é um risco de segurança." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details @@ -951,7 +994,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for" +" online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found" +" in the selected repositories." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label @@ -1022,7 +1068,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver" +" may offer several possible migration to new products." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) @@ -1034,8 +1082,12 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." -msgstr "Use Editar para alterar a configuração da imagem selecionada ou criar a imagem." +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories" +" later." +msgstr "" +"Use Editar para alterar a configuração da imagem selecionada ou" +" criar a imagem." #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 #, fuzzy @@ -1076,7 +1128,9 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server" +" (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... @@ -1124,11 +1178,15 @@ msgstr "O sistema já está registrado." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or" +" modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE" +" Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. button label Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -6,22 +6,22 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2012. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2012, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 15:02-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:20-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" @@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required #: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -46,8 +45,8 @@ "with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Depois de desligar, recarregue o sistema\n" -"com um IPL do DASD '%1'.\n" +"Após desligar, recarregue o sistema\n" +"com um IPL do dispositivo '%1'.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a FCP name @@ -177,7 +176,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big> \n" -"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar agora.\n" +"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar</b" +"> agora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 @@ -209,29 +209,38 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio" +" buttons\n" "listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" msgstr "" -"Escolha um dos métodos para reiniciar seu computador com os botões de seleção listados\n" +"Escolha um dos métodos para reiniciar seu computador com os botões de" +" seleção listados\n" "em Métodos do reipl. Dependendo do que o seu computador \n" "suportar, escolha entre dispositivos CCW (channel command word) e \n" -"dispositivos SCSI, que são conectados através de zFCP (protocolo de canal de fibra). Depois \n" -"preencha os parâmetros necessários nos campos de entrada para o respectivo método.\n" +"dispositivos SCSI, que são conectados através de zFCP (protocolo de canal de" +" fibra). Depois \n" +"preencha os parâmetros necessários nos campos de entrada para o respectivo" +" método.\n" #. Configure dialog help 3 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device" +" ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a" +" DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" -"O dispositivo deve ser um ID de barramento de dispositivo válido com letras minúsculas \n" -"no sysfs em um formato compatível com 0. <subcanal conjunto ID>.\n" -"<ID do dispositivo>, tais como 0.0.5c51. Dependendo do método escolhido, \n" +"O dispositivo deve ser um ID de barramento de dispositivo válido" +" com letras minúsculas \n" +"no sysfs em um formato compatível com 0. <subcanal conjunto ID></i" +">.\n" +"<ID do dispositivo>, tais como 0.0.5c51. Dependendo do método" +" escolhido, \n" "isso pode referir-se a um DASD ou a um adaptador FCP. " #. Configure dialog help 4 @@ -242,7 +251,8 @@ "to select the default configuration." msgstr "" "O Loadparm deve ter no máximo 8 caracteres e seleciona uma \n" -"configuração de inicialização do menu do gerenciador de inicialização. Use um caractere\n" +"configuração de inicialização do menu do gerenciador de inicialização. Use um" +" caractere\n" "em branco para selecionar a configuração padrão." #. Configure dialog help 5 @@ -251,17 +261,22 @@ "The worldwide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" msgstr "" -"O Número da porta worldwide (WWPN) deve ser digitado com letras minúsculas\n" +"O Número da porta worldwide (WWPN) deve ser digitado com letras" +" minúsculas\n" "como um valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos, como 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase" +" letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" -"O Número da unidade lógica (LUN) deve ser digitado com letras minúsculas como\n" -"um valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos com todos os zeros finais, como 0x52ca000000000000." +"O Número da unidade lógica (LUN) deve ser digitado com letras" +" minúsculas como\n" +"um valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos com todos os zeros finais, como" +" 0x52ca000000000000." #. Configure dialog help 7 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 @@ -270,8 +285,10 @@ "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" "the default configuration." msgstr "" -"O Seletor do programa de inicialização deve ser um inteiro não negativo escolhendo\n" -"a configuração de inicialização no menu do gerenciador de inicialização zipl. Use 0 para selecionar \n" +"O Seletor do programa de inicialização deve ser um inteiro não" +" negativo escolhendo\n" +"a configuração de inicialização no menu do gerenciador de inicialização zipl." +" Use 0 para selecionar \n" "a configuração padrão." #. Configure dialog help 8 @@ -280,17 +297,20 @@ "The boot record logical block address (LBA) specifies the master\n" "boot record and is currently always 0." msgstr "" -"O Endereçamento de bloco lógico do registro de inicialização (LBA) especifica o\n" +"O Endereçamento de bloco lógico do registro de inicialização (LBA)" +" especifica o\n" "registro principal de inicializa;cão e geralmente é sempre 0." #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by" +" shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" "Após confirmar este diálogo, você deve reiniciar o computador.\n" -"O sistema será automaticamente inicializado a partir do dispositivo especificado." +"O sistema será automaticamente inicializado a partir do dispositivo" +" especificado." #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -5,21 +5,21 @@ # # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2013, 2014. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2013, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-24 19:31-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:01-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the relocation-server module #: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" -msgstr "Tenha certeza de que a migração em túnel funciona" +msgstr "Certifique-se de que a migração em túnel funciona" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Plain migration" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Make sure plain migration works" -msgstr "Tenha certeza de que a migração simples funciona" +msgstr "Certifique-se de que a migração simples funciona" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" @@ -203,7 +203,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big> \n" -"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar agora.\n" +"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar</b" +"> agora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -232,28 +233,45 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all" +" connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated" +" sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name" +" or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be" +" accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "Endereço de relocação \n" "Endereço no qual o xend deve escutar por conexões relocation-socket\n" "Máquinas permitidas \n" -"As máquinas que podem se comunicar com a porta de relocação. Se estiver vazio, então todas as conexões são permitidas. Caso contrário, este campo deve possuir uma sequência de expressões regulares separadas por espaço em branco. Qualquer máquina cujo nome de domínio completo ou endereço IP que combine com uma dessas expressões regulares será aceito.\n" +"As máquinas que podem se comunicar com a porta de relocação. Se estiver" +" vazio, então todas as conexões são permitidas. Caso contrário, este campo" +" deve possuir uma sequência de expressões regulares separadas por espaço em" +" branco. Qualquer máquina cujo nome de domínio completo ou endereço IP que" +" combine com uma dessas expressões regulares será aceito.\n" "Arquivo de chaves SSL/Arquivo de chaves SSL \n" "Chave e certificado SSL a utilizar na interface de relocação" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host" +" libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting" +" the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the" +" destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually" +" specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Migração em túnel</big> \n" -"A máquina libvirtd de origem abre uma conexão direta para a máquina libvirtd de destino para o envio dos dados da migração. Isto permite a opção de criptografar o fluxo de dados.\n" +"A máquina libvirtd de origem abre uma conexão direta para a máquina libvirtd" +" de destino para o envio dos dados da migração. Isto permite a opção de" +" criptografar o fluxo de dados.\n" "<big>Migração simples</big> \n" -"A máquina VM de origem abre uma conexão direta TCP sem criptografia para a máquina de destino para o envio dos dados da migração. A menos que a porta seja especificada manualmente, o libvirt irá escolher uma porta de migração na faixa padrão." +"A máquina VM de origem abre uma conexão direta TCP sem criptografia para a" +" máquina de destino para o envio dos dados da migração. A menos que a porta" +" seja especificada manualmente, o libvirt irá escolher uma porta de migração" +" na faixa padrão." #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result @@ -391,3 +409,4 @@ #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar as configurações do firewall." + Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -7,22 +7,22 @@ # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-29 14:45-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:20-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" @@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "Módulo de configuração do servidor Samba (consulte a documentação do Samba para obter detalhes)" +msgstr "" +"Módulo de configuração do servidor Samba (consulte a documentação do Samba" +" para obter detalhes)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -115,12 +117,16 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "Uma lista separada por vírgulas de usuários com permissão de leitura neste compartilhamento" +msgstr "" +"Uma lista separada por vírgulas de usuários com permissão de leitura neste" +" compartilhamento" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "Uma lista separada por vírgulas de usuários com permissão de escrita neste compartilhamento" +msgstr "" +"Uma lista separada por vírgulas de usuários com permissão de escrita neste" +" compartilhamento" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 @@ -135,7 +141,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "Uma lista separada por vírgulas dos usuários cujo acesso ao compartilhamento é permitido" +msgstr "" +"Uma lista separada por vírgulas dos usuários cujo acesso ao compartilhamento" +" é permitido" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -155,7 +163,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "O servidor deve fornecer compartilhamentos, mas não deve permitir logins de domínio" +msgstr "" +"O servidor deve fornecer compartilhamentos, mas não deve permitir logins de" +" domínio" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -189,13 +199,18 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgid "" +"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "O DN LDAP para manipulação de informações de usuários no servidor LDAP" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" -msgstr "O DN LDAP para alteração de conteúdo no servidor LDAP (por exemplo, alterar senhas)" +msgid "" +"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing" +" passwords)" +msgstr "" +"O DN LDAP para alteração de conteúdo no servidor LDAP (por exemplo, alterar" +" senhas)" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -256,7 +271,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message #: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" #| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" @@ -265,13 +279,15 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the" +" users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "Como os usuários atualmente estão conectados a este servidor Samba,\n" "a configuração do servidor foi recarregada ao invés de ser reiniciada.\n" -"Para confirmar que todas as configurações devem ser aplicadas, apesar da possibilidade de desconectar\n" -" os usuários, execute '/etc/init.d/smb restart' e '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"Para confirmar que todas as configurações devem ser aplicadas, apesar da" +" possibilidade de desconectar\n" +" os usuários, execute 'systemctl restart smb' e 'systemctl restart nmb'" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 @@ -301,7 +317,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "Múltiplos valores opcionais para uma infraestrutura devem ser colocados entre aspas." +msgstr "" +"Múltiplos valores opcionais para uma infraestrutura devem ser colocados entre" +" aspas." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -857,7 +875,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização</big> \n" -"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar agora.\n" +"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar<" +"/b> agora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -885,28 +904,37 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and" +" click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Seleção de Grupo de Trabalho ou Domínio</big> \n" -"Selecione o nome de um grupo de trabalho ou domínio ou digite seu próprio nome e clique em Próximo.\n" +"Selecione o nome de um grupo de trabalho ou domínio ou digite seu próprio" +" nome e clique em Próximo.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style" +" domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their" +" passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings" +" in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be" +" phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo do servidor samba</big>\n" "Um controlador de domínio permite que clientes Windows efetuem login em\n" "um domínio estilo Windows NT.\n" -"O controlador de backup utiliza outro controlador de domínio para validação.\n" -"O controlador primário utiliza suas próprias informações sobre usuários e suas senhas.\n" -"As opções disponíveis nos diálogos de configuração dependem das configurações \n" +"O controlador de backup utiliza outro controlador de domínio para" +" validação.\n" +"O controlador primário utiliza suas próprias informações sobre usuários e" +" suas senhas.\n" +"As opções disponíveis nos diálogos de configuração dependem das" +" configurações \n" "neste seleção. A funcionalidade de controlador de domínio estilo Windows NT\n" "será removida nos lançamentos futuros." @@ -914,12 +942,14 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.<" +"/p>\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo do servidor Samba</big>\n" -"Um controlador de domínio permite que os clientes Windows efetuem login em um domínio do Windows.\n" +"Um controlador de domínio permite que os clientes Windows efetuem login em" +" um domínio do Windows.\n" " As opções disponíveis nos diálogos de configuração \n" " dependem das definições desta seleção." @@ -934,7 +964,8 @@ "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " msgstr "" "Esta lista contém os compartilhamentos já configurados e informações \n" -"básicas sobre eles, além de indicar se estão habilitados ou desabilitados. " +"básicas sobre eles, além de indicar se estão habilitados ou desabilitados.<br" +">" #. Share list dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 @@ -973,7 +1004,8 @@ "already existing share, and Delete to \n" "remove the information about a share.\n" msgstr "" -"Use Adicionar para adicionar um novo compartilhamento, Editar para alterar um\n" +"Use Adicionar para adicionar um novo compartilhamento, Editar</b" +"> para alterar um\n" "compartilhamento existente e Remover para \n" "remover informações sobre um compartilhamento.\n" @@ -992,17 +1024,22 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain" +" Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The" +" backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "As configurações básicas definem o domínio e a\n" -"função do servidor. O Controlador Reserva de Domínio e o Controlador de Domínio Primário permitem que os clientes Windows efetuem login em um domínio do Windows. O controlador reserva \n" +"função do servidor. O Controlador Reserva de Domínio e o <b" +">Controlador de Domínio Primário permitem que os clientes Windows efetuem" +" login em um domínio do Windows. O controlador reserva \n" "usa outro controlador de domínio para validação. O controlador primário\n" "usa suas próprias informações sobre os usuários e suas senhas.\n" -"Se o servidor não deve participar como controlador de domínio, escolha o valor \n" +"Se o servidor não deve participar como controlador de domínio, escolha o" +" valor \n" "Não é um DC.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 @@ -1014,7 +1051,8 @@ "as a domain controller, choose Not a DC.\n" msgstr "" "As Configurações Básicas definem o domínio e a\n" -"função do servidor. O Controlador de Domínio Primário permite que os clientes Windows\n" +"função do servidor. O Controlador de Domínio Primário permite que os" +" clientes Windows\n" "efetuem login em um domínio do Windows. Se o servidor não deve participar\n" "como controlador de domínio, escolha Não é um DC.\n" @@ -1048,10 +1086,12 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global" +" settings.\n" msgstr "" "As Configurações avançadas fornecem acesso a\n" -"configurações detalhadas, fontes de autenticação de usuário e a configurações globais avançadas.\n" +"configurações detalhadas, fontes de autenticação de usuário e a configurações" +" globais avançadas.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1106,7 +1146,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Use Adicionar para adicionar uma nova opção de configuração, Editar para alterar uma\n" +"Use Adicionar para adicionar uma nova opção de configuração, <b" +">Editar para alterar uma\n" "opção existente e Remover para remover uma opção.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 @@ -1124,8 +1165,10 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Use Adicionar para adicionar uma nova opção de configuração, Editar \n" -"para alterar um opção já existente e Remover para remover uma opção.\n" +"Use Adicionar para adicionar uma nova opção de configuração, <b" +">Editar \n" +"para alterar um opção já existente e Remover para remover uma opção.<" +"/p>\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1142,21 +1185,27 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</b" +"> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "O DN Base de Pesquisa (nome exclusivo) é\n" -"a base para realizar a pesquisa de informações. O DN de Administração é usado na\n" +"a base para realizar a pesquisa de informações. O DN de Administração" +" é usado na\n" "criação de novos usuários e grupos. Se o DN de administração exigir uma\n" "senha para acesso de gravação, defina-a usando \n" "Definir Senha de Administração do LDAP.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" -msgstr "Observação: as configurações são salvas antes que a senha de administração do LDAP seja definida.\n" +msgid "" +"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is" +" set.\n" +msgstr "" +"Observação: as configurações são salvas antes que a senha de" +" administração do LDAP seja definida.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1166,7 +1215,8 @@ "information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Infraestrutura de informação de autenticação de usuário</big> \n" +"<big>Infraestrutura de informação de autenticação de usuário</big><" +"br>\n" "Escolha o local no qual o servidor Samba deve procurar pelas informações de\n" "autenticação. O Samba não suporta mais múltiplas infraestruturas de uma vez.\n" "Somente uma única fonte é permitida.\n" @@ -1174,10 +1224,12 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current" +" one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Se você quiser alterar a fonte de autenticação do usuário, primeiro remova a atual\n" +"Se você quiser alterar a fonte de autenticação do usuário, primeiro remova" +" a atual\n" "pressionando Remover e adicione uma nova com Adicionar.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 @@ -1208,7 +1260,8 @@ "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" msgstr "" -"O Banco de dados TDB usa um formato binário interno de banco de dados Samba\n" +"O Banco de dados TDB usa um formato binário interno de banco de" +" dados Samba\n" "para armazenar e procurar as informações.\n" #. we don't seem to support mysql anymore @@ -1237,7 +1290,8 @@ "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adicionar Novo Compartilhamento</big> \n" -"Digite aqui as informações básicas sobre um compartilhamento a ser adicionado.\n" +"Digite aqui as informações básicas sobre um compartilhamento a ser" +" adicionado.\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1247,7 +1301,8 @@ "purpose of the share." msgstr "" "O Nome do Compartilhamento é usado para acessar\n" -"o compartilhamento a partir de clientes. A Descrição de Compartilhamento\n" +"o compartilhamento a partir de clientes. A Descrição de Compartilhamento<" +"/b>\n" "descreve o propósito de um compartilhamento." #. add new share dialog help 3/3 @@ -1258,8 +1313,10 @@ "is presented as a network disk. Share Path must be\n" "entered for a directory share.\n" msgstr "" -"Existem dois tipos de compartilhamento. Um compartilhamento de Impressora\n" -"é apresentado como uma impressora aos clientes. Um compartilhamento de Diretório é \n" +"Existem dois tipos de compartilhamento. Um compartilhamento de <b" +">Impressora\n" +"é apresentado como uma impressora aos clientes. Um compartilhamento de <b" +">Diretório é \n" "apresentado como um disco de rede. O Caminho do Compartilhamento\n" "deve ser informado para um compartilhamento de diretório.\n" @@ -1286,12 +1343,33 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "Com Expor snapshots selecionado, o Samba expõe os snapshots criados pelo Snapper para acesso e manipulação pelos clientes CIFS/SMB. Esta opção está disponível somente se o Samba oferecer suporte ao Snapper, e o caminho de compartilhamento corresponder a um subvolume de configuração Snapper em Btrfs. Permissões relevantes também devem ser concedidas. Consulte a manpage do vfs_snapper(8) para mais detalhes." +msgid "" +"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by" +" Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only" +" available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to" +" a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions" +" must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further" +" details." +msgstr "" +"Com Expor snapshots selecionado, o Samba expõe os snapshots criados" +" pelo Snapper para acesso e manipulação pelos clientes CIFS/SMB. Esta opção" +" está disponível somente se o Samba oferecer suporte ao Snapper, e o caminho" +" de compartilhamento corresponder a um subvolume de configuração Snapper em" +" Btrfs. Permissões relevantes também devem ser concedidas. Consulte a" +" manpage do vfs_snapper(8) para mais detalhes." #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "Utilizar recursos Btrfs informa ao Samba que devem ser utilizados recursos específicos do sistema de arquivos Btrfs. Esta opção está disponível somente se o Samba oferecer suporte a Btrfs e o caminho de compartilhamento for um subvolume Btrfs. Consulte a manpage vfs_btrfs(8) para mais detalhes." +msgid "" +"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of" +" features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if" +" Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See" +" Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "" +"Utilizar recursos Btrfs informa ao Samba que devem ser utilizados" +" recursos específicos do sistema de arquivos Btrfs. Esta opção está" +" disponível somente se o Samba oferecer suporte a Btrfs e o caminho de" +" compartilhamento for um subvolume Btrfs. Consulte a manpage vfs_btrfs(8)<" +"/b> para mais detalhes." #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1300,53 +1378,88 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the" +" LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store" +" SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server," +" including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP" +" objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To" +" set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings<" +"/b>." msgstr "" "<big>Configurações do LDAP</big> \n" "Determine aqui o servidor LDAP a ser utilizado para autenticação.\n" "\n" "\n" -"A configuração da Infraestrutura de senha LDAP permite o armazenamento das informações dos usuários na árvore LDAP especificada pelo URL. Com Infraestrutura Idmap LDAP, armazene tabelas de mapeamento SID/uid/gid no LDAP.\n" +"A configuração da Infraestrutura de senha LDAP permite o armazenamento" +" das informações dos usuários na árvore LDAP especificada pelo URL. Com <b" +">Infraestrutura Idmap LDAP, armazene tabelas de mapeamento SID/uid/gid no" +" LDAP.\n" "\n" -"Na seção Autenticação, configure as credenciais para o servidor LDAP, incluindo DN de Administrador completo.\n" +"Na seção Autenticação, configure as credenciais para o servidor LDAP," +" incluindo DN de Administrador completo.\n" "\n" -"DN base de pesquisa é o sufixo LDAP concatenado aos objetos LDAP específicos do Samba.\n" +"DN base de pesquisa é o sufixo LDAP concatenado aos objetos LDAP" +" específicos do Samba.\n" "\n" -"Para testar a conexão ao seu servidor LDAP, clique em Testar conexão. Para definir configurações avançadas do LDAP ou para utilizar os valores padrão, clique em Configurações avançadas." +"Para testar a conexão ao seu servidor LDAP, clique em Testar conexão." +" Para definir configurações avançadas do LDAP ou para utilizar os valores" +" padrão, clique em Configurações avançadas." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "Sufixo do usuário especifica onde os usuários são adicionados na árvore LDAP. O valor é concatenado ao início do valor de DN base de pesquisa. Similarmente, o Sufixo de grupo especifica o local para grupos, o Sufixo de máquinas, para máquinas e Sufixo idmap para mapeamentos idmap." +msgid "" +"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The" +" value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, <b" +">Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for" +" machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "" +"Sufixo do usuário especifica onde os usuários são adicionados na" +" árvore LDAP. O valor é concatenado ao início do valor de DN base de" +" pesquisa. Similarmente, o Sufixo de grupo especifica o local para" +" grupos, o Sufixo de máquinas, para máquinas e Sufixo idmap" +" para mapeamentos idmap." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait" +" after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" "Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Pausa de replicação é a quantidade de milisegundos que o Samba esperará após gravar no servidor LDAP, de forma que as réplicas LDAP possam acompanhá-lo.\n" -"Tempo de espera especifica o tempo de espera para as operações do LDAP (em segundos)." +"Pausa de replicação é a quantidade de milisegundos que o Samba" +" esperará após gravar no servidor LDAP, de forma que as réplicas LDAP possam" +" acompanhá-lo.\n" +"Tempo de espera especifica o tempo de espera para as operações do" +" LDAP (em segundos)." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -msgstr "Defina se será utilizado SSL na conexão LDAP com Usar SSL ou TLS." +msgid "" +"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Defina se será utilizado SSL na conexão LDAP com Usar SSL ou TLS.<" +"/p>" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete" +" LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the" +" LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual" +" page for details." msgstr "" -"Remover DN especifica se a operação de remoção remove a entrada LDAP completa ou somente os atributos específicos do Samba.\n" -"Com Sincronizar senhas, define a sincronização da senha LDAP com os hashes NT e LM. Veja a página de manual <tt>smb.conf</tt> para detalhes." +"Remover DN especifica se a operação de remoção remove a entrada" +" LDAP completa ou somente os atributos específicos do Samba.\n" +"Com Sincronizar senhas, define a sincronização da senha LDAP com os" +" hashes NT e LM. Veja a página de manual <tt>smb.conf</tt> para detalhes." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1358,7 +1471,8 @@ msgstr "" "Se você alterar o nome de máquina NetBIOS, o Samba criará um\n" "identificador de serviço (SID) para o servidor com a primeira\n" -"conexão de cliente. Como o novo SID não é igual ao antigo, clientes não poderão\n" +"conexão de cliente. Como o novo SID não é igual ao antigo, clientes não" +" poderão\n" "mais autenticar-se como membros do domínio.\n" #. translators: warning text @@ -1404,11 +1518,13 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources," +" and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "As Configurações Avançadas fornecem acesso a \n" -"detalhes de configuração, como configurações do LDAP, fontes de autenticação de usuários e\n" +"detalhes de configuração, como configurações do LDAP, fontes de autenticação" +" de usuários e\n" "configurações globais avançadas.\n" #. translators: combo box value @@ -1620,7 +1736,8 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "Há suporte somente para as classes dcObject (dc) e organizationalUnit (ou)." +msgstr "" +"Há suporte somente para as classes dcObject (dc) e organizationalUnit (ou)." #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -7,22 +7,22 @@ # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 01:04-0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:20-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" @@ -248,7 +248,8 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "These basic system services are not running: %1" msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" -msgstr "Este serviço básico do sistema não está sendo executado: %1" +msgstr "" +"Este serviço básico do sistema não está sendo executado: %1" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." @@ -262,7 +263,9 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." -msgstr "Verifique a lista de serviços e desabilite todos os serviços não utilizados." +msgstr "" +"Verifique a lista de serviços e desabilite todos os serviços não" +" utilizados." #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." @@ -290,10 +293,9 @@ #. update the current value #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" -msgstr "Analisando o sistema..." +msgstr "Analisando o sistema" #. Boot dialog caption #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 @@ -369,7 +371,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a Inicialização</big> \n" -"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança clicando em Cancelar agora." +"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança clicando em Cancelar</b" +"> agora." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 @@ -393,14 +396,18 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which" +" include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The" +" default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Configurando Segurança Local</BIG>\n" -"Usando os padrões predefinidos, altere as configurações de segurança locais, que incluem\n" -" inicialização, login, senha, criação de usuário e permissões de arquivo. As configurações\n" +"Usando os padrões predefinidos, altere as configurações de segurança" +" locais, que incluem\n" +" inicialização, login, senha, criação de usuário e permissões de arquivo." +" As configurações\n" " padrões podem ser alteradas conforme a necessidade.\n" "" @@ -436,7 +443,8 @@ #. Main dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." -msgstr "Configurações personalizadas: crie sua própria configuração." +msgstr "" +"Configurações personalizadas: crie sua própria configuração." #. Login dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 @@ -453,26 +461,35 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to" +" prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait" +" to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt" +">)." msgstr "" "Segundos para Esperar Após Tentativa de Login Incorreta:\n" -"aconselha-se aguardar algum tempo após uma tentativa incorreta de login para impedir\n" -"a adivinhação de senha. Defina um tempo curto o suficiente para que os usuários não precisem esperar antes de\n" -"tentar novamente se uma senha for digitada de forma incorreta. Um valor razoável é três segundos (<tt>3</tt>)." +"aconselha-se aguardar algum tempo após uma tentativa incorreta de login para" +" impedir\n" +"a adivinhação de senha. Defina um tempo curto o suficiente para que os" +" usuários não precisem esperar antes de\n" +"tentar novamente se uma senha for digitada de forma incorreta. Um valor" +" razoável é três segundos (<tt>3</tt>)." #. Login dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than" +" usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Registro de tentativas de login bem-sucedidas: o log de tentativas\n" -"de login bem-sucedidas pode ser útil. Ele pode ajudar a avisá-lo sobre acesso não autorizado\n" -"ao sistema (por exemplo, um usuário fazendo login a partir de uma localização diferente da usual).\n" +"de login bem-sucedidas pode ser útil. Ele pode ajudar a avisá-lo sobre acesso" +" não autorizado\n" +"ao sistema (por exemplo, um usuário fazendo login a partir de uma localização" +" diferente da usual).\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 @@ -484,7 +501,8 @@ msgstr "" "Permitir Login Remoto Gráfico: Marcar esta opção permite o acesso\n" "a uma tela gráfica de login para esta máquina na rede. O acesso remoto\n" -"à sua máquina por um gerenciador de exibição talvez represente um risco de segurança." +"à sua máquina por um gerenciador de exibição talvez represente um risco de" +" segurança." #. Password dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 @@ -499,37 +517,45 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common" +" word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "Verificar Novas Senhas: é prudente escolher uma senha que não\n" "esteja em dicionário e não seja um nome ou outra palavra simples e usual.\n" -"Ao marcar a caixa, você aplica a verificação de senha quanto a essas regras." +"Ao marcar a caixa, você aplica a verificação de senha quanto a essas regras.<" +"/p>" #. Password dialog help #: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the" +" new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "Tamanho mínimo aceitável de senha:\n" "O tamanho mínimo aceitável para a nova senha, reduzido pelo número de\n" -"diferentes classes de caracteres de caracteres (outra, maiúscula, minúscula e dígito)\n" -"usado na nova senha. Veja 'man pam_cracklib' para uma explicação mais detalhada.\n" -"Esta opção só pode ser modificada quando Verificar novas senhas for definido." +"diferentes classes de caracteres de caracteres (outra, maiúscula, minúscula e" +" dígito)\n" +"usado na nova senha. Veja 'man pam_cracklib' para uma explicação mais" +" detalhada.\n" +"Esta opção só pode ser modificada quando Verificar novas senhas for" +" definido." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from" +" reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Senhas a Memorizar:\n" -"Digite o número de senhas de usuário a armazenar para impedir que o usuário as reutilize.\n" +"Digite o número de senhas de usuário a armazenar para impedir que o usuário" +" as reutilize.\n" "Digite 0 caso não se deva armazenar nenhuma senha." #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -541,7 +567,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you" +" need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" "DES, o método padrão do Linux, trabalha em todos os \n" @@ -555,12 +582,17 @@ "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" "MD5 permite senhas mais extensas e tem suporte em todas as\n" -"distribuições Linux atuais, mas não por outros sistemas nem softwares antigos." +"distribuições Linux atuais, mas não por outros sistemas nem softwares" +" antigos." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "SHA-512 é o método de hash padrão atualmente. A utilização de outros algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por compatibilidade." +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms" +" is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 é o método de hash padrão atualmente. A utilização de" +" outros algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por compatibilidade." #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 @@ -575,11 +607,13 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer" +" the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "Dias Antes do Aviso de Vencimento de Senha: esta entrada define o\n" -"número de dias em que os usuários são avisados antes que suas senhas expirem. Quanto maior o\n" +"número de dias em que os usuários são avisados antes que suas senhas expirem." +" Quanto maior o\n" "tempo, menor a probabilidade de alguém adivinhar as senhas." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 @@ -613,55 +647,73 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" "<big>Outras Configurações de Segurança</big>\n" -"Neste diálogo, altere configurações diversas relacionadas à segurança local." +"Neste diálogo, altere configurações diversas relacionadas à segurança" +" local." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in" +" /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred" +" accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can" +" only\n" "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" "Permissões de Arquivo: as configurações das permissões\n" -"de determinados arquivos de sistema são definidas de acordo com os dados em /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"de determinados arquivos de sistema são definidas de acordo com os dados em" +" /etc/permissions.secure\n" "ou /etc/permissions.easy. O arquivo usado depende dessa seleção.\n" -"Iniciar o SuSEconfig define essas permissões de acordo com /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"Isso corrige os arquivos com permissões incorretas, tenham elas sido alteradas acidentalmente\n" +"Iniciar o SuSEconfig define essas permissões de acordo com" +" /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"Isso corrige os arquivos com permissões incorretas, tenham elas sido" +" alteradas acidentalmente\n" "ou por invasores.\n" -"Com Fácil, a maioria dos arquivos do sistema legíveis somente pelo root\n" -"no modo Seguro são alterados de modo que outros usuários também possam lê-los.\n" -"Usando-se Seguro, determinados arquivos do sistema, como /var/log/messages, só podem\n" -"ser vistos pelo usuário root. Alguns programas só podem ser iniciados pelo root ou por\n" +"Com Fácil, a maioria dos arquivos do sistema legíveis somente pelo" +" root\n" +"no modo Seguro são alterados de modo que outros usuários também possam" +" lê-los.\n" +"Usando-se Seguro, determinados arquivos do sistema, como" +" /var/log/messages, só podem\n" +"ser vistos pelo usuário root. Alguns programas só podem ser iniciados pelo" +" root ou por\n" "daemons, e não por usuários comuns.\n" "A configuração mais segura é Paranoico. Com ela, você deve\n" -"decidir quais usuários podem executar aplicativos do X e programas setuid.\n" +"decidir quais usuários podem executar aplicativos do X e programas setuid.</p" +">\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database" +" (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</b" +">\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Usuário Iniciando o updatedb: o programa updatedb é executado\n" -"uma vez ao dia. Ele verifica todo o sistema de arquivos e cria o banco de dados (locatedb)\n" -"que armazena a localização de todos os arquivos. O banco de dados pode ser pesquisado com\n" -"programa \"locate\". Defina aqui o usuário que executa esse comando: ninguém\n" +"uma vez ao dia. Ele verifica todo o sistema de arquivos e cria o banco de" +" dados (locatedb)\n" +"que armazena a localização de todos os arquivos. O banco de dados pode ser" +" pesquisado com\n" +"programa \"locate\". Defina aqui o usuário que executa esse comando: <b" +">ninguém\n" " (poucos arquivos) ou root (todos os arquivos)." #. Misc dialog help 10/14 @@ -674,20 +726,24 @@ msgstr "" "Diretório Atual no Caminho do root Em um sistema DOS,\n" "inicialmente, os arquivos executáveis (programas) são procurados no\n" -"diretório atual, depois na variável de caminho atual. Em contraste, um sistema similar ao UNIX\n" +"diretório atual, depois na variável de caminho atual. Em contraste, um" +" sistema similar ao UNIX\n" "pesquisa-os somente por meio do caminho de pesquisa (variável PATH)." #. Misc dialog help 11/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current" +" directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Diretório Atual no caminho do Usuário Comum No sistema\n" -"DOS, os arquivos executáveis (programas) são procurados primeiro no diretório\n" -"atual e só então na variável path. Em contraste, em um sistema UNIX eles são \n" +"DOS, os arquivos executáveis (programas) são procurados primeiro no" +" diretório\n" +"atual e só então na variável path. Em contraste, em um sistema UNIX eles são" +" \n" "pesquisados somente por meio do caminho de pesquisa (variável PATH)." #. Misc dialog help 12/14 @@ -695,16 +751,23 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs" +" in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your" +" system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" -"Alguns sistemas configuram uma solução alternativa adicionando ponto (\".\") ao\n" -"caminho de pesquisa, o que faz os arquivos no caminho atual serem encontrados e executados.\n" -"Essa prática é muito perigosa, visto que você poderia iniciar programas desconhecidos acidentalmente\n" -"no diretório atual em vez de os arquivos normais de todo o sistema. Como consequência,\n" -"a execução de Cavalos de Troia, que exploram essa fraqueza e invadem seu sistema,\n" +"Alguns sistemas configuram uma solução alternativa adicionando ponto" +" (\".\") ao\n" +"caminho de pesquisa, o que faz os arquivos no caminho atual serem encontrados" +" e executados.\n" +"Essa prática é muito perigosa, visto que você poderia iniciar programas" +" desconhecidos acidentalmente\n" +"no diretório atual em vez de os arquivos normais de todo o sistema. Como" +" consequência,\n" +"a execução de Cavalos de Troia, que exploram essa fraqueza e invadem" +" seu sistema,\n" "é mais fácil se você definir essa opção." #. Misc dialog help 13/14 @@ -729,95 +792,188 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example," +" during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "Habilitar Teclas Mágicas SysRq Se você marcar essa opção,\n" -"terá algum controle sobre o sistema mesmo se ele falhar (por exemplo, durante a depuração\n" -"do kernel). Para obter detalhes, consulte /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" +"terá algum controle sobre o sistema mesmo se ele falhar (por exemplo, durante" +" a depuração\n" +"do kernel). Para obter detalhes, consulte" +" /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." -msgstr "Resumo da segurança Este resumo exibe as configurações de segurança mais importantes." +msgid "" +"Security Overview This overview shows the most important" +" security settings." +msgstr "" +"Resumo da segurança Este resumo exibe as configurações de" +" segurança mais importantes." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgid "" +"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "Para alterar o valor atual, clique no link associado à opção." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." -msgstr "Uma marca de seleção na coluna Status da segurança significa que algum valor atual da opção é seguro." +msgid "" +" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current" +" value of the option is secure." +msgstr "" +"Uma marca de seleção na coluna Status da segurança significa que" +" algum valor atual da opção é seguro." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "O valor atual não pode ser lido. O serviço provavelmente não está instalado ou a opção está ausente no sistema." +msgid "" +"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not" +" installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "" +"O valor atual não pode ser lido. O serviço provavelmente não está" +" instalado ou a opção está ausente no sistema." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then" +" the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only" +" to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords" +" that\n" "are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"O gerenciador de exibição fornece a tela de login gráfico e pode ser acessado\n" -"através da rede a um servidor X em execução ou outro sistema se configurado.\n" -"A janela que é exibida inicialmente faz a transmissão dos dados através da rede.\n" -"Se a rede não for totalmente confiável, o tráfego de rede pode ser capturado por um atacante,\n" -"ganhando acesso não apenas ao conteúdo gráfico em exibição, mas também a nomes de usuários\n" -"e senhas utilizados. Se você não precisa do XDMCP para fazer login remoto no ambiente gráfico, desabilite esta opção." +"O gerenciador de exibição fornece a tela de login gráfico e pode ser" +" acessado\n" +"através da rede a um servidor X em execução ou outro sistema se configurado.<" +"/P>\n" +"A janela que é exibida inicialmente faz a transmissão dos dados através da" +" rede.\n" +"Se a rede não for totalmente confiável, o tráfego de rede pode ser capturado" +" por um atacante,\n" +"ganhando acesso não apenas ao conteúdo gráfico em exibição, mas também a" +" nomes de usuários\n" +"e senhas utilizados. Se você não precisa do XDMCP para fazer" +" login remoto no ambiente gráfico, desabilite esta opção." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down" +" is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to" +" create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" -"Na inicialização, a hora do sistema é definida pelo relógio do hardware do computador.\n" -"Por consequência, é necessário configurar o relógio do hardware antes de desligar o computador.\n" -"A hora do sistema consistente é essencial para o sistema ter a habilidade de corrigir mensagens de log." +"Na inicialização, a hora do sistema é definida pelo relógio do hardware do" +" computador.\n" +"Por consequência, é necessário configurar o relógio do hardware antes de" +" desligar o computador.\n" +"A hora do sistema consistente é essencial para o sistema ter a habilidade" +" de corrigir mensagens de log." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "Avarias no sistema são normalmente determinadas por anomalias em seu comportamento. Mensagens do syslog sobre eventos reincidentes regularmente são importantes para encontrar as causas dos problemas, e a ausência de um único registro pode dizer mais do que a ausência de todo o log gravado.A partir desse ponto de vista, mensagens do syslog de eventos do sistema são úteis apenas se elas estão presentes." +msgid "" +"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its" +" behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are" +" important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can" +" tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog" +" messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "" +"Avarias no sistema são normalmente determinadas por anomalias em seu" +" comportamento. Mensagens do syslog sobre eventos reincidentes regularmente" +" são importantes para encontrar as causas dos problemas, e a ausência de um" +" único registro pode dizer mais do que a ausência de todo o log gravado.<" +"P>A partir desse ponto de vista, mensagens do syslog de eventos do sistema" +" são úteis apenas se elas estão presentes." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "Ambientes de execução chroot são usados para restringir um processo apenas aos arquivos necessários, colocando-os em um subdiretório separado e executando o processo com uma raiz alterada (chroot) para aquele diretório." +msgid "" +"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that" +" it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process" +" with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "" +"Ambientes de execução chroot são usados para restringir um processo apenas" +" aos arquivos necessários, colocando-os em um subdiretório separado e" +" executando o processo com uma raiz alterada (chroot) para aquele diretório.<" +"/P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." -msgstr "O daemon cliente DHCP deve ser executado como o usuário dhcpcd para minimizar uma possível ameaça caso seja encontrada uma vulnerabilidade no código do programa.Note que o dhcpcd não deve ser executado como root ou com o recurso CAP_SYS_CHROOT para que o confinamento da execução chroot seja efetivo." +msgid "" +"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a" +" possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its" +" program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with" +" the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement" +" to be effective." +msgstr "" +"O daemon cliente DHCP deve ser executado como o usuário dhcpcd" +" para minimizar uma possível ameaça caso seja encontrada uma vulnerabilidade" +" no código do programa.Note que o dhcpcd não deve ser executado como <" +"EM>root ou com o recurso CAP_SYS_CHROOT para que o confinamento" +" da execução chroot seja efetivo." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "Administradores devem ter cuidado para não logar como root em uma sessão X Window para minimizar o uso dos privilégios de root.Esta opção não evita administradores descuidados, mas evita que atacantes consigam logar como root através de um gerenciador de exibição caso ele quebre ou adquira a senha. " +msgid "" +"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window" +" session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does" +" not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be" +" able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or" +" otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "" +"Administradores devem ter cuidado para não logar como root em uma" +" sessão X Window para minimizar o uso dos privilégios de root.Esta" +" opção não evita administradores descuidados, mas evita que atacantes" +" consigam logar como root através de um gerenciador de exibição caso" +" ele quebre ou adquira a senha. " #: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display," +" connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on" +" a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus" +" the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and" +" therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." -msgstr "Clientes X Window, por exemplo, programas que abrem uma janela de exibição, conectam no servidor X que executa na máquina física. Programas podem também ser executados em sistemas diferentes e podem exibir o conteúdo do servidor X através da rede.Quando habilitado, isto faz com que o servidor X escute na porta 6000 mais o número da tela. Como o tráfego de rede transferido não está criptografado, e, portanto, sujeito a sniffing de rede e, como outra porta aberta por um programa - neste caso, o servidor X - fornece opções de ataque, a configuração segura é desabilitar isto.Para ter clientes X Window através da rede, é recomendada a utilização de um shell seguro (ssh), que permite que clientes conectem-se ao servidor X através da conexão ssh criptografada." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display" +" X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM" +">ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server" +" through the encrypted ssh connection." +msgstr "" +"Clientes X Window, por exemplo, programas que abrem uma janela de" +" exibição, conectam no servidor X que executa na máquina física. Programas" +" podem também ser executados em sistemas diferentes e podem exibir o conteúdo" +" do servidor X através da rede.Quando habilitado, isto faz com que o" +" servidor X escute na porta 6000 mais o número da tela. Como o tráfego de" +" rede transferido não está criptografado, e, portanto, sujeito a sniffing de" +" rede e, como outra porta aberta por um programa - neste caso, o servidor X -" +" fornece opções de ataque, a configuração segura é desabilitar isto.<P" +">Para ter clientes X Window através da rede, é recomendada a utilização de um" +" shell seguro (ssh), que permite que clientes conectem-se ao" +" servidor X através da conexão ssh criptografada." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." -msgstr "O subsistema de entrega de e-mail sempre é iniciado. Entretanto, ele não se expõe externamente ao sistema por padrão porque ele não escuta a porta 25 da rede SMTP.Se você não quiser entregar e-mails para o seu sistema através do protocolo SMTP, desabilite esta opção." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not" +" expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP" +" network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through" +" the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"O subsistema de entrega de e-mail sempre é iniciado. Entretanto, ele não" +" se expõe externamente ao sistema por padrão porque ele não escuta a porta 25" +" da rede SMTP.Se você não quiser entregar e-mails para o seu sistema" +" através do protocolo SMTP, desabilite esta opção." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" @@ -829,7 +985,15 @@ "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "Se um pacote contendo um serviço em execução estiver sendo atualizado, o serviço é reiniciado depois que os arquivos do pacote forem instalados.Isso faz sentido na maioria dos casos, e é seguro fazer isso, considerando que muitos serviços precisam dos seus binários disponíveis no sistema de arquivos ou em seus arquivos de configuração. Esses serviços continuariam em execução até que fossem parados. Por exemplo, os daemons em execução fossem interrompidos.Essa definição deve ser alterada apenas se houver uma razão específica." +msgstr "" +"Se um pacote contendo um serviço em execução estiver sendo atualizado, o" +" serviço é reiniciado depois que os arquivos do pacote forem instalados.<" +"P>Isso faz sentido na maioria dos casos, e é seguro fazer isso, considerando" +" que muitos serviços precisam dos seus binários disponíveis no sistema de" +" arquivos ou em seus arquivos de configuração. Esses serviços continuariam em" +" execução até que fossem parados. Por exemplo, os daemons em execução fossem" +" interrompidos.Essa definição deve ser alterada apenas se houver uma" +" razão específica." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" @@ -841,15 +1005,51 @@ "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "Se um pacote contendo um serviço em execução estiver sendo removido, o serviço é parado antes dos arquivos do pacote serem removidos. Isso faz sentido na maioria dos casos, e é seguro fazer isso, considerando que muitos serviços precisam dos seus binários acessíveis no sistema de arquivos ou em seus arquivos de configuração. Esses serviços continuariam em execução até que fossem parados. Por exemplo, os daemons em execução fossem interrompidos.Essa definição deve ser alterada apenas se houver alguma razão especifica. " +msgstr "" +"Se um pacote contendo um serviço em execução estiver sendo removido, o" +" serviço é parado antes dos arquivos do pacote serem removidos. Isso" +" faz sentido na maioria dos casos, e é seguro fazer isso, considerando que" +" muitos serviços precisam dos seus binários acessíveis no sistema de arquivos" +" ou em seus arquivos de configuração. Esses serviços continuariam em execução" +" até que fossem parados. Por exemplo, os daemons em execução fossem" +" interrompidos.Essa definição deve ser alterada apenas se houver" +" alguma razão especifica. " #: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr " Um sistema pode ser sobrecarregado com inúmeras tentativas de conexões de forma que o sistema fique sem memória, vulnerabilidade conhecida como (DoS - Denial of Service) Ataque de Negação de Serviço.O uso de syncookies é um método que pode ajudá-lo em situações como esta, mas uma configuração com um grande número de tentativas de conexões legítimas a partir de uma origem Habilitada pode trazer problemas com a negação de conexões TCP quando a carga estiver alta.Ainda assim, para a maioria dos ambientes, o syncookie é a primeira linha de defesa contra ataques SYN flood DoS, então a configuração segura é Habilitada." +msgid "" +"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the" +" system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS)" +" vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such" +" situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate" +" connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause" +" problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most" +" environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS" +" attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "" +" Um sistema pode ser sobrecarregado com inúmeras tentativas de conexões de" +" forma que o sistema fique sem memória, vulnerabilidade conhecida como (DoS -" +" Denial of Service) Ataque de Negação de Serviço.O uso de syncookies é" +" um método que pode ajudá-lo em situações como esta, mas uma configuração com" +" um grande número de tentativas de conexões legítimas a partir de uma origem" +" Habilitada pode trazer problemas com a negação de conexões TCP" +" quando a carga estiver alta.Ainda assim, para a maioria dos" +" ambientes, o syncookie é a primeira linha de defesa contra ataques SYN flood" +" DoS, então a configuração segura é Habilitada." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "Encaminhamento IP significa encaminhar os pacotes que foram recebidos pela rede, mas que não são destinados a nenhuma das interfaces de rede configuradas no sistema. Por exemplo, endereços da interface de rede.Se um sistema encaminha o tráfego de rede na camada 3 ISO/OSI, ele é chamado de roteador. Se você não precisa da funcionalidade de roteador, desabilite esta opção." +msgid "" +"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received," +" but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network" +" interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards" +" network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not" +" need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"Encaminhamento IP significa encaminhar os pacotes que foram recebidos pela" +" rede, mas que não são destinados a nenhuma das interfaces de rede" +" configuradas no sistema. Por exemplo, endereços da interface de rede.<P" +">Se um sistema encaminha o tráfego de rede na camada 3 ISO/OSI, ele é chamado" +" de roteador. Se você não precisa da funcionalidade de roteador, desabilite" +" esta opção." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -860,20 +1060,41 @@ msgstr "Estas configurações se aplicam apenas para o IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "As teclas mágicas SysRq habilitam alguns controles sobre o sistema se ele falhar (por exemplo, durante a depuração do kernel) ou se o sistema não estiver respondendo." +msgid "" +"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes" +" (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "" +"As teclas mágicas SysRq habilitam alguns controles sobre o sistema se ele" +" falhar (por exemplo, durante a depuração do kernel) ou se o sistema não" +" estiver respondendo." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr " Há pré-definições de segurança nos arquivos /etc/permissions.*. A permissão de arquivo mais restritiva é definida como 'secure' ou 'paranoid'." +msgid "" +"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The" +" most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +" Há pré-definições de segurança nos arquivos /etc/permissions.*. A" +" permissão de arquivo mais restritiva é definida como 'secure' ou" +" 'paranoid'." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." -msgstr "Serviços básicos do sistema devem ser habilitados para prover consistência ao sistema e executar os serviços relacionados à segurança." +msgid "" +"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to" +" run the security-related services." +msgstr "" +"Serviços básicos do sistema devem ser habilitados para prover consistência" +" ao sistema e executar os serviços relacionados à segurança." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." -msgstr "Todo serviço em execução é um alvo em potencial de um ataque de segurança. Portanto, é recomendado desabilitar todos os serviços que não estão sendo usados pelo sistema." +msgid "" +"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack." +" Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by" +" the system." +msgstr "" +"Todo serviço em execução é um alvo em potencial de um ataque de segurança." +" Portanto, é recomendado desabilitar todos os serviços que não estão sendo" +" usados pelo sistema." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" @@ -881,7 +1102,8 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Segurança da Inicialização</big>\n" -"Nesta caixa de diálogo, altere várias configurações de inicialização relacionadas à segurança." +"Nesta caixa de diálogo, altere várias configurações de inicialização" +" relacionadas à segurança." #. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is #. reboot) @@ -902,7 +1124,8 @@ "Interpretação de Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" "Configure o que o sistema deve fazer em resposta a\n" "alguém no console pressionando a combinação de teclas\n" -"CTRL + ALT + DEL. Em geral, o sistema é reinicializado. Algumas vezes convém ignorar\n" +"CTRL + ALT + DEL. Em geral, o sistema é reinicializado. Algumas vezes convém" +" ignorar\n" "esse evento, por exemplo, quando o sistema funciona como \n" "estação de trabalho e servidor." @@ -924,7 +1147,8 @@ "Interpretação de Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" "Configure o que o sistema deve fazer em resposta a\n" "alguém no console pressionando a combinação de teclas\n" -"CTRL + ALT + DEL. Em geral, o sistema é reinicializado. Algumas vezes convém ignorar\n" +"CTRL + ALT + DEL. Em geral, o sistema é reinicializado. Algumas vezes convém" +" ignorar\n" "esse evento, por exemplo, quando o sistema funciona como \n" "estação de trabalho e servidor." @@ -948,7 +1172,8 @@ "Interpretação de Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" "Configure o que o sistema deve fazer em resposta a\n" "alguém no console pressionando a combinação de teclas\n" -"CTRL + ALT + DEL. Em geral, o sistema é reinicializado. Algumas vezes convém ignorar\n" +"CTRL + ALT + DEL. Em geral, o sistema é reinicializado. Algumas vezes convém" +" ignorar\n" "esse evento, por exemplo, quando o sistema funciona como \n" "estação de trabalho e servidor." @@ -969,12 +1194,16 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default," +" user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication" +" in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Sistema de hibernação:\n" -"Configure as condições para permitir que usuários possam usar o modo de hibernação. Por padrão, usuários no console\n" -"ativo possuem esse direito. Outras opções são permitir a ação para qualquer usuário ou exigir autenticação em todos os casos.\n" +"Configure as condições para permitir que usuários possam usar o modo de" +" hibernação. Por padrão, usuários no console\n" +"ativo possuem esse direito. Outras opções são permitir a ação para qualquer" +" usuário ou exigir autenticação em todos os casos.\n" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -5,15 +5,15 @@ # # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2015, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 11:02UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:24-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -113,17 +113,15 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" -msgstr "Realmente remover o snapshot '%1'?" +msgstr "Realmente remover o snapshot %{num}?" #. yes/no popup question #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" -msgstr "Realmente remover o snapshot '%1'?" +msgstr "Realmente remover os snapshots %{pre} e %{post}?" #. summary dialog caption #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 @@ -347,7 +345,6 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Nenhum arquivo foi selecionado para restauração." @@ -371,8 +368,10 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Arquivos existentes no snapshot original serão copiados para o sistema atual.\n" -"Arquivos que não existirem no snapshot serão removidos.Você tem certeza?" +"Arquivos existentes no snapshot original serão copiados para o sistema" +" atual.\n" +"Arquivos que não existirem no snapshot serão removidos.Você tem" +" certeza?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 @@ -385,7 +384,6 @@ #. Summary dialog help: #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" #| "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" @@ -395,22 +393,34 @@ #| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three" +" types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots" +" are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post" +" are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between" +" taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in" +" the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see" +" the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuração dos snapshots</big>\n" -"A tabela exibe uma lista de snapshots de sistema de arquivos raiz. Existem três tipos\n" -"de snapshots, único, pre e post. Snapshots únicos são usados\n" -"para armazenar o estado do sistema de arquivos em um determinado horário, enquanto o Pre e o Post são usados para definir as alterações realizadas por operações especiais executadas entre a tomada desses dois snapshots. Os snapshots Pre e Post são agrupados juntos na tabela.\n" -"Selecione um snapshot ou um par de snapshots e clique em Exibir alterações para\n" -"visualizar as novas alterações no sistema de arquivo no snapshot especificado.\n" +"A tabela exibe uma lista de snapshots de sistema de arquivos raiz. Existem" +" três tipos\n" +"de snapshots, único, pre e post. Snapshots únicos são" +" usados\n" +"para armazenar o estado do sistema de arquivos em um determinado horário," +" enquanto o Pre e o Post são usados para definir as alterações realizadas por" +" operações especiais executadas entre a tomada desses dois snapshots. Os" +" snapshots Pre e Post são pareados juntos na tabela.\n" +"Selecione um snapshot ou um par de snapshots e clique em Exibir" +" alterações para\n" +"visualizar as novas alterações no sistema de arquivo no snapshot" +" especificado.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" #| "\n" @@ -422,18 +432,28 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first" +" ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the" +" description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of" +" creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By" +" default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is" +" possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Visão geral do snapshot</big>\n" "\n" -"A árvore exibe todos os arquivos que foram alterados entre a criação do primeiro ('pre') e segundo ('post') snapshot. No lado direito, você visualiza a descrição gerada quando o primeiro snapshot foi criado e o horário de criação dos dois snapshots.\n" +"A árvore exibe todos os arquivos que foram alterados entre a criação do" +" primeiro ('pre') e segundo ('post') snapshot. No lado direito, você" +" visualiza a descrição gerada quando o primeiro snapshot foi criado e o" +" horário de criação dos dois snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Quando um arquivo for selecionado na árvore, você visualiza as alterações feitas nele. Por padrao, alterações entre os snapshots agrupados selecionados são exibidas, mas é possível comparar o arquivo com diferentes versões.\n" +"Quando um arquivo for selecionado na árvore, você visualiza as alterações" +" feitas nele. Por padrao, alterações entre os snapshots pareados selecionados" +" são exibidas, mas é possível comparar o arquivo com diferentes versões.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -441,74 +461,67 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the" +" current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time" +" of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between" +" snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Visão geral do snapshot</big>\n" "\n" -"A árvore exibe todos os arquivos que são diferentes entre o snapshot selecionado e o sistema atual. No lado direito, você visualiza a descrição do snapshot e o horário de sua criação.\n" +"A árvore exibe todos os arquivos que são diferentes entre o snapshot" +" selecionado e o sistema atual. No lado direito, você visualiza a descrição" +" do snapshot e o horário de sua criação.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Quando um arquivo estiver selecionado na árvore, você pode visualizar as diferenças entre a versão do snapshot e o sistema atual.\n" +"Quando um arquivo estiver selecionado na árvore, você pode visualizar as" +" diferenças entre a versão do snapshot e o sistema atual.\n" "\n" #. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots #. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" msgid "Failed to get config:\n" -msgstr "Falha ao salvar ipsec.conf:" +msgstr "Falha ao obter a configuração:\n" #. Return the path to given snapshot #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" #| "%1" msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" -msgstr "" -"Falha ao remover o snapshot:\n" -"%1" +msgstr "Falha ao obter o ponto de montagem do snapshot:\n" #. Create new snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" #| "%1" msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -msgstr "" -"Falha ao criar o novo snapshot:\n" -"%1" +msgstr "Falha ao criar o novo snapshot:\n" #. Modify existing snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" #| "%1" msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -msgstr "" -"Falha ao modificar o snapshot:\n" -"%1" +msgstr "Falha ao modificar o snapshot:\n" #. Delete existing snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" #| "%1" msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -msgstr "" -"Falha ao remover o snapshot:\n" -"%1" +msgstr "Falha ao remover o snapshot:\n" #. Snapper read dialog caption #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 @@ -517,31 +530,27 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configurations" msgid "Read list of configurations" -msgstr "Ler as configurações" +msgstr "Ler lista de configurações" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" msgid "Read list of snapshots" -msgstr "Ler a lista de snapshots" +msgstr "Ler lista de snapshots" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgid "Reading list of configurations" -msgstr "Lendo as configurações..." +msgstr "Lendo a lista de configurações" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots" -msgstr "Lendo a lista de snapshots..." +msgstr "Lendo a lista de snapshots" #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 @@ -549,10 +558,9 @@ msgstr "Concluído" #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed." msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" -msgstr "Falha na configuração do carregador de inicialização." +msgstr "Falha na consulta das configurações do snapper:" #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" @@ -566,7 +574,7 @@ #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falha na consulta dos snapshots do snapper:" #. label for log window #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -8,22 +8,22 @@ # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2008.,2010. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. # Rafael Reuber <psico.indie(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 15:33-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:24-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" @@ -107,8 +107,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "Lista de membros do grupo, normalmente nomes de usuário, separados por vírgulas. A lista de DNs de usuário LDAP precisa ser separada por dois-pontos." +msgid "" +"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of" +" LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "" +"Lista de membros do grupo, normalmente nomes de usuário, separados por" +" vírgulas. A lista de DNs de usuário LDAP precisa ser separada por" +" dois-pontos." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -262,10 +267,12 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that" +" were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Veja aqui a tabela de atributos permitidos para a entrada do LDAP atual que não foram configurados nos diálogos anteriores." +"Veja aqui a tabela de atributos permitidos para a entrada do LDAP atual que" +" não foram configurados nos diálogos anteriores." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -288,11 +295,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client" +" Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Edite cada atributo usando Editar. Alguns atributos \n" -"podem ser requeridos, como definido no modelo de usuário no Módulo de Cliente LDAP.\n" +"podem ser requeridos, como definido no modelo de usuário no Módulo de" +" Cliente LDAP.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -311,8 +320,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." -msgstr "Atribua um objeto política de senha a este usuário em DN do objeto Política de Senha. Ative Redefinir Senha para redefinir a senha do usuário alterado." +msgid "" +"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy" +" object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified" +" user." +msgstr "" +"Atribua um objeto política de senha a este usuário em DN do objeto" +" Política de Senha. Ative Redefinir Senha para redefinir a senha" +" do usuário alterado." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -408,50 +423,94 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "Defina as configurações de cota para o usuário nos sistemas de arquivos selecionados." +msgstr "" +"Defina as configurações de cota para o usuário nos sistemas de arquivos" +" selecionados." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode" +" limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Defina um limite de tamanho especificando o número de blocos de 1 KB\n" -"que o usuário pode ter neste sistema de arquivos. Adicionalmente, você pode definir um limite de inode especificando o número de inodes que o usuário pode ter no sistema de arquivos.\n" +"que o usuário pode ter neste sistema de arquivos. Adicionalmente, você pode" +" definir um limite de inode especificando o número de inodes que o usuário" +" pode ter no sistema de arquivos.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "Você pode especificar tanto limites leves e rígidos por tamanho e número de inodes. Os limites leves definem um nível de alerta no qual os usuários são informados que estão perto do limite, enquanto que os limites rígidos definem o limite no qual as permissões de escrita são negadas." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes." +" The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are" +" nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write" +" requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"Você pode especificar tanto limites leves e rígidos por tamanho e número" +" de inodes. Os limites leves definem um nível de alerta no qual os usuários" +" são informados que estão perto do limite, enquanto que os limites rígidos" +" definem o limite no qual as permissões de escrita são negadas." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Tão logo o usuário alcance o limite leve, os campos de entrada para o intervalo de tolerância são ativados. Especifique o período de tempo durante o qual é permitido ao usuário exceder os limites leves. A contagem do intervalo de tolerância começa imediatamente." +msgid "" +"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the" +" grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is" +" allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace" +" interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Tão logo o usuário alcance o limite leve, os campos de entrada para o" +" intervalo de tolerância são ativados. Especifique o período de tempo durante" +" o qual é permitido ao usuário exceder os limites leves. A contagem do" +" intervalo de tolerância começa imediatamente." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "Defina as configurações de cota do grupo nos sistemas de arquivos selecionados." +msgstr "" +"Defina as configurações de cota do grupo nos sistemas de arquivos" +" selecionados." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode" +" limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Defina um tamanho limite especificando o número de blocos de 1 kB\n" -"que o grupo pode ter neste sistema de arquivos. Adicionalmente, você pode definir um limite de inode especificando o número de inodes que o usuário pode ter no sistema de arquivos.\n" +"que o grupo pode ter neste sistema de arquivos. Adicionalmente, você pode" +" definir um limite de inode especificando o número de inodes que o usuário" +" pode ter no sistema de arquivos.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "Você pode especificar limites leve e rígidos para tamanho e número de inodes. Os limites leves definem um nível de alarme no qual os grupos são notificados que estão próximos do limite, enquanto os limites rígidos definem o limite ao qual as permissões de escrita são negadas." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes." +" The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are" +" nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write" +" requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"Você pode especificar limites leve e rígidos para tamanho e número de" +" inodes. Os limites leves definem um nível de alarme no qual os grupos são" +" notificados que estão próximos do limite, enquanto os limites rígidos" +" definem o limite ao qual as permissões de escrita são negadas." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Tão logo o grupo alcance o limite leve, os campos de entrada para o intervalo de tolerância são ativados. Especifique o período de tempo durante o qual é permitido ao grupo exceder os limites leves. A contagem do intervalo de tolerância começa imediatamente." +msgid "" +"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the" +" grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is" +" allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace" +" interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Tão logo o grupo alcance o limite leve, os campos de entrada para o" +" intervalo de tolerância são ativados. Especifique o período de tempo durante" +" o qual é permitido ao grupo exceder os limites leves. A contagem do" +" intervalo de tolerância começa imediatamente." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -699,13 +758,15 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home" +" directory." msgstr "" "Arquivos de imagem e chave de diretório criptografado\n" "'%1' e '%2'\n" "foram encontrados. Utilizá-los para o usuário atual?\n" "\n" -"Isto significa que os dados desta imagem serão usados no lugar do diretório pessoal atual." +"Isto significa que os dados desta imagem serão usados no lugar do diretório" +" pessoal atual." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -741,7 +802,9 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "Para usuários remotos, somente associações de grupos adicionais podem ser alteradas." +msgstr "" +"Para usuários remotos, somente associações de grupos adicionais podem ser" +" alteradas." #. input field for login name #. input field for login name @@ -1088,7 +1151,8 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be" +" between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1118,7 +1182,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Configure aqui os valores padrões para usar ao criar novos usuários locais ou do sistema.\n" +"Configure aqui os valores padrões para usar ao criar novos usuários locais ou" +" do sistema.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1151,21 +1216,25 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter" +" your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Shell de login padrão \n" -"O nome do shell de login do novo usuário. Selecione um da lista ou informe seu caminho para o shell.\n" +"O nome do shell de login do novo usuário. Selecione um da lista ou informe" +" seu caminho para o shell.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is" +" added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Diretório Pessoal Padrão \n" -"Prefixo do caminho inicial do diretório pessoal de um novo usuário. O nome de usuário é adicionado\n" +"Prefixo do caminho inicial do diretório pessoal de um novo usuário. O nome de" +" usuário é adicionado\n" "ao final desse valor para criar o nome padrão do diretório pessoal.\n" "\n" @@ -1173,10 +1242,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a" +" new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Diretório Modelo \n" -"O conteúdo desse diretório será copiado para o diretório pessoal de um usuário quando um novo usuário for adicionado. \n" +"O conteúdo desse diretório será copiado para o diretório pessoal de um" +" usuário quando um novo usuário for adicionado. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1192,11 +1263,13 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the" +" format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Data de Vencimento \n" -"Data em que a conta do usuário é desabilitada. A data de expiração deve ser no formato\n" +"Data em que a conta do usuário é desabilitada. A data de expiração deve ser" +" no formato\n" "AAAA-MM-DD. Deixe-a vazia se essa conta nunca expirar.\n" #. Help text 6/6 @@ -1207,9 +1280,12 @@ "after expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Dias Depois do Vencimento da Senha Durante os quais o Login é Válido \n" -"Os usuários podem efetuar login após a expiração das senhas. Configure o número de dias, \n" -"após a expiração da senha, em que o login ainda é permitido. Use -1 para acesso ilimitado.\n" +"Dias Depois do Vencimento da Senha Durante os quais o Login é Válido</B" +"> \n" +"Os usuários podem efetuar login após a expiração das senhas. Configure o" +" número de dias, \n" +"após a expiração da senha, em que o login ainda é permitido. Use -1 para" +" acesso ilimitado.\n" "\n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -1232,7 +1308,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelando a inicialização</BIG> \n" -"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar\n" +"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar<" +"/B>\n" "agora.\n" "" @@ -1284,7 +1361,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Digite o Nome Completo do Usuário, Nome do Usuário e Senha para\n" +"Digite o Nome Completo do Usuário, Nome do Usuário e Senha<" +"/b> para\n" "atribuir a essa conta de usuário.\n" "\n" @@ -1295,7 +1373,8 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are" +" doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" @@ -1304,9 +1383,12 @@ "Crie o Nome de usuário com base em componentes do nome completo\n" "clicando em Sugestão. Isso pode ser alterado, mas use somente\n" "letras (sem caracteres acentuados), dígitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada a não ser que saiba o que está fazendo.\n" -"Os nomes de usuário têm restrições mais rígidas que senhas. Você pode redefinir as\n" -"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua página de manual para obter informações.\n" +"Não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada a não ser que saiba o que está" +" fazendo.\n" +"Os nomes de usuário têm restrições mais rígidas que senhas. Você pode" +" redefinir as\n" +"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua página de manual para obter" +" informações.\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -1315,17 +1397,22 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are" +" doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for" +" information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Para o Nome do Usuário, use somente\n" "letras (sem caracteres acentuados), dígitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada, a menos que saiba o que está fazendo.\n" -"Nomes de usuário possuem mais restrições do que senhas. Você pode redefinir as\n" -"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua respectiva página de manual para obter informações.\n" +"Não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada, a menos que saiba o que está" +" fazendo.\n" +"Nomes de usuário possuem mais restrições do que senhas. Você pode redefinir" +" as\n" +"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua respectiva página de manual" +" para obter informações.\n" "\n" #. these are used only during installation time @@ -1333,24 +1420,35 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with" +" your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure" +" is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"O nome de usuário e a senha criados aqui são necessários para efetuar login e trabalhar com o sistema Linux. Com o Login automático habilitado, o procedimento de login é pulado. Este usuário efetua o login automaticamente.\n" +"O nome de usuário e a senha criados aqui são necessários para efetuar login e" +" trabalhar com o sistema Linux. Com o Login automático habilitado, o" +" procedimento de login é pulado. Este usuário efetua o login" +" automaticamente.\n" #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail<" +"/b>.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Encaminhe mensagens do root para esse usuário marcando Receber Mensagens do Sistema.\n" +"Encaminhe mensagens do root para esse usuário marcando Receber Mensagens" +" do Sistema.\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." -msgstr "Clique em Gerenciamento de Usuários para adicionar mais usuários ou grupos em seu sistema." +msgid "" +"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Clique em Gerenciamento de Usuários para adicionar mais usuários ou" +" grupos em seu sistema." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -1369,10 +1467,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date," +" click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para editar várias configurações de senha desse usuário, como data de vencimento, clique em Configurações de Senha.\n" +"Para editar várias configurações de senha desse usuário, como data de" +" vencimento, clique em Configurações de Senha.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -1410,7 +1510,8 @@ "Evite nomes longos para grupos. Normalmente, os comprimentos variam \n" "de dois a oito caracteres. \n" "Você pode redefinir a lista de caracteres permitidos para nomes de grupo\n" -"no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua respectiva página de manual para obter informações.\n" +"no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua respectiva página de manual para obter" +" informações.\n" "\n" #. help text 3/6, %1 is number @@ -1437,7 +1538,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves" +" when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1445,8 +1547,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Senha:\n" -"Para solicitar a usuários não pertencentes ao grupo que se identifiquem quando\n" -"acessarem esse grupo (consulte a página do manual de <tt>newgrp</tt>), atribua uma\n" +"Para solicitar a usuários não pertencentes ao grupo que se identifiquem" +" quando\n" +"acessarem esse grupo (consulte a página do manual de <tt>newgrp</tt>)," +" atribua uma\n" "senha a esse grupo. Por razões de segurança, essa senha não é exibida\n" "aqui. Essa entrada não é necessária.\n" "\n" @@ -1550,8 +1654,12 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." -msgstr "Opcionalmente, defina o Modo de Permissão do Diretório Pessoal para o diretório pessoal deste usuário de forma diferente do padrão." +msgid "" +"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's" +" home directory different from the default." +msgstr "" +"Opcionalmente, defina o Modo de Permissão do Diretório Pessoal para" +" o diretório pessoal deste usuário de forma diferente do padrão." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -1561,13 +1669,22 @@ "is created from the default skeleton (%1).\n" msgstr "" "Para criar apenas um diretório pessoal vazio,\n" -"marque Diretório Pessoal Vazio. Caso contrário, o novo diretório pessoal\n" +"marque Diretório Pessoal Vazio. Caso contrário, o novo diretório" +" pessoal\n" "será criado a partir do modelo padrão (%1).\n" #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." -msgstr "Se você estiver alterando a localização do diretório pessoal de um usuário, mova o conteúdo do diretório atual usando a opção Mover para Nova Localização, ativada por padrão. Caso contrário, será criado um novo diretório pessoal que não conterá os dados existentes." +msgid "" +"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of" +" the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by" +" default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the" +" existing data." +msgstr "" +"Se você estiver alterando a localização do diretório pessoal de um" +" usuário, mova o conteúdo do diretório atual usando a opção Mover para" +" Nova Localização, ativada por padrão. Caso contrário, será criado um" +" novo diretório pessoal que não conterá os dados existentes." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 @@ -1576,18 +1693,31 @@ "Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" "does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted" +" data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically" +" shared." msgstr "" -"Para criptografar o diretório pessoal do usuário, habilite Usar Diretório Pessoal Criptografado \n" -"e defina o tamanho do diretório. A criptografia do diretório pessoal de um usuário não dá segurança suficiente \n" -"contra outros usuários. Se esta máquina for compartilhada com vários usuários, \n" -"um usuário poderá comprometer a segurança do sistema, obter a chave de outro usuário \n" -"e ter acesso aos dados criptografados. Se for necessário ter alta segurança, o sistema não deverá ser compartilhado fisicamente." +"Para criptografar o diretório pessoal do usuário, habilite Usar" +" Diretório Pessoal Criptografado \n" +"e defina o tamanho do diretório. A criptografia do diretório pessoal de um" +" usuário não dá segurança suficiente \n" +"contra outros usuários. Se esta máquina for compartilhada com vários" +" usuários, \n" +"um usuário poderá comprometer a segurança do sistema, obter a chave de outro" +" usuário \n" +"e ter acesso aos dados criptografados. Se for necessário ter alta segurança," +" o sistema não deverá ser compartilhado fisicamente." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." -msgstr "Diretórios pessoais não podem ser criptografados quando o leitor de impressão digital for usado. Para criptografar o diretório pessoal do usuário, desabilite a configuração do leitor de impressão digital." +msgid "" +"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is" +" used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint" +" configuration first." +msgstr "" +"Diretórios pessoais não podem ser criptografados quando o leitor de" +" impressão digital for usado. Para criptografar o diretório pessoal do" +" usuário, desabilite a configuração do leitor de impressão digital." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -1610,9 +1740,11 @@ "shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" msgstr "" "Informações Adicionais:\n" -"Alguns dados adicionais do usuário podem ser configurados aqui. Esse campo pode conter até\n" +"Alguns dados adicionais do usuário podem ser configurados aqui. Esse campo" +" pode conter até\n" "três partes, separadas por vírgulas. O padrão usado é salvar\n" -"escritório,telefone de trabalho,telefone residencial.. Essas informações são \n" +"escritório,telefone de trabalho,telefone residencial.." +" Essas informações são \n" "exibidas quando você usa o comando finger nesse usuário.\n" #. help text 6/8 @@ -1680,8 +1812,12 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." -msgstr "Inicie a configuração detalhada de um plug-in específico selecionando Iniciar." +msgid "" +"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b" +">Launch." +msgstr "" +"Inicie a configuração detalhada de um plug-in específico selecionando <b" +">Iniciar." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -1701,8 +1837,10 @@ "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." msgstr "" -"Ative Forçar Troca de Senha para forçar um usuário a modificar a senha \n" -"no próximo login. Se Última Modificação da Senha estiver definida como \n" +"Ative Forçar Troca de Senha para forçar um usuário a modificar a" +" senha \n" +"no próximo login. Se Última Modificação da Senha estiver definida como" +" \n" "Nunca, o usuário será forçado a mudar a senha." #. Help text 2/6 @@ -1718,7 +1856,8 @@ "\n" "Aviso de Dias Antes do Vencimento da Senha \n" "Os usuários podem receber um aviso antes da senha expirar. Defina \n" -"quanto tempo antes do vencimento da senha o aviso deve ser emitido. Defina -1 para desabilitar\n" +"quanto tempo antes do vencimento da senha o aviso deve ser emitido. Defina -1" +" para desabilitar\n" "o aviso. \n" "\n" @@ -1730,27 +1869,33 @@ "allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Dias Depois do Vencimento da Senha Durante os quais o Login é Válido \n" -"Os usuários podem efetuar login após suas senhas terem expirado. Defina quantos dias\n" +"Dias Depois do Vencimento da Senha Durante os quais o Login é Válido</B" +"> \n" +"Os usuários podem efetuar login após suas senhas terem expirado. Defina" +" quantos dias\n" "o login será permitido. Use -1 para acesso ilimitado.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a" +" user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Número Máximo de Dias para a Mesma Senha Defina por quantos dias um usuário \n" +"Número Máximo de Dias para a Mesma Senha Defina por quantos dias" +" um usuário \n" "pode usar a mesma senha antes de seu vencimento.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age" +" of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Número Mínimo de Dias para a Mesma Senha Defina o tempo mínimo de vida de \n" +"Número Mínimo de Dias para a Mesma Senha Defina o tempo mínimo" +" de vida de \n" "uma senha antes de o usuário poder trocá-la.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -1760,7 +1905,8 @@ "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Data de Vencimento Defina a data em que essa conta deve expirar. \n" +"Data de Vencimento Defina a data em que essa conta deve expirar." +" \n" "A data deve possuir o formato AAAA-MM-DD. \n" "Deixe-a vazia se essa conta nunca expirar.\n" @@ -1784,88 +1930,174 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the" +" module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Alterando os Valores \n" -"Você pode definir essas configurações executando módulos apropriados. Selecione o módulo com Configurar.\n" +"Você pode definir essas configurações executando módulos apropriados." +" Selecione o módulo com Configurar.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." -msgstr "Selecione as guias Políticas de alteração de senha, Políticas de idade da senha e Políticas de bloqueio para escolher os grupos de atributos de políticas de senhas LDAP que você deseja configurar." +msgid "" +"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</b" +">, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of" +" attributes to configure." +msgstr "" +"Selecione as guias Políticas de alteração de senha, Políticas de" +" idade da senha e Políticas de bloqueio para escolher os grupos de" +" atributos de políticas de senhas LDAP que você deseja configurar." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." -msgstr "Especifique o Número máximo de senhas armazenadas no histórico para definir quantas senhas já usadas devem ser salvas. As senhas salvas não poderão ser usadas." +msgid "" +"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set" +" how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not" +" be used." +msgstr "" +"Especifique o Número máximo de senhas armazenadas no histórico para" +" definir quantas senhas já usadas devem ser salvas. As senhas salvas não" +" poderão ser usadas." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." -msgstr "Marque O usuário deverá alterar a senha após a redefinição para forçar os usuários a alterar as senhas depois que a senha for redefinida ou alterada por um administrador." +msgid "" +"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to" +" change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an" +" administrator." +msgstr "" +"Marque O usuário deverá alterar a senha após a redefinição para" +" forçar os usuários a alterar as senhas depois que a senha for redefinida ou" +" alterada por um administrador." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." -msgstr "Marque O usuário pode alterar a senha para permitir que os usuários alterem suas senhas." +msgid "" +"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their" +" passwords." +msgstr "" +"Marque O usuário pode alterar a senha para permitir que os usuários" +" alterem suas senhas." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "Se a senha existente precisar ser fornecida junto com a nova, marque Senha antiga obrigatória para alteração de senha." +msgid "" +"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password," +" check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "" +"Se a senha existente precisar ser fornecida junto com a nova, marque <b" +">Senha antiga obrigatória para alteração de senha." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." -msgstr "Selecione se a qualidade da senha deverá ser verificada enquanto as senhas forem sendo alteradas ou adicionadas. Selecione Sem verificação se as senhas não precisarem ser verificadas. Com Aceitar senhas não verificadas, as senhas serão aceitas mesmo se a verificação não puder ser realizada, por exemplo, se o usuário tiver fornecido uma senha criptografada. Com Aceitar somente senhas verificadas, as senhas serão recusadas se o teste de qualidade falhar ou se a senha não puder ser verificada." +msgid "" +"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are" +" modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be" +" checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are" +" accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has" +" provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords" +" passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be" +" checked." +msgstr "" +"Selecione se a qualidade da senha deverá ser verificada enquanto as senhas" +" forem sendo alteradas ou adicionadas. Selecione Sem verificação se as" +" senhas não precisarem ser verificadas. Com Aceitar senhas não" +" verificadas, as senhas serão aceitas mesmo se a verificação não puder" +" ser realizada, por exemplo, se o usuário tiver fornecido uma senha" +" criptografada. Com Aceitar somente senhas verificadas, as senhas" +" serão recusadas se o teste de qualidade falhar ou se a senha não puder ser" +" verificada." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "Defina o número mínimo de caracteres que devem ser incluídos em uma senha em Tamanho mínimo da senha." +msgid "" +"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b" +">Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "" +"Defina o número mínimo de caracteres que devem ser incluídos em uma senha em" +" Tamanho mínimo da senha." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." -msgstr "Idade mínima da senha define quanto tempo deve decorrer entre as alterações da senha." +msgid "" +"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between" +" modifications to the password." +msgstr "" +"Idade mínima da senha define quanto tempo deve decorrer entre as" +" alterações da senha." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." -msgstr "Idade máxima da senha define quanto tempo após a alteração uma senha expira." +msgid "" +"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password" +" expires." +msgstr "" +"Idade máxima da senha define quanto tempo após a alteração uma" +" senha expira." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "Em Tempo antes de emitir aviso de vencimento da senha, defina quanto tempo antes do vencimento de uma senha deve ser emitida uma mensagem de aviso para um usuário que estiver se autenticando." +msgid "" +"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long" +" before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages" +" should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "" +"Em Tempo antes de emitir aviso de vencimento da senha, defina" +" quanto tempo antes do vencimento de uma senha deve ser emitida uma mensagem" +" de aviso para um usuário que estiver se autenticando." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "Defina quantas vezes uma senha expirada pode ser usada para autenticar em Usos permitidos de senha expirada." +msgid "" +"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in" +" Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "" +"Defina quantas vezes uma senha expirada pode ser usada para autenticar em" +" Usos permitidos de senha expirada." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "Marque Habilitar bloqueio de senha para proibir o uso de uma senha após um número especificado de tentativas consecutivas de vinculação com falha." +msgid "" +"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a" +" specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "" +"Marque Habilitar bloqueio de senha para proibir o uso de uma senha" +" após um número especificado de tentativas consecutivas de vinculação com" +" falha." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." -msgstr "Em Falhas de vinculação para bloquear a senha, defina o número de tentativas consecutivas de vinculação com falha após o qual a senha não poderá ser usada para autenticação." +msgid "" +"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the" +" password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the" +" Password." +msgstr "" +"Em Falhas de vinculação para bloquear a senha, defina o número de" +" tentativas consecutivas de vinculação com falha após o qual a senha não" +" poderá ser usada para autenticação." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -msgstr "Em Duração do bloqueio da senha, defina por quanto tempo a senha não poderá ser usada." +msgid "" +"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration</b" +">." +msgstr "" +"Em Duração do bloqueio da senha, defina por quanto tempo a senha" +" não poderá ser usada." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." -msgstr "A opção Duração do cache de falhas de vinculação define quanto tempo deve decorrer até que as falhas de senha sejam purgadas do contador de falhas, mesmo que não tenha ocorrido nenhuma autenticação com sucesso." +msgid "" +"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures" +" are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication" +" has occurred." +msgstr "" +"A opção Duração do cache de falhas de vinculação define quanto" +" tempo deve decorrer até que as falhas de senha sejam purgadas do contador de" +" falhas, mesmo que não tenha ocorrido nenhuma autenticação com sucesso." #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -1991,9 +2223,11 @@ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" "user home directories.\n" msgstr "" -"Se os diretórios pessoais de usuários LDAP devem ser armazenados nesta máquina,\n" +"Se os diretórios pessoais de usuários LDAP devem ser armazenados nesta" +" máquina,\n" "marque a opção apropriada. A alteração desse valor não causa nenhuma\n" -"ação direta. São apenas informações para o módulo de usuários YaST, que pode gerenciar\n" +"ação direta. São apenas informações para o módulo de usuários YaST, que pode" +" gerenciar\n" "diretórios pessoais de usuários.\n" #. help text caption @@ -2001,7 +2235,8 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet" +" or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Clique em Configurar para configurar informações armazenadas no\n" @@ -2016,10 +2251,13 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to" +" add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Configure a política de senha selecionada usando Editar. Use Adicionar para adicionar uma nova política de senha. A configuração só é possível\n" +"Configure a política de senha selecionada usando Editar. Use <b" +">Adicionar para adicionar uma nova política de senha. A configuração só é" +" possível\n" " se as políticas de senha já estiverem habilitadas no servidor LDAP." #. checkbox label @@ -2314,7 +2552,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but" +" it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2333,14 +2572,20 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"MD5 permite senhas mais longas, o que permite maior segurança, mas alguns\n" -"protocolos de rede não suportam esse recurso, podendo ocorrer problemas com o NIS.\n" +"MD5 permite senhas mais longas, o que permite maior segurança, mas" +" alguns\n" +"protocolos de rede não suportam esse recurso, podendo ocorrer problemas com o" +" NIS.\n" "" #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "SHA-512 é o método de hashing padrão atual. A utilização de outros algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por compatibilidade." +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms" +" is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 é o método de hashing padrão atual. A utilização de outros" +" algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por compatibilidade." #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 @@ -2389,8 +2634,10 @@ "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Parece que você está executando um servidor NIS. Em alguns ambientes de rede\n" -"você não será capaz de efetuar login em um cliente NIS caso uma senha de usuário seja\n" +"Parece que você está executando um servidor NIS. Em alguns ambientes de" +" rede\n" +"você não será capaz de efetuar login em um cliente NIS caso uma senha de" +" usuário seja\n" "criptografada com outro método diferente do DES.\n" "\n" @@ -2416,18 +2663,24 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." -msgstr "Estenda aqui os filtros de pesquisa para usuários e grupos além do padrão." +msgid "" +"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default" +" search filters." +msgstr "" +"Estenda aqui os filtros de pesquisa para usuários e grupos além do" +" padrão." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter'" +" attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" "Com Padrão, carregue o filtro padrão dos\n" -"módulos de configuração do usuário e do grupo salvos no servidor LDAP (valores dos atributos 'suseSearchFilter').\n" +"módulos de configuração do usuário e do grupo salvos no servidor LDAP" +" (valores dos atributos 'suseSearchFilter').\n" "Se você ainda não estiver conectado, a senha será solicitada.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) @@ -2525,32 +2778,39 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM" +" as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Os recursos descritos abaixo só estão disponíveis se você estiver usando KDM ou GDM como gerenciador de login.\n" +"Os recursos descritos abaixo só estão disponíveis se você estiver usando KDM" +" ou GDM como gerenciador de login.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from" +" the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Login automático \n" -"Ao configurar o Login automático, ignore o procedimento de login. O usuário escolhido na lista é conectado automaticamente.\n" +"Ao configurar o Login automático, ignore o procedimento de login. O" +" usuário escolhido na lista é conectado automaticamente.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user" +" to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Login Sem Senha \n" -"Se essa opção estiver marcada, todos os usuários terão permissão para efetuar login\n" -"sem digitar senhas. Caso contrário, a senha será solicitada, mesmo que você configure um usuário para efetuar login automaticamente.\n" +"Se essa opção estiver marcada, todos os usuários terão permissão para efetuar" +" login\n" +"sem digitar senhas. Caso contrário, a senha será solicitada, mesmo que você" +" configure um usuário para efetuar login automaticamente.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -2575,7 +2835,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "Não foi possível remover o usuário %1. Isto deve ser feito no servidor NIS." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível remover o usuário %1. Isto deve ser feito no servidor NIS." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -2728,20 +2989,24 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"O Linux é um sistema multiusuário. Vários usuários diferentes podem estar conectados ao\n" +"O Linux é um sistema multiusuário. Vários usuários diferentes podem estar" +" conectados ao\n" "sistema ao mesmo tempo. Para evitar confusão, cada usuário precisa ter\n" -"uma identidade exclusiva. Além disso, cada usuário pertence pelo menos a um grupo.\n" +"uma identidade exclusiva. Além disso, cada usuário pertence pelo menos a um" +" grupo.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown" +" in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Usuários e grupos são organizados em vários conjuntos. Altere o conjunto atualmente exibido na tabela com Configurar filtro.\n" +"Usuários e grupos são organizados em vários conjuntos. Altere o conjunto" +" atualmente exibido na tabela com Configurar filtro.\n" "Personalize sua visão com Personalizar filtro.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -2754,10 +3019,14 @@ "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Clique em Opções Avançadas para editar várias configurações avançadas, como \n" -"tipo de criptografia de senha, método de autenticação de usuário, valores padrão para novos\n" -"usuários ou configurações de login. Com Salvar Alterações Agora, salve\n" -"todas as alterações efetuadas até o momento sem sair do módulo de configuração.\n" +"Clique em Opções Avançadas para editar várias configurações avançadas," +" como \n" +"tipo de criptografia de senha, método de autenticação de usuário, valores" +" padrão para novos\n" +"usuários ou configurações de login. Com Salvar Alterações Agora," +" salve\n" +"todas as alterações efetuadas até o momento sem sair do módulo de" +" configuração.\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 @@ -2768,7 +3037,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para salvar as configurações de grupo e usuário alteradas no sistema, pressione\n" +"Para salvar as configurações de grupo e usuário alteradas no sistema," +" pressione\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -2829,12 +3099,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify" +" groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Use este diálogo para obter informações sobre grupos existentes e para adicionar ou alterar grupos.\n" +"Use este diálogo para obter informações sobre grupos existentes e para" +" adicionar ou alterar grupos.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3081,14 +3353,20 @@ #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "Escolha o método de criptografia de senha para os usuários local e do sistema." +msgstr "" +"Escolha o método de criptografia de senha para os usuários local e do" +" sistema." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method #: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "SHA-512 é o método de hashing padrão atual. A utilização de outros algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por compatibilidade." +msgid "" +"%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is" +" not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 é o método de hashing padrão atual. A utilização de outros" +" algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por compatibilidade." #. Let's add some vertical space after each widget #. TRANSLATORS: rich text label @@ -3141,7 +3419,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and" +" numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -3159,13 +3438,15 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or" +" umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Todas as regras para senhas de usuário se aplicam para o \"root\":\n" "Faça diferença entre maiúsculas e minúsculas. A senha deve ter no\n" -"mínimo 5 caracteres e, como regra, não conter caracteres acentuados ou umlauts (ex: ä,ü).\n" +"mínimo 5 caracteres e, como regra, não conter caracteres acentuados ou" +" umlauts (ex: ä,ü).\n" "\n" #. help text, continued 4 @@ -3203,13 +3484,14 @@ "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" "Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" "\n" -msgstr "Selecione Local para autenticar usuários somente usando os arquivos locais /etc/passwd e /etc/shadow." +msgstr "" +"Selecione Local para autenticar usuários somente usando os arquivos" +" locais /etc/passwd e /etc/shadow." #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New User" msgid "Create new user" -msgstr "Criar Novo Usuário" +msgstr "Criar novo usuário" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "" @@ -3220,7 +3502,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ao digitar uma senha, faça a distinção entre maiúsculas e\n" -"minúsculas. As senhas não devem conter caracteres especiais, como caracteres acentuados ou umlauts (ex: ä,ü). \n" +"minúsculas. As senhas não devem conter caracteres especiais, como caracteres" +" acentuados ou umlauts (ex: ä,ü). \n" "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers @@ -3245,22 +3528,33 @@ #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits," +" and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are" +" doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para o Nome do Usuário, use somente letras (sem caracteres acentuados), dígitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada, a menos que saiba o que está fazendo.\n" -"Nomes de usuário possuem mais restrições do que senhas. Você pode redefinir as\n" -"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia seu manual para obter informações.\n" +"Para o Nome do Usuário, use somente letras (sem caracteres" +" acentuados), dígitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada, a menos que saiba o que está" +" fazendo.\n" +"Nomes de usuário possuem mais restrições do que senhas. Você pode redefinir" +" as\n" +"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia seu manual para obter" +" informações.\n" "\n" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "Selecione Usar esta senha para o administrador do sistema se a mesma senha fornecida para o primeiro usuário deve ser utilizada para o root." +msgid "" +"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same" +" password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" +"Selecione Usar esta senha para o administrador do sistema se a" +" mesma senha fornecida para o primeiro usuário deve ser utilizada para o" +" root." #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 #, fuzzy @@ -3272,8 +3566,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" -"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being" +" installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic" +" information will\n" "be imported.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -3286,16 +3582,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without" +" creating\n" "a local user.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Users" msgid "Local User" -msgstr "Usuários Locais" +msgstr "Usuário local" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 @@ -3850,12 +4146,15 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "Vários modelos são definidos como padrão. Selecione o que deve ser lido." +msgstr "" +"Vários modelos são definidos como padrão. Selecione o que deve ser lido." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "Corrija-os manualmente antes de executar novamente o módulo de usuário do YaST." +msgstr "" +"Corrija-os manualmente antes de executar novamente o módulo de usuário do" +" YaST." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -4111,7 +4410,8 @@ "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"O suporte à criptografia não está instalado, os diretórios home NÃO serão criptografados." +"O suporte à criptografia não está instalado, os diretórios home NÃO serão" +" criptografados." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 @@ -4301,7 +4601,8 @@ "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar um shell inexistente, talvez o usuário não possa efetuar o login.\n" +"Se você selecionar um shell inexistente, talvez o usuário não possa efetuar o" +" login.\n" "Deseja usar esse shell? " #. error popup @@ -4618,7 +4919,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -4626,21 +4927,25 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "A senha só pode conter os seguintes caracteres:\n" -"0-9, a-z, A-Z e qualquer um dos seguintes: \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" +"0-9, a-z, A-Z e qualquer um dos seguintes: \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<" +">)]}\\\".\n" "Tente novamente." #. help text (default part shown in more places) #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English" +" keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para a senha, use apenas caracteres que possam ser encontrados em um layout de teclado\n" -"americano. No caso de erro do sistema, talvez seja necessário efetuar login sem usar um\n" +"Para a senha, use apenas caracteres que possam ser encontrados em um layout" +" de teclado\n" +"americano. No caso de erro do sistema, talvez seja necessário efetuar login" +" sem usar um\n" "layout de teclado localizado.\n" "" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:32:26 UTC (rev 96753) @@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ # # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 11:05UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:25-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -266,20 +266,18 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "All Patches" msgid "All VPNs" -msgstr "Todas as correções" +msgstr "Todas as VPNs" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "New VPN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nova VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete " msgid "Delete VPN" -msgstr "Apagar" +msgstr "Excluir VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 #, fuzzy @@ -291,8 +289,11 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible" +" that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit)" +" discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth" +" will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. @@ -610,7 +611,8 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the" +" configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" @@ -648,3 +650,4 @@ #| msgid "Read current connection setup" msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Ler a configuração de conexões atual" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96752 - trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po
by elchevive＠svn2.opensuse.org 09 Sep '16

09 Sep '16

Author: elchevive Date: 2016-09-09 15:28:25 +0200 (Fri, 09 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96752 Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/gnome-packagekit.pt_BR.po trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-apps.pt_BR.po trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-kde-services.pt_BR.po trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-kde.pt_BR.po trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files.pt_BR.po Log: updates Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/gnome-packagekit.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/gnome-packagekit.pt_BR.po 2016-09-08 14:39:35 UTC (rev 96751) +++ trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/gnome-packagekit.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) @@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ # # Issao Hanaoka Junior <issaojr(a)gmail.com>, 2008. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2013. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2013, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2013. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-packagekit\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-14 17:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-15 18:38-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:01-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" @@ -34,8 +34,12 @@ msgstr "Remover automaticamente dependências não utilizadas" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:2 -msgid "When removing a package, also remove those dependencies that are not required by other packages." -msgstr "Ao remover um pacote, também remove as dependências não requeridas por outros pacotes." +msgid "" +"When removing a package, also remove those dependencies that are not required" +" by other packages." +msgstr "" +"Ao remover um pacote, também remove as dependências não requeridas por outros" +" pacotes." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Ask the user if additional packages should be installed" @@ -47,11 +51,17 @@ #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Ask the user if files should be copied to a non-private directory" -msgstr "Perguntar ao usuário se os arquivos devem ser copiados para um diretório público" +msgstr "" +"Perguntar ao usuário se os arquivos devem ser copiados para um diretório" +" público" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:6 -msgid "Ask the user if files should be copied to a non-private directory when installing from a FUSE mount." -msgstr "Perguntar ao usuário se os arquivos devem ser copiados para um diretório público ao instalar a partir de uma montagem do FUSE." +msgid "" +"Ask the user if files should be copied to a non-private directory when" +" installing from a FUSE mount." +msgstr "" +"Perguntar ao usuário se os arquivos devem ser copiados para um diretório" +" público ao instalar a partir de uma montagem do FUSE." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "If search terms should be completed automatically" @@ -90,32 +100,48 @@ msgstr "Exibir apenas os pacotes nativos nas listas de arquivo" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:16 -msgid "Only show native packages matching the machine architecture in the file lists." -msgstr "Exibir apenas os pacotes nativos correspondentes à arquitetura da máquina nas listas de arquivo." +msgid "" +"Only show native packages matching the machine architecture in the file lists." +msgstr "" +"Exibir apenas os pacotes nativos correspondentes à arquitetura da máquina nas" +" listas de arquivo." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Show the category group menu" msgstr "Exibir o menu de categoria de grupo" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:18 -msgid "Show the category group menu. This is more complete and custom to the distribution, but takes longer to populate." -msgstr "Exibir o menu de categoria de grupo. Este é mais completo e personalizado para a distribuição, mas demora mais tempo para popular." +msgid "" +"Show the category group menu. This is more complete and custom to the" +" distribution, but takes longer to populate." +msgstr "" +"Exibir o menu de categoria de grupo. Este é mais completo e personalizado" +" para a distribuição, mas demora mais tempo para popular." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "Show the 'All Packages' group menu" msgstr "Exibir o menu de grupo \"Todos os pacotes\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:20 -msgid "Show the all packages menu item. This takes a long time to populate on most backends and is not generally required by end users." -msgstr "Exibir o item de menu \"Todos os pacotes\". Isto leva um longo tempo para popular na maioria das infraestruturas e não é geralmente necessário para usuários finais." +msgid "" +"Show the all packages menu item. This takes a long time to populate on most" +" backends and is not generally required by end users." +msgstr "" +"Exibir o item de menu \"Todos os pacotes\". Isto leva um longo tempo para" +" popular na maioria das infraestruturas e não é geralmente necessário para" +" usuários finais." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:21 msgid "The search mode used by default" msgstr "O modo de pesquisa usado por padrão" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:22 -msgid "The search mode used by default. Options are \"name\", \"details\", or \"file\"." -msgstr "O modo de pesquisa usado por padrão. As opções são \"nome\", \"detalhes\" ou \"arquivo\"." +msgid "" +"The search mode used by default. Options are \"name\", \"details\", or" +" \"file\"." +msgstr "" +"O modo de pesquisa usado por padrão. As opções são \"nome\", \"detalhes\" ou" +" \"arquivo\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:23 msgid "Show all repositories in the software source viewer" @@ -126,28 +152,42 @@ msgstr "Exibir todos os repositórios no visualizador de fontes de software." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:25 -msgid "Notify the user before a large update is done on a mobile broadband connection" -msgstr "Notificar o usuário antes que uma atualização grande seja realizada em uma conexão de banda larga móvel." +msgid "" +"Notify the user before a large update is done on a mobile broadband connection" +msgstr "" +"Notificar o usuário antes que uma atualização grande seja realizada em uma" +" conexão de banda larga móvel." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:26 -msgid "Notify the user before a large update is done on a mobile broadband connection." -msgstr "Notificar o usuário antes que uma atualização grande seja realizada em uma conexão de banda larga móvel." +msgid "" +"Notify the user before a large update is done on a mobile broadband" +" connection." +msgstr "" +"Notificar o usuário antes que uma atualização grande seja realizada em uma" +" conexão de banda larga móvel." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:27 msgid "Only show the newest updates in the list" msgstr "Exibir apenas os pacotes mais novos na lista" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:28 -msgid "Only show the newest packages in the update list, and filter out older updates that are still available." -msgstr "Exibir apenas os pacotes mais novos na lista de atualização, e filtrar atualizações antigas que ainda estão disponíveis." +msgid "" +"Only show the newest packages in the update list, and filter out older" +" updates that are still available." +msgstr "" +"Exibir apenas os pacotes mais novos na lista de atualização, e filtrar" +" atualizações antigas que ainda estão disponíveis." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:29 msgid "Scroll to packages as they are downloaded" msgstr "Rolar a lista de packages conforme eles são baixados" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:30 -msgid "Scroll to packages in the update list as they are downloaded or installed." -msgstr "Rolar a tela para exibir pacotes na lista de atualizações à medida que forem baixados ou instalados." +msgid "" +"Scroll to packages in the update list as they are downloaded or installed." +msgstr "" +"Rolar a tela para exibir pacotes na lista de atualizações à medida que forem" +" baixados ou instalados." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Allow applications to invoke the font installer" @@ -159,11 +199,17 @@ #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:33 msgid "Programs that should be ignored when they issue session D-Bus requests" -msgstr "Programas que devem ser ignorados quando requisições de sessão D-Bus forem enviadas" +msgstr "" +"Programas que devem ser ignorados quando requisições de sessão D-Bus forem" +" enviadas" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:34 -msgid "Programs that should be ignored when they issue session D-Bus requests, separated by commas." -msgstr "Separe com vírgulas os programas que devem ser ignorados quando requisições de sessão D-Bus forem enviadas" +msgid "" +"Programs that should be ignored when they issue session D-Bus requests," +" separated by commas." +msgstr "" +"Separe com vírgulas os programas que devem ser ignorados quando requisições" +" de sessão D-Bus forem enviadas" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:35 msgid "Allow applications to invoke the codec installer" @@ -175,19 +221,29 @@ #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:37 msgid "Allow applications to invoke the mime type installer" -msgstr "Permitir que os aplicativos invoquem o instalador de tipos de arquivos MIME" +msgstr "" +"Permitir que os aplicativos invoquem o instalador de tipos de arquivos MIME" #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:38 msgid "Allow applications to invoke the mime type installer." -msgstr "Permitir que os aplicativos invoquem o instalador de tipos de arquivos MIME." +msgstr "" +"Permitir que os aplicativos invoquem o instalador de tipos de arquivos MIME." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:39 -msgid "When displaying UI from a session D-Bus request, automatically use these options by default." -msgstr "Ao exibir uma interface de uma requisição de sessão D-Bus, utilizar automaticamente estas opções por padrão." +msgid "" +"When displaying UI from a session D-Bus request, automatically use these" +" options by default." +msgstr "" +"Ao exibir uma interface de uma requisição de sessão D-Bus, utilizar" +" automaticamente estas opções por padrão." #: ../data/org.gnome.packagekit.gschema.xml.h:40 -msgid "When displaying UI from a session D-Bus request, force these options to be turned on." -msgstr "Ao exibir uma interface de uma requisição de sessão D-Bus, forçar o ativamento destas opções " +msgid "" +"When displaying UI from a session D-Bus request, force these options to be" +" turned on." +msgstr "" +"Ao exibir uma interface de uma requisição de sessão D-Bus, forçar o" +" ativamento destas opções " #: ../data/gpk-application.desktop.in.h:1 ../data/gpk-application.ui.h:1 msgid "Software" @@ -199,7 +255,9 @@ #: ../data/gpk-application.ui.h:2 msgid "Changes are not applied instantly, this button applies all changes" -msgstr "As alterações não são aplicadas instantaneamente. Este botão aplica todas as alterações" +msgstr "" +"As alterações não são aplicadas instantaneamente. Este botão aplica todas as" +" alterações" #: ../data/gpk-application.ui.h:3 msgid "Clear current selection" @@ -337,8 +395,11 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/menu.ycp:43 #: ../data/gpk-prefs.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Change software update preferences and enable or disable software sources" -msgstr "Altere as preferências de atualização de software e habilite ou desabilite as fontes de software" +msgid "" +"Change software update preferences and enable or disable software sources" +msgstr "" +"Altere as preferências de atualização de software e habilite ou desabilite as" +" fontes de software" #. TRANSLATORS: program name, an application to set per-user policy for updates #: ../data/gpk-prefs.ui.h:1 ../src/gpk-prefs.c:903 @@ -374,8 +435,11 @@ msgstr "Configurações da atualização" #: ../data/gpk-prefs.ui.h:9 -msgid "A software source contains packages that can be installed on this computer." -msgstr "Uma fonte de software contém pacotes que podem ser instalados neste computador." +msgid "" +"A software source contains packages that can be installed on this computer." +msgstr "" +"Uma fonte de software contém pacotes que podem ser instalados neste" +" computador." #. shows extra -source, -debuginfo, and -devel software sources #: ../data/gpk-prefs.ui.h:11 @@ -401,7 +465,9 @@ #: ../data/gpk-service-pack.ui.h:5 msgid "Multiple packages can be specified using a comma delimited list" -msgstr "Vários pacotes podem ser especificados usando uma lista de valores separados por vírgula" +msgstr "" +"Vários pacotes podem ser especificados usando uma lista de valores separados" +" por vírgula" #. TRANSLATORS: column for what was done, e.g. update-system #: ../data/gpk-service-pack.ui.h:6 ../src/gpk-log.c:295 @@ -492,8 +558,12 @@ msgstr "_Instalar atualizações" #: ../data/gpk-update-viewer.ui.h:3 -msgid "Software updates correct errors, eliminate security vulnerabilities and provide new features." -msgstr "Atualizações de software corrigem erros, eliminam vulnerabilidades de segurança e fornecem novas funcionalidades." +msgid "" +"Software updates correct errors, eliminate security vulnerabilities and" +" provide new features." +msgstr "" +"Atualizações de software corrigem erros, eliminam vulnerabilidades de" +" segurança e fornecem novas funcionalidades." #: ../data/gpk-update-viewer.ui.h:4 msgid "_Upgrade" @@ -524,8 +594,12 @@ msgstr[1] "Remover %i pacotes adicionais?" #: ../python/packagekit/gtkwidgets.py:615 -msgid "The software which you want to remove is required to run other software, which will be removed too." -msgstr "O software a ser removido é necessário para a execução de outro software, que também será removido." +msgid "" +"The software which you want to remove is required to run other software," +" which will be removed too." +msgstr "" +"O software a ser removido é necessário para a execução de outro software, que" +" também será removido." #. TRANSLATORS: button label, install #: ../python/packagekit/gtkwidgets.py:646 ../src/gpk-helper-chooser.c:298 @@ -540,8 +614,12 @@ msgstr[1] "Instalar %i pacotes adicionais?" #: ../python/packagekit/gtkwidgets.py:652 -msgid "The software that you want to install requires additional software to run correctly." -msgstr "O software a ser instalado necessita de software adicional para ser executado corretamente." +msgid "" +"The software that you want to install requires additional software to run" +" correctly." +msgstr "" +"O software a ser instalado necessita de software adicional para ser executado" +" corretamente." #. TRANSLATORS: this is a menu group of packages in the queue #: ../src/gpk-application.c:356 @@ -580,7 +658,8 @@ msgid "Packages listed below require %s to function correctly." msgid_plural "Packages listed below require %s to function correctly." msgstr[0] "O pacote listado abaixo requer %s para funcionar corretamente." -msgstr[1] "Os pacotes listados abaixo requerem %s para funcionarem corretamente." +msgstr[1] "" +"Os pacotes listados abaixo requerem %s para funcionarem corretamente." #. TRANSLATORS: this package does not depend on any others #: ../src/gpk-application.c:1033 @@ -600,8 +679,10 @@ #, c-format msgid "Packages listed below are required for %s to function correctly." msgid_plural "Packages listed below are required for %s to function correctly." -msgstr[0] "O pacote listado abaixo é requerido para que %s funcione corretamente." -msgstr[1] "Os pacotes listados abaixo são requeridos para que %s funcione corretamente." +msgstr[0] "" +"O pacote listado abaixo é requerido para que %s funcione corretamente." +msgstr[1] "" +"Os pacotes listados abaixo são requeridos para que %s funcione corretamente." #. TRANSLATORS: the repo name is invalid or not found, fall back to this #: ../src/gpk-application.c:1114 @@ -625,8 +706,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user to switch to details search mode #: ../src/gpk-application.c:1294 -msgid "Try searching package descriptions by clicking the icon next to the search text." -msgstr "Tente pesquisar pela descrição do pacote clicando no ícone próximo ao texto da pesquisa." +msgid "" +"Try searching package descriptions by clicking the icon next to the search" +" text." +msgstr "" +"Tente pesquisar pela descrição do pacote clicando no ícone próximo ao texto" +" da pesquisa." #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user to try harder #: ../src/gpk-application.c:1297 @@ -736,16 +821,38 @@ msgstr "Licenciado sob a Licença Geral Pública GNU versão 2" #: ../src/gpk-application.c:2591 -msgid "PackageKit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version." -msgstr "O PackageKit é um software livre; você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou alterá-lo segundo os termos da Licença Geral Públca GNU tal como publicada pela Free Software Foundation; sendo a versão 2 da licença ou (por sua opção) qualquer versão posterior." +msgid "" +"PackageKit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under" +" the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free" +" Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)" +" any later version." +msgstr "" +"O PackageKit é um software livre; você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou alterá-lo" +" segundo os termos da Licença Geral Públca GNU tal como publicada pela Free" +" Software Foundation; sendo a versão 2 da licença ou (por sua opção) qualquer" +" versão posterior." #: ../src/gpk-application.c:2595 -msgid "PackageKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details." -msgstr "O PackageKit é distribuído com o intuito de que possa ser proveitoso, mas SEM QUALQUER GARANTIA; mesmo sem a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou USO PARA FINS PARTICULARES. Veja a Licença Geral Pública GNU para maiores detalhes." +msgid "" +"PackageKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY" +" WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS" +" FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more" +" details." +msgstr "" +"O PackageKit é distribuído com o intuito de que possa ser proveitoso, mas SEM" +" QUALQUER GARANTIA; mesmo sem a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou USO" +" PARA FINS PARTICULARES. Veja a Licença Geral Pública GNU para maiores" +" detalhes." #: ../src/gpk-application.c:2599 -msgid "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." -msgstr "Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Geral Pública GNU juntamente com este programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." +msgid "" +"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with" +" this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51" +" Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." +msgstr "" +"Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Geral Pública GNU juntamente com" +" este programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51" +" Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." #. TRANSLATORS: put your own name here -- you deserve credit! #: ../src/gpk-application.c:2605 @@ -839,8 +946,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: and explain why #: ../src/gpk-common.c:435 -msgid "Running graphical applications as a privileged user should be avoided for security reasons." -msgstr "A execução de aplicativos gráficos como usuário privilegiado deve ser evitada por motivos de segurança." +msgid "" +"Running graphical applications as a privileged user should be avoided for" +" security reasons." +msgstr "" +"A execução de aplicativos gráficos como usuário privilegiado deve ser evitada" +" por motivos de segurança." #. TRANSLATORS: button: allow the user to run this, even when insecure #: ../src/gpk-common.c:441 @@ -945,8 +1056,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: default fallback error -- this should never happen #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:293 -msgid "Unknown error. Please refer to the detailed report and report in your distribution bug tracker." -msgstr "Erro desconhecido. Por favor, referencie-o no relatório detalhado e relate-o na ferramenta de gestão de incidentes de sua distribuição." +msgid "" +"Unknown error. Please refer to the detailed report and report in your" +" distribution bug tracker." +msgstr "" +"Erro desconhecido. Por favor, referencie-o no relatório detalhado e relate-o" +" na ferramenta de gestão de incidentes de sua distribuição." #. TRANSLATORS: failed authentication #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:309 @@ -1192,15 +1307,18 @@ #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:1577 msgid "A program requires an additional plugin to decode this file" msgid_plural "A program requires additional plugins to decode this file" -msgstr[0] "Um programa requer um plugin adicional para decodificar este arquivo" -msgstr[1] "Um programa requer alguns plugins adicionais para decodificar este arquivo" +msgstr[0] "" +"Um programa requer um plugin adicional para decodificar este arquivo" +msgstr[1] "" +"Um programa requer alguns plugins adicionais para decodificar este arquivo" #. TRANSLATORS: a random program which we can't get the name wants to encode something #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:1581 msgid "A program requires an additional plugin to encode this file" msgid_plural "A program requires additional plugins to encode this file" msgstr[0] "Um programa requer um plugin adicional para codificar este arquivo" -msgstr[1] "Um programa requer alguns plugins adicionais para codificar este arquivo" +msgstr[1] "" +"Um programa requer alguns plugins adicionais para codificar este arquivo" #. TRANSLATORS: a random program which we can't get the name wants to do something (unknown) #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:1585 @@ -1223,7 +1341,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: no software sources have the wanted codec #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:1648 msgid "Could not find plugin in any configured software source" -msgstr "Não foi possível localizar nenhum plug-in nas fontes de programas configuradas" +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível localizar nenhum plug-in nas fontes de programas configuradas" #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:1671 ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:2469 msgid "Install the following plugin" @@ -1263,7 +1382,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: nothing found in the software sources that helps #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:1855 msgid "No new applications can be found to handle this type of file" -msgstr "Nenhum novo aplicativo pode ser encontrado para manejar este tipo de arquivo" +msgstr "" +"Nenhum novo aplicativo pode ser encontrado para manejar este tipo de arquivo" #. TRANSLATORS: message: mime type opener required #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:1926 @@ -1274,7 +1394,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: message: confirm with the user #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:1929 msgid "Do you want to search for a program to open this file type now?" -msgstr "Você deseja pesquisar por um programa para abrir este tipo de arquivo agora?" +msgstr "" +"Você deseja pesquisar por um programa para abrir este tipo de arquivo agora?" #. TRANSLATORS: string is a program name, e.g. "Movie Player" #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:1937 @@ -1322,8 +1443,11 @@ #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:2296 msgid "An additional font is required to view this document correctly." msgid_plural "Additional fonts are required to view this document correctly." -msgstr[0] "Uma fonte adicional é necessária para visualizar este arquivo corretamente." -msgstr[1] "Algumas fontes adicionais são necessárias para visualizar este arquivo corretamente." +msgstr[0] "" +"Uma fonte adicional é necessária para visualizar este arquivo corretamente." +msgstr[1] "" +"Algumas fontes adicionais são necessárias para visualizar este arquivo" +" corretamente." # power-off message #. TRANSLATORS: we need to download a new font package to display a document @@ -1377,7 +1501,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: no software sources have the wanted Plasma service #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:2446 msgid "Could not find service in any configured software source" -msgstr "Não foi possível localizar nenhum serviço em nenhuma fonte de software configurada" +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível localizar nenhum serviço em nenhuma fonte de software" +" configurada" #. TRANSLATORS: search for Plasma services #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:2552 @@ -1405,7 +1531,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: display a list of packages to install #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:2687 msgid "The following packages are marked to be installed from the catalog:" -msgstr "Os seguintes pacotes estão marcados para serem instalados a partir do catálogo:" +msgstr "" +"Os seguintes pacotes estão marcados para serem instalados a partir do" +" catálogo:" #. TRANSLATORS: error: failed to remove, detailed error follows #: ../src/gpk-dbus-task.c:2727 @@ -1501,16 +1629,24 @@ msgstr "A atualização foi concluída com sucesso" #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:176 -msgid "Your system now has the required software needed to complete the operating system upgrade." -msgstr "Seu sistema agora possui o software necessário para completar a atualização do sistema operacional." +msgid "" +"Your system now has the required software needed to complete the operating" +" system upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Seu sistema agora possui o software necessário para completar a atualização" +" do sistema operacional." #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:177 -msgid "When you are ready, you can restart your system and continue the upgrade process." -msgstr "Quando você estiver pronto, pode reiniciar seu sistema e continuar a atualização do sistema operacional." +msgid "" +"When you are ready, you can restart your system and continue the upgrade" +" process." +msgstr "" +"Quando você estiver pronto, pode reiniciar seu sistema e continuar a" +" atualização do sistema operacional." #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:178 msgid "Make sure you have saved any unsaved work before restarting." -msgstr "Tenha certeza de que salvou seu trabalho antes de reiniciar." +msgstr "Certifique-se de que salvou seu trabalho antes de reiniciar." #. TRANSLATORS: this is button text #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:194 @@ -1534,20 +1670,36 @@ msgstr "Atualize seu sistema (%d de %d)" #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:416 -msgid "This assistant will guide you through upgrading your currently installed operating system to a newer release." -msgstr "O assistente o guiará através da atualização do seu sistema operacional atual. " +msgid "" +"This assistant will guide you through upgrading your currently installed" +" operating system to a newer release." +msgstr "" +"O assistente o guiará através da atualização do seu sistema operacional" +" atual. " #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:417 -msgid "This process may take several hours to complete, depending on the speed of your internet connection and the options selected." -msgstr "Este processo pode levar várias horas até ser completado, dependendo da velocidade da conexão com a Internet e as opções selecionadas." +msgid "" +"This process may take several hours to complete, depending on the speed of" +" your internet connection and the options selected." +msgstr "" +"Este processo pode levar várias horas até ser completado, dependendo da" +" velocidade da conexão com a Internet e as opções selecionadas." #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:418 -msgid "You will be able to continue using your system while this assistant downloads the packages needed to upgrade your system." -msgstr "Você poderá continuar usando seu sistema enquanto este assistente baixa os pacotes necessários para atualizá-lo." +msgid "" +"You will be able to continue using your system while this assistant downloads" +" the packages needed to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" +"Você poderá continuar usando seu sistema enquanto este assistente baixa os" +" pacotes necessários para atualizá-lo." #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:419 -msgid "When the download has completed, you will be prompted to restart your system in order to complete the upgrade process." -msgstr "Quando o download for completado, será necessário reiniciar seu sistema para que o processo de atualização seja finalizado." +msgid "" +"When the download has completed, you will be prompted to restart your system" +" in order to complete the upgrade process." +msgstr "" +"Quando o download for completado, será necessário reiniciar seu sistema para" +" que o processo de atualização seja finalizado." #. TRANSLATORS: this is a intro page title #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:431 @@ -1574,12 +1726,18 @@ msgstr "A ferramenta de atualização pode operar em três modos diferentes:" #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:568 -msgid "The selected option will require the installer to download additional data." -msgstr "A opção selecionada necessitará que o instalador baixe dados adicionais." +msgid "" +"The selected option will require the installer to download additional data." +msgstr "" +"A opção selecionada necessitará que o instalador baixe dados adicionais." #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:569 -msgid "Do not continue with this option if the network will not be available at upgrade time." -msgstr "Não continue com esta opção se a rede não estiver disponível no momento da atualização." +msgid "" +"Do not continue with this option if the network will not be available at" +" upgrade time." +msgstr "" +"Não continue com esta opção se a rede não estiver disponível no momento da" +" atualização." #. TRANSLATORS: this is a choose page title #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:584 @@ -1587,8 +1745,11 @@ msgstr "Escolha as opções de download desejadas" #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:601 -msgid "The operating system upgrade tool will now perform the following actions:" -msgstr "A ferramenta de atualização do sistema operacional executará as seguintes ações:" +msgid "" +"The operating system upgrade tool will now perform the following actions:" +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta de atualização do sistema operacional executará as seguintes" +" ações:" #: ../src/gpk-distro-upgrade.c:602 msgid "Request authentication from a privileged user" @@ -1963,7 +2124,8 @@ "The service that is responsible for handling user requests is out of memory.\n" "Please restart your computer." msgstr "" -"Memória insuficiente para o serviço responsável pelo tratamento de solicitações do usuário.\n" +"Memória insuficiente para o serviço responsável pelo tratamento de" +" solicitações do usuário.\n" "Por favor, reinicie seu computador." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:531 @@ -1973,18 +2135,22 @@ #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:534 msgid "" "The action is not supported by this backend.\n" -"Please report a bug in your distribution bug tracker as this should not have happened." +"Please report a bug in your distribution bug tracker as this should not have" +" happened." msgstr "" "Ação não suportada por esta infraestrutura.\n" -"Por favor, relate o erro na ferramenta de gestão de incidentes de sua distribuição, pois isto não deveria ter acontecido." +"Por favor, relate o erro na ferramenta de gestão de incidentes de sua" +" distribuição, pois isto não deveria ter acontecido." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:538 msgid "" "A problem that we were not expecting has occurred.\n" -"Please report this bug in your distribution bug tracker with the error description." +"Please report this bug in your distribution bug tracker with the error" +" description." msgstr "" "Ocorreu um problema não esperado.\n" -"Por favor, relate este erro na ferramenta de gestão de incidentes de sua distribuição juntamente com sua descrição." +"Por favor, relate este erro na ferramenta de gestão de incidentes de sua" +" distribuição juntamente com sua descrição." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:542 msgid "" @@ -1995,12 +2161,19 @@ "Por favor, verifique as configurações de segurança." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:546 -msgid "The package that is trying to be removed or updated is not already installed." -msgstr "O pacote que está tentando ser removido ou atualizado ainda não está instalado." +msgid "" +"The package that is trying to be removed or updated is not already installed." +msgstr "" +"O pacote que está tentando ser removido ou atualizado ainda não está" +" instalado." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:549 -msgid "The package that is being modified was not found on your system or in any software source." -msgstr "O pacote que está sendo alterado não foi encontrado no sistema ou em qualquer fonte de software." +msgid "" +"The package that is being modified was not found on your system or in any" +" software source." +msgstr "" +"O pacote que está sendo alterado não foi encontrado no sistema ou em qualquer" +" fonte de software." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:552 msgid "The package that is trying to be installed is already installed." @@ -2025,10 +2198,12 @@ #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:563 msgid "" "The group list could not be loaded.\n" -"Refreshing your cache may help, although this is normally a software source error." +"Refreshing your cache may help, although this is normally a software source" +" error." msgstr "" "A lista de grupos não pôde ser carregada.\n" -"Atualizar o cache pode ajudar, embora isto geralmente seja um erro na fonte do software." +"Atualizar o cache pode ajudar, embora isto geralmente seja um erro na fonte" +" do software." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:568 msgid "" @@ -2047,7 +2222,8 @@ "The package identifier was not well formed when sent to the server.\n" "This normally indicates an internal error and should be reported." msgstr "" -"O identificador do pacote não foi formado corretamente quando enviado para o servidor.\n" +"O identificador do pacote não foi formado corretamente quando enviado para o" +" servidor.\n" "Isto normalmente indica um erro interno e deve ser relatado." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:579 @@ -2116,7 +2292,8 @@ "This is usually due to mixing packages from different software sources." msgstr "" "Dois pacotes fornecem o mesmo arquivo.\n" -"Isto normalmente é devido à mistura de pacotes em fontes de programas diferentes." +"Isto normalmente é devido à mistura de pacotes em fontes de programas" +" diferentes." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:616 msgid "" @@ -2124,14 +2301,16 @@ "This is usually due to mixing packages from different software sources." msgstr "" "Existem múltiplos pacotes que não são compatíveis entre si.\n" -"Isso normalmente deve-se à mistura de pacotes em fontes de programas diferentes." +"Isso normalmente deve-se à mistura de pacotes em fontes de programas" +" diferentes." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:620 msgid "" "There was a (possibly temporary) problem connecting to a software source.\n" "Please check the detailed error for further details." msgstr "" -"Houve um (possivelmente temporário) problema de conexão com a fonte de software.\n" +"Houve um (possivelmente temporário) problema de conexão com a fonte de" +" software.\n" "Por favor, verifique o erro detalhado para maiores detalhes." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:624 @@ -2140,7 +2319,8 @@ "This may occur if other packaging tools are being used simultaneously." msgstr "" "Falha na inicialização da infraestrutura de empacotamento.\n" -"Isso pode ocorrer se outras ferramentas de empacotamento estão sendo usadas simultaneamente." +"Isso pode ocorrer se outras ferramentas de empacotamento estão sendo usadas" +" simultaneamente." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:628 msgid "" @@ -2155,8 +2335,10 @@ "Cannot get the exclusive lock on the packaging backend.\n" "Please close any other legacy packaging tools that may be open." msgstr "" -"Não foi possível obter o bloqueio exclusivo na infraestrutura de empacotamento.\n" -"Por favor, feche todas as outras ferramentas de empacotamento que estejam abertas." +"Não foi possível obter o bloqueio exclusivo na infraestrutura de" +" empacotamento.\n" +"Por favor, feche todas as outras ferramentas de empacotamento que estejam" +" abertas." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:636 msgid "None of the selected packages could be updated." @@ -2183,7 +2365,8 @@ "The package security signature is missing and this package is untrusted.\n" "This package was not signed when created." msgstr "" -"A assinatura de segurança do pacote não existe e este pacote não é confiável.\n" +"A assinatura de segurança do pacote não existe e este pacote não é" +" confiável.\n" "Este pacote não foi assinado quando criado." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:653 @@ -2196,19 +2379,28 @@ "The package file could be corrupt, or not a proper package." msgstr "" "O pacote que você está tentando instalar não é válido.\n" -"O arquivo do pacote pode estar corrompido ou pode não ser um pacote apropriado." +"O arquivo do pacote pode estar corrompido ou pode não ser um pacote" +" apropriado." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:660 -msgid "Installation of this package prevented by your packaging system's configuration." -msgstr "A instalação deste pacote foi impedida pela configuração do sistema de pacotes." +msgid "" +"Installation of this package prevented by your packaging system's" +" configuration." +msgstr "" +"A instalação deste pacote foi impedida pela configuração do sistema de" +" pacotes." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:663 -msgid "The package that was downloaded is corrupt and needs to be downloaded again." -msgstr "O pacote que foi baixado está corrompido e precisa ser baixado novamente." +msgid "" +"The package that was downloaded is corrupt and needs to be downloaded again." +msgstr "" +"O pacote que foi baixado está corrompido e precisa ser baixado novamente." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:666 -msgid "All of the packages selected for install are already installed on the system." -msgstr "Todos os pacotes selecionados para instalação já estão instalados no sistema." +msgid "" +"All of the packages selected for install are already installed on the system." +msgstr "" +"Todos os pacotes selecionados para instalação já estão instalados no sistema." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:669 msgid "" @@ -2223,20 +2415,25 @@ "Required data could not be found on any of the configured software sources.\n" "There were no more download mirrors that could be tried." msgstr "" -"Os dados requeridos não puderam ser localizados em nenhuma das fontes de software configuradas.\n" +"Os dados requeridos não puderam ser localizados em nenhuma das fontes de" +" software configuradas.\n" "Não há mais mirrors para se tentar um download." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:677 msgid "" -"Required upgrade data could not be found in any of the configured software sources.\n" +"Required upgrade data could not be found in any of the configured software" +" sources.\n" "The list of distribution upgrades will be unavailable." msgstr "" -"Os dados requeridos para a atualização não puderam ser localizados em nenhuma das fontes de software configuradas.\n" +"Os dados requeridos para a atualização não puderam ser localizados em nenhuma" +" das fontes de software configuradas.\n" "A lista de atualizações da distribuição estará indisponível." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:681 -msgid "The package that is trying to be installed is incompatible with this system." -msgstr "O pacote que está tentando ser instalado é incompatível com este sistema." +msgid "" +"The package that is trying to be installed is incompatible with this system." +msgstr "" +"O pacote que está tentando ser instalado é incompatível com este sistema." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:684 msgid "" @@ -2261,7 +2458,8 @@ #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:695 msgid "" "The specified update could not be found.\n" -"It could have already been installed or no longer available on the remote server." +"It could have already been installed or no longer available on the remote" +" server." msgstr "" "A atualização especificada não pôde ser encontrada.\n" "Ela já pode estar instalada ou não estar mais disponível no servidor remoto." @@ -2291,7 +2489,8 @@ "The download could not be done automatically and should be done manually.\n" "More information is available in the detailed report." msgstr "" -"Não foi possível realizar o download automaticamente. Ele deve ser feito manualmente.\n" +"Não foi possível realizar o download automaticamente. Ele deve ser feito" +" manualmente.\n" "Mais informações disponíveis no relatório detalhado." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:718 @@ -2331,12 +2530,15 @@ "A program is running that has to be closed before the update can proceed.\n" "More information is available in the detailed report." msgstr "" -"Um programa em execução precisa ser encerrado antes que a atualização possa prosseguir.\n" +"Um programa em execução precisa ser encerrado antes que a atualização possa" +" prosseguir.\n" "Mais informações no relatório detalhado." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:738 msgid "The package database was changed while the request was running." -msgstr "O banco de dados de pacotes foi alterado enquanto a requisição estava em execução." +msgstr "" +"O banco de dados de pacotes foi alterado enquanto a requisição estava em" +" execução." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:741 msgid "The virtual provide type is not supported by this system." @@ -2344,7 +2546,9 @@ #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:744 msgid "The install root is invalid. Please contact your administrator." -msgstr "A raiz de instalação é inválida. Por favor, entre em contato com seu administrador." +msgstr "" +"A raiz de instalação é inválida. Por favor, entre em contato com seu" +" administrador." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:747 msgid "The list of software sources could not be downloaded." @@ -2355,8 +2559,10 @@ msgstr "Uma transação de gerenciamento de pacotes anterior foi interrompida." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:753 -msgid "The transaction has been canceled and will be retried when the system is idle." -msgstr "A transação foi cancelada e será reiniciada quando o sistema estiver ocioso." +msgid "" +"The transaction has been canceled and will be retried when the system is idle." +msgstr "" +"A transação foi cancelada e será reiniciada quando o sistema estiver ocioso." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:756 msgid "A package manager lock is required." @@ -2380,11 +2586,14 @@ #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:786 msgid "You will be required to log out and back in due to a security update." -msgstr "Você precisará efetuar log off e logar novamente devido a uma atualização de segurança." +msgstr "" +"Você precisará efetuar log off e logar novamente devido a uma atualização de" +" segurança." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:789 msgid "A restart will be required due to a security update." -msgstr "Será necessário reiniciar o sistema devido a uma atualização de segurança." +msgstr "" +"Será necessário reiniciar o sistema devido a uma atualização de segurança." #: ../src/gpk-enum.c:806 msgid "No restart is required." @@ -3334,12 +3543,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: user has to trust provider -- I know, this sucks #: ../src/gpk-task.c:142 msgid "Do not update this package unless you are sure it is safe to do so." -msgstr "Não atualize este pacote a menos que você tenha certeza de que é seguro fazer isso." +msgstr "" +"Não atualize este pacote a menos que você certifique-se de que é seguro fazer" +" isso." #. TRANSLATORS: warn the user that all bets are off #: ../src/gpk-task.c:144 ../src/gpk-task.c:154 msgid "Malicious software can damage your computer or cause other harm." -msgstr "Softwares maliciosos podem danificar seu computador ou causar outros danos." +msgstr "" +"Softwares maliciosos podem danificar seu computador ou causar outros danos." #. TRANSLATORS: ask if they are absolutely sure they want to do this #: ../src/gpk-task.c:146 @@ -3349,7 +3561,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: user has to trust provider -- I know, this sucks #: ../src/gpk-task.c:152 msgid "Do not install this package unless you are sure it is safe to do so." -msgstr "Não instale este pacote a menos que você tenha certeza de que é seguro fazer isso." +msgstr "" +"Não instale este pacote a menos que você certifique-se de que é seguro fazer" +" isso." #. TRANSLATORS: ask if they are absolutely sure they want to do this #: ../src/gpk-task.c:156 @@ -3359,8 +3573,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog body, explains to the user that they need to insert a disk to continue. The first replacement is DVD, CD etc #: ../src/gpk-task.c:351 #, c-format -msgid "Additional media is required. Please insert the %s labeled '%s' to continue." -msgstr "É necessário mídia adicional. Por favor, insira o %s rotulado '%s' para continuar." +msgid "" +"Additional media is required. Please insert the %s labeled '%s' to continue." +msgstr "" +"É necessário mídia adicional. Por favor, insira o %s rotulado '%s' para" +" continuar." #. TRANSLATORS: this is button text #: ../src/gpk-task.c:360 ../src/gpk-task.c:563 @@ -3417,35 +3634,55 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: message text of a dependency dialog #: ../src/gpk-task.c:502 msgid "To install this package, additional software also has to be modified." -msgid_plural "To install these packages, additional software also has to be modified." -msgstr[0] "Para instalar este pacote, softwares adicionais também precisam ser alterados." -msgstr[1] "Para instalar estes pacotes, softwares adicionais também precisam ser alterados." +msgid_plural "" +"To install these packages, additional software also has to be modified." +msgstr[0] "" +"Para instalar este pacote, softwares adicionais também precisam ser alterados." +msgstr[1] "" +"Para instalar estes pacotes, softwares adicionais também precisam ser" +" alterados." #. TRANSLATORS: message text of a dependency dialog #: ../src/gpk-task.c:507 msgid "To remove this package, additional software also has to be modified." -msgid_plural "To remove these packages, additional software also has to be modified." -msgstr[0] "Para remover este pacote, softwares adicionais também precisam ser alterados." -msgstr[1] "Para remover estes pacotes, softwares adicionais também precisam ser alterados." +msgid_plural "" +"To remove these packages, additional software also has to be modified." +msgstr[0] "" +"Para remover este pacote, softwares adicionais também precisam ser alterados." +msgstr[1] "" +"Para remover estes pacotes, softwares adicionais também precisam ser" +" alterados." #. TRANSLATORS: message text of a dependency dialog #: ../src/gpk-task.c:512 msgid "To update this package, additional software also has to be modified." -msgid_plural "To update these packages, additional software also has to be modified." -msgstr[0] "Para atualizar este pacote, softwares adicionais também precisam ser alterados." -msgstr[1] "Para atualizar estes pacotes, softwares adicionais também precisam ser alterados." +msgid_plural "" +"To update these packages, additional software also has to be modified." +msgstr[0] "" +"Para atualizar este pacote, softwares adicionais também precisam ser" +" alterados." +msgstr[1] "" +"Para atualizar estes pacotes, softwares adicionais também precisam ser" +" alterados." #. TRANSLATORS: message text of a dependency dialog #: ../src/gpk-task.c:517 msgid "To install this file, additional software also has to be modified." -msgid_plural "To install these files, additional software also has to be modified." -msgstr[0] "Para instalar este arquivo, softwares adicionais também precisam ser alterados." -msgstr[1] "Para instalar estes arquivos, softwares adicionais também precisam ser alterados." +msgid_plural "" +"To install these files, additional software also has to be modified." +msgstr[0] "" +"Para instalar este arquivo, softwares adicionais também precisam ser" +" alterados." +msgstr[1] "" +"Para instalar estes arquivos, softwares adicionais também precisam ser" +" alterados." #. TRANSLATORS: message text of a dependency dialog #: ../src/gpk-task.c:522 -msgid "To process this transaction, additional software also has to be modified." -msgstr "Para processar esta transação, softwares adicionais precisam ser alterados." +msgid "" +"To process this transaction, additional software also has to be modified." +msgstr "" +"Para processar esta transação, softwares adicionais precisam ser alterados." #. TRANSLATORS: button label, force the install, even though it's untrusted #: ../src/gpk-task.c:613 @@ -3706,7 +3943,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: backend is broken, and won't tell us what it supports #: ../src/gpk-prefs.c:720 ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:3180 msgid "Exiting as backend details could not be retrieved" -msgstr "Saindo, já que os detalhes da infraestrutura não puderam ser recuperados" +msgstr "" +"Saindo, já que os detalhes da infraestrutura não puderam ser recuperados" #: ../src/gpk-prefs.c:754 msgid "Getting software source list not supported by backend" @@ -3787,7 +4025,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: the constants should not be translated #: ../src/gpk-service-pack.c:799 msgid "Set the option, allowable values are 'array', 'updates' and 'package'" -msgstr "Selecione a opção. Os valores permitidos são 'array', 'atualizações' e 'pacote'" +msgstr "" +"Selecione a opção. Os valores permitidos são 'array', 'atualizações' e" +" 'pacote'" #. TRANSLATORS: this refers to the GtkTextEntry in gpk-service-pack #: ../src/gpk-service-pack.c:802 @@ -3811,8 +4051,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: the message text for the restart #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:215 -msgid "Some of the updates that were installed require the computer to be restarted before the changes will be applied." -msgstr "Algumas das atualizações instaladas necessitam da reinicialização do computador antes que as alterações sejam aplicadas." +msgid "" +"Some of the updates that were installed require the computer to be restarted" +" before the changes will be applied." +msgstr "" +"Algumas das atualizações instaladas necessitam da reinicialização do" +" computador antes que as alterações sejam aplicadas." #. TRANSLATORS: the button text for the restart #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:217 ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:223 @@ -3821,13 +4065,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: the message text for the restart #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:221 -msgid "Some of the updates that were installed require the computer to be restarted to remain secure." -msgstr "Algumas das atualizações instaladas necessitam da reinicialização do computador para permanecer seguras." +msgid "" +"Some of the updates that were installed require the computer to be restarted" +" to remain secure." +msgstr "" +"Algumas das atualizações instaladas necessitam da reinicialização do" +" computador para permanecer seguras." #. TRANSLATORS: the message text for the log out #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:227 -msgid "Some of the updates that were installed require you to log out and back in before the changes will be applied." -msgstr "Algumas das atualizações instaladas necessitam que você reinicie a sessão antes das alterações serem aplicadas." +msgid "" +"Some of the updates that were installed require you to log out and back in" +" before the changes will be applied." +msgstr "" +"Algumas das atualizações instaladas necessitam que você reinicie a sessão" +" antes das alterações serem aplicadas." #. TRANSLATORS: the button text for the log out #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:229 ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:235 @@ -3836,8 +4088,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: the message text for the log out #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:233 -msgid "Some of the updates that were installed require you to log out and back in to remain secure." -msgstr "Algumas das atualizações instaladas necessitam que você reinicie a sessão para permanecer seguro." +msgid "" +"Some of the updates that were installed require you to log out and back in to" +" remain secure." +msgstr "" +"Algumas das atualizações instaladas necessitam que você reinicie a sessão" +" para permanecer seguro." #. TRANSLATORS: the PackageKit request did not complete, and it did not send an error #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:283 @@ -3919,10 +4175,18 @@ #. show a warning message #. TRANSLATORS, are we going to cost the user lots of money? #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:1290 -msgid "Connectivity is being provided by wireless broadband, and it may be expensive to update this package." -msgid_plural "Connectivity is being provided by wireless broadband, and it may be expensive to update these packages." -msgstr[0] "A conectividade é fornecida por banda larga sem fio e pode ser caro atualizar este pacote." -msgstr[1] "A conectividade é fornecida por banda larga sem fio e pode ser caro atualizar estes pacotes." +msgid "" +"Connectivity is being provided by wireless broadband, and it may be expensive" +" to update this package." +msgid_plural "" +"Connectivity is being provided by wireless broadband, and it may be expensive" +" to update these packages." +msgstr[0] "" +"A conectividade é fornecida por banda larga sem fio e pode ser caro atualizar" +" este pacote." +msgstr[1] "" +"A conectividade é fornecida por banda larga sem fio e pode ser caro atualizar" +" estes pacotes." #. TRANSLATORS: there are no updates #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:1380 @@ -3955,7 +4219,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user the problem #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:1469 msgid "There are no software updates available for your computer at this time." -msgstr "Não há nenhuma atualização de software disponível para seu computador no momento." +msgstr "" +"Não há nenhuma atualização de software disponível para seu computador no" +" momento." #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:1496 #, c-format @@ -3988,7 +4254,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: this is the update type, e.g. security #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:1977 msgid "This update will add new features and expand functionality." -msgstr "Esta atualização adicionará novos recursos e expandirá funcionalidades." +msgstr "" +"Esta atualização adicionará novos recursos e expandirá funcionalidades." #. TRANSLATORS: this is the update type, e.g. security #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:1981 @@ -4002,8 +4269,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: this is the update type, e.g. security #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:1989 -msgid "This update is needed to fix a security vulnerability with this package." -msgstr "Esta atualização é necessária para corrigir uma vulnerabilidade de segurança deste pacote." +msgid "" +"This update is needed to fix a security vulnerability with this package." +msgstr "" +"Esta atualização é necessária para corrigir uma vulnerabilidade de segurança" +" deste pacote." #. TRANSLATORS: this is the update type, e.g. security #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:1993 @@ -4025,48 +4295,84 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: this is a array of vendor URLs #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2034 ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2058 msgid "For more information about this update please visit this website:" -msgid_plural "For more information about this update please visit these websites:" +msgid_plural "" +"For more information about this update please visit these websites:" msgstr[0] "Para mais informações sobre esta atualização, visite este website:" -msgstr[1] "Para mais informações sobre esta atualização, visite estes websites:" +msgstr[1] "" +"Para mais informações sobre esta atualização, visite estes websites:" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a array of bugzilla URLs #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2041 ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2066 -msgid "For more information about bugs fixed by this update please visit this website:" -msgid_plural "For more information about bugs fixed by this update please visit these websites:" -msgstr[0] "Para mais informações sobre defeitos corrigidos por esta atualização, visite este website:" -msgstr[1] "Para mais informações sobre defeitos corrigidos por esta atualização, visite estes websites:" +msgid "" +"For more information about bugs fixed by this update please visit this" +" website:" +msgid_plural "" +"For more information about bugs fixed by this update please visit these" +" websites:" +msgstr[0] "" +"Para mais informações sobre defeitos corrigidos por esta atualização, visite" +" este website:" +msgstr[1] "" +"Para mais informações sobre defeitos corrigidos por esta atualização, visite" +" estes websites:" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a array of CVE (security) URLs #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2048 ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2074 -msgid "For more information about this security update please visit this website:" -msgid_plural "For more information about this security update please visit these websites:" -msgstr[0] "Para mais informações sobre esta atualização de segurança, visite este website:" -msgstr[1] "Para mais informações sobre esta atualização de segurança, visite estes websites:" +msgid "" +"For more information about this security update please visit this website:" +msgid_plural "" +"For more information about this security update please visit these websites:" +msgstr[0] "" +"Para mais informações sobre esta atualização de segurança, visite este" +" website:" +msgstr[1] "" +"Para mais informações sobre esta atualização de segurança, visite estes" +" websites:" #. TRANSLATORS: reboot required #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2083 -msgid "The computer will have to be restarted after the update for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "O computador deve ser reiniciado após a atualização para que as alterações tenham efeito." +msgid "" +"The computer will have to be restarted after the update for the changes to" +" take effect." +msgstr "" +"O computador deve ser reiniciado após a atualização para que as alterações" +" tenham efeito." #. TRANSLATORS: log out required #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2087 -msgid "You will need to log out and back in after the update for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Você precisará efetuar log off e logar novamente após esta atualização para que as alterações tenham efeito." +msgid "" +"You will need to log out and back in after the update for the changes to take" +" effect." +msgstr "" +"Você precisará efetuar log off e logar novamente após esta atualização para" +" que as alterações tenham efeito." #. TRANSLATORS: this is the stability status of the update #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2094 -msgid "The classification of this update is unstable which means it is not designed for production use." -msgstr "A classificação desta atualização é instável, o que significa que não está pronta para uso em ambiente de produção." +msgid "" +"The classification of this update is unstable which means it is not designed" +" for production use." +msgstr "" +"A classificação desta atualização é instável, o que significa que não está" +" pronta para uso em ambiente de produção." #. TRANSLATORS: this is the stability status of the update #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2098 -msgid "This is a test update, and is not designed for normal use. Please report any problems or regressions you encounter." -msgstr "Isto é uma atualização de teste e não é recomendada para uso normal. Por favor, reporte qualquer problema ou regressões que forem encontrados." +msgid "" +"This is a test update, and is not designed for normal use. Please report any" +" problems or regressions you encounter." +msgstr "" +"Isto é uma atualização de teste e não é recomendada para uso normal. Por" +" favor, reporte qualquer problema ou regressões que forem encontrados." #. TRANSLATORS: this is a ChangeLog #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2107 -msgid "The developer logs will be shown as no description is available for this update:" -msgstr "Os logs de desenvolvedor serão exibidos, pois nenhuma descrição está disponível para esta atualização." +msgid "" +"The developer logs will be shown as no description is available for this" +" update:" +msgstr "" +"Os logs de desenvolvedor serão exibidos, pois nenhuma descrição está" +" disponível para esta atualização." # progress indicator label #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:2161 @@ -4139,8 +4445,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: this is when some updates are not being shown as other packages need updating first #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:3393 -msgid "Other updates are held back as some important system packages need to be installed first." -msgstr "Outras atualizações estão suspensas, pois alguns pacotes de sistema importantes precisam ser instalados primeiro." +msgid "" +"Other updates are held back as some important system packages need to be" +" installed first." +msgstr "" +"Outras atualizações estão suspensas, pois alguns pacotes de sistema" +" importantes precisam ser instalados primeiro." #: ../src/gpk-update-viewer.c:3439 msgid "Update Software" Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-apps.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-apps.pt_BR.po 2016-09-08 14:39:35 UTC (rev 96751) +++ trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-apps.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST # # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2007, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2012, 2013. # Carlo Valente <carlo.gt.valente(a)gmail.com>, 2015. msgid "" @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-apps\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-01 14:51+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-19 15:27-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Carlo Valente <carlo.gt.valente(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:05-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/3omns.desktop msgctxt "Name(3omns.desktop)" msgid "3omns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3omns" #: /usr/share/applications/edgar.desktop msgctxt "Comment(edgar.desktop)" @@ -511,12 +511,12 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/lxqt-about.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(lxqt-about.desktop)" msgid "About LXQt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sobre o LXQt" #: /usr/share/applications/lxqt-about.desktop msgctxt "Name(lxqt-about.desktop)" msgid "About LXQt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sobre o LXQt" #: /usr/share/applications/mate-about.desktop msgctxt "Name(mate-about.desktop)" @@ -14137,3 +14137,4 @@ msgctxt "GenericName(wxMaxima.desktop)" msgid "Сomputer algebra system" msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-kde-services.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-kde-services.pt_BR.po 2016-09-08 14:39:35 UTC (rev 96751) +++ trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-kde-services.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) @@ -6,14 +6,14 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST # # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2007, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-kde-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-01 14:51+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 10:08UTC-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 09:59-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-containment-desktop.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-containment-desktop.desktop)" msgid "A clean and simple layout" -msgstr "Um leiaute limpo e simples" +msgstr "Um layout limpo e simples" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-applet-analogclock.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-applet-analogclock.desktop)" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-containment-newspaper.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-containment-newspaper.desktop)" msgid "A layout that puts widgets into columns" -msgstr "Leiaute que organiza os widgets em colunas" +msgstr "Layout que organiza os widgets em colunas" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-applet-magnifique.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-applet-magnifique.desktop)" @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kipiplugin_photolayoutseditor.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kipiplugin_photolayoutseditor.desktop)" msgid "A tool to make photo layouts" -msgstr "Ferramenta para criar leiautes de fotos" +msgstr "Ferramenta para criar layouts de fotos" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kipiplugin_googleservices.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kipiplugin_googleservices.desktop)" @@ -7127,7 +7127,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/servicetypes/kwindesktopswitcher.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwindesktopswitcher.desktop)" msgid "KWin Desktop Switcher Layout" -msgstr "Leiaute do seletor de área de trabalho do KWin" +msgstr "Layout do seletor de área de trabalho do KWin" #: /usr/share/kde4/servicetypes/kwineffect.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwineffect.desktop)" @@ -7152,7 +7152,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/servicetypes/kwinwindowswitcher.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwinwindowswitcher.desktop)" msgid "KWin Window Switcher Layout" -msgstr "Leiaute do seletor de janelas do KWin" +msgstr "Layout do seletor de janelas do KWin" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-dataengine-kalzium.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-dataengine-kalzium.desktop)" @@ -7367,7 +7367,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma_applet_keyboard.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma_applet_keyboard.desktop)" msgid "Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "Leiaute do teclado" +msgstr "Layout do teclado" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-dataengine-keystate.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-dataengine-keystate.desktop)" @@ -14186,7 +14186,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma_applet_keyboard.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma_applet_keyboard.desktop)" msgid "View and switch between active keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Visualiza e troca o leiaute de teclado ativo" +msgstr "Visualiza e troca o layout de teclado ativo" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-comic-default.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-comic-default.desktop)" @@ -15217,3 +15217,4 @@ msgid "xBase Import Plugin for Kexi" msgstr "Plugin de Importação do xBase para o Kexi" + Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-kde.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-kde.pt_BR.po 2016-09-08 14:39:35 UTC (rev 96751) +++ trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files-kde.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) @@ -7,20 +7,20 @@ # # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2007, 2008. # Rafael Reuber <psico.indie(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-kde\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-01 14:51+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-23 14:56-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:00-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "A Window Switcher layout showing all windows as thumbnails in a grid" msgstr "" -"Um leiaute de mudança de janelas que mostra todas as janelas como miniaturas " +"Um layout de mudança de janelas que mostra todas as janelas como miniaturas " "em uma grade" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kdm/sessions/qvwm.desktop @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/tabbox/compact/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "A compact window switcher layout" -msgstr "Uma leiaute compacto do seletor de janelas" +msgstr "Uma layout compacto do seletor de janelas" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/klipper.desktop msgctxt "Comment(klipper.desktop)" @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/desktoptabbox/previews/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "A desktop switcher layout with previews of the desktops" -msgstr "Um leiaute do seletor de área de trabalho com visualizações" +msgstr "Um layout do seletor de área de trabalho com visualizações" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/yakuake.desktop msgctxt "Comment(yakuake.desktop)" @@ -668,24 +668,24 @@ msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "A window switcher layout only showing window captions" msgstr "" -"Um leiaute do seletor de janelas que mostra apenas os títulos das janelas" +"Um layout do seletor de janelas que mostra apenas os títulos das janelas" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/tabbox/big_icons/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "A window switcher layout using large icons to represent the window" msgstr "" -"Um leiaute do seletor de janelas que usa ícones grandes para representá-las" +"Um layout do seletor de janelas que usa ícones grandes para representá-las" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/tabbox/thumbnails/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "A window switcher layout using live thumbnails" -msgstr "Um leiaute do seletor de janelas que usa miniaturas geradas na hora" +msgstr "Um layout do seletor de janelas que usa miniaturas geradas na hora" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/tabbox/small_icons/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "A window switcher layout using small icons to represent the window" msgstr "" -"Um leiaute do seletor de janelas que usa ícones pequenos para representá-las" +"Um layout do seletor de janelas que usa ícones pequenos para representá-las" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/ACL.desktop msgctxt "Name(ACL.desktop)" @@ -1129,12 +1129,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/desktoptabbox/informative/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "An informative desktop switcher layout" -msgstr "Uma leiaute informativo do seletor de área de trabalho" +msgstr "Uma layout informativo do seletor de área de trabalho" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/tabbox/informative/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "An informative window switcher layout including desktop name" -msgstr "Um leiaute do seletor de janelas que inclui o nome da área de trabalho" +msgstr "Um layout do seletor de janelas que inclui o nome da área de trabalho" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/scripts/desktopchangeosd/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" @@ -4142,32 +4142,32 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/activity-export.desktop msgctxt "Name(activity-export.desktop)" msgid "Export Layout" -msgstr "Exportar leiaute" +msgstr "Exportar layout" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/class-export.desktop msgctxt "Name(class-export.desktop)" msgid "Export Layout" -msgstr "Exportar leiaute" +msgstr "Exportar layout" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/state-export.desktop msgctxt "Name(state-export.desktop)" msgid "Export Layout" -msgstr "Exportar leiaute" +msgstr "Exportar layout" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/activity-export.desktop msgctxt "Comment(activity-export.desktop)" msgid "Export Layout for Activity Diagrams" -msgstr "Exportar leiaute para diagramas de atividades" +msgstr "Exportar layout para diagramas de atividades" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/class-export.desktop msgctxt "Comment(class-export.desktop)" msgid "Export Layout for Class Diagrams" -msgstr "Exportar leiaute para diagramas de classe" +msgstr "Exportar layout para diagramas de classe" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/state-export.desktop msgctxt "Comment(state-export.desktop)" msgid "Export Layout for State Diagrams" -msgstr "Exportar leiaute para diagramas de estado" +msgstr "Exportar layout para diagramas de estado" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/expoblending.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(expoblending.desktop)" @@ -5059,7 +5059,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/class-horizontal.desktop msgctxt "Name(class-horizontal.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Layout" -msgstr "Leiaute horizontal" +msgstr "Layout horizontal" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hled_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(hled_de.desktop)" @@ -6690,22 +6690,22 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/class-horizontal.desktop msgctxt "Comment(class-horizontal.desktop)" msgid "Layout which renders Horizontal" -msgstr "Leiaute que representa os itens na horizontal" +msgstr "Layout que representa os itens na horizontal" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/activity-vertical.desktop msgctxt "Comment(activity-vertical.desktop)" msgid "Layout which renders vertical" -msgstr "Leiaute que representa os itens na vertical" +msgstr "Layout que representa os itens na vertical" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/class-vertical.desktop msgctxt "Comment(class-vertical.desktop)" msgid "Layout which renders vertical" -msgstr "Leiaute que representa os itens na vertical" +msgstr "Layout que representa os itens na vertical" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/state-vertical.desktop msgctxt "Comment(state-vertical.desktop)" msgid "Layout which renders vertical" -msgstr "Leiaute que representa os itens na vertical" +msgstr "Layout que representa os itens na vertical" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/lebanon.desktop msgctxt "Name(lebanon.desktop)" @@ -11642,12 +11642,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/usecase-default.desktop msgctxt "Name(usecase-default.desktop)" msgid "UseCase Default Layout" -msgstr "Leiaute padrão de casos de uso" +msgstr "Layout padrão de casos de uso" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/usecase-default.desktop msgctxt "Comment(usecase-default.desktop)" msgid "Usecase Default Layout" -msgstr "Leiaute padrão de casos de uso" +msgstr "Layout padrão de casos de uso" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/lightdm-kde-greeter/themes/userbar/theme.desktop msgctxt "Name(theme.desktop)" @@ -11812,17 +11812,17 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/activity-vertical.desktop msgctxt "Name(activity-vertical.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Layout" -msgstr "Leiaute vertical" +msgstr "Layout vertical" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/class-vertical.desktop msgctxt "Name(class-vertical.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Layout" -msgstr "Leiaute vertical" +msgstr "Layout vertical" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/state-vertical.desktop msgctxt "Name(state-vertical.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Layout" -msgstr "Leiaute vertical" +msgstr "Layout vertical" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vled_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(vled_de.desktop)" @@ -12302,7 +12302,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/tabbox/window_strip/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Window switcher layout for Plasma Active" -msgstr "Um leiaute do seletor de janelas do Plasma Active" +msgstr "Um layout do seletor de janelas do Plasma Active" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/devices/solid-device-NetworkInterface.desktop msgctxt "Name(solid-device-NetworkInterface.desktop)" @@ -14127,3 +14127,4 @@ msgctxt "Name(xor_v.desktop)" msgid "xor v" msgstr "xor v" + Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files.pt_BR.po 2016-09-08 14:39:35 UTC (rev 96751) +++ trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/update-desktop-files.pt_BR.po 2016-09-09 13:28:25 UTC (rev 96752) @@ -7,21 +7,21 @@ # # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2007, 2008. # Leonardo Ferreira <leonardoluc1975(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-01 14:51+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-07 21:36-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 10:06-0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ msgctxt "Comment(kwin4_window_switcher_present_windows.desktop)" msgid "A Window Switcher layout showing all windows as thumbnails in a grid" msgstr "" -"Um leiaute de mudança de janelas que mostra todas as janelas como miniaturas " +"Um layou de mudança de janelas que mostra todas as janelas como miniaturas " "em uma grade" #: /usr/share/xsessions/icewm.desktop @@ -138,12 +138,12 @@ #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.desktopcontainment/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "A clean and simple layout" -msgstr "Um leiaute limpo e simples" +msgstr "Um layout limpo e simples" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-containment-org.kde.desktopcontainment.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-containment-org.kde.desktopcontainment.desktop)" msgid "A clean and simple layout" -msgstr "Um leiaute limpo e simples" +msgstr "Um layout limpo e simples" #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel/plugins/xfce4-mpc-plugin.desktop msgctxt "Comment(xfce4-mpc-plugin.desktop)" @@ -169,12 +169,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin/kwin4_window_switcher_compact.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwin4_window_switcher_compact.desktop)" msgid "A compact window switcher layout" -msgstr "Uma leiaute compacto do seletor de janelas" +msgstr "Uma layout compacto do seletor de janelas" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin/kwin4_desktop_switcher_previews.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwin4_desktop_switcher_previews.desktop)" msgid "A desktop switcher layout with previews of the desktops" -msgstr "Um leiaute do seletor de área de trabalho com visualizações" +msgstr "Um layout do seletor de área de trabalho com visualizações" #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.plasma.kickerdash/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" @@ -271,24 +271,24 @@ msgctxt "Comment(kwin4_window_switcher_text.desktop)" msgid "A window switcher layout only showing window captions" msgstr "" -"Um leiaute do seletor de janelas que mostra apenas os títulos das janelas" +"Um layout do seletor de janelas que mostra apenas os títulos das janelas" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin/kwin4_window_switcher_big_icons.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwin4_window_switcher_big_icons.desktop)" msgid "A window switcher layout using large icons to represent the window" msgstr "" -"Um leiaute do seletor de janelas que usa ícones grandes para representá-las" +"Um layout do seletor de janelas que usa ícones grandes para representá-las" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin/kwin4_window_switcher_thumbnails.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwin4_window_switcher_thumbnails.desktop)" msgid "A window switcher layout using live thumbnails" -msgstr "Um leiaute do seletor de janelas que usa miniaturas geradas na hora" +msgstr "Um layout do seletor de janelas que usa miniaturas geradas na hora" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin/kwin4_window_switcher_small_icons.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwin4_window_switcher_small_icons.desktop)" msgid "A window switcher layout using small icons to represent the window" msgstr "" -"Um leiaute do seletor de janelas que usa ícones pequenos para representá-las" +"Um layout do seletor de janelas que usa ícones pequenos para representá-las" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/at-spi-registryd.desktop msgctxt "Name(at-spi-registryd.desktop)" @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Alps/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Alps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alpes" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/alta-badia.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(alta-badia.jpg.desktop)" @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin/kwin4_window_switcher_informative.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwin4_window_switcher_informative.desktop)" msgid "An informative window switcher layout including desktop name" -msgstr "Um leiaute do seletor de janelas que inclui o nome da área de trabalho" +msgstr "Um layout do seletor de janelas que inclui o nome da área de trabalho" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin-script-desktopchangeosd.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwin-script-desktopchangeosd.desktop)" @@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/BlueFlower/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Blue Flower" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flor Azul" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Blue_Wood/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ #: /usr/share/sddm/themes/circles/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Circles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Círculos" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/City_at_Night/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -5651,7 +5651,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcm_keyboard.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kcm_keyboard.desktop)" msgid "Keyboard Hardware and Layout" -msgstr "Leiaute e hardware do teclado" +msgstr "Layout e hardware do teclado" #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel-plugins/xkb-plugin.desktop msgctxt "Name(xkb-plugin.desktop)" @@ -7123,7 +7123,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/desktop.desktop msgctxt "Comment(desktop.desktop)" msgid "Navigation, Number and Layout of Virtual Desktops" -msgstr "Navegação, quantidade e leiaute das áreas de trabalho virtuais" +msgstr "Navegação, quantidade e layout das áreas de trabalho virtuais" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/np/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -11951,3 +11951,5 @@ msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" msgid "Åland Islands" msgstr "Ilhas Åland" + +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96751 - trunk/packages/ru/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Sep '16

08 Sep '16

Author: minton Date: 2016-09-08 16:39:35 +0200 (Thu, 08 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96751 Modified: trunk/packages/ru/po/g.ru.po Log: Translation update Modified: trunk/packages/ru/po/g.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/packages/ru/po/g.ru.po 2016-09-08 09:50:55 UTC (rev 96750) +++ trunk/packages/ru/po/g.ru.po 2016-09-08 14:39:35 UTC (rev 96751) @@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 15:43:29\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 16:51+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-08 17:37+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Aleksandr Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. tumbleweed/GeoIP/summary @@ -771,14 +771,12 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gcc6/gcc6-devel/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Development files for developing GCC plugins" -msgstr "Файлы для разработки libmodplug" +msgstr "Файлы для разработки модулей GCC" #. tumbleweed/gcc6/gcc6-devel/description -#, fuzzy msgid "Development files for developing GCC plugins." -msgstr "Файлы для разработки libmodplug" +msgstr "Файлы для разработки модулей GCC." #. tumbleweed/gcin/summary #. leap/gcin/summary @@ -2879,9 +2877,8 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/git-annex/git-annex-bash-completion/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Bash completion for git-annex" -msgstr "Завершения Bash для Gromacs" +msgstr "Завершения Bash для git-annex" #. tumbleweed/git-annex/git-annex-bash-completion/description msgid "Optional dependency offering bash completion for git-annex" @@ -4502,9 +4499,8 @@ "библиотека GnuTLS реализует стандарты, предложенные рабочей группой IETF TLS." #. tumbleweed/gnutls/gnutls-guile/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Guile wrappers for gnutls" -msgstr "Обёртка на языке C++ для ZIP/UNZIP" +msgstr "Обёртка на Guile для gnutls" #. tumbleweed/gnutls/gnutls-guile/description msgid "GnuTLS Wrappers for GNU Guile - dialect of scheme." @@ -4727,9 +4723,8 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/govpn/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Simple Virtual Private Network Implementation" -msgstr "Реализация getopt на Java" +msgstr "Простая реализация виртуальных частных сетей (VPN)" #. tumbleweed/govpn/description #. tumbleweed/govpn/govpn-server/description @@ -4748,9 +4743,8 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/govpn/govpn-server/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Simple Virtual Private Network Server" -msgstr "Хост-сервер виртуальных машин Xen" +msgstr "Простой сервер виртуальных частных сетей (VPN)" #. tumbleweed/gp2c/summary msgid "GP script to PARI C program compiler" @@ -5275,9 +5269,8 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/granite/granite-common/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Granite development library -- Common Files" -msgstr "Переносимая библиотека системных звуков — Общие файлы для модулей GTK+" +msgstr "Библиотека разработки Granite — Общие файлы" #. tumbleweed/granite/granite-common/description msgid "" @@ -5288,9 +5281,8 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/granite/granite-demo/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Granite development library -- Demo binary" -msgstr "Заголовки и библиотеки для libotr" +msgstr "Библиотека разработки Granite — Демонстрационный бинарник" #. tumbleweed/granite/granite-demo/description msgid "" @@ -5301,22 +5293,16 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/granite/granite-devel/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Granite development library -- Development files" -msgstr "Переносимая библиотека системных звуков — Общие файлы для модулей GTK+" +msgstr "Библиотека разработки Granite — Файлы для разработки" #. tumbleweed/granite/granite-devel/description -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Granite is an extension of GTK+. It provides the commonly used widgets found " "in Elementary applications.\n" "\n" "This package contains the development files for libgranite" msgstr "" -"Farstream — это набор модулей и библиотек GStreamer для видеоконференций.\n" -"\n" -"Этот пакет содержит используемые библиотекой данные (настройки кодеков, " -"свойства элементов)." #. tumbleweed/grantlee/grantlee-devel/summary #. tumbleweed/grantlee5/grantlee5-devel/summary @@ -5367,19 +5353,16 @@ "и написанный на Qt." #. tumbleweed/grantleetheme/description -#, fuzzy msgid "This package contains the grantleetheme library." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит библиотеку KDE для игр." +msgstr "Этот пакет содержит библиотеку grantleetheme." #. tumbleweed/grantleetheme/grantleetheme-devel/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Development package for grantleetheme" -msgstr "Пакет разработки для Banshee" +msgstr "Пакет для разработки grantleetheme" #. tumbleweed/grantleetheme/grantleetheme-devel/description -#, fuzzy msgid "The development package for the grantleetheme libraries" -msgstr "Пакет разработки для библиотеки raptor" +msgstr "Пакет для разработки библиотек grantleetheme" #. tumbleweed/graphite2/summary #. leap/graphite2/summary @@ -5437,17 +5420,12 @@ msgid "" "A collection of tools and tcl packages for the manipulation and layout of " "graphs (as in nodes and edges, not as in bar charts)." -msgstr "" -"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " -"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " -"также человеческими глазами.\n" -"\n" -"Этот пакет предоставляет датские данные для gimp-help." +msgstr "Набор инструментов и пакетов tcl для управления и размещения графов." #. tumbleweed/graphviz/graphviz-devel/summary #. leap/graphviz/graphviz-devel/summary msgid "Graphiviz development package" -msgstr "Пакет для разработки Graphiviz" +msgstr "Пакет для разработки Graphviz" #. tumbleweed/graphviz/graphviz-devel/description #. leap/graphviz/graphviz-devel/description @@ -5494,7 +5472,7 @@ #. tumbleweed/graphviz-gvedit/summary #. leap/graphviz-gvedit/summary msgid "Graph editor based on Qt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Редактор графов на Qt" #. tumbleweed/graphviz-gvedit/description #. tumbleweed/graphviz-smyrna/description @@ -6079,13 +6057,12 @@ msgstr "Файлы разработки для инструментария gSOAP" #. tumbleweed/gsoap/gsoap-devel/description -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This package contains the runtime development programs, include headers and " "development library symlinks for libgsoap." msgstr "" -"Этот пакет содержит заголовочные файлы и символические ссылки на библиотеки " -"разработчика для libgsoap." +"Этот пакет содержит программы для разработки среды выполнения, заголовочные" +" файлы и символические ссылки на библиотеки разработчика для libgsoap." #. tumbleweed/gsound/summary #. leap/gsound/summary @@ -6194,9 +6171,8 @@ msgstr "Поддержка нелинейного аудио и видео для GStreamer — Документация" #. tumbleweed/gsynaptics/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "A Graphical Front-End for Synaptics Touchpad Configuration" -msgstr "Графическая оболочка для настройки тачпадов" +msgstr "Графическая оболочка для настройки тачпадов Synaptics" #. tumbleweed/gsynaptics/description msgid "" @@ -6248,7 +6224,7 @@ #. leap/gtranslator/summary #. leap/gtranslator/gtranslator-devel/summary msgid "A GNOME po file editor with many bells and whistles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Редактор po-файлов для GNOME со свистелками" #. tumbleweed/gtranslator/description #. tumbleweed/gtranslator/gtranslator-devel/description @@ -6259,6 +6235,9 @@ "features many useful function which ease the work of translators of po files " "imminently." msgstr "" +"gtranslator — это удобный редактор po-файлов с кучей дополнительных" +" свистелок. В его состав входит множество функций, существенно упрощающих" +" жизнь переводчиков." #. tumbleweed/gts/summary #. leap/gts/summary @@ -6457,13 +6436,12 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/guix/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "GNU Package manager" -msgstr "Менеджер пакетов RPM" +msgstr "Менеджер пакетов GNU" #. tumbleweed/guix/description msgid "Purely functional package manager and a distribution thereof." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Полностью функциональный пакетный менеджер и дистрибутив." #. tumbleweed/gummi/summary #. leap/gummi/summary @@ -6674,15 +6652,12 @@ "Этот пакет предоставляет интерфейс gvfs, который поддерживает iPod / iPhone." #. tumbleweed/gvfs/gvfs-backend-samba/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "VFS functionality for GLib -- Samba Support" -msgstr "Функциональность VFS для GLib — поддержка iPod / iPhone" +msgstr "Функциональность VFS для GLib — поддержка Samba" #. tumbleweed/gvfs/gvfs-backend-samba/description -#, fuzzy msgid "This package provides a gvfs backend that supports Samba." -msgstr "" -"Этот пакет предоставляет интерфейс gvfs, который поддерживает iPod / iPhone." +msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет интерфейс gvfs, который поддерживает Samba." #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/summary msgid "Multiplatform helper library for other libraries" @@ -6909,7 +6884,6 @@ #. tumbleweed/GeoIP/libGeoIP-devel-32bit/description #. leap/GeoIP/libGeoIP-devel/description #. leap/GeoIP/libGeoIP-devel-32bit/description -#, fuzzy msgid "" "GeoIP is a C library that enables the user to find the country that any IP " "address or hostname originates from. It uses a file based database. This " @@ -6929,7 +6903,9 @@ "DNS.\n" "\n" "MaxMind предоставляет сервис, через который вы можете обновлять базу данных " -"автоматически каждый месяц." +"автоматически каждый месяц.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет содержит файлы для разработки с GeoIP." #. tumbleweed/GeoIP/libGeoIP1/summary #. tumbleweed/GeoIP/libGeoIP1-32bit/summary @@ -7052,12 +7028,11 @@ #. tumbleweed/grantleetheme/libKF5GrantleeTheme5/summary msgid "GrantleeTheme library for kdepim" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Библиотека GrantleeTheme для kdepim" #. tumbleweed/grantleetheme/libKF5GrantleeTheme5/description -#, fuzzy msgid "The GrantleeTheme library" -msgstr "Основная библиотека Plymouth" +msgstr "Библиотека GrantleeTheme" #. tumbleweed/gpsd/libQgpsmm22/summary #. leap/gpsd/libQgpsmm22/summary @@ -7124,6 +7099,9 @@ "The runtime library needed to run programs compiled with the\n" "-fsanitize=address option of the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)." msgstr "" +"Библиотека времени выполнения, необходимая для запуска программ, " +"скомпилированных с опцией -fsanitize=address коллекции компиляторов GNU " +"(GNU Compiler Collection, GCC)." #. tumbleweed/gcc6/libatomic1/summary #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libatomic1-gcc5/summary @@ -7168,6 +7146,9 @@ "The runtime library needed to run programs compiled with the\n" "-fcilkplus option of the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)." msgstr "" +"Библиотека времени выполнения, необходимая для запуска программ, " +"скомпилированных с опцией -fcilkplus коллекции компиляторов GNU " +"(GNU Compiler Collection, GCC)." #. tumbleweed/gmp-ecm/libecm0/summary #. leap/gmp-ecm/libecm0/summary @@ -7307,15 +7288,13 @@ #. tumbleweed/gcin/libgcin-im-client1/summary #. tumbleweed/gcin/libgcin-im-client1-32bit/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Share libraries of gcin" -msgstr "Общие библиотеки для fcitx" +msgstr "Общие библиотеки gcin" #. tumbleweed/gcin/libgcin-im-client1/description #. tumbleweed/gcin/libgcin-im-client1-32bit/description -#, fuzzy msgid "This package provides runtime libraries for gcin." -msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет библиотеку времени выполнения GTS." +msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет библиотеки времени выполнения для gcin." #. tumbleweed/gcc/libgcj-devel/summary #. tumbleweed/gcc/libgcj-devel/description @@ -7476,14 +7455,12 @@ msgstr "Клиентская библиотека для общения с сервером приветствий GDM" #. tumbleweed/geany/libgeany0/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Geany libraries" -msgstr "Библиотеки Canna." +msgstr "Библиотеки Geany" #. tumbleweed/geany/libgeany0/description -#, fuzzy msgid "Geany's core library" -msgstr "Основная библиотека GlusterFS" +msgstr "Основная библиотека Geany" #. tumbleweed/geda-gaf/libgeda-devel/summary #. leap/geda-gaf/libgeda-devel/summary @@ -8144,9 +8121,8 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gnutls/libgnutls-dane-devel/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Development package for gnutls dane" -msgstr "Пакет разработки для gnutls" +msgstr "Пакет для разработки gnutls dane" #. tumbleweed/gnutls/libgnutls-dane-devel/description #. tumbleweed/gnutls/libgnutls-devel/description @@ -8161,15 +8137,14 @@ msgstr "Файлы для разработки приложений, использующих gnutls." #. tumbleweed/gnutls/libgnutls-dane0/description -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The GnuTLS project aims to develop a library that provides a secure layer " "over a reliable transport layer. This package contains the \"DANE\" part of " "gnutls." msgstr "" "Проект GnuTLS нацелен на разработку библиотеки, предоставляющей слой " -"безопасности поверх надёжного транспортного уровня. В настоящее время " -"библиотека GnuTLS реализует стандарты, предложенные рабочей группой IETF TLS." +"безопасности поверх надёжного транспортного уровня. Этот пакет содержит часть" +" gnutls «DANE»." #. tumbleweed/gnutls/libgnutls-devel/summary #. tumbleweed/gnutls/libgnutls-openssl-devel/summary @@ -8180,7 +8155,7 @@ #. leap/gnutls/libgnutls-openssl-devel/summary #. leap/gnutls/libgnutlsxx-devel/summary msgid "Development package for gnutls" -msgstr "Пакет разработки для gnutls" +msgstr "Пакет для разработки gnutls" #. tumbleweed/gcc5/libgo7/summary #. tumbleweed/gcc6/libgo9/summary @@ -8439,9 +8414,8 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/granite/libgranite3/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Granite is a development library for Elementary development" -msgstr "Заголовочные файлы и библиотеки для разработки Enca" +msgstr "Granite — это библиотека для разработчика Elementary" #. tumbleweed/granite/libgranite3/description msgid "" @@ -8845,11 +8819,10 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-qt4-0/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Multiplatform Helper Library for Other Libraries -- Qt4 UI Backend" msgstr "" "Многоплатформенная вспомогательная библиотека для других библиотек — " -"Поддержка пользовательского интерфейса Qt" +"Поддержка пользовательского интерфейса Qt4" #. tumbleweed/gwenhywfar/libgwengui-qt4-0/description msgid "" @@ -8873,9 +8846,8 @@ "Многоплатформенная вспомогательная библиотека для других библиотек — Плагины" #. tumbleweed/guitarix/libgxw0/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Guitarix runtime libraries" -msgstr "Библиотека времени выполнения Motif" +msgstr "Библиотеки времени выполнения Guitarix" #. tumbleweed/guitarix/libgxw0/description msgid "" @@ -9405,7 +9377,6 @@ "управления историей буфера обмена." #. tumbleweed/gssdp/typelib-1_0-GSSDP-1_0/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Lib for resource discovery and announcement over SSDP - Introspection " "bindings" @@ -9481,7 +9452,6 @@ #. tumbleweed/gupnp-dlna/typelib-1_0-GUPnPDLNA-2_0/summary #. tumbleweed/gupnp-dlna/typelib-1_0-GUPnPDLNAGst-2_0/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Collection of helpers for building DLNA applications - Introspection bindings" msgstr "" @@ -9710,22 +9680,16 @@ msgstr "" #. tumbleweed/granite/typelib-1_0-Granite-1_0/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "Granite development library -- Introspection bindings" -msgstr "Библиотека загрузки изображений — Привязки самоанализа" +msgstr "Библиотека разработки Granite — Привязки самоанализа" #. tumbleweed/granite/typelib-1_0-Granite-1_0/description -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Granite is an extension of GTK+. It provides the commonly used widgets found " "in Elementary applications.\n" "\n" "This package provides the GObject Introspection bindings for libgranite" msgstr "" -"Farstream — это набор модулей и библиотек GStreamer для видеоконференций.\n" -"\n" -"Этот пакет содержит используемые библиотекой данные (настройки кодеков, " -"свойства элементов)." #. tumbleweed/grilo/typelib-1_0-Grl-0_3/summary #. leap/grilo/typelib-1_0-Grl-0_2/summary @@ -10058,9 +10022,8 @@ msgstr "Этот пакет предоставляет оформление в стиле openSUSE для gcin" #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-ar/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "GCompris voices in Arabic" -msgstr "Голоса GCompris на маратхи" +msgstr "Голоса GCompris на арабском" #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-ar/description #. leap/gcompris/gcompris-voices-ar/description @@ -10068,19 +10031,16 @@ msgstr "Арабские голоса для GCompris." #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-br/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "GCompris voices in Breton" -msgstr "Французские голоса GCompris" +msgstr "Голоса GCompris на бретонском" #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-br/description -#, fuzzy msgid "Breton voices for the GCompris game." -msgstr "Французские голоса для GCompris." +msgstr "Бретонские голоса для GCompris." #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-cs/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "GCompris voices in Czech" -msgstr "Французские голоса GCompris" +msgstr "Голоса GCompris на чешском" #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-cs/description #. leap/gcompris/gcompris-voices-cs/description @@ -10088,9 +10048,8 @@ msgstr "Чешские голоса для GCompris." #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-da/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "GCompris voices in Danish" -msgstr "Испанские голоса GCompris" +msgstr "Голоса GCompris на датском" #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-da/description #. leap/gcompris/gcompris-voices-da/description @@ -10148,9 +10107,8 @@ msgstr "Баскские голоса для GCompris" #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-fi/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "GCompris voices in Finnish" -msgstr "Финские голоса GCompris" +msgstr "Голоса GCompris на финском" #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-fi/description #. leap/gcompris/gcompris-voices-fi/description @@ -10248,14 +10206,12 @@ msgstr "Португальские голоса для GCompris." #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-pt-br/summary -#, fuzzy msgid "GCompris voices in Brazilian Portuguese" -msgstr "Португальские голоса GCompris" +msgstr "Голоса GCompris на бразильском португальском" #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-pt-br/description -#, fuzzy msgid "Brazilian Portuguese voices for the GCompris game." -msgstr "Португальские голоса для GCompris." +msgstr "Бразильские португальские голоса для GCompris." #. tumbleweed/gcompris/gcompris-voices-ru/summary #. leap/gcompris/gcompris-voices-ru/summary @@ -10378,15 +10334,14 @@ "которые позволяют легко получать доступ к данным через Google Data API." #. tumbleweed/gdata-sharp/gdata-sharp-devel/summary -#, fuzzy msgid ".NET library for the Google Data API" -msgstr "Библиотека Python для доступа к данным через API Google Data" +msgstr "Библиотека .NET для доступа к данным через API Google Data" #. tumbleweed/gdata-sharp/gdata-sharp-devel/description -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This package provides a simple protocol for the Google Data APIs (GData)." -msgstr "Этот пакет содержит документацию для skanlite." +msgstr "" +"Этот пакет предоставляет простой протокол для Google Data APIs (GData)." #. tumbleweed/gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-lang/summary #. leap/gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-lang/summary @@ -11389,6 +11344,11 @@ "\n" "This package provides Catalanian data for gimp-help." msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет предоставляет каталонские данные для gimp-help." #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/gimp-help-da/summary #. leap/gimp-help/gimp-help-da/summary @@ -11441,6 +11401,11 @@ "\n" "This package provides Greek data for gimp-help." msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет предоставляет греческие данные для gimp-help." #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/gimp-help-en_GB/summary #. leap/gimp-help/gimp-help-en_GB/summary @@ -11455,6 +11420,11 @@ "\n" "This package provides British English data for gimp-help." msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет предоставляет английские данные для gimp-help." #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/gimp-help-es/summary #. leap/gimp-help/gimp-help-es/summary @@ -11488,6 +11458,11 @@ "\n" "This package provides Finnish data for gimp-help." msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет предоставляет финские данные для gimp-help." #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/gimp-help-fr/summary #. leap/gimp-help/gimp-help-fr/summary @@ -11521,6 +11496,11 @@ "\n" "This package provides Croatian data for gimp-help." msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет предоставляет хорватские данные для gimp-help." #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/gimp-help-it/summary #. leap/gimp-help/gimp-help-it/summary @@ -11535,6 +11515,11 @@ "\n" "This package provides Italian data for gimp-help." msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет предоставляет итальянские данные для gimp-help." #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/gimp-help-ja/summary #. leap/gimp-help/gimp-help-ja/summary @@ -11587,6 +11572,11 @@ "\n" "This package provides Lithuanian data for gimp-help." msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет предоставляет литовские данные для gimp-help." #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/gimp-help-nl/summary #. leap/gimp-help/gimp-help-nl/summary @@ -11639,6 +11629,11 @@ "\n" "This package provides Polish data for gimp-help." msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет предоставляет польские данные для gimp-help." #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/gimp-help-pt_BR/summary #. leap/gimp-help/gimp-help-pt_BR/summary @@ -11653,6 +11648,11 @@ "\n" "This package provides Brazilian Portuguese data for gimp-help." msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет предоставляет бразильские португальские данные для gimp-help." #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/gimp-help-ru/summary #. leap/gimp-help/gimp-help-ru/summary @@ -11686,6 +11686,11 @@ "\n" "This package provides Slovenian data for gimp-help." msgstr "" +"GIMP-Help — система помощи, разработанная для использования внутренней " +"программой просмотра помощи GIMP, внешними веб-браузерами и движками HTML, а " +"также человеческими глазами.\n" +"\n" +"Этот пакет предоставляет словенские данные для gimp-help." #. tumbleweed/gimp-help/gimp-help-sv/summary #. leap/gimp-help/gimp-help-sv/summary @@ -13582,3 +13587,4 @@ "GstRTSP — это библиотека RTSP-сервера, использующая фреймворк GStreamer.\n" "\n" "Этот пакет предоставляет привязки самоанализа GObject для GstRTSP." +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96750 - trunk/yast/lt/po
by embar＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Sep '16

08 Sep '16

Author: embar Date: 2016-09-08 11:50:55 +0200 (Thu, 08 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96750 Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po Log: Lithuanian update Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:48:21 UTC (rev 96749) +++ trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:50:55 UTC (rev 96750) @@ -5,24 +5,24 @@ # Jonas Gocentas <jonasgocentas(a)florida.usa.com>, 2001. # Linas Spraunius <linas(a)operis.org>, 2004. # Andrius Štikonas <stikonas(a)gmail.com>, 2006. -# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014. +# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-28 18:35+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-08 12:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" +"Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: lt\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%" +"100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ "\n" "Diegimas sėkmingai baigtas.\n" "Jūsų sistema paruošta naudojimui.\n" -"Paspauskite Užbaigti, norėdami prisijungti prie sistemos.\n" +"Paspauskite Užbaigti, norėdami prisijungti prie sistemos.\n" "\n" "\n" "Aplankykite mus http://www.suse.com/.\n" @@ -209,10 +209,9 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Online Update" msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "Atnaujinimas internetu" +msgstr "Diegimo programos atnaujinimas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 @@ -342,10 +341,9 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation" msgid "Installer Cleanup" -msgstr "Diegimas" +msgstr "Diegimo programos valymas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 @@ -495,10 +493,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "System for Update" msgid "System Role" -msgstr "Sistema atnaujinimui" +msgstr "Sistemos vaidmuo" #. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 @@ -519,7 +516,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numatytoji sistema" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" @@ -530,7 +527,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KVM virtualizacijos serveris" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" @@ -540,10 +537,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialization..." msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" -msgstr "Ruošiama..." +msgstr "Xen virtualizacijos serveris" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" @@ -558,10 +554,9 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" -msgstr "Įkelti linuxrc tinklo konfigūraciją" +msgstr "Įkelti Linuxrc tinklo konfigūraciją" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation Summary" @@ -586,7 +581,6 @@ " " #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" #| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -617,10 +611,12 @@ "el.paštą, saityno naršymą, raštinės reikmes, žaidimus ir kitus\n" "jūsų kompiuterio valdymo reikmenis.\n" "\n" -"openSUSE leidžia pasirinkti darbalaukio aplinką. Dažniausiai naudojamos\n" -"darbalaukio aplinkos – GNOME ir KDE – openSUSE jas abi palaiko vienodai.\n" +"openSUSE leidžia pasirinkti darbalaukio aplinką. Dažniausiai naudojamos\n" +"darbalaukio aplinkos – GNOME ir KDE Plasma – openSUSE jas abi palaiko " +"vienodai.\n" "Abejomis darbalaukio aplinkomis lengva naudotis,\n" -"jos yra gana vientisos ir turi patraukią išvaizdą ir jauseną. Kiekviena darbalaukio\n" +"jos yra gana vientisos ir turi patraukią išvaizdą ir jauseną. Kiekviena " +"darbalaukio\n" "aplinka turi savitą stilių, taigi tik nuo jūsų skonio priklauso, kuris\n" "darbalaukis jums geriausiai tiktų." @@ -629,19 +625,16 @@ msgstr "GNOME darbalaukis" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "KDE Desktop" msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" -msgstr "KDE darbalaukis" +msgstr "KDE Plasma darbalaukis" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" msgid "Server (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimalaus serverio pasirinkimas (tekstinė veiksena)" +msgstr "Serveris (tekstinė veiksena)" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "XFCE Desktop" msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "XFCE darbalaukis"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96749 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po
by embar＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Sep '16

08 Sep '16

Author: embar Date: 2016-09-08 11:48:21 +0200 (Thu, 08 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96749 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po Log: Lithuanian update Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:48:21 UTC (rev 96749) @@ -5,24 +5,24 @@ # Jonas Gocentas <jonasgocentas(a)florida.usa.com>, 2001. # Linas Spraunius <linas(a)operis.org>, 2004. # Andrius Štikonas <stikonas(a)gmail.com>, 2006. -# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014. +# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-28 18:35+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-08 12:48+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" "Language: lt\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%" +"100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ "\n" "Diegimas sėkmingai baigtas.\n" "Jūsų sistema paruošta naudojimui.\n" -"Paspauskite Užbaigti, norėdami prisijungti prie sistemos.\n" +"Paspauskite Užbaigti, norėdami prisijungti prie sistemos.\n" "\n" "\n" "Aplankykite mus http://www.suse.com/.\n" @@ -209,10 +209,9 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed at:" msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "Diegimo vieta:" +msgstr "Diegimo programos atnaujinimas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 @@ -342,10 +341,9 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed at:" msgid "Installer Cleanup" -msgstr "Diegimo vieta:" +msgstr "Diegimo programos valymas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 @@ -495,10 +493,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "System Profile" msgid "System Role" -msgstr "Sistemos profilis" +msgstr "Sistemos vaidmuo" #. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 @@ -518,10 +515,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Default File System" msgid "Default System" -msgstr "Numatytoji rinkmenų sistema" +msgstr "Numatytoji sistema" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" @@ -531,10 +527,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Virtualization" msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" -msgstr "Virtualizacija" +msgstr "KVM virtualizacijos serveris" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" @@ -544,10 +539,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Virtualization" msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" -msgstr "Virtualizacija" +msgstr "Xen virtualizacijos serveris" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" @@ -562,10 +556,9 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" -msgstr "Įkelti linuxrc tinklo konfigūraciją" +msgstr "Įkelti Linuxrc tinklo konfigūraciją" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation Summary" @@ -590,7 +583,6 @@ " " #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" #| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -621,10 +613,12 @@ "el.paštą, saityno naršymą, raštinės reikmes, žaidimus ir kitus\n" "jūsų kompiuterio valdymo reikmenis.\n" "\n" -"openSUSE leidžia pasirinkti darbalaukio aplinką. Dažniausiai naudojamos\n" -"darbalaukio aplinkos – GNOME ir KDE – openSUSE jas abi palaiko vienodai.\n" +"openSUSE leidžia pasirinkti darbalaukio aplinką. Dažniausiai naudojamos\n" +"darbalaukio aplinkos – GNOME ir KDE Plasma – openSUSE jas abi palaiko " +"vienodai.\n" "Abejomis darbalaukio aplinkomis lengva naudotis,\n" -"jos yra gana vientisos ir turi patraukią išvaizdą ir jauseną. Kiekviena darbalaukio\n" +"jos yra gana vientisos ir turi patraukią išvaizdą ir jauseną. Kiekviena " +"darbalaukio\n" "aplinka turi savitą stilių, taigi tik nuo jūsų skonio priklauso, kuris\n" "darbalaukis jums geriausiai tiktų." @@ -633,19 +627,16 @@ msgstr "GNOME darbalaukis" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "KDE Desktop" msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" -msgstr "KDE darbalaukis" +msgstr "KDE Plasma darbalaukis" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Modules" msgid "Server (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Serverio moduliai" +msgstr "Serveris (tekstinė veiksena)" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "XFCE Desktop" msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "XFCE darbalaukis"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96748 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po
by embar＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Sep '16

08 Sep '16

Author: embar Date: 2016-09-08 11:44:16 +0200 (Thu, 08 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96748 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po Log: Lithuanian update Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" #. command line help text for DHCP server module Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" #. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config #. is installed Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" #. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module #: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the kdump module Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:44:16 UTC (rev 96748) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. popup message

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96747 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po
by embar＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Sep '16

08 Sep '16

Author: embar Date: 2016-09-08 11:31:51 +0200 (Thu, 08 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96747 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po Log: Lithuanian update Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:13:33 UTC (rev 96746) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:31:51 UTC (rev 96747) @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%" -"10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96746 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po
by embar＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Sep '16

08 Sep '16

Author: embar Date: 2016-09-08 11:13:33 +0200 (Thu, 08 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96746 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po Log: Lithuanian update Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:07:59 UTC (rev 96745) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po 2016-09-08 09:13:33 UTC (rev 96746) @@ -4,22 +4,23 @@ # Jonas Gocentas <linuxjonas(a)unitedlinux.lt>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # Linas Spraunius <linas(a)operis.org>, 2001,2003, 2004. # Andrius Štikonas <stikonas(a)gmail.com>, 2006. -# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016. # Mantas Kondrotas, 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 15:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-08 12:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" "Language: lt\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%" +"10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 @@ -59,10 +60,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "Pasirinktas savitas paleidyklės skaidinys %s nebeprieinamas." +msgstr "Pasirinktas paleidyklės skaidinys %s nebeprieinamas." #. Finish client for bootloader configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 @@ -98,18 +98,17 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GRUB2" #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GRUB2 EFI" #. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Managed" msgid "Not Managed" -msgstr "Valdoma" +msgstr "Nevaldoma" #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" @@ -149,10 +148,9 @@ msgstr "Paleidyklės tipas: %1" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" -msgstr "Įgalinti saugų paleidimą: %1" +msgstr "Įgalinti patikimą paleidimą: %1" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "yes" @@ -183,34 +181,60 @@ msgstr " (MBR)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Rašyti paleidyklės kodą į pagrindinio paleidimo įrašą (MBR) (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">nediegti</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Rašyti paleidyklės kodą į pagrindinio paleidimo įrašą (MBR) (<a " +"href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">nediegti</a>" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Nerašyti paleidyklės kodo į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR) (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">diegti</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Nerašyti paleidyklės kodo į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR) (<a " +"href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">diegti</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Diegti paleidyklės kodą į /boot skaidinį (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">nediegti</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Diegti paleidyklės kodą į /boot skaidinį (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">" +"nediegti</a>" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Nediegti paleidyklės kodo į /boot skaidinį (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">diegti</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Nediegti paleidyklės kodo į /boot skaidinį (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"diegti</a>" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Diegti paleidyklės kodą į „/“ skaidinį (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">nediegti</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Diegti paleidyklės kodą į „/“ skaidinį (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">" +"nediegti</a>" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Nediegti paleidyklės kodo į „/“ skaidinį (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">diegti</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Nediegti paleidyklės kodo į „/“ skaidinį (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"diegti</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Įspėjimas: paleidyklės vieta pirmajam etapui nenurodyta. TIk jei tikrai žinote, ką darote, parinkite vietą." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Įspėjimas: paleidyklės vieta pirmajam etapui nenurodyta. TIk jei tikrai " +"žinote, ką darote, parinkite vietą." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 @@ -225,10 +249,12 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Delsa sekundėmis \n" -"Nurodo laiką, kuris praeina iki numatytojo branduolio įkėlimo, jei neatliekate kitų veiksmų.\n" +"Nurodo laiką, kuris praeina iki numatytojo branduolio įkėlimo, jei " +"neatliekate kitų veiksmų.\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 @@ -238,14 +264,21 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Aktyvuoti paleidimo skaidinį skaidinių lentelėje \n" -"Skirta skaidinio aktyvavimui, kuris turi paleidyklę. Norint visuomet paleisti iš aktyviojo skaidinio, \n" -"turi būti BENDRASIS pagrindinis paleidimo įrašas (generic MBR). Seni BIOS reikalauja, kad būtų aktyvus tik vienas skaidinys, o paleidyklė būtų įdiegta į paleidimo įrašą (MBR).\n" -"Paleidimo įrašas yra standžiojo disko pradžioje. Tuo tarpu paleidyklė gali būti įrašoma tiek į paleidimo įrašą (MBR), tiek į skaidinio paleidimo sektorių." +"Skirta skaidinio aktyvavimui, kuris turi paleidyklę. Norint visuomet paleisti " +"iš aktyviojo skaidinio, \n" +"turi būti BENDRASIS pagrindinis paleidimo įrašas (generic MBR). Seni BIOS " +"reikalauja, kad būtų aktyvus tik vienas skaidinys, o paleidyklė būtų įdiegta " +"į paleidimo įrašą (MBR).\n" +"Paleidimo įrašas yra standžiojo disko pradžioje. Tuo tarpu paleidyklė gali " +"būti įrašoma tiek į paleidimo įrašą (MBR), tiek į skaidinio paleidimo " +"sektorių." #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 @@ -254,11 +287,15 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Įrašyti bendrąjį paleidimo kodą į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR) – pakeičia standžiojo disko pradžioje esantį paleidimo įrašą bendruoju (standartiniu) kodu \n" -"(nuo operacinės sistemos nepriklausomas kodas, kuris paleidžia aktyvųjį skaidinį)." +"Įrašyti bendrąjį paleidimo kodą į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR) " +"– pakeičia standžiojo disko pradžioje esantį paleidimo įrašą bendruoju " +"(standartiniu) kodu \n" +"(nuo operacinės sistemos nepriklausomas kodas, kuris paleidžia aktyvųjį " +"skaidinį)." #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 @@ -267,17 +304,19 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Pasirinkus Slėpti slėpti meniu, paleidimo meniu bus slepiamas." +msgstr "" +"Pasirinkus Slėpti slėpti meniu, paleidimo meniu bus slepiamas." #. Represents if os prober should be run #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" -msgstr "Tikrinti svetimą OS" +msgstr "&Tikrinti svetimą OS" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " msgstr "Tikrinti svetimą OS - keleriopo paleidimo tikrinimas" #. represents kernel command line @@ -286,19 +325,28 @@ msgstr "&Pasirinktiniai branduolio komandinės eilutės parametrai" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Pasirinktiniai branduolio komandinės eilutės parametrai leidžia apibrėžti papildomus parametrus, kurie perduodami į branduolį." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Pasirinktiniai branduolio komandinės eilutės parametrai leidžia " +"apibrėžti papildomus parametrus, kurie perduodami į branduolį." #. Represents Protective MBR action #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgid "&Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "Apsaugotinas MBR" +msgstr "&Apsaugotinas MBR" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Apsaugotinas MBR. Ši parinktis skirta patyrusiems naudotojams, dirbantiems su neįprasta aparatine įranga. Daugiau informacijos ieškokite GTP diskų MBR apsaugoje. Nekeiskite parinkčių, jei jų nesuprantate jų." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " +"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " +"you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Apsaugotinas MBR. Ši parinktis skirta patyrusiems naudotojams, " +"dirbantiems su neįprasta aparatine įranga. Daugiau informacijos ieškokite GTP " +"diskų MBR apsaugoje. Nekeiskite parinkčių, jei jų nesuprantate jų." #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 @@ -332,14 +380,14 @@ #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" -msgstr "Įgalinti &saugaus paleidimo palaikymą" +msgstr "Įgalinti &patikimo paleidimo palaikymą" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" msgstr "" #. Represents grub password protection widget @@ -384,10 +432,20 @@ #| "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' " +"which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother " +"GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" "Paleidyklę apsaugoti slaptažodžiu \n" -"Paleidžiant kompiuterį ar keičiant paleidyklės įrašus, reikės įvesti slaptažodį. Jei pažymėta parinktis Apsaugoti tik nuo įrašų keitimo, tuomet galėsite laisvai paleisti pasirinktą sistemą, tačiau įrašus keisti galėsite tik įvedę slaptažodį (taip kaip GRUB 1 paleidyklėje). YaST slaptažodį priims tik tuomet, jei jis sutaps su\n" +"Paleidžiant kompiuterį ar keičiant paleidyklės įrašus, reikės įvesti " +"slaptažodį. Jei pažymėta parinktis Apsaugoti tik nuo įrašų keitimo, " +"tuomet galėsite laisvai paleisti pasirinktą sistemą, tačiau įrašus keisti " +"galėsite tik įvedę slaptažodį (taip kaip GRUB 1 paleidyklėje). YaST " +"slaptažodį priims tik tuomet, jei jis sutaps su\n" "tuo, kuris įvestas ties Pakartokite slaptažodį." #. there's mode specified, use it @@ -435,10 +493,12 @@ msgstr "" "Spausdami Padaryti numatytuoju, pažymėtą skyrių \n" "padarote įprastu. Įjungus kompiuterį paleidyklė pateiks \n" -"paleidimo meniu ir lauks, kol naudotojas pasirinks paleistiną branduolį ar kitą \n" +"paleidimo meniu ir lauks, kol naudotojas pasirinks paleistiną branduolį ar " +"kitą \n" "operacinę sistemą. Jei nebus paspaustas joks klavišas, pasibaigus laikui\n" "bus paleistas numatytasis branduolys arba operacinė sistema. Paleidyklės\n" -"skyrių tvarka gali būti keičiama mygtukais Aukštyn ir Žemyn\n" +"skyrių tvarka gali būti keičiama mygtukais Aukštyn ir Žemyn" +"\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 @@ -454,10 +514,9 @@ msgstr "Paleis&ti iš skaidinio, prijungto kaip /boot" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" -msgstr "Paleisti iš šakninio skaidinio" +msgstr "Paleis&ti iš šakninio skaidinio" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" @@ -473,10 +532,9 @@ #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Order" msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" -msgstr "Diskų eiliškumas" +msgstr "&Keisti diskų paleidimo eiliškumą" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 msgid "" @@ -494,24 +552,21 @@ #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgid "&Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "Branduolio parametrai" +msgstr "&Branduolio parametrai" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Code Options" msgid "Boot Co&de Options" -msgstr "Paleidimo kodo parinktys" +msgstr "Paleidimo ko&do parinktys" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bootloader Options" msgid "Boot&loader Options" -msgstr "Paleidyklės parinktys" +msgstr "Pa&leidyklės parinktys" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" @@ -520,7 +575,8 @@ #. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report #: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "Dėl skaidinių ypatybių, paleidyklė negali būti tinkamai įdiegta." #. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself @@ -540,16 +596,18 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." msgstr "Įdiegimui nepasirinkta paleidyklė. Jūsų sistema gali nepasileisti." #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Dėl skaidymo, paleidyklė negali būti tinkamai įdiegta" #. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read #: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" #| "Change the settings of your boot loader." @@ -558,7 +616,7 @@ "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" "<BIG>Paleidyklės konfigūravimo įrankis</BIG> \n" -"Keiskite savo paleidyklės nuostatas. " +"Skaitomos esamos nuostatos. " #. Write settings dialog #. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise @@ -573,12 +631,20 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Aparatinės įrangos %1 platformos ir paleidyklės %2 derinys nepalaikomas" +msgstr "" +"Aparatinės įrangos %1 platformos ir paleidyklės %2 derinys nepalaikomas" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Paleisti iš MBR nepavyks, jei naudojate btrfs rinkmenų sistemą su GPT disko žymėmis, nebent turite bios_grub skaidinį. Arba sukurkite bios_grub skaidinį, arba pasirinkite Ext rinkmenų sistemą, arba į MBR nediekite pirmo etapo (stage1)." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " +"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or " +"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Paleisti iš MBR nepavyks, jei naudojate btrfs rinkmenų sistemą su GPT disko " +"žymėmis, nebent turite bios_grub skaidinį. Arba sukurkite bios_grub skaidinį, " +"arba pasirinkite Ext rinkmenų sistemą, arba į MBR nediekite pirmo etapo " +"(stage1)." #. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 @@ -588,8 +654,12 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Paleidimo įrenginys naudoja RAID1 programinę įrangą. Pasirinkite kitą paleidyklės vietą, pvz. paleidimo įrašą (MBR)" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Paleidimo įrenginys naudoja RAID1 programinę įrangą. Pasirinkite kitą " +"paleidyklės vietą, pvz. paleidimo įrašą (MBR)" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 @@ -598,14 +668,21 @@ #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "Diegimo programa nekeitė aktyvaus skaidinio. Jei jis nenurodytas, kai kurios BIOS sistemos gali nepaleisti operacinių sistemų." +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" +"Diegimo programa nekeitė aktyvaus skaidinio. Jei jis nenurodytas, kai kurios " +"BIOS sistemos gali nepaleisti operacinių sistemų." #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "Diegimo programa nepakeis diske esančio MBR įrašo. Jei diske nebus jokio MBR įrašo, iš to disko BIOS negalės įkelti operacinių sistemų." +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains " +"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "" +"Diegimo programa nepakeis diske esančio MBR įrašo. Jei diske nebus jokio MBR " +"įrašo, iš to disko BIOS negalės įkelti operacinių sistemų." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 @@ -649,10 +726,9 @@ #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgid "Save boot loader configuration" -msgstr "Įrašyti paleidyklės konfigūracijos rinkmenas" +msgstr "Įrašyti paleidyklės konfigūraciją" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 @@ -661,7 +737,6 @@ #. progress step, text in dialog (short) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "Įrašoma paleidyklės konfigūracija..."

1 0

← Newer
1
...
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
...
48
Older →

Jump to page: